Vaidyan.

:itha Dikshita's

JATAKA PARIJATA
( '111dcfi QIR'111H)

With All
t11glish Tm11slnlio11 awl Copious
[.ypfatwtor!t notes a11d Examples

BY
V. Suhramanya Sastri. B.A.
As,11. Sccn:lary 1,, tile (iml. uf Mysore (Reid.)
and Tra11,laa,1 of Sripa1i l'addhti. Brih.u Jatak�.
1 lorasara, Utwrlalumrit,\ clc.

Vol. II

(I)
RANJAN PUBLICATIONS
16, Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New Delhi-110002 (INDIA)
 CONTENTS
Page
Adhyaya VI Marring of Horoscope 319
Adhyaya VII On Raja Yogas or Planetary
Conjunctions; leading to kingship 372
Adhyaya VIII On Conjunctions of two or more Planets 495
Adhyaya IX The Effect of Gulika. year Etc. 583
Adhyaya X Ashtakavarga 649

..
f-q-"q-AP:
wami: '!IS5 ffl)"'1:

' �1rfllqpf: �H ,o�

m�nr;zn�: tr::t
����=
'1' �13�

c; "I'll.\ Hr::
'- �•��rf.i Y.r:;� nG
1• �ifii11Jhqf1.r: "'tt 131

·················�����····
■
I I
Remaining 8 Chapters of this ancient work arc iiven
. in !I
Volume Ill.

• Topie1 dealt with in tho11c chapters arc as under.- ,I

Ii !I
I
Result• or I & II Hou11es, III & i V Houses, V & VI
• Houses,VII &VIII Ho111e1, IX, X, XI & Xll Houses. Female !
·····�····••*••··••*•�����
Horoscopy, Kalchakra Dasa, Vimshottri Dasa.
;
Ii Readers may send their order P the Publisher. ;t
 Adhyaya VI.
MARRINll OF A HoROSCuPE.
Six slokas, viz. Nos,. '18, -}9, 50, 52, 99 and llJO have been
taken from Brilmt Ja\aka.

Sloka 1. There are certain planetary conjunctions

which mar tho5e leading to royal fortunes. There are
others named �.r (Reka) which produce poverty. Some
again which are called �q (Preshya) i.e. these leading to
dependence and servitude. And lastly, thei e are those
called iJ�
....
(Kemadruma). These four classes of yogas
abound in fortunes marred just o.s they were going to
rise.
' " Al
�, '{t.rl'=i r�� •�" q1q1\J'l
:io'::I. "'O� "'t'
Ff\:'f;J:
ili�fuitij W �� �;:�?ilt �I I
;fi=;ij ��'ij:ft-q-qllrnft� �m,) ��
ml�Q�Sft Ft1Rf�i51G.1(1�'1: II � II
319
soo Adh. VI.

Sloka 2. When the Sun occupies in Mesha a Na..

vamsa of Tu]a and is aspected by a mcllefic planet,· the
person born will be money less. If Veous be in the
sign Virgo occupying a Navamsa of Virgo, a beggar is
born. When the Sun is in his depreeeion sign occupy,
ing the extreme depression point. the per:;on born,
though foremost in the greatest of royal families, will
eoon be bereft of fortune, sons, wifo and mt!ans of living.
NOTES.

This Sloka is from ;;r:��r-f

,j. fflU'l�
�� � �T11' ff�<T: <fiq�;n\l.J: I
�� u�1JT-li ll�i'f� IJ ifiit�r
�Rl-itvl� ifi�� �HH: �-P«wl I

� �.:r
6�1t111·«�
, ��
at�� �.it -I �j �{I�: 0

U�ll
.ft�m
""�ma-��
ijqq1f1t"=
II
Also �ur

� �;ft-nq: 'Rq �'"t=qqJ�rf:·,

f�U�lJlrfi �.:rr1.f lliictrlqJ( II
�T �.ffilil�: '1{11 .ft..fqrf�o: I

�)fit 'frt"ij �.; ifli{�T-IT li�T11�q II

According to Skanda, the mere nosition cf the planet!i •n
.fl�,;r or .ii';f.fcfr� is not enough. They must also be in a. certain
particular. bhava to be thus capable of marring the fortunes ot
the horo9Cope other_wise accruing. •/.
gi3Pti ��ii llflllfmltli "ftR @8ffl t
�r��qm.ft ���1�, �� u
 �I. 3. 3:U
. ...,,
�� �J1Tlf,� 'lm*� -
� �@(ffii; �if; �ffl'Sr,il qm:qf.i 11
arl!rAf!irNBT'i llTir <f.eiii:f �·it 1
i3Jrt=� unr��� �m1: �q���tl 11
�'t� q!S�<i �FI'fTfi...l� � 11a- I
�ut t1i&tit�«ri1tn: m� .J�9:= II
'fit q�q 11111:rrfl1.l� �"fut �q I
arf?t@gf?t �r�t 1-1: ITTQ��-i �1�� 11
�qP:JT HBf·fait �fl\� q?Jq i1i\' I
� �no: ��er: �)ir fu�i�� �olftl' II
atl1it ¥!�'fl�� ..rii 't"Jol'lij �-U I
�rITT tt: i�ttt f.t� ff :-,:F{�=f :;ft�f� II
if�R�«'fl�S'f{gu i�;:l'!�a.fij
i:J@: ���«1sfq f;m;t� ftqr;� fitq� I
fflu;{N��a-;i) if�{fffl m(IJf �ihl�
�)sm �Cf@ .fRP-\'l(iJl'f(q.J m'iirttl{ lllll
Slokt1. 8. When Jupiter in conjur:ction with Sa,
turn, Mars and Rahu, is aspected by Venus a,1d Mercury,
the person born though i11 bCJdy a Sudra, will acquire
every kind of knowl-.!Jge and fortune. When the Sun
and the Mo:)n occupyin::! the 7th bhava ;ire aspec.ted by
S,tturn, th-� person born will get ,t eood living by the
adoption of me::i.ns prescriDd for a persQn of base birth.
C (. l]ilfqf::r<l!;i!�T
�lzflftq;:\: Hfo\1.::i;�f� ��:fi.i� ii :clfol-[,•ite I
�ltsfq ¾"/ill FTFl�fi:t fi-'◄f � R1llff?friT- ':{ �I�- II
 Adb. VI.
.., +v ,. ........ - ,., .

11\l II
Slok,i 4. When Sat:.irn occupies either a Kendr�
position or the rising sign and is unaspected by bencfic
planets, a person born in the <lil<'iSit"u ( K1\ahora) [vuJe
�r11�ra: (SripatiPaddhati), Adhyaya :-3, Slob 14, Not�sJ
of Mars becomes a slave and a bcgg;1r. When the
Moon in conjunction with Mars occupie3 Mesha. a.nd is
aspected not by benefic planets but by the Sun, the
person born is a mendicant. If Saturn, th,.� Moon and
the Sun be in Kendra positions, the perso.n born will be
dull in a?pearance, indigent and feeding upon the
leavings of other people.

*.:� �.n
cJ. �9Wi'�-Hrrii i'u'1
{f�1�){1N1 �m ��1� �rnf{ �1 A� 1
y��•DlT��itcf.�1;r �mt� f��-n<Iri��m•-3: 11
t.:�ff'1-1m li;:�f.,�HU'.fil �it lf�.-�_;;q,:���1mr II
� ��a Ft�«ilg:q ��s�it t.J�qij1
�@) f.l� � it��� 111r) f?r�tr 11�: I
t:1�Atrar � R :'f.�� qJq1'i ���
�ra: qrq�ij: q{Paf�Tfi� �lni?rffrit ll1«{_ H'-\U
SJok<l 5. When Saturn is io a Kendra position,
the Moon in the risin� sign and Jupiter in the lt.th
bha va; the Ferson born will be none other than a beggar
forlorn and in exile, "When the lord of the 9th bhava
accupie:; the 12th and a malefic planet is in a Kendra
position. the person born wiH be addicted to evil, eating
at other people's table and maintained by their money
and illitera.te-
H�RrJl111T
ifi;:\ �� �flij" �1�11� �if 0q� ntf!ii �cf :imf: I
�Et '{rt,a-�;u ftrr(ef!!� q-rir�a .rr�il
;r?� ;fr�«iffil1' ij{g{( ��51q �ii�i� I
f;r� ���qt � ��Ri¼;r 11;:��"t
q'lq: ��i: ��{tffl g:1�� lll;rf�ij: II � II
Sloka 6. When Jupiter in conjunction with Rahu
or Ketu is aspected b y malefic planets, the person born
will do base acts. When Jupiter in his deprc:ljsion is
aspected by a p1anet wpich is· also in his depr<!ssion
sign, even a person that is born a 81 :t.hmin will commit
wicked crimes. If the Moon and th•.! lord of the rising
sign be in conjunction with the Sun and aspected by
Saturn, the pzrson born will be slothful. If malefic
planets occupy the 10th bhava anJ be without benefic
aspect, the person born will be a m·:!nial.
NOTES,

�m qf� 91 f-HI� 'l��ffi 'll'lfrtttft:1� �� I

�-it�imrfUJ
;Jlf�
.fJ:-.ti�it -IT'lqqfr�a- <i1 �i iif��fq ('If[�: l<-llq_ U
The latter half of this sloka reads thus in :tr<f:F.,:qf

.ft=.n -=-i-=�M��in ��Rni'flir-f i:r.:��"\

�1q: �'->�q��tJJ fc,� ��IJf f1;;1Ro: 11
��S�lffl ��: '{Tqo¥rsis�
!� ��� �s;�Nmr: I
324 Adh. VI.

�ifl...ettll�llfflfta: ��-it­
·A����·r�ij: m1 iji!J ��l'fl. n \9 11
Sfoka 7. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in
the 12th and malefic planets occupy the '.\rd bhava, and
th� lord of the 12th bhava occupies the 2nd, th� person
b�,rn will eat unwholesome food, wear a truss or other
band and be an adulterer. When all the planets, being
in bhavas other than the 10th, occupy their depression
c r inimical signs or portions of them, the person born
w11! b� lacking in learnir1g, intelligmce, wife and child�
ren, will be ill-tempered and go about begging.
cf. ':'l�i�tf�T�M
fi:'fiiTa
'ilT�J>Jt i=f{tit �=aff�a' �lq/l"JJl •Ji�: I
t-qair.sf.:""P.� � ��f1,�r.:i1 �"'litr�)s�i3:iJTTi:i't 11
i::1:m�;:iMW{?.�Iw ::f.JT1;:lfri1ij�-ti �� �m=r: II
(' � ,.,. � � -t\r.<:

�!fffll'itf;r ft:� ij A�@ � ij'�•i i�

ij�\lcf�m �if lFI'� I
0:-...

;'iffilfSffl q(��•t:
"' �
� '.'\ .
�I(�� � fflllwf�ijJ tfHdjf{llt4..t,qq
lll�i �� �mr-f�t �: P�ttcfi: 11 (! 11
Sloka 8. When the lord of the rising sign occu­
pies the 12th bhava and Mars in conjunction with the
Moon is in a m�lefic sign identical with the 10th bhava,
the person born will have to go to a foreign land where
he may have to 1 ive in indigence sacrificing comforts and
afflu@!nCQ. If when the lord of th'! 9th bhava is in the
12th, the l�rds of the rising sign and of that occupied
hy the Moon are not in conjunction with beilefic pla•
nets or are eclips�d by the Sun, the person born losing
his wife and children will bring his family to extinction.
SJ. 9. 326

NoTF.S
cf. '1:'1<11Jfa.tl°lffl111
�t�ft R:�JJff « irR i:fiOF:fa'
"" m-ir� �ur« I
:ilrITTs-fi:iu�: q(�u�,m fi\�m.ft �:R<ir1�1P!i � II
\-nrif!i�): "''-=�JJa- q1rit �in--w�t -�Hilt 1 ���=
RrieisrPl-:ii�ll� {sim'l. �"qijg� ;q� <fiRlITT <tt II
By the the term iJir EKrura) as applied to a house In the first
i:r1;::- (pada} of the sloka, all the five houses of malefics, viz., Mesha,
Simha, Vrischika, Makara and Kumbha are not meant, but only
Mesl1a, Simha and Kumbha. Here the difference between the
1enns 'lT'l�T (Paparksha) .and ;;r.clf (Krurarksha) may be noted.
The one means " all the hou��s oYmed by malefics," while the
other confines them to "their odd sig-ns,"

��T$�'�! �lf�fc�� �lil'�'f

....
I
'\ ....;_' "..A�
� ��q1�1::r. {fffl ���, r-i4Hi�ft:sr;
�,ii �-q): �aift �� ij�Sllf
'Cfl� l•'irll� '.f �;:�lf-'.fl�l<YJ: ��-n 11 � 11
Sloka 9. When b1�nefic :::nd malefic planets occupy
Kendra. positions, and the Moon aspected by the lord of
the rising sign is in a Na.vamsa belonging to Saturn, the
person born brings his race to an end becoming bereft
of wife a.nd children. When Mercury and Venus
occupy the 7th bhava, Jupiter the 5th, a malefic planet
the 4th and another malefic planet the 8th, all the bhavas
in thi! case being calculated from the Moon's place,
under such a yoga are born those with whom their race
dies.
�iiNJ�riifilf
?J;11��= ��11�: �m� ��on� f.tflftm� 1
cf.

tITTiflt <IT �� �!ii�ff: t�it �: ll

82(5 Adb. VI.

"'1'(R6R �'lrf;r ftir{� ft:«it�� ifl'(ft� � I

+ .....

� ftn � {il:;;J�wfl�' �rnrmtn1t:. 11 to 11

Sluka 10. Wh�n the Moon is at the dose ol a
moveable sign, or in the beginning of a fixed one, or in
the middle of a dual Rasi and is without strength, and
when the rising sign is unoccupied by planets, RajayoJa.
comes to an end.
r./. m�r
��1Jl�¥1Tif �Hl�1.JT�'i mft � �)rf: I

�Jfq ..:i f!!t �'11 ���,n �qa-: 11

�lltt�� ��iFfi{�'l�ffl: I
��llltmfm:
'O
�lWfrfil\li�m�r: �rr: 11 t t 11
Sloka 11. If, at a birth, the planet owning the
rising Navamsa be the Sun, the Moon or Jupiter; an� if
it should occupy in its depression sign a Navamsa owned
by its enemy and the lord of its depression sign, the
person born will be the follcwer or servant of another.
� itllil1'T« 'i(qtf
��)r
-N'llfc1-rtffl 1f'rffl� �: I
'6;ifij�rlT: ii;l:111 ���
� A'ft<l�·'ci�· .ft-ctij�tt; II t� II
Sloka n. Whe n the Moon is in the 10th bhava.
Jup iter in the 7th and a malefic .planet in the 9th, the
penon born becomes the ruiner of his family. If Venus,
Mercury and the Moon occupy Kendra positions and
Rahu be in th e rising sign, the person born will live
like a base•b:::>rn wretch, lost to all s�m;e of dlltY enjoin"
ed in the sacred scriptures.
SL 13•15 327

NOTES.
(Firsl hal/J. Vfde also Adhyaya Xlll, sloka 20, ir,,f,a.
(f�attu li�lf). cJ,i:rcrWi'.%tJI��
'-1'iJf.;qffl: �u,:ni�ijif ��ff.qiu ll)fll� ¾-�e� 1
��(�qfr{: '-1' 11���AT �mu
f.hlRHij��t;i: II
Also �R�l

�fu����T: q:;;;� tl��r 1J���� � I

:;;.11G1<.'f�Tsp:rfm� 01TITT f.f���iilt{�(l; �lq_ II
ifR im ��� �n t:WI� lll��"ffl 'ii I
�lff� �ij�{ «m.ft imt'I «t W>��� fir� II t � II
SLka B. When Venus in its depression sign or
in a Navamsa owned by Saturn occupies a �:tqfif (Dus,
stthaoa (such as the 6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava) and
is aspected by Saturn ; and when the Moon in conjun·
ction with the Sun occupies the 7th bhava, the person
born will be in perpetual servitude with his mother.
�� �• q�� tlf ���a "1'fi� ftwn I
� WfN ��� � !JU qt�rfttii.;ID II
Sloka 14. When Jupiter in its depression or the
II '\l
Sun in the same position occupi'!s a �it ( Kendra) in con•
junc.tion with a malefic planet the person born will
commit infanticide. When a malefic phnet is in a�
(Kendra.) and has no benefic asp�ct, and Jupiter occupies
the .:th bhava, the person born will be th! slaughterer of
animals of the cow and deer kinds -i.e. will become the
purveyor of beef and venison.
��· itia, ��'INtll :f1 ffll\-mJ m�fi;cnft lif I
-l��rn ffi*tl�T fvl\;tt �rt� �� �i qf\-1g:;6T 1: t"tll
8�8 Adh. VI.

Sloka 15. When the Moon and 1-forcury in con•

junction with a malefic planet are in th� 10th bhava
and are aspected likewise by a malefic planet and when
the Navamsas they occupy belong to their depression
signs and have no benefic aspect on them, the person
born will be a fowler all his life.
NOTES,
This sloka apears 1 also in �fff1Ji�.

���- t-fltl'i � cl"( miq�IRffl1

111-t��svim � '1fmij ���Rr(�'fr II t, 11
Sfoka 16. If the lord of the rising sign occupy the
5th or the '2nd bhava from the Moon and malefic planets
be in the 8th and the Sun in the 10th, the p;!rson born
will live by a profession very far from enviable .

� �:�= wr�n:g:�: ,� ii� �11�: "'"'"

.ft"41((lri� t!J�tft <R:ff cITITT.fl�� I
Sloka 17. If the Navamsas occupied by Venus
and Jupiter be owned by their several depression or
inimical signs c:.nd if Saturn also be in a Na.vamsa such
as described above, the person born will suHer afflic
tions and live in pain and unhappiness bereft of wife
and children.
NOTES,

ri qm: ��l'mht11 m�, fn��T�T�: I

Slokas 13-17 are also quotetl in �,illtff.rnt111�.

f.m.:m U�111·it· !J"�r�J: ;n"rm@�ffl!�'f II t � II

Q,.

Sluk'.l 18. If all the maldic planets be in Kendra

positions identical with their depression or inimical
signs, and if they be at the same time aspected by
fl. 18. 3�9

benefic planets occupying the 12th, the Rth and the 6th
bhavas, they destroy the Rajayoga of th� horoscope no
less than those planets which occupy malefic 60th
portions in their depression and ini!]lical signs.
NOTES.
It is not possible to give an example for th� yoga described in
the text, viz , malefics in Kendras being at the same time aspected
by benefics in Dusstthanas {6th, 8th or 12th). If the first half of
the sloka be interpreted as "if a11 malefic planets ue placed in
Kendra, depression or inin1ical posiliorn; and be at the same time

I � I .I I
aspected by benefics occupying the Gth, 8th or 12th bhavas," the

j -
following horoscope may be sugg«sted as an example: -

Saturn Mars

Sun
1

Moon
··---·-
Lagna
Jupiter

Mercury
Venus
I I 1

For the same effect the yoga described in m�rit.ff (Saravali)

is slightly different, While the two conditions V,z,, (1) that all the
---1
bupiter

!
_ ....IS.alu_r:I ___

',;:i
atu J piter
� : !Ju
__ ,_, -

'Mars
iLagna
Moon

1--- - 1--------- ..--- ---

- ---, Mere.
Sun ,,Lagna,: 1 \'enus
;

11\foon_ j _ I Sun I
SBO Adh. VI .
...., ,.,
malefics should be in Kendra position,; identical 1vith their depres­
sion or inimical signs a11d (2) that all oenefics should be posited in
Dusstthaiias (C,lh, 8th or l2_lh) hold good, it is stated ·there that the
malefics should 111r le ns.fuciultd r1•ith or n�/1:cfr./ lJ• tlw benefics.
cJ. i::lHi'i<:!f

fl�� �u: �� .ft=..f1ft11or ;r mi:11�o(J!f: I

tfll�i �J-Vif�1:!(r� (vnsfq �i-T !:!��-1-qa: II
ifi•�W-Hn if;�fit?;1JT<fi�1�: �j\��r ll'K it�'tT�1 I
=sti�,m���"r�m111 l'�'l�m)s.:�tfllft 11 ,Q, 11
.._
Slolw 19. If Saturn, the Moon and the Sun occupy
Kendra positions ,mJ are not aspccted by bendic planets,
the person born will be ,1 drunkard. If the sam� planets
occupy mllefic 60th portions owned by their inimical
and depression signs, the person concerned will be
wickedly inclined and commit adultery �ith another's
wife.
NOTES.

Fi,,t '1c1'-/.----Virfe also sloka. 81 i,,Jn·.

Lat/,,, /J�lf, F0r the same effect, the foilowing yoga is also
mentione,I inl ,11a-.r,1:�
�tot ��Tj; ,.�� 'lJq�� �Tdf'l-lijfc(rQ-f.��1llift II
.fl� ��, ��11� Q'{N ft.���ij( � 'il1J�� I
� 1�piis iw,i��il iffl � �ffl'N��: �It(_ 11� 0 II
'-ltika �O. IffVrnus in its depression sign a.nd in
conjunction with a miildic planet occupy the 9th bhava
and be aspecteu hy a rnaldic planet. the person born
will be a fowler. If i:l. henefic sign represent the 12th
bhava and Venus occupy therein a Navamsa owned by
Saturn, the person horn will be cx.ct:ssively addicted to
s ervan.t·ma.ids.
 SI. 2 l-22 331

NOTES•
The se�·m:l lntf of thi, slok Lis q 1ite c.liH �re:i.l in ;:i'f:•i'(¾,lflfM", viz.

RcfaJmqfil IJi·JJr��!!� ir,;r «'n lfl 1r�� roiif: 11

ti �r�r: ti
�it� i(�;JM°'cr IJJ{'{��RTN<rrrfu�
&_ql�;sri'( ��;:��· �t}i('"'lpftq) ll1rct: I
if��Rlffi!ijhT�'fijT f�nd�ff=Q'if(
�
ft:1i� f;RJ�ij" l{Rf �r -�� �tlil�lf: II � � II
Sloka 11. Hat a birth the lnrd 0£ the rising sign
has no strength and is aspected_ by the lord of the 8th
bhava and H Jupiter is obscured by the Sun J thert! wil I
be the planetary conjunction called ?;r,r , Reka) (emptying
or purging). If the hrd of th•! N,tv,tms:i occupied by
the lord of the 4th bhava bl! obscured by the Sun whil-.�
being aspected by th� lord of t!-:1� l::!.th bhava ther,� will
again be the yoga termed �"'' (R-2ka).
'f�rf4iijfu� �qaj �;:���i a�,
ifR� «ait N�q�l{Q( ;fi Tfwa- �llf-fa 1
�'ilrRor.rtnfttm 1ll( �'11: ����rlJJPFTH
1fl'fl �TllllUN� � ITT� {�rf���) ll�i\ II��II
Sfob 29. When the lord of the 4th bhava. is
aspected by the lord of the 6th; when the lnrd of the
9th in conjunction with th-! lord of the 8th occupies
the 5th bha.va and when the lord of the ri,;ing sign is
depressed, the person born gets i'Jr ( Reb) for h [s lot.
When benefic planets are in the 8th, the 6th and the
12th bhava'3, while m1lefic on�s o::cupy K'!n:ira and
332 Adh. VI.

Trikona positions and when th! lord of the 11th bhava

is without strength, the person concerned suffers inju•
rious effects of the f,a;ri:rrrr (Reka yoga).
�: �!HH ft@� �tlffl �
"" .... . .. '
q-.:��."riflfHf: ����?lijilJ� mfT i:�: I
lll11ffllwfl@( ���" N�iTT�
�� 'l:R'f � ;fi� ��ll1lWii � I I � � I.I
Sluka 23, If the lord of the r1sing sign be in
conjunction with a malefic planet; if Venus and Jupiter
have become invisible; and if the planet owning th� 4th
bhava being in conjunction with a malefic one disappear
likewise, a {ifir�rr (Reka yoga) is produced. When the
lord ol the 9th bhava is obscured by the Sun's rays and
when the lords of the rising sign and the 2nd bhava
occupy their depression signs, there is the ?llirirrr (Reka
yoga) again.
'ifR�ijl ��TWTT �
!J.�'ltrf'laSij� ffcfiR-i �lll:g �: I
itur��wt���Pm!�'ll ��T­
����;J�T¥1{tli��T �rftq-1q-fuijt: II � \l II
�lo/.:a 24. A ��r!lrrr (Rekayoga) is produced when
there arl! thre� planets eithi>r depressed in position or
obscured by the Sun's rays, and when the lord of the
rising sign occupies a bad position (su ch as the '1th, the
1::th ,md the 1.:Lth bhava) or is without strength. If
malefic planets--aspectcd by derressed, inimical, or
maldic planets-occupy any of the 9 bhavas, namely
the: l st, the 2nd, thi.: 9th, the 10th, the 11th, the 4th, the
5th, the 7th ;rnd the 3rd; they will produce the Reka
effect in respect to the bhavas affected,
 838

a«aha.'ifi\ctd'4�1 -mulf
cfi�Ffifttlmfr: 'f��cr I
� it 1t'o"lf� ���
� fti���tr: II�"\ II
Sloka 2�. A single malefic planet, a pair of male,
f ic planets or a triad of th em occupying any one of the
nine bhavas (mentioned in the latter half of the preced,
ing sloka) and aspected by depressed, inimical, malefic
planets, will produce the effect of the Rekayoga respcc,
tively in the early, the middle or the concluding portion
of the lives of the person concerned.

ll�T1ii�II
�tit fcf�-1) �R��m m�: 1�:
� ,... .... �� f
-n11:11 t:t��ffl' �•�'fl�: ID'ft�«t7•H Iii' I

fil� i{�;n R��) ll�W�)

�111111�: 11�il �(Rii�i�'r.-�: II �� II
Sloka 25. A person born under the Reka yoga has
neither kn� wkdge nor wealth; he is penurious, hostile,
lustful and wrathful; his mind is always distressed ; he
is disagreeable, having no beau ty or grace; he is crafty;
he lives on alms; he il!I filthy and quarrelsome; he is
full of envy and rage ; he reviles gods and Brahmanas
and he is rated daily by his (wife and sons) whole
family.
t!mlt i�'t illl�f.rnn �l1P�1fltllf �ffl
�'fllll��qt:��11��: I
 884 Adb. VI

{trs;;,ir i(fq{:. Sf��: ��o fflilfif.

lffl�fiR:lllq"ffl'°tf) ��I: �: II �'-' II
Slaka. 27. A person born under the, Reh yoga
will be evil-minded; he will have ugly or dise:tsed
nails; he will be giv�n to bad way� ; he will be ill off;
he will be intent on iojllring and ab:tsing his relatives;
he may be short-lived; he may beg all round; he may b�
a mute; he may be blind, d�af or insane in mind ; hi!
ma.y be lustful or wrathful; he m:iy b� a. cripple; his
thoughts may be bi!trayed by the cl1.1nge in his eyes.

n ��mr:"
lll1tr�nef«iRir ���u �r
��;::��,4� �<{ I
�TiJ:����@ �ID
�� �� ��· �ft�:. 11 �� II
Sloka 28. When Jupiter, being the lord of the
8th or the 1st bhwa, exceeds the lord of the 9th bhava.
in strength, and when th� IOid of the 11th occupying a
position other than a Kendr;t is s :orc:hed by th'! Sun's
rays and is weak in stren�th, thi: person born will b�
indigent.
l7ir�fto�.:'if�1JJitr ��;:�r
;ft�qTiftlijf � ��� ill�: I
lnfq�.Jtm AA��: fflTiRi'\f1��r
��: ��) d?t� -Ii��) �1•: 11��11
Sloka 29 1£ Jupiter, Mars, Saturn or Mercury,
being depressed and obscured by the Sun·s rays, occupy
the 11th, the 6th, the 12th, th� 8th or the 5th bhava at
SJ. 30-31 885
• rill: ,., rill: •• * ,e,;

a pm1on's b_irth, he wil1 be a. beggar. If Saturn in the

9th bhava be aspectt:d b,y malefic planets and if Mercur y
io conjunction with the Sun occupy in the ht bhava a
Navamsa owned by its depression sign, there will be a
beggar born.

��ijij;wizyt;r;�;r��:{T
l•fflldb'iiij��t\�1 �� �� I
��.\ffl�il�1 o1ltf�1?U
;ft��ij) lFf�TT�ffl ��: n �o II
Slvka 30. If Jupiter, Mercury, Venus, Saturn and
Mar& orcupy the 8th, the 6th, the 12th, the 5th and the
lCth bhavae io any order and if the lord of the 11th bha,
va though depressed in position and obscured by the
Sun's rays be n evertheless superior to the lord of the
rising sign in strength, the person born will be a bqgar.
NOTES

aa��(��� .tRft?ffl iiF�

� �ii �9'¾ iiffi!) �� � I
� ���Sllt�-0 �-... \l'{Rr�i{
t:nll '{l\3(;J' �Jll�lltl;t ;f\�.� f�... � II !t t ti
336 Adh. VI.

Sloka 31. If at a person•s birth, Venus, Jupiter,

the Moon and Mars b� in their det)ression signs and
occupy four out of the six bhavas namely, th!! 1st, the
10th; the 11th, the 9th1 the 7th and the 5th ; that person
will be indigent. When Venus occupies the 1st bhava
Jupiter the 5th, Mars the 11th and the Moon the 3rd,
each one of these bhavas being identical with the depres•
aion sign of its o:cupant phnet, the person born will be
a beggar.

l
NeTES.

I
I ...,.Jl______!

_r:�
___ _I__ -· - . - ! __

Mars-.•

(i)
_e rl- (1:--)
=Ju=pi_t_-- ,iupite,!

Moon I I Moon!' 1·venus

II... vu�.• j Laii-na

n � �mhlirnsftt$J
d =q -IR� � iii�: � I
� 'ft-lTSllliTit�ff�TI\t
� ��� ij ��: II �� II
Sloka3l. Whe n the lagna is a moveable sign and
the rising Navamsa is also owned by a moveable
Ra!i and' it is aspected by Saturn as well as by
depressed Jupiter, the person born will be a beggar.
The same will be the caae when Jupiter occupies the 6th
or the 12th bhava in a sign other than his own.
 ............

�; � �ii� qm: �ffiffl1Plat!lt �I

���lwt•Mr� � Tij�if: ��q(lffl� 11��11
Sloka 33. When the lagna is an immo v�ble sign
and aU the malefic planets a.re in Kendra and 1'rikona
positions while benefic ones dcclipy other than Kendra
posit ions the person born will live upon alms and will
owe his maintenance to other people.
� � f.tf� �mITfff���IT if�tf1: I
lcl�g: �ft�ffl� fiN1� �aq1'€t \imn .11�\lll
Sloka 34. If a moveaole sign be the Lagna at night
time and if benefic planets bA in Kendra and Trikona.
places possessing nc strength, the malefic ones occupying
positions other than Kendra, the person born will always
live by begging.
qm ;(ffiq1-1im qiq�ifi· mi:� ��r �qrq: I
� wlffl�;Jif cf.q'ffiTI' .ft� llt� ;t�� �q-� 11 �\ II
35. If the malefic planets be in their depres
Sloka
sion signs at a. person's birth, he will do sinful acts ; if
the beriefic planets occupy their depression signs, he
will keep his sins concealed; if Jupiter being depressed
occupy the 10th bhwa or Mars be in the 5th bhava
depressed in position, the effect will be the same .
.fAi·�n�i(Jq�
iiffiffl .ti=% �� �: I
-rRl@T�w{qj�tfi�(:
«riff �i 0lWl�T: �:
II �� 11
Slc,ka 36. Planets produce depression effects . if
they occupy in their exaltation signs the Navamsa belong"
A�
338 Adh. VL
., ¥

ing to their depress�on signs.; they produce exaltation

effect& if in their depresaion signs they occupy the
Navamsa of their exaltation signs.
NOTES.
cf. wwff.Janrrut
�ill' � � �l(T: ffl.-Tfflm ml'El'�A\lrnll': I
m�
�lll'R!'m �ef'q- -tf'if�mr !11:f 'ii' �f.:cr II

f:1,u ell M�: I

The following are some more 'l:Ri::: yogas mentioned by 'li•f<IT1fl�.
�ro) �)'
�� ll?IT: �, f.ftoq) !ilm -R= u
�.=s:;rrat: �'iffl: fG�-q�l'.pTITT: !Jiff: I
�:fl��T�II�: �) {Sic) q� tel§ f;\�: II
�in�Tll\sq Q�: ifilfif;f:rf'itsq �&l 1
�� �T �� � 'q llrll [<\�: � f;i�� �of: II
�fMR �?1@) -R: ij��fc..fl�H?Jci:
�·� �����)� l<l�ft�fl: 11
� �ita f.roqq� 1lci: �J.Q lffl: I
'IFrl�T iIT�fq: � � �@) 'cl�at II
c@.q@q�al �fpm: ijtlJJffl&l �:�:�I
� �� '<frel!!WTITT' amfi') ���oi:r1-1q: 11
'tl-«Ncn �)ssr {lfq: ��arrq �)�ff&l I
<ffl'JNq: 'ffllHU OOq1 �: �;;qj � f.N.tai 11
�Tift- (t� �.w.l)�m � I
�rn: ij�: � °' �� IJT-ffi' �ct_ U
�< �iJII "' ��� f.r{mt11JJ. I
\l-R) �!� �q� -R: I
"ilift' '11-iq� 'ifofq ffiwt�cll{ '
 339

\T-J�rift "'�rim irr-ffl �(;@: II

"•) qi!;r 'TI! 1Fgirsc!f1<11 oq� 1
�t \T-11{ 1''=l r.t¥r-:t: �� in-1':f: 11
"IQ� i-«�� R=ti i��� I
<roil If� R�r �r��" lft�t:r: 11
li5fl'.f'ffl�mJT: �� ffiJ:qJ: �0 !Rr�i1US�ff1Tct, I
am,rr �f?lfil ij �lr'lt iIT� � offi � f.N-1: II
�rt�) ��;:irq� '10 enlfi-4\�: ff!ct: qr'Rct�: I
Rti -� �qq 'f{m �rt{� 1\ in�� �� 11

q;�.;�t
�' q1fooitm
• • - ■

\:J.:fif �{R� %{�

� (fQ'T �: I
�
\:f;JtqTifr -TTff SJJ1:fa' II
q'Af�g,: �r '1:1� tfqa: I
�r��·ir ¥11.ftqy��� �i{ 'f_i{: II
(�a{T �ITT ff�: ��WJ � !elf �q_ I
�r �f{�qJ11)s� ffi{�lffq ffl�il. II
� 'lifsq� II
IB� �q- q�T l-1�: fflair-:�Wt) lfq'q_ I
UfJ��ff� Wl.ft � �ill II

11 ���,Ai�' II
P.nwtit ��tit ffiq\-.ft((ttr�f.ti;�
�� fc\"fim:qm �·�y� ftr� ��:
31.:tlT�tit��-�� �tiffi_ ��
� ��-n:ffin� �5� ;n: II �\S II
Sloka 37. The characteristics of a. person afflicted
with �l'Jrqm (Da.ridrayoga) are sucb as these :-He is
�4 0 Mb.. VJ•
.. ,. * ... * ., .,

generally an unlucky person; his organs of sense may

be defective; he is crafty; he is reproved a nd rated by
his family; he has to live by begging; he is in difficult,
ies ; his sp::ech is disagreeabk; he is addicted to lust
and gluttony: he woulcl earn money by foul means; he
daily gives vent to his spite and speaks pungent words;
his heart is always set on other people's wives; he is
mean; often times he is blind, mute and idiotic.

�;nq �SA: �r� er q):qj ��� 1)(ffl: I

i:TR'@tif �+mliUtt: �R�: 1;:im :q- �Rf! II �� II
Sloka 38. A person born in a �fur�rq (Da.ridra.
yog:i.) is fond of quarrelling; he may be a leper; he
destroys what is beneficial to others; he is ungraceful
and given to boasting ; he has no reverence for Brahma,
na& ; he has a bad wife and afflictE:d with disease<) ugly
nails.

11 ���TT': I l
� l� ll·ll� �� rrl: � m� �� I
m �) ��U �;w.r �mil lif�Ttff 'H��li� �� ll �, ti
Slok.t 39. When the Sun is in the 10th bhava, the
Moon in the 7th, Saturn in the 4th, Mars in the 3rd,
the Lagna in a moveable sign and Jupiter in the 2nd
bhava, the person born in this yoga at night will be the
servant of another.
�if lpll cfilittm' � qR�ffl A��ifq q[ I
�\:TI�ij' lfl� � ;tii4t ea R4< �'"�'li:41 tt�R II go11
Sluka 40. \V hen Venus occupies the 9th bhava,
the Moon the 7th, and when Jupiter is the lord Qf the
Sl, 41,·U 341

2nd or the ht bhava and when Mar& is in the 8th and

the Lagna reported to be an immoveable sign, persona
destined to ser vitudc arc born.

Slc1ka 41. If at the birth of a pn�on at night, the

lord of th·! m :veable risini,! sign be i:1 a sandhi and a
malefic planet occupy a Kendra, he will be a menial. If
Saturn, the Moon, Jupiter and Venus occupying during
the day a Kendra, or a Trikona ·position, be in a stlndhi
and if the rising sign be an immoveable one, the person
born will be a menial likewise.

f((l�difl!}U ij'«.=� ffl�m �Rrlf.Jitg� ,

ft;�1m:� �, �qqa �� � 1f{cfiq�eft IIV�II
Sloka 42. Wl1.::n Jupit.::r at�ainin-� an ittritahr
(Iravathams1 - ville Adhyay.1 I, SI. 1'1) occupies a san·
dhi and when the Moon possessed of an �<1iJ (Uttama
varga - vule. Adhyaya 1, SJ. 45) is outside the Kendraa
aud when Venus is in the rising sign at a birth at night
during thP dark half of a lunar month, the person born
ia a menial.

W:qt lft�l�l���Hn
.... '"'
\li:f��tfl1�H.n'-fciT�a:_ I
q'lqj�� ��f;t illf.tU�
� Ft�� q{�Tlffi� WI� II \l� II
849 Adh. Vl.

Sloka 43. A person will be a menial if at his birth

Mars, Jupiter and the Sun oc:upy respectively the
sandhis of th� 6th, the 4th and the 10th bhivas. If the
Moon occupying the Navamsa of a malefic planet be in
a benefic sign and if Jupiter b;! in conjtm�tion w ith th?
lord of the rising sign, the person born will liv� by
serving another.

ilfR�� �'(«if� qtR;f lt(efl!lfft I:�m

��j � F\'�T�ffl: 'Rst,q"fflr f.r�I{ 11\lVII
Sloka 44. When Jupiter is in��{ (Makara) occupy,
ing the 6th, the 8th or th� 12th bna va. and when the
Moon is in the 4th bhava from the rising sign, the person
born has to be at another's bidding.

11 �cffi�'l. 11
qJqmn �@ltt: mwf.tfrJi, t�·ij��
MUr�pqf-l{r��u1\1i) �ll'trtr�:ra: I
f1'���f%;if��;i«r: ftrir� ij�q{:
ifi�J�{ll'R�fff�d{) ,:nq q�g� 11 Vl.\ 11
Sloka 45. These are the·characteristics of a person
born in the yoga called tf{��'ii (Parapreshyaka-being at
another's beck and call). Such a person is generally
evil-minded ; he is fond of quarre11ing; he is harsh of
speech; h":: is a reviler of the Brahmana community; he
has a liking for p eople illiterate, he is indigent and
depraved; he is spiteful and wra.thful; his pastime is
lying; he is deceitful, lustful and intemperate; he is
c:lever in simulatine tenderness and false pride.
 848

U al�(lt:l�T: U
ti\ ,, �1q�, Ni« iqtill�•ffl' �� q1qd I
� ��sft� i� tfr ilifcf{i;tswf���lw{ �1� 11\iqll
Sloka 46. When the rising sign is ii'fl (Mesha)
�� (Vrishabha) or 'rl�« (Dhanus) and is aspected by a
malefic planet, the person horn will have tooth disease;
when Saturn occupies the 7th bhava and Mars is either
in conjunction with Rahu or is without strength, the
person born will be defective in l!mb.
cf, t?m�lif
.�air ��um
... �u
°' �;:m'if<liir�r: 1
�cti!'s.Ju1r•,n�il f.lwa�.:;:r<fr-1:_ 11

���il�;.�: �.Ufllit \:'fflWI: I

tlm�fflwfilr�ij�t,1-l) ll��u 1. 11 u�
Bloka 4? •. When the Moon is in the 10th bhava,
Mars in the 7th md the Sun in the 2nd, the person born
will lose some limb.
�itvlit. ��'ll'tf­
�llW(�l�III��,
� 11�� I
� {' �
3Rlffl��TclijlJll�fl:
�l�ij�� ,�"tt ittt R�
II \l� II
Szoka 48. When Mercury occupies the 5th or 9th
house from the Lagna and the other planets are weak,
the child will have two heads, four legs and four hands.
When the Moon occupies Vrishabha and malefica are in
the Rikl!'ha sandhies, the person born will be a mute.
lf. under the above conditions. the Moon be aapected by
844 Adb. VJ.

benefics, the child may get speech afterwards (after a

long time).
NOTES

Fi7st hal/---The above rnsuh should not be predicted unless

the characteristic combinations mentioned are complete. If the
characterislics are incomplete, an inordinate largeness of the
organs named should be foretpld. Some commentators take the
word f�<tJ1!T {Trikona) in the sloka to mean ��f�iliJU'f (Moolatrikona.)
of Mercury , that is Kanya.. ·But this has to be rejected on the
authority of miir (Gargi) who distinctly says:-
�r�irt Q��a"'Jilii1l � I

..
�Rf,'mtrtieC �nmiii'r�{W.TI II
Second IMI/.-By the words "malefics are in the Riksha
Sandhies" it is to be understood that all the three maleftcs, viz.,
Saturn, Mars and the Sun are jointly or severally to be in the last
portion of any one or more of Kataka, Vrischika and Meena. By
the words "afterwards (after a lon� time)," nothing more is meant
than 'later than the ordinary time within which a child may be
naturally expected to speak-'
The last quarter of the sloka leads to the i nference that such
Moon should also have malefic aspect to make the person mute.
This is supporle<l by Gargi who says:-
�rfu�q1;m: 'Q'fqlfi'i{ tq)qrt I
ii�: QTQ'��: �)�fa{OI ��a finii;. II
m�tt�,.mfi•l '1i"i -it\:� nrRflJ'fr 11

Unless therefore aU the three malefics are thus p?aced and the
Moon has a malefic aspect, the prediction should not be made. If
there be only two malefi.cs thus placed, then frugality or smallness
of speech, and if ouly oue, wavering, slow or stammering speech
shou ld be foretold. Hut if ½uch Moon has the aspect of one or
more benefi.c planets, the person will hegin to speak later than
when he would othrnvise he naturally expected to speak. It must
thus he remembered that the aspect of malellcs is also req_uired to
make the native mute, and the aspect of benefics to counteract it.
SI, 49 343

�
�is:���: mi71 f'i' +rri:nfrr«f1� I
�: �'!!' q,,;r <lirer�� ..-�m ,,
' .)J. � "'.. • � -.

ir"" m�IUl({�q ��q���¼: I

itguwr�q,rr��r trri'rs��r'{ar ll�kf ifli: 11
The word •T� (Gavi; in the sloka in the text may also mean
"in the house of speech," i.r. ,, the second house from the L-i.gna.
This view is supported by �;:�!fm (Skamh�hora) where it is laid
:lown thus:
��1t: �ffl;ff �'ffl'ifi{: I
(\1T 'lfait !W';rlT;rnJ'<71'� ;;fif��kl'<iif, 11

ffi���u :q� «�a)s� �:

·,,a

«ti:tt�
�ij �m';t ij�q 11-=�fl:� I
p�:
'if� ����1.rn �di
,!,� � �mij � :jfi! � ¾ m��: II g� II
Sl.oka 49. (1) If .Saturn and Mars ocrn:1y the Rasis
or Nava.msas owned by Mercury, the child will have
-teeth at birth. [This refers to the time of conception].
(2) If the Moon be in the Lagna identical with
Kataka and aspected by Saturn and Mars, the child will
be a dwarf. [This also refers to the time of conception].
(3) If the otrl--lf-r�R (Adhana Lagna) be Meena and is
aspected by Saturn, Mars and the Moon, either singly or
conjointly, the child will be short in stature (crippit).
(4) If a malefic planet in conjunction with the
Moon occupy a Riksha Sandhi (at the time of concep,
t10n), the child will be dull. These yogas t1ke effect
only when their a:.1thors fail to have bencfic aspect on
them.
44
346 Adh. VI.

NOTES.

(I) In the case of actual birth under the above yoga, the native
will have often tooth trouble.
(2) In the case of a nativity, the above yoga holds 1-rood pro­
vided the Moon is in the Lagna and in Ka taka. (See Brihat
Jataka-XX).
ilITTl�'t
$(, {TT�HU� mu if '8�tfJilU£fll'ff 'if 31?:: I
�= {qt� 11
... s""\ - "' � ��"""" ...

�""�� '3r.r�r�r ��
'flfflril f"'11tl �Fiiivl �:;wn'litUsl!Rr �:;r: t
i:i'r-ir�� � d ��rf.t�: �"A:. 1'ct@ �:'
�qr llel't.:.=r irrttr: �1.ut(.frl�nm � 11 ss

Sloka jQ. If
the rising sign be the last Navamsa.
of Makara and if it be aspected by Saturn, the Moon and
the Sun, the c hild will be a dwarf. If the last Navamsa
of Makara is rising with three malefics in the three.
decanates of the Lagoa bhava (the 2nd, 3rd and 1st
decanates), the child will be without arm5, feet or head
as the c ase may be.
NOTES•
{lR'.lq'i:'li
<1ririvir il<litl� � �R{,..,.if�"iif r��e- I
i1m�fil �11tar!lil�)111�r.t:� � i r1e: I
0. ,..
'"'��Tl�Ji�ili: �l'iUI •u.r<l"lrif�{{�: 11
�� l{' ... f"

Ar.other ii1terf1ltation. If all the three malefics :ire in the 1st

decanate, the issue will be born \Vithout head. If they are in the
2nd decanate, it will be without shoulders; if the planets are in
the 3rd decanate, it will be without leg5.
The words �<fiil�.:i"l\-� &"1flai: qrq: have been interpreted thus:
'' If Mars occupy the 1st, 2nd c.r 3rd DrtHava r,f the L.•�na."
 SJ,. 51,52

But this is opriosed to the opinion of ,flt (Garga) .from whose

works the next sloka has been quoted.

lli11: ffl�1li=�yfa3�: I
�!l�ifillli•it
flti{rn:r�(F�� q�q if[iili� i1 "\ t II
Sloka 51. Mars occupying the Lagoa Drekkana
(�1;i�r1JT) and aspected by the- three planets Saturn, the
Sun and the :Moon produces a headless child. The child
will be born armless if Mars occupy the Drdcka.na of
the 5th bha.va. and is aspecc�d by th� s:une three planets
as in the preceding case.
NOTES.

Thi!i sloka 1s from if'T-�fTJ (Garga I fora) where the rP.ading is

slight 1 y dillererit; viz., "'ill' ��.1111•:t ,1'rlr: &c. In order to com­
plete the idea given in slolrn. .50 above, this ha!i to be read with the
followin� first half of the nrxt slolm in t;1:H work, t1 iz.,
m� -1,u��Q'I� qf� �r1�if.,,;f'if!l;l'i'f: I
Its omission from the 1ext must only be accidental. The
translation �lmul,I lherdore he thus·
Mars occupying the first (risiu:�) Dreld-;ana uf lhc Lagna and
aspected by th� Sun, th<: Moon an,1 S,ttur11, pmduces a headless
chilcl. The child will lie born armlc;;s if :\-fars <)ccupy lhe first
(rising) Drekkana of the 5th house and be aspected by the same
three planets. The child burn will have no legs if M:trs under
the same aspect occupy the lir:;f Drekl..:ana of the 9th house from
the Lagna.

rn�gij m� � t�f�Atr�a
.fq.Jmij: �iPTI�q: ���it�.J: I
oqq�ij��T �,ii ��f �f?r:
atill� tnill
tntqr �tf�i:f ��reyi:fr: II "\ � II
Slol.:a 52. When the rising sign is Simha and the
Son and the Moon occupying it are aspected by Saturn
348 Adh. VI.

and Mars, the child will he born sightless; if the same

Ascendant be aspected by benefic as well as malefic
planets, the person born will b:! blear-eyed. The Moon
occupying the 12th bhava from the Lagna will injure
the left eye while the Sun in the same position affects
the right one; these maleftc yogas mentioned hitherto
can be escaped from in case the authors of such yo_gas
happen to he aspected by benelic planets.
NO-TES.
cf. �m:r-:pai1
�rni ��l'qi:f ��fu� IB�r1R,Jit �t I
:gqt ,J,i�ITTfh=�t :rfT?-l;;;'i: flll�fft ?f� II
�il�iftP.lffl �R�ro-n «��or
..... .,, ��1= 1
·;p:A�rff'(,tsfq 1-1�.u o'U$Yifl flWt�1.JTfJJ II
oq1.1� r�lT{fal�t ,nir '"lijt�rfm'l@ tJT;i: 1
��,q :.:u;:���at �la.t<'tl ���: II
Also mWf.'.1mii,.,r

�" '"'
iqf�J/IJ��i!-T"lii:
'3
�T��ii �1'1: ..
"!fO:�TiiH�fqi�if fct� �NlH�sf�f!rfmJlTf I
� Br��IT(l�1111!_
�� ('
II
Bhattotpala, the commentator, adds that if the f .al-(r1a fu;r
(Simlm) be occupied by the Su11 alo1ie nm! h�• asp,:c t,,d hy l\Tar5
and Saturn, the child will he hlincl of th,, right rye. I le will he
blind of the left eye if the Moun alouP. should occupy l"H[ (�irnha)
and be aspccted by ;'\,fars aid Saturn,
See also sl oka 51'.i i1:f,.,.
The Sun, the Moon, l.\.fon; and Saturn are the phnets that
cause blindness. See YOf{>l m�utioned in ( l l thi<: sloka, and {2)
Brihat Jataka XXlll--- It) quoted ur1der notes to sloka .58 i1z/m.
The Sun in the 8th c.auses defective ere siRht. (V It Brihat
Jataka XX-3-). The Sun aod the Moon in th� 6th and the 8th
also cause blilldness. (See Sloka)9 inl,a),
SJ. 58--54 349

Mars and Saturn also cause blindness wheo they are similarly
placed (i.,., when they are in the 6th and 8th).
cf. fflUi!"iill
1'lir °'r ,ru ifT J.'�� ;nf'"1f �.Jt;:ar II
�� 1f\i�'�l!�ff
� � u�� �ff�
7Tfflrii.1ffl1'fM � �
'iiPii� �«rt ��ij:
,:,
II � � U
Slvka 53. When the rising sign is �q (Mesha)
md the Sun occupies it being in his exaltation, the
pereon born will be brave, obstinate and possessed of
moderate vision; if iff� (Sicnha) take the place of �
(Mesha) in the previcus case, the person b::irn will have
eye disease; if the lagna. be '}oT.f (Thula) and the Sun
occupy it, the person born will be night-blind and poor;
and lastly if ifiiili (Kataka) be th� lagna. and have the Sun
in it, the person concerned will ha•J� infLuned eyes.
NOTES.

This sloka appears in i!RH,,'11.

�8;�T R•f,��'l� f;r�oirsl

,:.
ijir.¼
�'q- ff�f�fll��-l: ffi�'f�f;t J9mF�: I
'""

0:1'-its;:·,ns�:
..Q. ""
�1'(1ti�m1
� '
��: CJi=lifi
"I.

11fi�r �q�i'f'lilrTT 9�it•rt m�it 11

o1flr �1;:� :g��f � t){ftl1Q(-1��0it I
'Rm�!JmJ
" �� q11n: � fttl, �a.1unn!�: II '-\ '111
S/:.,ka 54. The Sun and the Moon occupying the
11th bhava whether conjointly or apart destroy the
350 Adh. VI.

right and left eye respectively; malefic planets in the

tth and the 8th bhava have the power to take away the
sight, the planet in the 6th destroying the left and that
in the 8th bhava destroying the right one.
,J. �ot'i�f.rmm'oi
M;f��;;it oq�m �1-ftq.·,it ll�FffiPl�ffl R�-TI" I
�� �)�;;3◄;:=i�lfl n.:�
�in) -q�rmi:�ur ��'t;r 11
Fni� �qlli(Sfflqf fl ���9:l511Tl g�1'a--� I
�ai �fi.tur'ITTJ ,�rtjhJ111v.�i� cfl.� 11 '-\� 11
Slaka 55. The Sun whether in the 1st or the 7th
bhava wh�n in conjunctio11 with or aspected by Saturn
will in no long time destroy the right eye of the person
concern�d; but if the Sun be in conjunct iop witl:i �hu
and Mars, other conditions being the s�me as b�fore, 1t
is the left eye that will suffer in this CilS.!.
���i=� ��ft:� q'fir{w=��r��ifmiqy: I
��lrl'�;f � uii �;:"tlfi?1m �11Hn•A�1l 11 '-\� u
Slu.�a 56. If malefic planets occL1py the 6th, 8th
and Uth bhavas, those in the last bein� the Su11 and the
Moon, the occupant of the 6th bhava will destroy the
left eye of the person born while the planet in the 8th
bhava. wiH d�J.l similariy with the eye on thi! right side.
l'iJe sluka :il .rnf,a.

p � FN;J �'Fit: ��0�·����: I

�mmflilTRlffl
r.. '"'
fl�
..
�;n
�
«�.. "11�
�:).. � '"'
�: II �\t ii
Slol�a S7. If �fars be tl1e lord of the 2nd bhav;i,
if the 8th be occupied by the Sun and th� Moon, .,1.nd if
Saturn be in the 6th or the 12th bha va the person
SL 58-59 8'51

born will be blind. If the Moon occupy the 8th, the

12th or the 6th bhava an<l Saturn be in co:1junction
with Mars, the person born will b= sightl�ss.
NOTES.
This sloka is from ;;ir.;cji{�·
The following are some more slokas from ;;ml':.{� leadfng
to the same effect:-
�� 1'ltt� !A� ��H�tit ��;J �� I
� ��r qm�r�qrit �it-{ � ij � -1rf.\'':il: 11
:f�!t:l�'ffllqfil �qltf �rq��ita <t�i:f I
�Tm c!Ttl(.JT�t ij '=JUWI" � weii1f.ii�e- 11

'ffl v�S?:'lf llr.lt ����

.:;:.,
r:t"<t�fiif'm �--- ��S,:J.Jr'cll
� lll1( ... , ....��"'l
91'-'�
.., II �� 11
Sloka s·s. If the Moon be in the 6th, the Sun in
the 8th, Saturn in the (?.th an<l Mars in the 2nd, under
such a yoga, the person born, be he Intlra him�elf, can­
not but be blind.
cf. �:;ffifili

f-1·e1�\:R��fpf�r �P-1�-=�r(q1n �q, oqf)

���NqiR���Trti stif�;Jffl1( 11
Also ;;Jlaifi"Hii
qa��TT �.:M� � 'ilr-1l iill� �l
fuflrd � �tir I
��� "fall!cl;:::�¼ i.fT W'lT ��1 ·� yit �. II

iii'��� M'l.-1tf
t!�sw.tl,ii¥1�1�$1Q�..�� I
�� � � �Srt1(:
� ·�qi ;r ffl � lJ �, U
 Adb. VI.
4 ,., * ...

�=�
Sloka SQ. If the lord of the 2nd bhava being in
conjunction with the lord of the 1Et 1 occupy a
(Dustthana•6th, 8th or 12th bhavas), it will result in loss
of �ight. If the lord of the eye, i.e. the 2nd bhava being
in conjunction with Venus and the Moon occupy the
ht bhava, the person concerne d will be night,blind;
but if the lord of the eye occupy a position of exaltation
or be in conjunction with a b:!nefk. planet, no such
malefic effect will hap�n, say the astrologers.
NOTES.
This and the 5 succeeding slokas arc quoted in ffl·:n�.

The under:nentioned slolias from ar;t/fiTir give some more

yogas leading to blindness.

����frrqfufii': �� cr�1it
�-i��s6T lftfrr F\:1(f�-=�sfq 1

ff:lfi '='UWt� �� � qf'l

ifm ?fq-r ��� �ij� o�.-1.{rf.. II
v�cfi��n M� W:'U���SroM-lmll�: I

��1T��f,�)�: �T��;i ;u-q: B'��IJ)�il_ II

-.:)

II u;"Pit;n: II
{[O FraR �tis�
,
ffl1:T ftffi�Ptt: I
-1s1 ,
��ij «uu �.-a �� � 'ij'�� �qil
�...:.
�W'<(\
-Isl �
II I\ o 11
Sloka 60. When Rabu, Mars anc1 Saturn are
together in the Lagoa, the person born will have enlarg•
ed scrotum. If the lord of the 1st bhava be in the 8th
and this a.gain be occupied b y Rahu and Mandi, the same
effect is produced, say the wise astrologers.
 SI. 61-68 853
,. .........
tffl ij"{TU ef� f:r�IJI' �� � if�a �� I
��131il�i:f�ijwffif (liRllfrtlll�ij i:f�ef II �' II
Sloka 61. When Rahu occupies the Lagna, w'R
(GuHka) a Trikona position, and Ma.rs in conjunction
with Saturn is in the 8th bhava, the result will be the
same- When the lord of the Na.vamsa occupied by the
Jord of the Lagna. is in conjunction with Rahu, Mars,

ro �� � !Ftll�qJQJij"iifq1fhl: � I
Mandi and Saturn, the same evil result will follow.
�it
lll'ir �� �f.tv.m c1w(uinn1�1 ll!l�: 11 � � , ,
Sluka 62. When the Sun occupying the rising
sign is aspected by Mars, the person born will he afflict­
ed with colic, consumption and asthma. When Mars
is in the Lagna and asp�cted by Saturn and the Sun, the
person concerned will be troubled with small,pox.
N0Tt1s.
Two <lillerenl readings are given uf lliis sloka, t1iz.,1

�. �f{d¾ifiiija;J �2": �m�4 A�N!!?'P=irzt� ,

,nit R�« �fif���i! ��r�fq; rftfurj��"IFf� �Tr[ II

, . �?J "{ft ll�ija-t �e l?-lP:11:iwt �lf�!r�Jf'i<!fTff. 1

<T

ii'ti, A-�il tf�f:lq?e "Hlf{M= rftfai1��r':ff_ �rf(. 11

qiitRWi u?r� lEf,miirn�
�q�� ��R(Uq@ �:.
i:f;mrfl?.Jij"� ftA1�
�S�;JT ��.tif?fJI'ijra �: II � � ti
Sloka 63. When Saturn in conjunction: with a
malefic planet aspected also by a malefic planet occupies
45
 MIN■rird Adb. VI.

the '2nd bhava, th� person has to dread da.nger from a

dog. When Saturn h in conjunction with or aspected
by the lord of the 2nd bhava, the s;tme result follows.
eflqtf>.la 'O!fllld<1��111.11� �a � 1
�qm �lRl� !�-1 � q�rqit@ II \� II
Slokt1 64. When Rahu is in the Lagna and when
the sign occupied by the lord of the Lagna has stn�ngth,
there is danger from a snake. When the lord of the
lrd bhava is in conjunction with Mercury, the person
born will be liable to throat disease-
NoTES•
fflff>\¢ is another reading for i{M�. Vi.ie also Adhyaya
XII, Sluka 42 inf,,a.

� {cl�� �1l.l' �a
�A�WAr-t � 1
���lt'f'lr�lU �TifllR�ill�wf(q: II \"\ II
Sloka 65. When a depressed planet occupying an
ini mica) sign and overpowered by the Sun's rays happens
to be in the 3rd bhava and aspected by a tnJ.lefic planet,
the person concerned will get disease of the throat in
consequence of the application of poison or of the swal,
lowing thereof. In the absence of these causes, the
disease if it sets in is intended to drain off money from
the sufferer-a result in whkh th� purp'Jse of the
particular yoga will be fulfilled.
m {cl� ��� fl:P� in;lf� -�"� I
lTI1ffi�q� irn�i C,:fflffilt �� �� It �' II
Sloka 66, When a malefic planet in conjunction
with Mandi or some such other planet occupies the 3rd
bhava, astrologers predict the disease of th<! throat; but
 :5). 67-69 855

when Mandi in conjunction with Mars is in th! 3rd

bhava, astrologers specifically ascribe the disease of the
ear to the yoga.
NOTES.

Vidi also Adhyaya XII, sloka, 43 inf,11.

mT�a ��� �r?r �t it�� iill�H I

�fu�i!ij' �m iii� U1l qN� �Jr: ll�\911
· Slokt.J 67. When th!t'crd bhav,1 is oc.:upied by a
malefic planet aud aspected also by another malefic pla -
net, the person barn will become liable to the disease: of
the ear. When the lord of the 3rd bhava occupies
malefic 60th p ortions of a sign, then also do astrologers

"... .
declare disease of the ear to be the .result.
� � � ... ........ � �

�a�
��Of '1.fll'J ffi 11(�� 1JTIJ(�IJ 'fJq'«ilf�'l � t
au..1 (l(•� �� �uit 'TT°it �� ij �q-1(_ ll �� It
Sloka 68. When the Sun in conjunction with a
malefic planet and aspected also by a malefic planet
occupies the 6th bhav:i 1 the person born will suffer from
excess of bile. Whm the Surl occupies the 8th bh.1.va,
Mars is with:)llt strength and a malefic plan?t is in the
2nd b hava, the: sam� is to he predicted.
cJ. �qT.fr��mii'iii
itri�Hll� � <'1�T� 1tm%�� I
qmfaga -lT�t �Rftil��q1�it� II

t�!ij'S�� �
�'llllll
'JliUff � ftta�1f� � t
r;.._

�sqf;f�· �iflqllla
� �(!l(� ifllro1� II � \ It
866 Adb. VI•

Sloka 69. When Mars in conjunction with Mer·

cury occupies in the 6th hhava the N:iv,1msa of a malefic
planet and is aspected by the Moon and Venm, the
person born will suffer from an ailment due to a morbid
state of the phlegm. When Mars aspected by a malefic
planet occupies the 8th bhava and K-!tu is in the 2nd or
the 8th, an ulcer will be produced.
Cf, 1'111�"ffil1ff1ir
�g !I� �� ll�'o/�1if{T�ff I
��r�cf.Birr-g� ��nrr 1:1�t�rf � 11
'ffl� ffl�� ��tr l�a-�� �I il1JT�efru I
�fui;J m:��)i �ar�: ��llaF;J{R 11 \9° It
Slok,l 70. When the lord of the 6th bhava in
conjunction with a malefic planet occupies the 1st or
the 8th hhava, the person born will have ulcers in his
body. When the planet described befor� (i.e., the lord
of the 6th bhava in conjunction with a malefic planet)
0ccupies the 10th bhava and is witho!--tt benef ic aspect,
the person concerned will have ulcer scars.
NoTF.S•
°
This'and thr. next six slolms are quoled iu �!'ll'-!:':.i11'11fiiir.

���������n ij'{f'�ijf: �rr-='-nlm: 1

arqr.fUif �q�11sqiff q� qg ij;J�) �� II \S' 11
Sloluz 7 I. If the lord of the Lagria, M1rs and !\-1er­
cury being in conjunction, occupy a very unprnpitious
bhava and asp.:ct the 6th, they will produce, say the
5ages, a disease of the anus or some nasty disease such
as piles.
NOTES.
ln the second llfl� (pada) of this sloka, :!Jif f�i:11; ii�-q�( '9.1"� <IT is
aDother reading.
SI. '12--?5 957

lrifflmdt �-� � "'�«itP�� � t

Q � ��� !� err m���r�� II "� II
Slok.i i2. The lords of the 1st and the 6th bhavas
when in conjunction with the Sun prnduc.e fever ; if in
conjunction with the Moon, they lead to an accident in
water ; if with Mars, they occasion some mishap in
war or danger by an outbreak of hot boils.

�n51in� � A� f.J6l{fllt�: vJffl�ffl � 1

� lTAf� q�� If� ;fi�IT-{�Ull1tf!: II"� II
Sluka 73. lf the lords of the 1st and the 6th
bhavas be in conjunction with Mercury, thry will cause
some mishap due to bile ; if they be in conjunction
with Jupiter, the person will be immune from diseases;
if in conjunc.tion with Venus, they may be the cause of
aomP. danger �o the wife ; if in conjunction with depres•
sed Saturn. they will, say the astrologers, tend to
engender a wind complaint.

�o� � riq'Rf ��\l.fffittfffit iiffif: I

..-.-m<ifQI � «�� et�R � firq{% ij�I{_ ll\9\111
Sloka 74. If the lords of the 1st and the 6th
bhavas be in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the person
born becomes liable to danger from snakes, thieves and
other such evil-doers. If they occupy a Kendra or
Trikona position in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu,
the person concerned will suHer imprisonment say the
astrologers acquainted with the subject.
,a���';f ��: �1� �� T\T"'l'{. I
��ffi ��� A'l't-1: �� � fQiidt II� 11
SGS Adh. VI.
rfl';pft•- .... 41. •

Sloka 750 If the lord of the 6th bha.va being in

conjunction with Mercury and R1hJ, occupy th1:: rising
sign, the person born will of his own a ccord cut off his
membrum vcrile. 1£ the lord of the 6th bhava be in
conjunction with Mars and:have no benefi:: aspect, the
person concerned will b�come liable to a disease affect•
ing the organ of generation.
ifitllm ww-s� ftii ff:f'fUs��q� I
'fflfi«n�lRIT �"� ��tu1 ll� ..-.=� �,� n \9� n
Slr:,ka 76. If the lord of the 7th occupy the 6th in
conjunction with Venus, the p.?rson born, say the astro•
lagers, will be too weak to match his wife. If the lords
of the 6th an:i the I st bhavas b� in a Kendra or Trikona
position along with Sa.turn, the person conc�rned will
suffer captivity.

� �« ft�N� f;5f � � ft,.rtit � �if I

Fisau�r !l�UOJt itif ft� �{J ,nf� 11 \9\9 II
Sloka. 77. When a moveable sign is the lagna and
it is aspccted by the lord of the 6th bhava; when Mars
is in the 11th bhava; whrn the 9th is represented by
an immoveable sign and when the 7th bhava is a dual
Rasi; under this yoga, people become Iiable to the fever
induced by the incant.1tions of their enemies.

� � ��sffi l�ltllf �� m-
·��s{t 00� ;; � sl:im � �� �quf � 11��11
Sloka 78. If Jupiter be in conjunction with Saturn,
if the Moon in quadrature occupy the 10th bha.va and i f
Mars be in the 7th, the result will be a defect of limb in
the person born. If the Sun and the Moon occupy
SI, 79•80 359

either Simha or Kataka, the person concerned will have

consumption as the consequence

�it' ��j �� tfi<?S� �lW6_ �31' ;n) ft: �: I

�111�� ij'ijq@ �it �;i) �
Q� Rf� II \9\ It
Sloka 79. When the Sun is in the 1st and Mars
in the 7th bhava, the pe rson born will become insane.
When Saturn is in the La;na an d Mars occupies the 7th
house or a Trikona position, the person concerned will
be a lunatic.
NOTES.

�«f;_t f.rlut �'lFfi,ijffT ITTiftSW\l ��

i:r.:� �11� il�Jrijil�:fU.:;;-T inft;:r"-\;y I
��j ���iFt� ii�":lffl i:r.:�8:i ft:� fPlffi'
qrinqaii�J�Rt�11 J!J: �,.:��iiMrr: II
a:i-fa- 1ITT�ITT inF��f3rq13J�i:Jtr-clllf: 1
�.:qr�1fq,n �)1n �ifffi �'1tfo,r: 11
o.rit :!!ft is the reading adopted in some book� for i'l!f ,.fi and
appears to be the correct one.

�ffl ia:11ifp.f-q;:if �11.f � �ii� ;Jf I

«r.:llt�!f:u ij' "'���1.ff ��ffl;rn:r �nl iiF1t<?Sit 11 � o 11
Slokj 1 80. If the initial portion of q-J« ( Dhanus) be
the Lagna, if the Sun and the Moon occupy the Lagna
or a Trikona, and if Jupiter, be in the 3rd bhava or in a
Kendra po i-ition, the person born under this yoga will
become insane.
NOTES.

The last Quarter reads as \tl�TOO( lfR- �•Q<li� in �ii�ffill�.

 300 Adh. VI.

t/, ���I
"s1"1��:m=lf5ffq\ �'"'riU ���rr s:ft� ,
Also

g� �Al��,t �HI: ITTrlll� {fl ��: �T<l II

Soma books read o11r111 m';lvf for <'l'l!TSl'itJUT.
The translation will then be "If any of the 4 signs from
Dhanus happen to be the Lagna antl if the Sun and the Moon be
in Trikona position (i. e occupy 5th or 9th places) and if Jupiter
be in the 3rd house or in a kendra position, the! person born, etc.'

-;:��ffl m���U r.lT ij1i�"1{tin ���,-: �1� I

��m il;�uifii � l1�31' �,q�J�T II (; t II
Slaka 81. If Mercury and the Moon be in a Ken,
dra position or fail to occ1i1py benefic Navamsas1 the
person born will have aberration of the mind. If Saturn,
the Moon and the Sun be in Kendra position, the person
concerned will be idiotic and addicted to wine.
eJ. :;J@ciil��
�'tl:.;r.:;� �.:�1 ilfJO:qfl�i'lf.fiITT �mi- 1
itri)� ,ur:.t@it�?J: « ro.:11r� II
�·��� =.:f;:� «1{� � ggmtfl
� � ij��i�� -n�� �� �tfl II (;� II
Sloka 82. If the Moon occupy the Na.vamsa
belonging to C.ancer, Aquarius or Scorpio and be in
conjunction with Saturn, the person born will suffer
from a dise.ise affecting the pri vities. [f the Moon
occupy in the 4th bhava a Na.vamsa belonging thereto
and be in conjunction with a malefic planet, the person
concerned will have disease of the throat.
NOTES,
The :211d qr� (Pa<la) reads as -if,t .n1r-=f1 qr� !}i!'f{l•lt
1 in ff<ri�­
f�llJ(U'r.
 881

� WfN �'P&� ft:t; � �s'fflsft I

�111'<1�- Qit'f�ih1 ifflij� f.m ��:� 11��11
Sloka 83. Wp.en the Moon in conjunction with
c1 malefic planet and Rahu occupies the 12th, the 5th or
the 8th bha va from the Lagoa, the person born will be
liable to insa nity and that of a raging kind and will
de velop a tendency to quarrel.
NOTES.
� is another reading for �� in the 2nd lll� (Pada) of the
Sloka.

� � ifT � "'$uw 11� m,u. ��st 1J

(.:«lftl<hft lf l1Sf'1� ;fi��cmf�mtffil� II �\l II
Sloka 84. When the Moon or Rahu occupies the
12th bhava; Saturn, a Trikona position ; and the Sun,
the 7th or the 8th bhava; the person born will ha ve
ailments affecting teeth and eyes. The same effect hap,
pen11 when the planets mentioned above occupy Navam,
11as owned by depressed inimical malefic planets.

wrf·� lflfflq\ �"'�ft:�ftirns.1fflr � 1

at111uut111i:f��· �;:m 11i:I�� � coq: 11 �"' n
Sloka 85. If the 5th and the 4th bhavas be occu­
pied by malefic planets and if the Moon in particular be
in the 8th, the 12th or the 6th bhava, blindness would
follow as a result of the yoga. The person born in this
yoga must of course be blind when there is no benefic
aspect upon the planets concerned. There will be no
evil effsct when benefic planets occupy the bhavas
referred to above.
46
 Adh. VI.

ftffi ��qRf �img�;:"¾ iff �-

� ��� « �Ui'�� �� �� � I
�;:� �@� ltR �d '6+4--N;i*h••
qt
�;:� mll;ruil�mf ft ��ft-Ill( I I �� 11
Sloka 86. When (malefic, planets other than the
lord of the Lagna occupy the Lagna, the astrologer may
predict leprosy; it will be black leprn!!y when Saturn
occupies the Lagna as describl!d abovl!; it will be red
leprosy when the Sun so occupies the rising &ign; white
leprosy if the occupant be �Iars. When the Moun in
conjunction with Saturn or Mars occupies a Navamsa
belonging to '-t><!<ti (Katc1ka), .:fiil (Meena) or �{ (Makara)
and is unaspeck<l by, or unassociated with benefic
planets, the astrologer may declare the yoga to be pro•
ductive of leprosy to the people affected.
q1qtf;.--:rij �\ltf��
�w� ii11:1-A � �UTC1 ,
�(f?ttf.r

� =qID�W-l'tA� il'�q-
ffl��IJf �ft:� � till�: II �" II
Sloka 87. When the Moon in conjunction with a
malefic planet occupies the sign occupied by the lord of
the 8th bhava and when the last-mentioned planet is
aspected by Rahu, the person born will suffer from a
disease affecting the privities; the same result happen s
when the 8th bliava is occupieci by four or three malefic
planets ; but if a benefic planet be in the 8th bhava, the
person concerned will be exempt from the disease.
���{4l�i'J;� ij�qffi qJflla'
�"'"'"' -�"I
\ll�1l(tlij�11e�n�ij it�t""�l'(
sr. 88-90
�----
363

'IWNf{i� efRrm �
u'aWt�a�"?r ifMij urJitR\" 11 �� 11
Slokn 88. When the Menn is in a w.1ter-resorting
sign and the lord thereof occupies th•,� Gth bhava and is
aspected by planets occupyin�� watcry signs, the person
born will suffer from i.trangury; when the M J1.m occu•
pying the 6th or the 8th Lhav,l is aspected by Mars and
when Saturn is in the Lagm, th� p,:rson concerned will
suffer from an :1.ilm:!nt leading to bl1)0j discharg,?s (piles).
!lif�.f 'PIIH i"I
f
l/.

zl�HRFT::t '9;;� "'� (f�o/lff-ltt I

�<7-�:;n=�-lR�r � 1t::I�:;;�1nti ��ct 11
aJ?it JR:iz�•� Tttf.fi"t ttmtl�
Fato�s'-Rf
� �".
q::r-fR �c"!lfTT� "' 1
ntt ;i�
�·i '{fffl�tl�O�fFTij ijr� ll��lillf
� Fr���;:q�)'J���: �.:cm�if ll�, II �\ II
Slokil 89. \Vhi!n the waning \,foon in conjunction
with malefic p!ands is in the risin!� si 1!n bdonginr, to
Saturn or in the 8th or th� (1th hhav.,, th� astrologer
may predict fiatule1icc, spleen or Si)ffil.': su..:-h ailment as
the result of this p;nticul;-ir yora. \V 11en the Moon is
between two m:1L:fi-: planeLs anJ S1t:.irn occupi,�s the 7th
hhava, the p�rs:m born will hav� much hodil )' suffering
from the combin-.�d dfc,:ts of :tbs.:.:.•,,s, spL•c:n and con•
sum pt ion.
�,t:f.
3J,:-it1(1!FIJiq-q��itm �,,....,
i�
� � ""' r-... � "' '
h-�R Ff�:.I{i{l� I
� �A lfirUTil"Pltfi err ij��trif ���rr��r: �r� 11 \ 0 11
Sloko 9:J. When Mars is in d�c rising sign and
the lord of the 6th hhava is weak, the person born will
864 Adb. VI.
... .... .. ,or• •••

have indigestion, a diseased spleen and colic. When

Rahu or some malefic planet occ1.1pi es the La.gna and
Sa.turn is in the 8th bhava, the persori coricerned will be
afflicted wi th a stomach complaint.
,,. �;irih%mf(br
��S�l� �T �Rti.t ell °'lTiij� I
�tnl�U11T �T ��'IM�Nllll�q_ 11
��f11i'f qffa � �ofro
� l(�S$ol Ff�!fijN I
�� ij'ijlfffl fti.ft�
lit� � zyt�· qft: 1JT«Jd II 't II
Sloka 91. When Rahu occupies the 4th bhava.
and the lord o f the Lagna. is withou t strength and
aspected by a malefic planet, the perso n bor n will suffer
from acu te pain in the chest. When the lord o f the
Lagoa is depressed and in an inimical house, Mars
occupies the 4th bhava and Saturn is asp�cted by a
malefic planet, colic will be the result.
� )lf$Fl·�@l� lJ�� �
�« 1J1qf;rowij' 'TT{�ffl?t' «11�fti�r I
.-tlfrmlffij�q'l�irnr «1� � ft�r-tir
�: u�N«�rn ��.:m!i� � 11 ,'it 11
Sloka 92. When the lor d of the 8th bhava is weak
and the rising sign is aspected hy a malefic planet and
the 8th bha.va is occupied or aspecte d by Saturn. th.!
person born will be smit ten with a disease that will
prevent the taking in of foo d. When the Moon in
conjunctio n with Mars occupies the 6th bl"\ava, jaundice
due to vomitting and delirium wi�l afflict the person
SI. 00.94 865
....... -
.. .;...,...,.,,.. .......... .
concerned. And when the Sun, the Moon and Mars
are together in the 6th bhava, the effect of the yoga may
be colic and erysipelas.
cf. Sl''IJ'li•r
��� �t �;:1:1 tft�'tRmit_ I
r.�m fclir�r
�FT �q �iT�� 11
3ITT� � �trtsft.ntl
ir1;ts�q{S�di4 fjijitlf¥1:qr{'( I
�t!nf�q.( �Si(� �If
�s� Rtffl � ijqt �R{ 11 � � II
SJokn 93. When the rising sign is aspected by
Mars, and the lord of the 6th bhava occupies the 10th,
the 7th, or the 1st bhava, the person born will suffer
from the effects of magic employed against him by his
enemies. When Mars in conjunction with the lord of
the Lagna occupies the Lagna or any other Kendra and
the lord of the 6th is in the Lagna, the same will happen.
;sfRn ��;t.1 ;sff.rd wt �r.1it
� �ilfflS�cfl�(ga �� ijij�mf� I
q�� �n�ift lfl� �lt lflq�� m1ff
��,��ifffi� �ifffl 'wf'{ 11 � \l ,:,
II
Slokti 94. When Jupiter occupies the 4th, the
10th or the 1st bhava and a Kendra is occupied by "�
(Mandi), the person born will suffer from an illness due
to the effect of his having come face to face with an
immortal. When Saturn is in the 7th bhava and a
benefic planet occupies a moveable rising sign, and the
Moon is aspected by a malefic planet, the person concern,
366 Adh. VI.

ed will undoubtedly suffer from a disease due to his

having met goblins 1 ghosts and fiends.
NOTE�.

This sloka is from "1F.l'f.�;;J. The reading in the 3rd pada of

this slolm is l'l•·T l>f instead of ir.'zsir.

�1 'n'Jf.f�� ft�flij 1'l'JTJi9� 9(ij'j

ill"fij': ifjura\'q!qJIT� qij\:ll,;� ij�sirma
I
� qffl11i�llrf lJ.:!ffiij {�M«Tt ij'qJ
� �'HJ�fij l�·ro1;r): tl�t�)ii �� II� �11
. Sloka 05. lf the Moon in conjunction with a
malefic planet and aspectcd by another malefic planet
occupy the 6th bhava, the person born will become
liable to wind disease; if Mars occupy the 7th bhava
under the same circumstances, the disease prJduced will
be hemorrhage du� to a currnpt state of blood and bile;
if the planet occupying the 7th bhava under such condi,
tions he Mercury, the disease will arise from a bad
condition of wind and phlegm; if Venus, it will be
dyst:"ntery; if Saturn, colic; and lastly if R.ahu or Ketu,
the ailment will be produced by demoniacal possession.
NOTES.

� r- "-
����IJ1 �·
;}J �G�f'fH��J!
'ffi mt g�m� ffll=��qm�,;t ,
ft:"- inq �f�n;t ft�it m�� �.: �'Wt
qP[f� a3�,w '{f;pt UilllRt II �� II
Sloka f)(). When Saturn occupying the 6th bhava
in conjunction with ;irfi:� (Mandi) is aspected by the
Sun, Mars and Rahu but is un:ispec-t�d by or unassocia-
SL 07 867

ted with bendic planets, the person born will suffer

from an illness caused by a complication of cough,
asthma and consumptiLrn. Whca a malefic pl.inet is in
the 12th bha.va, the Moon in the 6th, Saturn in the 8th
and when the lord of th� Lagna occupies a Navamsa
owned by a malign planet, the person born under such
J. yoga will be liable to dryness of the nose resulting in
loss of smell.
f/ •J�l�(ii�lflfJlif
11a ,.:� �;n �;::� <>11"'-f 4Itf ��!fct I
n
•w�t�·:flfl{l!J�'fi tft;r� 11q1f��i'l II
QU ��t t!�Wn ��HlnJufql�ij I
��� �E" �� r.11 �.:n�-ti1m:P:n��-f! II
lJ::� I�� qll� �lf�
�� ��f 1Jiqft{ �Rf:
ml �;it ft�11� t,�utt�
�,�it � Nil� �Ft ��)ttl ll Q..� I!
Sluka m. Whrn Saturn is in <li�'li r,Kataka) and the
Moon in <l"fi{ (1-fakara), the person born will haw drops}·.
When Saturn in conjnnctiun with Mars occupies the
6th bhav;:i., and is ;:isp�cte<l hy the San and Rahu; and
when the lord of the Lagna is without strength, the
result will be a ling(:ring illn�ss.
c:/ • "l'-li,](.prr111':i1
��l.ll{i:tf�� qg �FH1�f;i,Jf�'{� I
.m:,.i� �f,f����n,a +i�r,1�= 11

��: t:it f;{ijJ�l ij�tfliil��

��,�� wt� �l ��i( �� I
868 Adh. VI.
I •+

� p �(1�{11..,�
{tUf\tq �� ij � �� 11 �� II
Slok11 98. When Mars is in his own house, Mer..
cury in the 4th or the :Jrd bhava. and Saturn in the 1st,
the person born will be a dwarf. The result is the same
when 1 other conditions being identical, Saturn is in
conjunction with the lord of the Lagna.
���iwit: ffi�llR�:
'Wltf ��-;r� ifi:yd ijf--¥1 I
'.f\'-Pt�qifq'�
'1���UJij-Af �I{. II � � 11
Sloka 99. When the Sun and the Moon occupy,
one of them the 12th, and the other the 6th house from
the Lagna, the person born will be one-eyed and will have
the unique fortune of pos sessing an one-eyed wife as
well. When Venus and the Sun conjointly occupy the
7th, the 9th or the 5th bhava, the person born under
this yoga will have a wife defective in some limb.
NOTES•

ILagna
I i

Moon\ i
I_ I s::�I 1-----·
The Sun is in the 12th house from the Lagna in I and 12th
from the 7th in IT.
:;J. 100 369

The Moon is in the J 2th from the 7th in I and 12th from the
Lagna in II.
The principle is clear from the above.
The !ef t e:ve will he affected by the abo,·c yoga. Tn the other
case the Sun in the ?.nd a11d '.he Muon in the 8th (the 2nd from
the 7th) will aflect lhe ri!tht eye.
If Venus be in conjunction with the Sun in the 5th, 7th or
9lh house from the L:.1!{mt, the wife will always be ailing. f,i;r,<11
(Vi kala=suffering).
cf. mt7r
q�q � �� fl11ITT ffl(l�Tf�T I
�H� �rnt ¥1=t�rqr rt�'fi1w�1ffinr II
A ho a.rm-1 •'l"J
�,lf�Rl.!ll�: u�ri-qy���f.'=rr !l<i'l� I
• ' -'lo
ll�, ff'f@1!11l: ".filllJJ q�J fl�ii1Q.J� II
�;J"
'>,
�,f\lTiT'P�T�ff: �lillt ¥1��if�{: I
�11:fqff.·1.1i'l�t"i qft<f.ir� qfii�1t� 11
-1��'i�m � � eia:ih��n �ITT: I
f.flflJF,..,o:10ihq� ��cliU� � 11 � o o 11

S/uk;i 10:J. If the maldic pla□ .!ts occupy the nth,

tht> 11th, the 3rd and the 5th houses in any ,.Jrder accord,
ing to circumstances and be not aspt!-:ted by bcnefic
planets, they conspir1! according to their strength to t.!o
damage to the organ of he.1ring of the pl!rson bor,1 ; if
they occupy the ith house and be without bcnefii.:
aspect, they make the teeth unsightly.
NoTcs.
The man will !:iuffer fru111 car-complainl wilh certainly. The
3rd and the 11th l1_uuses stand for cars-3rd for the righl ear and
the I Ith for the left, (Cf. also \Veslern astrology}. Varaharnihira
47
f)7G Adh. VI.

seems to extend the principle to the 5th and the 9th houses also.
Disease� of tePlh an,l lr111gue are irn!i,·atec! hy the 7lh house
(Ch. 1ll-·7i Fi�. I). Thi:. 11; ,ll:;u the pnrn.iple uf \\'ehlern astrolo­
gy, CJ. Alan Ll·u.

"1\-taldi,·�. una�pedc:.d by benelics, occupring the 711, house

will lmui.; ab,iul 100th d1sea,;es (,leformily or ulherwise)."

!�!lffil,� \\1111l<1 1mludc th,• !\loCJn ,,:·,;<' in the yoga c.1.usi(l;.:

dama�e tu th,-· <.:·;1r. t./.

�� ��l�llf�-q,�lp:�n: �tJ:�j;l�T�t�;i,f1trll¾l I (�ij.:i�t�q�:)

r:f.oi1 r:nir .-i-f:qf�o 11:1ri:r��mi:� R�� �qT-lriJ. II
1

!\bo >W1VI

�qflff(�:;,�ltm: 'H�l; R)i¾;:J ·frf�:11 '.r{.:m:

?.111Jl�1•H� ii: �R'lGP'.f]�.l �;:�FIT'{_ Ii

•,fNqt,i;ifJ}=tT�l?W lll'll: ffi"�H'TTR1flr: I

ifidj';:_{J"jg';;i:Jfa EI �i:�u G,.:,iifqvr: II

if•if�mi(�llo:l'•t�!ijSllt� ....
..... -.. ,....,_
� {ijHl�T?f 1-H� q'f �� I
��:If4�l�;t'! f-1�
��TNi:r ��� ij��@ ;,Rf: II � 0 � II

:,loka WI. When Jupiter o�·cipies hendic vargas

such as oti11\n,t� ( Var!!ottam;imsa) in the La�na or the
4th hhav:i ; or 1s dsew her�� possessing abundant strength;
wh.:n the uth.:r planets are in the: 2nd, the 11th and
other bi:.avas -:on11cctcd with well-being and rrospaity;
and whc.:n the lord of ""''t� ricing sign is powerful, the
p..:rson born g1.::ts un w•·i\ ;rnJ is. happy.
St. 102 371

it �ij�f' 4I(Jlf111��,: it1.�r �r�1wr�,'\�qm 1

� nir��: 'tR�J�ij(� «_71�a;r��q'�� II � 0 �11

ef-t ��m,u \f;f;rr�ITTRiT �@�n1��

��llf(t-qyq: 'f,J: 11
Slvkll 10?. By the grace of the thn and all the other
planets, what are calted �noi'f.�: (Jataka bhanga.ha) con·
l!listing of mn:imq:: (Raja.yoga bhangaha), �,:1prrrrr: (Pre·
shya yogaha), �tr�r11r: (D.,ridra yogaha), �iffi"'�),n:
( Angaheena yogaha), t�Pt)m: (Reka yogaha) and WTinm:
(Raga yogaha) have been fully treated of in this chapter.
Thu-; t,nds the f,th Adhyava un '·what mar� a hor,,,,cope" in the
work Jatakapitrijata r.:ompileJ hy Vai<lyandtha under lthe auspices
of the nine planets •

.......-----\.��!'"-...-------�· ....
 ___ ,.,...._...,..�------·-

Adhyaya VII.
ON RA.TA YOGAS OR l'LANETiRY CONJUNC'l'I!lNS
Lli:ADING TO Kn:GSBIP.

li-'t.flll��'ll(ft'fs:iffl(t: �t:
Q';O'IA'll(l�ITTl'f.f� Uffl lff� II trm
�•l•tt'flel«R�imffl���­
tiAm�lffii�: �qun Tl�:ftJeJu iifPm nt 11
Sloka 1. When the planets occupy Kanya, Meena,
Mithuna, Vrishabha, Simha, Dhanus and Kumbha, the
person born will he a famous king, �reac in possessing
an army, mighty elephants and horses; if the planets be
in Thula, Mesha, Vrisha.ba. and Meena, an emperor
comes into the world in this yoga ; if the planets be in
Vrishaba, Dhanus, Meena and the Kendras, a person
destined to rule over the earth and acquire wide fame
sees the light.
Non;s.
In this as well as in tlrn next !:lolm, the irnthnr has described
in a verr •·�;n<lenscd •nanncr the fo�,� ( � imhasana) and other
yogas. \V1lh a \'Jew to mal<e them clearer, th.,; following are
extracted trom other works and appended below:-
3 72
SI, 1 l7l

(I) �r�pn: ffilr.iTii'l'ili

� Wi!T�ift qtq: 'f,.1.f� � � I
�It!" .:it �;\ i�it" �ijc1 tf{t lfn: 11
�r:t"t g.'Hf!J"ttil �;r.rcrm T'ft <f.Fo: I
;iqRMen }lqffl ;i-it � �m;t :iITff: 11
ll��i
��:nlft.:r{!f!W.it- �� \<llH: �1�: th1ffla:
fcr. ell �rqwir�1.1�ir � � ffil!TfJ.:r: I
q; �JR;J�fllfff � lf�) 1lqJNU'ilt ��
ll��{clTn.uf�Bj5lRt,it 'iJUlflJ·� n
(2) "fl.l�ffi�ff: 1:j'Jij:,Oiif:.;

�{l fflP-HiJ�t s(fS{q �� '!T;r <J.q- ;r) I

�liir � �nrsq �,J�:fitsfif'tl1�� 11
��<ff 'll!T;;fifi: ft�: ��'ill�-{: I
ar1�i:rqt ll'�rt,�, qmJ,111 ,rq't ��n.. 11
.rt���

i� � cf..:qpf,�rfir�-tT�Ifei.\"{ir
fflrl�: ��-t1fq� \l�@ �,:r.:qfq .:t{: I
�g¼lli mit R:.t:�'.if�it-t fJJ�ctt
i:r�"t'fT"1�1�"t!!wi?:'l'Mtt1�1 fcl�a- 11
(3) <f,ol7fj7<V�1{llf: 'i'lll'11@ifi

IAA itcr � � ��qt =:t ffqa- � I

qttT: cf,.Jw!.a� �t!���'f: II
(4) :g'�if,lj11J; €t11:ir1wt
� '<I fif� �Ttf �'ft �T i:ro: I
�« iclcftf� � ifR �J�: II
374 Adh. VII

Sf@T �q� � �TR�!U��� 1

tf{lq<firfr �HH 'i.l -IT��ff'�B�: II

(5) �'-l"'ll'lfllT: ��

� i'{6T �6T cJTSN ��fl: f'qJ;J tii't 1-f� I

�iJ'5Jq,u qtlf u�4'tlJ'vlilT�lf; 11
q) Sfti'fT -..:;mrir fl 4"1@ .ft'"'ftsfl iU�llr i;Ji: I
at.=qr 1fi\� � fl�cfl -iqift 'f=tM -iCO -t ijr��: 11

(6) �M� �'.11z:r:;i1oof.

�iitli{� ll�\<f.19� �lll I

• � � "....r.: fl J:HH ��1-q;:q(f
� .. II
� l"l.:Jl ��T.:>1'l
�Tm IIT'ffiT J;j"'i{i"fijf ;ir f.i,=0-'fi fii-q1-1-
it�T��j llcf@ f1�1: ft�u:.::4 'lN5qPJ_ II
�l<l�J;:�

'{�-t �.r ifrJJfl� -�lif1� <ii'rf{rnr

�uiT�=t ':l'lf�,q���i;T��T'ffut: I
�@r RIJ��-q�-1ift rr.:'tf�f{o1.11�r­
¥�1-t.=�qn �il�r ��rf.u irr-1ef: 11

�z �� ii' �rit ij�P�i IBi:1ir � 1

(7) U;,rrn'r,r: �Tlf:;-rJM.

n�m lf��),n u�� fl tJ(ilq�: 11

{8) ,fg:a1,ri:;q}a1: 'itlf,Tiifift
ij�T1'1fi�\,: :fi� 1H ffli:r � I
�:m1Wltms1.:i U�� 'qrlit lffl: I
�=f.;nfop qt�<1': m��: f�Hafq�:
=

�fi,1q��t cJl �:mtf\��: ll

 875

�Jil�
�� g�Nt,W'J��ll ��J: f{f�T Hi_wif'Fi:I � I
� �ij,m��N��ii: �1;qa: riirni {'f'.!a- �·llli:f.. 11
(9) rro:r��.,.: 1:11ITT1mii
im ;tft ll�f9:;;�:
�l�t '{61ll � I
4�<I�T l[cl�T'l�g:�Jfl'{('f: ��: 11
(IO) M��r;;;:]"�J11: �iwit:1":ii
�it cf.Fiifcrl m� � :.tlct �r fitW{ � I
3l11TT-TTJ},'tfirf iTr�l f;;(;:�g;�t lf�i>l: 11
(11) �"'-l'IT.z<i'rll'= <fl��
��'R �qvmrRfil'i!'t1�!fqW�;t
��: i.til� {l� J;f'Fdff �Tnt ��: I
J;f����fi�i_wI���iil Ri@qtt(:
ij1f-=�n�rf't1ifq �fo -���r;f-1 lf�nJJJ,. 11
(12) ��.,.: �i.(�('I"
!'.f�nti:fil� �� fl�¥!�i;;:i:p.JJ�Pi.z�fF):itf�n. 1
��J('[ijfrlJ!P.fil �1 '!ijf ��;r�)ii !;l>ft!.f.:('f ft.:;;: 11

Sloka �. When the planets occupy Kanya, Mesha,

Thula1 Simha and Kumbha, the person born is a.· king.
When the: planets arc in the 3rd, the 5th and the 4th
bhava&, the person born becoml!s ruler of countries
abounding in great wealth. If the 3rd, the 4th. t.he 5th,
9'76 Adh. VII

the 2nd, the 9th, the 1st and the 7th be occupied each
by a planet, the person born will become a just king.

fflw�o«Jt�r �mm �@, ��� �i;JT�: � 1

ffl'itfffifqj�Hl�{fq7.JRfl: 'fl'{f ft�tm ;mJ: 11 � II
Sloka 3. If the planets are associated with the
Moon•s hara, the prnwn born will be a famous king. If
the benefic planets b� i11 the 9t.h and the 11th hha.va5,
and the malefic ones in the 6th and the 10th, a king is
born.
�'f�RW'ltifq� iMlf¾«t: \11'��-'lH I
�� .rf'lflfflffl
91-n �: II 'cl 11
Sloka 4. If benefic planets be strong occupying
the 1st, the 10th, the 7th and the 4th bhavas and if Ma.rs
and Saturn he in the 9th and the 11th bhavas, the person
born will be a king possessed of every amiable virtue.
Non:s.
The number of yogas satisfyini:;- all the cond1lions dest:tihed in
this sloka will, if carefully analysed, be found to be very limited.
The following horoscope is sui;r4esled as an exam11lc for thi!.
sloka.

Lagna /
Moon
--------- I

···--· -,
Saturn Sun
-- ---~•
Jupiter Mars I Venus Mercury
1
SJ. 6
But see the following sloka. from �l� (Saravali).
i��'�; �'ff: �: i!i��T�<l��T: I
� � If�: 1'�J;:-9t 1:1�?.iffl � �q�IJ: ii

�,_11fmlffl � �s�cn �f4pt4�: 1

�lttt<1-tffl'f1lffl��� 1'1.f��eii: � II � II
Sloka 5. When the Moon or the Lagna occupying
a (Va.rgottamamsa) .rm�mhr is aspecced by the other pJa,
nets placed in the 4th, the 10th and the 7th bhavas, the
person born ia a 1 eader of men.
NOTES,
According to «�ina111r� (Br ihatprajapatya}, m{m'l't (Saravali}
and other works, and as per Yavanas' view quoted in ;i{-i.t'lo<ii
(Brihatjataka), four or more planets {other than the Moon) aspect­
i cg a Vargottama Lagna or Moon will make the person born at
that time a King.
,j. It�
�rireqiJa � v� qy ��f1t�: I
��im =r'T i::T��rn: �(fl: II

�mit \ffl'��t�it�ffl'
Also l;ff�
R�l�llrN lJO'JJ'ifitstnr 1
�lt;:�Rqff@��T Attf�: �1�"1'1!�� -!'t: II
Also
�R qJ i:oftt fffl&ta � 'ilgU�f��'1'fii: I
;,Jli'f�

��its�
ilrrfflra\lfiwt: � �ll�f;;ct qJIJT: ff!J3{1<?.qRira11F3iiT°'l'l. 11
Also �n�
�&l<R lTTf iw3!� � et�it
�:11llfaf'4iil: �ror.. �r tiqrl't)fiia 1
ff fll1«1@ q1��= {ii� t.i111Vl!f111il\vt
�fq .ft�a- fti� .f ��;pr_ II
48
378 •,...,ft•ri Adh. VII.
But our author has _gone further by restricting the J)05ition of
the planets. According to slokas 30-31 of the 2nd Adhyaya, Saturn
in the 4th or the I Ith house, Mars in the 6th or the IOth house
and Jupiter in the 5th or the 9th hom;e, all counted from the Lagna
or t he Moon, are also caoable of aspecting either of the,!11 respec­
tively as alt planets are while· they arc in the 7th house. Our
llUthor bar. rejected the aspects of Saturn from the 11th house, of
Mars from the bth house and of J�iter from the 5th and 9th
houses. He only ,iccepts !he aspects of Saturn from the 4th huusc,
of ]Viars from the 10th house and of Jupiter and other planets from
the 7th house. His object would appear to he to place alt the
planets in the thre� Kendras, -4th, 7th and 10th and in such a
manner as to he ·capable of bestowin!( their full aspect on the
Lagna or the :\-foon as the .case May he. The least number of
planets thus situated ,rnd capable of nspecting the Varl{ottama
l..agna or the Moon is four. '·1•::Jif!Jffi.:il'�: i.,i., "by planets other
than the Moon" has reference only so far as I�na yogas are
concerned, for the Moon cannot aspect itself. But the question is
•• \Viii the aspet t of the l\foon on the Lalfna nullify the yoga if it
is otherwise complete": The answer is in the negative. In this
case, the Moon's m,;pect cloes not count, bein� productive of neither
good nor evil and the l\foou cannot he one of the planets making
up the least number of four ahorn suted. Cf. fii<ql>ffllt"i-

� q:llm'ltffl=¼' �'<1.f&:il:f ";tl(aft: I

'il�Pi: q�f,,: q�� �m fi;.R�@= n
aqr� , rll�� *�1 �pp:j·tr1R, flllfffi=f: I
:it1�� in� ffiP.f ,a�Mlffu��, a 11
�11Tfir c1,� H1'lf: �-n'ij=n.=q�r 1
�;:�: lf.t�g <614 fl �( ?f";f :r 1(IJ�a 11
There will be 22 yogas viz.,
II 6 1;
C+ r:+C= 15+6+ 1 for each of the Lagr,a and the Moon, or
-l r, i;

44 yogas in all.
 SI. 6 879

�;q�ftw q�� w
� {RPIJI'� f{!P�t({r �«r: I
� .fi�-tcthm�;trRJ: lifq'l•m?:t�-
m
lllltl'ffl � f�cmr: q•rR\ff"1'1T'{ II ' II
Sfoia 6. When Venus occupies the asterism As•
wini in the Lagna. and is aspected by all the other
planets, the person born will be the senior in family
destined to deatroy the whole host of his enemies and
to sport with many women. When there are three or
more planets occupying not th:! Navamsa of their depres•
sion sign but one owned by themselves and one such
planet is in th;! Lagna., the p:!rson b:>rn will be a king
and a. V.!ry wealthv on� too, when thl"r<:! are 5 or more
11uch planets.
(Firit Jul/), Cf. :<fRf<t.��

��i ._mrr: ��: ����f;{fTfu�: I

�)@ 'lfq<-11q1� frif1mmfo•1'iF,ll, 11
Also q;;r,(nm
�f:1Fqi�irar ���..�fa�1�-;J1.frt �qffi fit,rft�1- n
The following from ll!CT"l�'t (Saravali) mentioning the several
asterisms which, wheu occupied by Venus, confer kingship will
also he of interest :

�:1<ft�T1'f�p:11� �iit: ijrl: I

�@ '!.!fir rrrqefsa;;qrq-fq �ffqrr: 11
Lotltr l,111/. Cf. ;;ffflifit?�1
ofRiffiit-l qft�q 5��:Sll=ifRW➔ffl; I
il'llirilit �i!!iffq: �� ��ii. II
 380 Adh. VU.

According to v,cITTofl�, �:il'Tn<.fi and other works, three or

four planets in their exaltation� (Swochcha), or in their own
signs {cl"�� {Swakshetra) and are at' the same time trine to one an­
other, make a person biun iii t'/111,oyal (amit-r, a Kir1g. Five or more
such planets will make an,v pe,s'Jn a King. But two such planets
in the first case or four such in the second case will only make
the person rich. Cf. 'iil"ofr.lT'l�-
�ft: �\: �: ��SJ°irtct I
ftl�T ���O')fq�q:
,. �T���: II
q�J�M�?ll ��hl�:r1trsftf "'��f I
�qt �i;!ffiU, ���� �f.l°': q�ir_ 11
.It has also to be noted here that it is only when the 5 or 6
planets in ff�r,r (Swakshetra) are s:�011g that the person horn be·
comes a King. If they or any uf them he weak, he only becomes
rich. But seven planets in �� will, irr�spective of their
strength, make the person a King. Cf. �i[i'!J, ·,1:'1<:'f.
lffll�Mi@lCl't �ffl��lf�t I
� cp..-;fiqfft: �lllS:��i'fTqe: II
mtil�rli= ��r lfefrt �£lq1t1_ 1
I�
F�itt����qrqf.{�f@�)flr.iq: ��r I
�ll1���-t.:�q�qr 1101q:;i��1q1B-.1 flr-rll!! II

�sft;fr'1lllf{Pl �lt�
�tf� ��ij 'lm'A@: � I
"f�sfa��+TllltN f.rit�
Wfi� ;zqfa;:r�wittfi� II '-' II
Sloka 7. When Venus is in the 2nd bhava which
is neither the planet's depression nor owned by an enemy
ctnd when the lord of the Lagna is strong, the person
SI. 8 881
......

born will become a kin�. When the Moon occupies at

night its own Nav.1msa or one belonging to a very
friendly planet and is a;;pected by Venus alone, a king
comes into the world.
NOTES,

.ft.:.J1�tz�i:rq�11l f1'ttRPJt t>5tro: �� '-lif<Ar "'�1 :q- � 11

Also aT@i!ii¼z
�?J-lFt;z� ��MT <!i�HfPl: �lll�q: I
��lTT -llffi '-t'SJ � rP,': 'W'1:ftqfti: II
From the two 11ara1!cl pass'.li;!es above given, it will be seen
that Venus ancl the lord of the La�nn should both be in the 2nd
hhava. The text lends itself also to the above interpretation and
it may preferab! }; he rcmlerc·d thu¾: " \Vhen Venus together with
the lord of tllP. La�:n:1, who is alsn strung, is in the 2nd bhava,
whir:h is ncithn the plam•t'� {\',)nus') depression sign, nor is owned
by :m enemy, the pri-son horn will become a King."

r}. �IU'l<il'r
�Rffq'::!'hl'T�-=:U �et �r-Rtrf�OJT I
�f.f� �'5� ��ifT�TNif � •HI{_ II
Also ,l J::fi.fill.fl.111
.f�31'1P.1JSC;qf.1fi:i'::l'ijlit ��OJ t!!l �'lfff �)frf I
�i�f�fq�j�ll?{l9�,T �Tntl�;;i �[!: ii� ;:rqJtiflr
,. II
-t:i:. " • ...
�M.C-Ell�efi ll�" ����
.,... "' �

� trnt!,n�it �a- u� �m\1� t

ttl'1 �,t\l:

�filf.r QW�fr� .fRTI1iuir ft.tr

���w111€t wl+TI'll�a �m lt��= II � I I
Sloka 8. Whcn. Venus occupying the Lagoa is in
Meena and in a Navamsa belonging to Meena, the person
born is a king; (2) when the lord of the rising sign is
88� Adh. VII.
e,;e e • • ""°,.
strong in its exaltation and aspected by the Moon, ;i
royal perso11age sees the light ; (3) when the lord of the
Lagna occupies in the exaltation house a Nav.1msa belong­
ing neither to the depression sign nor to an enemy and
:hat exaltation sign turns out to he a Kendra and has no
other planet, a ruler of the earth is born under this Yoga..

�mu �qt ll�ff.. 11

,,. ;;n\f,fof{�
-AA q'f�i� � �t
Also 131{Trt�r
m�!ffil: �� '1(q�11,3,;:EA �q iQa' 1
�f(if���: �fq(f�q� ��1f-.lqc111_ ll

1"'ffl ��lfcrij" «'l!Jtitrl ftm

(C..a!lt, halj). cf. Sloka 48, inf10.

�11lc(l��'"UTl1�: ���: I
� �.� � �tr A-11 t�it
t! �r.l�ijf.srun· � � mrr �� fl , II
Sloka 9. When the full Moon is in the 9th bha va
occupying its own, exaltation.or a friendly house and
when Saturn and Mars occupy the 10th ai:id the 2nd
bhavas from the Lagm, a lord of the earth is born.
\Vhen the Moon is full and strong occupying a Kendra
other than the L:i.gna and is aspected by both Venus and
Jupiter, under such a. Yoga is born a soverdgn who will
generoU'3ly make gifts of land.
NOTES.
(Firsl -,ul/). According to emi�T (Saravali), any planet in
the 9th bhava identical with its exaltation sign will bestow King­
ship if the lord of that bhava occupies or a,�pects it an:l two other
pluets are in their exaltation signs as well. cf.
-a,ireg}itii �OJ �-lN �ij f.tu�� I
� �J:l{

� �mi � � W�t R� ll�: 11

&L 10 883

(Srcattrl h<Llf). CJ. sloka 47, i11f,a.

Also ;;;@�I�
� ��T� 1ii� ij���1�ffi A�FfPt: I
�n����.."1.ft ier u�1 it�f�� n
A I so i::i <fitii%fii:i@r
f.l�Tcf.t *-"strJ� fcl�ir �'qil �i1or �� :itTq{e" I
�iji'Jl g-e 'if��� �lffi' �« l!qfi)llJ�g�: II
This yoga finds an exception when Taumr, happens to be the
Lagna with the Moon there. d. •.fP:l�-
� :u:�ft �IFlff: ij1!1l: ffi� -1 �!T qfulfil fi:9,ta;r I
ii!'ltsfil
= 'llor�m,) �R �'ff�r,:q�ffi" �,mi f�"t:u: II
For a person born in a royal family no aspec.:ls are requirea-to
place him on the throne. cf. l:lm�T-
�'R fii!T1.I �;::� ��f�l'lf�) �1-tN: I
��l@ i:r�h,� A!fi'lf�-ti'l�-tmfJ{, II
�� q{'fl!QIISl<UJ�l {! � \-"llM�­
�� �;� i[�ij' �¥1S�qt ft:im I
n.n. J.+1�!1 o�rn�r� � ma
0

� 'lOfil�T�� �q@: «cl:sf �1tt �� t

II O II
Sloka 10. When a planet is in the high-�st exalta­
tion point and is aspectcd by a very fric1�dl y planet, a
king is ushered into the world, A kin1(s peer takes
birth when Venus is strong occupying the 11th or the
11th bhava. When 2 or 3 planets arc in their exaltation
signs, die Moon is ia K�taka and the rising sign possess•
ed of strength, the person born will be a king honored
everywhere.
Norm;,
(Fi•1t quade,). cf. q,;,;,:_'tJ'il<t.r
tr:itsc�\if�'Srlfl fq,;r��: �:i:il�'i fq51�)m��l� I
 Adh. vn.
..... .,...,,.. .
884
,-

Also B�
�iii � {!FT: �)� 9lffillf�cU �� I
��r-f.. ��: <Fi{fft 'l"N�lqfnir_ II
(Lattt, half.) See notes under sloka 6, s11/'NJ. According to
Y3.vana's view quelcd in Drihat jalalm, one or two planets in their·
exaltation, one of them being in the Lagna and the Moon in efi-c!<ti
(Kataka) will create Hajayoga. 16 such Rajayogas are posi::ible
under the above co;nbination. cf. 'lt;,;Jf':fil,
�<Iii�'! ?t��it �<?-� ��rt �R:Jf;J �� 1!,_firlT: fJ: II
Ordinarily 3 cir four planets in their exaltation will, it is said,
make a person born in a Hoyal family a King. Five or more pla•
nets in exaltation will make any person a King. tf. 'i'=H1il:.Tf'l�.

fflfi:l������T �l�f������: I
-{q: �fqm����T�Jsfq llHet: II
But there are other $pecial combinations under which 3, 4, 5
or more planets may not be in their exaltation signs and yet the
person born attains royalty. The author deals witb several such
exceptions to the said ordinary yogas handed down by tradition
which are difficult to he observed except by men of extraordinary
talents.
� ��·
.... 1"mn " "
i�: qm A�«1mr
srn
�1:4
4(M�i '-f{a: i:l'f �m-r1f.Rq: lift�: I
lTRl ml'fll R�T�!!� mtn'«7rftw
miq1«h=ttf.rtt{iJij�-m) u�rs��r �11': u � t 11
Sloka 11. If all the bencfic planets be i.n the 3'1f"ifq'
(Upachaya) (3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th) places and the
malefic ones in the 1st or the 10th bhava, the person
born wilI be a cruel king quelling his numerous foes.
If the Sun in conjunction with the Moon and in the 7th
bhava occupy the exaltation and other Varga positions
while benefic and malefic planets aspect them, a king or
SI. 12 385
---�---���---�----�-�-----
a king's equal of a very fickle disposition, will come
into the world.
NOTES,

A manuscript copy reads the r1rst quarter as follows:

ft� ,..tq9��iq-:1T: ��T: Rfu.fl fitcm�'-tffi: I
Probably this is the correct reading. The translation will
then be, "If all the malefic planets be in the �f!i (Upachaya)
houses and the bene!ic ones in the 1st or the 10th bbava, the person
born will be a cruel king quelling his numerous foes."
The author desires that malefics ,;houl<l he in the iJT.r',q (Upa­
chaya places t.rceptiug !he 10!1: a'3 the undermenti,med quotation
from l'.lf11r-�..rlo<!i makes it clear.

�ii�T�lf�T� R��ITR��·i�ffl{:rfffi\O!fff(fJ�: I
�qU'ifiiJ?.Pfff(fl: � f�a" :ri.rcff •HiJT�'f: II
(Laite,. hnlf)_ r,f. 1:m:Rti,
�Tf��m�����qffi\TI��c;:
��T�#� �i:ficl-i�iiR�ol�: I
�'lij4 f1�:f�T -f��IB�Sfct �ff�
ft9;,it:a);;Jitf�tE5@ ��s�'}"' �iHFJ,, II
" "If placed in a similar positio!'l, i. r , in the 7th house,"' has
to he understood from 1.r;;f1:{I" in the sloka previous to this in l'!Rlffl
(Sara val i).
=�rrr�f«,ll::r�� ��
� f.t�;r�1NHtu�t14idi 1
�!fFR�ij1Jf fflv�T
�� � tffiflll �: II , rt u
Sloka 12. Jf, at the birLh of a person. Mars occupy
Dhanus, Mesha or Simha identical with the Lagna, and
be aspectcd by a friendly planet, he will rule over a
kingdom won by his own nrowess. If the Sun, the
49
386 Wld+iii(lilM Adh. VII.

Moon and Jupiter be in the 3rd, the 9th and the 5th
bhavas and have strength, the p2rson horn will be a
king comparable with the God Kubera in respect to his
wealth,
NOTJiS.
(Ffrst half), c/. o:fit'f{ifq.fil
�'l'�"IT���� 'l� �� firSf�l�: ll
( Lrzlt,r half.) cf. Sloka 49 i.nfl'a. Also lm:l'-fo'!f
��rffi�t: qqir;i�qiifflqrn �:fiTq_ ,
� "&fl@ � U�f ��{�) ��ffi 11

.tM iim �iir lff !I(:�

�mtiltifs�· if\Plilltt: I
�v����
mn ll�•"l�ildf II � � II
Sloka l'.:3. If a.t a birth, a planet be in its depression
and if the lord of the sign occupied by the planet or the
lord nf its exaltation sign be in a Kendra position in
respect to the Moon's plact: or the Lagna, the person
born will be a king and a just ruler.
cf, ,,�{INctil
1

lfficfiT -t'l,110��1�'-ING@i=ijtf: �;:� I

1-lf:.f ij ij =�r-:fi�<\T Btff:n1_q1�.:�tfi{: II
;ft� n=mm q��f.i..:io�r-4Tit M('jlfr��r
9;;�Ti�J �f� -tl"lT� f.1�1T@T��;,yqf5)�qf I
*;::� fu-gfu �n'!."iiuITT'li"f: �l�r;J,cf(lf -rTT
'rlfimt9�1l�il'l���)qmq1Rf1 � 11
.ft¾° 1.p�� ;i')-,')'1'.[i:Jm �t�ii V:i:'f 11T I
*•�f�B}�l;f.cl�T 1!.G: �ill��<tRr!': II
SI. 14-15 S87

Also ;;mRil�
�<I. �'-lU .ft��� :qqm��s1n�rfq <'f1l!iRTlf:
I
t�r en lfct('f: ll\lffi ll�fffro lf'fml�q 11
Also �-,r1W,rnmt\rt

efR� "{�l:llclf11' �fiij�iUH!�I

q'Hf.H'fl$ etTStil �Tit 'f�W: II
;fl��ffilq-a'J �
ii..aSlfctl �(q( qR_ iii--� I
�it ���«�a- �r
� 11t1���s� � II '\l II
Sloka 14. If the lord of the Nava.msa occupied by
a depressed planet at a birth be in a Kendra or Trikona
position and if the :.r;:11<11151 (Ja.nmalagna.) be a moveable
sign or if the lord of the :.r.:11� (Janmalagna), i.e. the 1st
bhava be in a Navamsa owned by a moveable sign, the
person born will be a king or posse,s great power.

m:
if. �l-f�o[lll�

ffi�<'fT�FINfff
.._, ���IT: I
"«� <'1�1� g �fr•� �cit -q� tt
'ITfflafus�
in-t�it q�(�i:fira
��l4Qti�f�·$1·ffl· ��)�I
� �l ��go
�•it �T•n,t
d�r�qtdU'I� � 1m �� � II ,� II
Bloka 15. When the lord of the 10th bhava is in
the 8th, occupying a Navamsa owned by its exaltation
sign, its own trm (Rasi) or a friendly ufu (Rasi), or has
attained a qrw.'9i":il (Paravathamsa), the person born will
be a king of kings. If Jupiter be depressed in the Lagna
388 Adb. VII.

and the 8th bhava occupied by a. malefic planet, and if

the Navamsa of the 3th bhava (G4th from the Lagna.) be
that of a nRT (Rasi) owned by the malefic planet in
question, under this yoga also will b,� born a king nf
kings.
ifcr� 0qq1{ ijwfr m;ij'q �its�;JT ��l
f{:� �� ij f.T�U!efhmir � I
�trit��ffllit (fwt�it iF�fffit err �!{T
� tfT �f� ij(r��un ?¾� ;i m18A: It t � u
St.oka 16. When Jupiter, being the: lord of the
rising sign, occupies the 12th bluva and when Saturn,
the lord of the 3rd bhava is in the 12th phce in respect
to Jupiter or when the Sun occupies the 11th bhava
from the Lagna, the p?.rson born will be a king of kings.
If the iord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the
�)th bhava be in the 5th or the 1th bhava, a king comes
into the world. If M�rcmy be in conjunction with or
aspected by Jupiter, the person born will be a king's
favoritt:.
NOTES,

�r
rf. · :1o!W1�n1i{{i:1r
!!ft ?�rt ffi ._;n"il <11 n1iir1fliiq 1
11�1 ;;�if fi��t u��PlT 11���: 11
,nr.i.Jt�11{fl.lJTiw-11t�Tfiltrclt ij� I
9;';1�1-i lJ� i'TSfq ;iq� l'.{�;;,{: II
'-f•F�� (Dhanur lagna} sati�fic� the c-011Jitiun•; of the abovP­
Sloka.

lW�� f.lttf� ��- iir� ��

«����\ff�· � I
--�-----·A, ,,,., .., ..,,.,
51. 17-18 989

�� � � � d�� it���·Offllit
�ll�if ��ij if�!iij ��11) �� II '\S II
Slolui 17. Jf Jupiter he in th� rising sign and
Mercury occupying a K�ndra. be asprcted by the lord of
the 9th bhava, the person born will be on a footing of
e--iuality with kings. When Saturn in str�ngth occupies
the �ffl1'i""'ror (Moolatrikona) or exaltation sign happening
to be identical with a Kcndr.-t or Trikona and is aspect,
ed by the lord of the 11th bhav<l; under this yoga also,
will the person born b� on a par with sovereigns of the
earth.
�:. ':lifl�l��lil�
(3� UU �� �;:� JJJiq;Jt¼�- r.fi�it I
�� ;fTfil ��� �q��) ��: II

� ffi� go �I@ ��� �•�

fflit� ��lifi{� lf�,s� ij�: I
�•���W��0�NI{��� rfT
ffll�v1.fiif� �q) i!T�U�: 11 , � II
Stoka 18. When the Moon is in the rising sign,
J11piter in the 4th, Venus in the 10th, and Saturn in the
exaltation or ��� (Swakshetra), the person born will
be either a kin6 or equaJ to � king. When benefic
planets are in the 12th, the 11th, the 1st, the 'Jnd, the
3rd and the 10th bhavas, the pers<Jn born will be like a
sovereign and in great favor with kings of 1'ings.
el. ,1;:i-i�'i!--'fl"l'lfiir ·
�� 'it��U �)� �fit=it ,.�� I
fit;q�qa- ir� �q) ffl�: II
390 Adh. VIL

1m\� ft:lfi����it I
�rf0SF<i �ffiti=Ql :rqg;�) lffif{: 11
11.i: �'tfltq'qlf �,ij ��� !JU
ll1'n '1'�'"1RI� {r�fs.4.iffl€ij4': I
uir � �� ffl� ��
ffi � .frffl�r{ij 1l� � II t \ II
Sfoka 19. When Saturn is in strength and has
attained a-�lfltat (Uttama.varga , when Jupiter occupies a
Nav.1msa other than a depression oae:, and when the Sun
is in a benefic Navamsa and is aspected by bendic pla,
nets, the person born will b(! in the goo d graces of a
king and equal to him If Rahu be in the 10th bhava,
if Saturn occupying the 11th be aspected by the lord of
the 9th bhava, and if the lord of the rising sign be un,
associated with a depressed planet, the person born
under this yoga will be like a lord of the earth.
cf. fl<fi��q-rur
IJR U� lfir-=11� �lliJ-fl'-1'.:J .ft� I
ffi ;fi:q� -JY!a ifJ{liU ll�Hl 11
.fMtrat �ijft:�t: 'IU'Qfi ���: I
�•�ai�uiif.'4�1 r{T �fni�W-Rff II � o I,
Sloka 20. If two, three or four planets in depres­
sion occupy benefic shahtyamsa (tfffifff) or 60th portions
or Navamsas of their several exaltation signs at the time
of birth of a person, he will be: a lord of the earth,
eminently just and virtuous.
ef. ITT'l�Wffilifci'r
�in
'='qt <fT � c:1rsfq �r\TU ;ft"'�tm: 1
�qB'iffl�T: �� 1'T '<lfflffl: ll
SI. 91 891

�,-� �ijiJ.(llfNTm�U
llr-r��l�� � Q'l{ffl,;;�uf\nWffl I
�O:�IJAi•�· �ffl: �;ft�
� ���ijgffl qttqi-Tif�: U �' II
Sloka 21. · fhe following are the three yogas under
any one of which a person born becomes wealthy. In
the first yoga, the Jords of the 10th and the 9th bhavas
counted from the Lagoa are in conjunction and associ.a
ted with the lord of the 2nd bhava; in the 2nd yoga,
the lords of the 10th and the 9th, reckoned from v�
(Subha), i e. the lords of the 6th and the 5th bhavas from
the Lagoa occupy each a sign owned by the other and
are associated with �11 (Dhanapathi) i.e. the lord of
the 2nd bhava; in the 3rd yoga, the lords of the 10th,
and the fth bha.va caku1ated from the 10th, i.e. the lords
of the 7th and the 6th bhavas from the Lagoa occupy
mutually aspecting Kendras and are associated with 'tr■f ll@
(Dhanapati). If the several pairs of planets mentioned
above be aspected or associated with the lord or the
karaka (<1r,lfi) of the 4th bhava, the person born under
each of the several resulting yogas will have at his
command much wealth and many vehicles.
NOTES.

The first 3 quarters of this sloka are also capable. iJf being
interpreted thus: -
" If the lords of (I) the IO and 9th houses counted from the
Lagna, (2) the 10th and 9th houses counted from the 9th house
and (3) the IO and 9th houses reckoneu from the 10th house be iu
conjunction, occupy each a sij!"n owned by the other, or occupy
mutually aspccting Kendras, or be associated (at the same time)
ithw the lord of the second house, the person born will be wealthy,"
 Adh. VII.
.. .. .. _,, .. .. ..... ,_.. .
r:f. qro,r�iijr
ifiqm �rirr� -=1,r�•QT 111;�i_:t1r W(� -i-rr ii�! W,(1@: 11
Out of the 12 yogas caused by the relationship of the lords of
any two successive houses oul of the 12 ones, our author describes
here the 3 Ha.iayof!as.
The 12 yogas arc:
(I) Mfii uy the rcl,ttionship ot the lords of the l!:it & 2nd houses
(2) n::;P!?T do 2nd•"- 3rd .,
(3) �l[ll<t, do 3rd & 4th ..
(4) 3f�l-'!f do 4th & 5th ..
(5) ��i <f."l-f do 5t , & 6th ,,
�6) U:'fll"'tl'T do 6th & 7th ,.
(7) PP.fr�frr: do 7th & 8th ,.
(8) +rlTil''x.flfJ<. tlo 8th & 9th ,,
�9) 1r,iq)q do <Jth & JCth ,.
(lo) �::;,•1� do 10th &, 11th ,,
(11) :n17T:S'1lP{ do I ! th & 12th ,,
(12} fil'a'iITl'::t do 12th & 1st ,.

<m�m ���cf1TT �ij4T

cf. ql.H.11:
ij,�qlij,n I
@. 1m=qaj �{--m l'rf31f1U �@'fl•'-lil II
\11{-ifilfr �ir-l'U 'q fo�T'1t ft�;sqG)' I
!_lG� �T�1:tTflT� U�"lfll ��� II
ellfl'ti{ �ril iill �11tqfiJ fa:i:n�fftii:, 1
�P.l'>'ttj U"-Qtii efi:J�,;�'f.01°��ii:_ 11
�rf.f��1f� 'WIT-� ij�T fl{rIT: II
The relationshi11 between pl,meb is uf four kinds:
I. Ead1 one occupying the other's IH>Ust� or Kendra or Kon;.t
2. Uolh planel:.; a!!pectin� each other.
3. Any one uf tlie two planets a:.;pecting the other.
4. Both planets occupying the same house or Varga, etc.
St. 21
.�----·-393

cf. mm-
1Mlf: f',u;:r�.:\lr �r�� m�nqifj: ,
���) l�; f���� �g�ii: 11
·3Ar.-lllTT o�T f' � ��olq■:qlt fp!ral' I
'J_UI� flt�) qTSM ��ijrym
q�r II
The association of the lords of the Kendra and Kena places
is capable of producing Rajayogas.

cJ. .iffil<li��

���iiTUllRI�:��wt 'HPl� I
�"'�mffliT�f�?-;:;T�f.T: 1 l
Also
f.tffll��ll{t";q tR;:�T � �wt�- I
'��qt��-1T ���� ij �ll�cl II
Also 'l\T�I('
oNiff: ��q�Jfif {PP.flllITT.i:6 q-q I
�ort PlFlll�il �ftl��T�'I. II
o'l:PlTwtTf'<l'1t q�'t li.:Sl"r4lu) f�qo: 1
�Fl�;:;q�ITT �Tff��� ���T� II
� �fq {{�mt ,:it ,rsfit flirfl!:Plt 1
���� of� U:i1l �<lf� f.!t£l"zt_ II
'11���1 J:fl;J JTT;JUT �l� fi:qi;: I
�qtf\;fq1-.:qt ii �et �H� u��,n� 11
��'fiif�!l{i{��IFIPU 1-J�l 'c{qqfj�or�ct I
*"{��� 91�011�: �a�m 0qmR:ri.:ou�: n
��TM'U �l ij�i11¼-:r fl�T I
'<lif�ilMT ��t :iflrf��� US:1:flfl� II
ija'�T 'clqt{��(!�R�IJflfq �fil �r.; I
.00
394 Adb. VII.

{!��<fr 1n-Plisq� �1��� q� �rif<m: n

�qp�y;t U� �� ��� a- I
q?a1:nNq9!ffi :im,�� UNllll� II
f.i�1�N �-11�,� 1R �:n;i�.flRiil 1
�,n fti�;;iy U:iiT '<I-ft a;1 ftffi�Tsfq iff II
�;:�: tfi'ff �M''-QPs:t q��fq �q:rr: I
��y:Q";;;� ({ft: �� @l� <tl�Tq� II
era't '!lllq�r'!'t �uq��'tfm41<1;r
ftq: �lRtTllT{ IMffl ��;r�)sfq lfR-wt_ I
ft� 11si�.=mr.f�A��11G1::.r.t�,-
�1Jrij �':{@TM"ilqri-qif 1.n�ftllUJ: 11
�� �IJ{{�T'IT �'fijtlif 9:Uqijf.r
� <liirr�ror �stm &{f9;:ifqst '.il-A ,
��y;:� cJiffif�"i[qJlll;f ��ffl
'ti��qfa·1�'4'� :.:efcficn¥ft"rnq�Pl 11
��r n��1111 .Jr.fliijf!Eti-=�sq�;J
��T;:ITT �� -s:r�@ � � offfi: I
fley <fit"'1.1r�fr •1st'lM�ri:ft °'�
Q�T�'t1.:m<.1�ii�-.i11-;;ITT -q;i!ffil: II
In these cases it is not very necessary that the lords of the
h.endras and Kcnas should be lwo different planets. One planet
may be the lord of two Kend1as or a Kendra and a Koua and yet
a good result will be produced though nol to the sa111e extent as
when they are owned by two separate planets.
Cf. ;,tl<'J'-li'ifl;:;:ifol

�;:�f�irt111f��,if7.t" a- llllJ�lvfiT: T
�.=1.1fSfit111q@.JT Rot� q� Wi�: II
St. �n 395

� ��lRTffll u�JR.rmftsror�@: � t
��ii{t: q-�ft��.:ii' ��m q��r��: II �� II
Sfoka 2 2. \Vhen six planets are in their exaltation,
the pi:rson born will be a kint of kings ruling over the
whole earth. When five: planets occupy their exaltation
signs and Jupiter is in the Lagna, the rerson born will
rule all men and all lands.
NOTES•
c/. u�r¾Fr.;iilfi'i
qs"��-�t;:ai:tir�'-i!t:
� ..
�r�rilrf.lnit 1f�t,111'fft 1
3�ffq�: q��� �PU �1:qqff.':1;�1 �1<1fr H�� II
Also .ill!'f1if"l{11!
,:rq�u: q� f;r�r:r,i{i:trr l.l� !;l�,4t � q m��rir: 11
The author sw;gests thr: infercn,·.,: that, m tlw c;tse of five
planets in exaltation, one of them mus! lie• in the Lag·na, and that
preferably Jupiter. Tn the case of i;i:-: ph:i,·'l". in ex;t]tation, it i.s
not necessary that one ef them shouid i>G in t!ie Lagna. One, two,
three or four planets in exallation al-,•:1. ,Li n•Jt mak,; :i. persou uf
ordi11ary binh a king. cf. ·,ti-!.>-�:
ijf(91: ��f!ifi!QT U.:fllf1�'I'.fal.a:T WWJ: I
uT,[�f={"fqff!�J�.:as,: q� P,_;;JTr: 11
Also '!{illl>ll'l"-1,
fuf��gfq':l"T .�t�f;l�q�!(Jn: I
�q: �ff'l�lFJ.J¾ITTT1TSft tflifi: II
All the works on astrology an� um111imou� in the above view.
According to Yavana and others, three or four melefic planets
in their eimilation malies the king cruel. tf.
"'�: �l11'l@ �11-1:
o-,
��Tfij'f�a�rs---<1qr
"',
1
��TflIT f.tqq: ij),:q if.q"fP�T:RN�: \l
 Adh. VII.

From the above, it ig also clear that henefic planets in exalta­

tion make the king virtuous and that if the planets in exaltation
which go to raise him to kin�ship be both malefic and benefic, he
will be of a miiced nature.
And "'fl'f�Hif {Jeevasarma) adds that malefics in exaltation do
not bestow royalty on the person born under their auspices; he
will bl! wealthy and at the same time cruel, angry and quarrel­
some. ,-_f.
qpt��fo� � '41::iFi ;zttr �r: I
�g; f.ffiTF�(l'H:a- f:g: itf.1-t: <ii���: ll
It should here be r.ote1l·tl1at these are not however accepted as
Rajayogas by Varah,,mihira. According to him, if three nr 111ore
planets occupy their exaltation or their own !;ii:(ns an<l are at Hi,
lnmi time t, i,,,• !,1 011, ,rn •fht•, the persons born becon11\ kini-:s if

thP.y bdon� lo a royal fa111ily. lf there are 5 or more such planets,

pero;ons thou�h horn in ordinary families (other than rnyal} become
kmgs. Those in whose nativities such planet!> are kss than 5 will
be possessed with wealth, but will not be kings. r;f. iil"i-illffi.!i
��ft-:r,PJli'l��ilt?qf�l!qfo��5'1 ;:j��l: I
q�y�fil-.:q��aT it�f-ffi�('(r ;i iwrq�r: II
Also �ITTfi!i

r.N�����q1��i �e.tRf {J'ilf-i: I

qQr�N����Tit<trJJ.1 o�qf�,111�: 11
Vid� also UFi;m'l<fi" VII-8 and XI-13 and my notes thereon.
 907

i�� �� :;;rg(lt: ��it'a': ��q�@: �� I

��� 'q'f� :q;:s::t?r ��ira- ���r �<n�: II � � II
Slokl.J 23. When Sa.turn is in �q (Kumbha) iden•
tical with the La�na and when four planets occupy their
exaltation signs, an emperor is born. When �q (Mesha)
occupied by Mercury is the rising sign and Jupiter is in
the exaltation sign, a ruler o( men comes into existence.
� t'ff��irn 'q'f' 1RJ� 4

n!Sfflffi1tcf1tffi' �fa;rr�: �ii: I

�,��i{ f.1":j1fir�@-
1:�: �@ if{�«'R-lllllq II � ij II
Sloka 24. If the Moon occupying the rising sign
tqiJ (Vrishabha) be aspected b 'I th� ri:rnaining six pla·
nets, the person born will bocome king at an early age.
If one planet be in the exaltation sign while the rest are
in their own or friendly signs, the yoga will secure to
the p erson born ;mder it, a portion of th.; goo3 things
of lifo such as it is the goud fortune of kings to have.
NOTES.

( First half). cf. 1he latter half of sloh 62 in Adhyaya II,

,'i-upra.
.. " .. .
Also �m<f:4
..
�ll;Fl��;;:-1 �gq:ri !:Jqr,;f

��- �r7-i:f11�rf:
.
'l':tlffif
. ""
"3r.;.Q��;i-m=q: qJqfi�H � �
�-.
�)ir�rft I

lffltf lf�li'f•Hq: mij'WI: �: II

Also 'fi<.'l"{ifit<!iT
�"ila;llftt qfM� �Fl�(l��ij•
�q��nrum 'fcl�iilf.:ff��"�: ,
898 Adh. VII.

��lf 02ii <f.�T�R,ci!1lliT�ff: �ut

z{��fit �ql�lfr"ffl� II
��t:l:fll�l �ci

cl'if�
� .... "' .... �
fl �T "-ii� �� mlJ�C::tfrG(T it'll�: I
dfm m�f!'�� «{Ofrn?t �;r ��: II �� II
Sloka 2!i. When Jupiter in conjunction with
Mars and the MorJn occupies a ifnhn, ( Vargottama, 21iae
I,34) or a �'-='lilm (Push1-:aracnsa, z1ide Adhyaya l Sl 58)
the person born is a king. When the full Moon
aspected by bei:tef ic plane�s is in tht� 10th bhava, a ruler
of the e.irth ha!! his birth under the voga.

�ftrn�•� :qiq-i\- �;:�e-_.i-r

�l ��Tij
"'
{fit� �;:�riil'ttl� I
...
3!flij\Cllfiil� lf(��� it':f: ��
31'������: «il{lf��: II � � II
Sloka �G. When th� MoJn in conjunction wtth
Jupiter and V�nus occupies 'tl-Jfl: (Dhanus"), Mtrcur9 is in
the Lagna, Mars in -i,;:Q"r (Kanya) an<l Saturn occupying
the 4th bhava 1s in Ji1i>{ (Makara l, the p.·rson born will
be a mighty kin� held in high regard by ali other kings.

���Pnil�lf:qrq�ifr.R�:
m�.=l\Tfllg�nTJ!J��'n�: I
ir.n� ��M 1{__0\i:Mi if�
�� � �:f.tijij' wt ;i{�: II �� II
SlvL.1 :37 Th-: p�rsun at whose birth �.-fercury,
the Moon, Man, Jupiter and Saturn occupy 1rqr (Kanya),
;fr� (Meem), fu"J.f (Mithuna), 'tl-I� (Dhanus) and if<$"
(Mak:!raJ respc-::tivdy will become king. Another yoga
leadir,g to kingly fortune is wh:n ,the full Moon with
SI. 28
____....,...¥___................,,.,..�--~·""'· -· -----��----------
899

abundant strength occupies m (Meena) identical with

the rising sign and when Mars and Saturn are in �IR
(Makara) and i� (Kumbha) respectively.
NoTES.
( First half). In this yoga, the rising sign must be +JifiS: (Ma­
kara). cf. ii{�-'flwii
izit ""�� �i't" l;l��{G'q�lf�:.
"
um1r�: �rn: 'l���r: !PT�qlit: r
Also 8'R1�1
iiTT q-.:� � t��-=.f:.tq�a-.t @f.cll-

ffqm if�, ffiP.lr

@QT cfi;::�j ��T i'q•P•Fffff:q: ii?Fff:J: I
-q�frf {!�ir."1 �� ��
f!i:(T :;:rrm- �q: �qfcmir: �181f�IH II

-- ---·
Moon I Mars

l
Moon
Lagna/

T
-- --- --- L-T
(I) 1---
Saturn'
,_____
I
(2)
I Sun
=
Mars

.
Lagna

�
Saturn

�
------

.1
-r-+•�- ·-----
Jupiter
�

(Second half). cf. 1'1t.::l<l&:i

3��� itl;J �f�f;i .P,�: �,f.�cf.i'31�: Rifij�!"' :a� I
iiflqfil�f� ��iR�lU l=ll'<l� �f�ri�!!� II
3l11�� � 'flll'R �11
�'°tt ��: I
�'l'fliroJ�q� ipt�lijl II�� II -m.r:
Sloka 28. The person at whose birth the rising
sign� (Makara) is occupied by Mars and lli�lli (Kataka
 Adb. vn.
by the Moon becomes a king. Again when Man, the
Sun, and Jupiter occupy respe-ctively ifilit (Makara), n
(Mesha) and :JoT (Kumbha), the person born is a king.
(First h al/). cf. "1'1J�.
� f�� "l ��1 �qlS@ Pfief��1-�1nf�!\�; I
U:itt �r �'5{fq�i;r�qr
':I G
�;::;1i'JM��a1���: II

�R�iij" � ��
���o��,
�;ff��� �pmqr:
lfT'tT ;r �:�·'Rlr ;:mr: II � � II
Sloka 29. 1£ the full Moon in conjunction with a
planet other than the lord of the Lagna be aspected by
Venus, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a
king. Again, if Jupiter, Venus and Mars occupy <mRt•
'Im (Vargottamamsa) and malefic planets be not in
Kendra houses, the person born under this yoga becomes
a ruler of men.
cf, �rifsr
qtTT�rt imPI�;:3:1: *"'�fir .-) ��ff!ffial I
�"l""'�s1111��; t�R u�: i;(ffi �w;11: 11

��ir.rm���
��a � llm:
�� ifififTI ���- ill
�« ���a 'll'if�1't@! �� ·n � o II
Sl!.lka 30. When all the planets occupy 'ffA1�q
(Seerehodaya.) signs and when the Moon occupying
� (Kataka) is aspected by benefic planets, the person
born is a king. Again when the lord of the rising sign
SI. 81 401

occupies the 9th or the 10th bhava and when the Moon
is in the Lagoa, the person born will be a ruler of the
earth.
C{• �-I R"fift'fl
�'l'TTctll� •VH: �If� mTRi'fll �� ��ri: I
mi:��)s,:��"-f.�T �"3Jf �l"'i�T r1'il:tP!:ll{:,'TIT+I. II
2qmt �-{ ij'��mOlfficf ijllTT�'lff
ffll' lll�sftr.irt«WJ ffl� � tf-1;�: I
�et lJcf@ ��: ij'� ijPl �
� wA� ij� ftq-if �: �i'fll��l' II � t II
'
Sloka ill. The Sun has travers�d the first half of
� (Dhanus), the Moon is just ther�; Saturn posses5ed
of much power is in the Lagna and Mars is in the exal·
tation sign : If this be the plam:tary position at a
person's birth, he will grow into such a mighty king
that his enemies, ov�rwhelmed by his fiery valour wit!
do homage to him from afar, regarding htm with awe
and giving up all idea of measuring their strength with
him in battle.
NOTRS,

This as well as the two succeeding slokas are from tllrna't•

cf• '{(ii�

� ��sl'.;;11,)�efq qq� � �:
cf. Also ��fur
�m:it 'IMi'f: � Q_l1"ITT�fq��: I
If��: i�! J�f�ql�lf@ql"{i>lll,,
°' II

\l���mf � �� rf�ll: �if: I

ol�Uf �� i'lttm'mf � II
51
402 Adh. Vll·
+. ., rk

The reader cannot have failed lo observe that the Sun is strong
in a quadruped sign. His owu as wel I as his eKaltalion signs are
boLh quadruped ones. The second half of '<J!}H. (Dhanus.) is also a
quadruped sign and the Sun is stronger there than in the first half.
��Wffl �qt � T�
111�11N ���Rnlf m�: 1
Q��il�ftt��, � =q CJMflt'=lr-0:
Q 'I�@ il(wt�: ff� II �� II ilw-1
Slokll 32. When the lord of the Lagna occupies
an �'il1l (Upachaya) place in re spect to the Moon, when
the benef ic planets occupying Kendra positions are in
benefic Navamsas 1 and when the malefic planets have
no strength at all 1 the person born will be a king equal
in might to Indra (the ruler of the immortals).
�llfi «mn �ffl �ij � a� �� � fflt I -'

«��fl �1l!lll ii{�qfit: .b�-q11q_ II��''

Slvk11 33. If, at the birth of a person, the Sun be
about to go to the exaltation point, th� Moon be in�
(Swakshetra) and J upita occupy <Ri5 (Kataka), the person
born will hold sway over a reg ion teeming with many
gems and precious stones.
� T$1'eiilUI' tl�tsfit �
,-.. "
q��
a.... �liil""'•....«'"lit..-;>11
ST
: I
f!(l�'flll�TfT ��
l�R inCJraf'ff .._di1i1� II �\l II
Sioka 34. If, at a person's birth, the Sun in a Tri•
kona position · be in the �iur {Moola Trikona, or
exaltation sign and if the Sun. Venus and Mercury,
be ing respectively in the lrd, the 6th and the 8th bhavaa
from the Muon, occupy Navamsas belonging to them
51. S5-S6 405
........... ,..,,.,_ ,-, ....... ...........,. *..,,., .. ,.,,., ;a,-

severall y, they make the person born a king who will

guard his kingdom just as a cowherd guards his kine.
Nonis.

m���l:I;::�:
The following is the yoga given in 'lfO-f.r.i for the same efle�t
�f.\'�-qf't: �fsrii111l11tsfil i.lT �HlffiAPn:
ii<fi�Ffflr:ff'l�H� "l�tij_ �f.:o 11)!:trijfq� fur11rriJ.. 11
���q\otfl& fq;rlffi-
.J � ftillif-f�ft1m� �: I
q � -Ri� l{Cffff: �� !l'ltlaf
tt��ill'��:
... �
•� ""'t«t 1ffi �t
�"I.
...
II �'°' II
Sloka 35. If the St1n, the Moon, Mercury and
Venus be in the 10th bhava occupying friendly Navam•
aas in a sign which is not owned by an enemy and
where they neither becoml! invisible nor depressed, the
person born under this yoga develops into a great king
in whose royal progress, the dust is l ai j by the ruttish
flow exuding from elephants composing his tr,1in.
NOTES,
This as well ac; the next fo111 slokas a.re taken from tJrn;;r�.
The yoga ment•ioned in this sloka. is applicable only to persons
born in the royal family.

a.tlftWT: ��aqn�ar -ra1

... r,, ... r,.

rn�R�fflf1rf.ftrfiffli I
lff��( �R:
iRffifffl�
ijllffl:�qfq'm:�q: II �� II
Sloka 36. If, at the birth of a person, Mars occupy
in strength the exaltation sign and be aspected by the
Sun, the Moon and Jupiter, that person though low•born
will become an illustrious ruler of men, capable of
protecting the whole earth.
404 Adh. VII

�i,� q«11it t�-m �1 iiit tt{ll�its� t

Fr�a lfrlf��;�?{ tl: snrrrar 'l�1fqq�) fif(Tj�: ll�\911
Stukel 37. The person at whose birth Mercury is
in thL� rising sign, Jupiter in the 7th bhava, the Moon
with unclouded radiance in �� (Kataka) representing
the 4th bhava and the planet Venus o ccupies the 10th
bhava, this person is destined to rule the earth in health
and without any disturbance.
Non:s•
In i[[-i.if@'li, fir,�lfl1fH� an,l other work!;, tbe yoga is declared
to �esult from the following combination. Mercury in Kanya

�'lt
id,mtical with the Lt-1.gna, Jupiter and the l\loon in the 7lb house
therefrom (i.e. l\leena), Venus in the I 0th (i.e. Mithuna) and Mars
and Saturn in the .5tl1 (i.e. in Makara). cf. ;,:�:.mr�,

�laiJRf;-T !') �Jr ��l?;J� I

fl��S© Ffffl;Jf¼ � q-;:�T{�t: ija- II
Aho «�� !'tf: cf�Plffl<J'st "ifHt ��'T1 �t I
=q..� fl�� ifi�f¼" fir�;Jf� ; �� 11
IJ<li{ l@�)+{lf.:�1-1): 'lMa:ftqfit:i_ I
�1.1r�f.{�i.J m� 11:1wr.=� 1-1� �11:. 11
cf,�fc ff�<Tuf�i-)s..;;:.; in the text a.pp�an; therefore to be an error.

...
I

I !Venus
Jupiter,
Moon
I

I
I

--�: f __ _

Ma.rs j
i Sun
. I
1
Saturn, __ -:·

--1�l
Lagua
_
SL 88-42 40fj
•
'Sllit,...
1-t....
◄"""'«9.�:
e... �:� ��ldt�w-Tt
--- I
�lsfit �a ;jrnf .f{Tl�'Pfft..i:;1111_ II �� ti
Slokf1. �S. Th� full Moon predominant in strength
is singly capahle of making the person born under ite
influt?.nce a victorious king.
�r:i1 �"4(211 �,tr1t1Jf «itfr�•n I
�)ftt �{J'ql;Jl� f;JfllmTffllfOs� II �\ II
Sluk11 39. Jupiter occupying the 2nd bhava in
conjunction with Venus at the birth of a person will
make him a lor<l of the earth cap.1ble of cou4uering all
enemies.
dit� \�fu� 'fiq� tr.{U�rr I
lWil°� ��tr �Rff�tiif1 q{J1ffi": II \l O II
SlL•ka 40. The person at whose birth the lord of
the 1st bhava is in a Kendr�L, the lord of th� 10th in the
4th, the lord of the 9th bhav,l in the 11th, such a person
·will become a king and be blessed with long life.
�ijR�Z fflPt: � ����q: I
��rr�, ll�I �(fl'IT «:.tn'fanq_ 11 \l � 11
SLk.i 41. 1£ Macury with its rays obscured by
the Sun occupv its 11_a.s'rn-11irt11 (Moola Trikona) and be in
the �� (Swastha) state (vu/e Adhy.1ya 2 SI. 16), the
person born will b,: a king excelling in his knowledge
of every kind of learning. Other planets similarly
placed do not produce this effect.
3lqt �fum q �� ��� I .:

t�C::q � if�) 1.f� u� � ir�: II \l� II

Slok,i 42. If, at a pmmn's birth, the Sun and Mer•
cury occupy the 4th bhava, Saturn and the Moon, the
406 Adh. VII.

10th and M ars the lst 1 the person born will undoubtedly
become a king
�ql'1i(I�� ffil �Sfifff��· I
.-.-'tJlltij" �it ill@) ;fi:.nsfq- 'lPFft'ffil: II \l � II
Sloka 48. Even a base born man becomes a king
if at his birth the Sun occupy in the rising sign �­
(Simha) a N.wamsa other than what belongs to Venus,
and if Mercury be in i:fi�q, ( Kanya).
in-;J�l�'-1� err �;;::tef.lWU �� I
� � iffin' � 11fcrt;tffi\' II \l\l II
Sloka 44. H Saturn and Mars be in the 10th, the
5th or the 1st bhava and the full Moon be in a sign
owned by Jupiter, the person born is to hecome a kin!!.
;rat R�mfilqra� � ��ii ¢1 ;JUllfll{ I
�m �� .fRAi:r '1(Tffl$ft u� �«Rf;� � 11 v� II
Sloka 45. The lord of the rising sign occupying a
Kendra in strength securrs royal fortune to the person
barn under the yoga. Jf the lord of the Lagna be a!'pect,
ed by a friendly pJanrt, the person concerned even if
tow born will either be a king or a higher personage
worshipped �.nd venerated by kings.

*;:�
cf. !.mR<'ft
�iff�t{p�: '1���f�r°'1�m- fl��: I

. .
�ff"1°a � � 11.qfcrR� �["{l°a �,: ti
� {cll�•�ll
:aJrttlll:f'i: --....,,..;.. � �tfp.f �,.... 1"M-q
� -- f;._;s..: I
tt��l���dl�{tit�iltilRt SNJ;Jl II \l� II
Stoka -16. Ir the lord of the rising sign occupying
the exaltation sign aspect the Moon, the person born
SI. 47-411
_,.......... * -"""..,.,
407
..,. ......
under the yoga cannot but become a leadini king in the
world subduing millions of his foes by means of his
armed forces consisting of elephants, tnfantry and cavalry.
cf. l:lfrNi:'11
<3ilTNqfa: �;q q���IJ�:5=�-i ;rci
t.
tQa ,
���l�g,�1f.1cMt �fifrtA't� ��ITT'f� II
� ml� i-'�� �.:a \Olil�n�� I
!J�lltifq�"{! \jflijl {Im ll�'R: 11 \l" 11
5,loka 47. When the Mo�m in full strength occu�
pies a Kendra other than the Lagna and is aspect-c;d by
Jupiter and Venus, the person born will be a king.
NOTES•
See uule!,; on sloku [} .'m.pra.

�ff ifi�ll� -fA�JRll fit;fT I

;J�� mrt �f.Tqilf) ltft� II \l� II
Sloka 48. When the lord of the rising sign OCCU '"

pying a 1';-'j{� (Kendra bhava) is not depressed, nor

obscured by the Sun, nor in an inimical house, nor in
conjunction with anothrr p1anet ; the person born will
be an emperor.
cf. +r!lf!W_if.l'i
��fit ��mot �� ��cir �9;ff: fit;� ef.172:<F,lflsfil <IT 1
°™�ff J;J"fi«fff
��r ;;Jq
,.
��
t.
" R;if'fmf�JJ: 11
�il,F(cll-tt�f: W,��1U: I
� � �tlq�z �fflll�lif. II v, II
Sfoka -19. If, at the time of a pel'!on·s birth, Jupi­
ter, the Moon and the Sun occupy the 5th, the 3rd and
the 9th bhavas, the person born will be a king aa rich aa
Kubera.
408 Adb. VII.

NOTES
Cf, the latter half of sloka 12, supra.

"''"'��� � 31�
it1,ua dria m1rait1 1
�r■ '�tfT � otflf'�
�ij�lfT -J:'l'Rt: 31� 11 '-\o 11
Sloka SO •. Whrn the Sun occupie11 in strength the
rising sign Dhanus ; when �ars in conjunction with
the Moon is in the 10th bhava and when Venus is in
the 11th or the 12th ; a king compaublt� to the lord of
the immortals comes into the world.
ftSfilWlrftm: (JfqJ ::ifrlf(J: ij\Rrr�: I
{liifT -q�ftt 6'11�1 Qim���: 11 '-\' 11
Slok,i 51. When malefic planets occupy the -➔ rd,
the 11th and the 6th blu vJs and the rord of the Lagna. is
aspected by bencfic planets: the person born will be a
strong energetic king extolled by all people.
tf �IUi�
�q iirlt1.f'ffl �� qr,n z1;::qqPJ yl:t�T: !
�qftl �� 'tl��: lllf��qqf;;��: m�: 11
lll����
� � �
M-1 --aq ! �r-JllijSqqJo:� I
___,�....
ft:oo QefNJlt
Qffl{lJ
irg1ttra���1-rm � 11 '-\� 11
Sluka j'2, When Mars occupies in stre!}gth the
rising sign Makara, Saturn is in the 0th or the l�th
bha.va and the Sun in conjunction with the Moon is in
tbe 7th bha.va, the person born will be a fick)e,minded
sovereign.
Sl. 58-M 409
., ,.

,j fflU�

1J'TT� l!m�a> ijf;Jq� �{:i�)- 'clll"�� ;;q (1-l !) q�q� I

�cflefit {11:TJJlt ff��T (:-i) ��ijl� �qfu: 11:ilT�a' II
... ... ...
�¥:I. ij\CI' ;;n �ii «lf��•JIH 1.ll� I
...
'1f@) �lff�) \r::rr ij�IU q1 �.n ��
II "\� II
Sloka 53. If the Moon in conjunction with Saturn
be in the 11th, the 4th or the 10th bhava. the person
born, if of a royai family, will become a. king or a.
wealthy man equal in rank to a king.

'11'@�1Rll� ij�ijl �� �:�n-tii

q;�: ���qqr �� illl ��l lff@: t
iiffi-� t'fllf�(ff ij��: �)ar�qar �q'lf:
�i:l'ffiijf ll� � �)sq;fhJ) �� II "\ \J II
Sloka 54. If, at a person's birth, the lord of the
Lagna occupy an �� (Upa.chaya) place, the Moon the
!Jth bhava and the benefic planets occupying benefic
Vargas in Kendra positions have strength, the person
born will be a king. If Jupiter a.nd the Moon be in
Vrishabha, and the lord of the rising sign occupying a
-ital (Kona) be exempt from the a.spect of Saturn and
Mars, the person at whose birth this yoga obtains wiJI
become a ruler of the earth.
( Lotter half). cJ. i:m:r�ef.r
�fa�: it;:iJ;�� i['t �q'q�ffl
:q� �) ��.w. �it111� ll{t: I
tifflf�cff���'qif.tttmm
� ij �! �t !�l �Tf�iji:f.O�: ll
52
410 Adh. VII•

�El l'ial ifRtJirtARI" iii�' �fwt m'Nt I

arnft.fi��l!'�itil �q@�11· � -�� � 11 '\'\ 11
Sloka �5. If, at a person•s birth, the Sun be ,in
Meena and the Moon in Kataka, the person born becomes
a king. The planets one and all fail to bestow the royal
fortune when aspected by inimical or depressed planets.
:;;r.JqRf -J:'filirS��) ��:
!f��� �ima· m� I
m-n��lcfll�ITTrffi if"'\fflID
��t�aij°ila: �:I.fl���! II '\�
-:I
II
Sloka 66. A single planet occupying his highest
exaltation point and aspected by friendly planets produ�
cea a king (or a leader of men). Such a planet though
single will make the person immensely wealthy if be be
also associated with another friendly planet. But when
planets are in inimical or depression signs, the persons
born under the inauspicious yoga, are (l) without
wealth, (2) without comfort, ( 3) without intellect, (4)
sickly, (5) afflicted with captivity, (6) involved in
murders and t7) other equally wicked crimes (succes�
sively as the number of the badly placed planets rise
gradually from 1 to 7 ).
NOTES,

This slolia b from Hrihat Jataka. By the word [i'r;r {Mitra)

in fq�l'Tlc( (M itrayogat), it is natural friendship f;Jqij� (Nisarga
maitratva) that is meant and not the o'Riiil�<I> (Tatkalika).
First half. The interpretation given above is what has heen
given by Ilhattotpala, and in the face of it appear!' as most unlikely.
1''or, from a. reference to Brihat Jataka XIX-I, it will be seen that
the Moon in Taurus asoectcd by the Sun, Mars and Mercury pro•
duces no good eflccts; vidt: also XIU-1 of the same work.
SI. 57
- _.._ ,._ ,. • e.,.
411

The word �•r: (Uchchagaha) ha� been translated in the text

as "occupying his highest exaltation point." Of. Jfl�<f,�­
l!�� qi;i:i)�ll'SR!tI!i'�T � �ft �<fllfl�: VII- IO Supra.
Mav not the word fu� (Mitra) in /P,�: (Mitradrishtaba) mean
the Sun?
By the word :ft{IJ: (Uchchagaha) Varahamihira appears to
imply Jupiter, Mars and Saturn. Mercury and Venu� are not
taken into i:onsideration as these can neve r come in opposition to
be aspected by the Sun. This yoga is possible in the following
way:-
(1} Mars in Makara and the Sun in Kataka.
(2) Jupiter in Katak:L and tlie Sun in Makara.
(3) Saturn in Tula an<l tlie Sun in Mesha.
The Sun thus in opposition to any one of these three planets
in exaltation together with a friendly plant!t makes the native
wealthy as well besides a •N (Nripa a king or leader of men). It
is only such rich people that sufler from very longstanding diseases
sucli as diabetes, pleurisy, etc,, ( Brihat Jataka, XXIIT-7-9)

��iJ�l1'1'ltli°�q � I
...,�ti �ttTITTl[r-{ �qflt111aflll� II �\9 II
.Sloka 57. When Saturn is in th(! rising sign iden•
tica.l with Dhanus, Meena, Thula, Mesha, Makara, or
Kumbha, the person born will bl! a lord of m(!n, hand­
some, intelligent a.nd wise, and will lead a town or a
village.
NOTES.
Garga, as al ready ]ltiinte<l in 11-67 (p:t�c 8'./) ,•wpra. has stated
that Saturn in Thula. Dhanus or Meena identical with the Lagna
is C,lpal.ile of producing kingship. The aulhur gays that Saturn in
Me�htl (though his depression sign) identical witli the rising- sign
will bestow kin��hip, (male.lie in depression is not had). As rc:gards
Makara, '-'ll1N,H!�O'f (Jatakabharana} says:--
��(@ftq in�«<tf ��fflija" �11�1fufla �{: I
�{ilJJT fi"it�T{PHH (�n'fqf) tt'l�-1f'Jij'l, ���: �� II
412 Adh. Vil

Saturn in Makara is therefore capahle of conferring the appearance

of royalty, ,\s for Kumhh;i, Satyacharya has declared that sign
Kumbha as ascendant is not auspicious. The Yavanas did not
agree with the aboYe view, but were of opinion tbat it is only the
Kumbba Dwadasamsas (in all lagnas) that are had. This view
has been supported by ':Ffif.irff (Srutakirti) but again opposed by
Vishnugupta �:Pl cf.
l:li.'1-1"
filU � -q��T �fg1'� �l1'-'� � I
�ijft�R �rnr l11@ -iU �=�irfiff<=IR: II
Also JJ@�Rf
_,
m�1111a· ��i�fft�it �t;t l1� I
�r�r � �T ij�ff: qu?fitt� 11�im: n
19'°J�R"
��l�U�flll �R�T 'if >JU�� ��: I
��� w.fqr �Rlle1Filif�l!1fi�<tr �Ht 11
°i.1Gqflll::;Tffl•ff -I if(t ?lf�,��'tiTUIJJTJ[_ I
ni?Tf�q�f'lRl 'if.=:q�qr -1 <'f�TIJ: II
if{hilif��
of �lf�ir �� ,n� m�t 'if lltll'i:r�.:.t.ff �� I
<f.�t�itit .:i- ffq1sf@ nir{@i;r��fff<I@ M��: II
Varahamihira, dues not a�ree with Satyacharya's views. Nor
does he appear to agree with Vi ;hnugupta in thinkinl{ that the
above views of Yavana are incorrect a□d that it i:, only the Kum·
bba lagna in a birth that is had and not the Kumhha dwadasamsa.
For Aquarius as Ascendant is one among the several ascendants
for Rajayogas and leaders of men according to Varahamihira.
The acceptance of Kumbha in the present case seems there·
fore reasonable.

���1JIQf9�·;ji��mit: I
� 6¥\ofq��Jq���� It "\<: II
SI. 68 413

Sloka 59. The good influ�nci! of planets i& at its

maximum, three qu,1rtcrs, h11f, a quarter, at its minimum
or nil accordiog as tb � planets are in th! exaltation sign,
it_(i'f!7Aifirut (Moolatrikona), ��;r (Swakshetra), Hi'Jl'�'JI'
(Mitrakshetra = friendly sign), imt<\1=:t
,.. (Satrukshetra =ini�
mical :;ign), depression sign or (combustion) conjunction
with the Sun.
NOTES.
In the case of hencfics,
.fe,J (llchcha) Full effect
'f�R:\"·T�l1lT (,foofa trilmna.) ;[

W� (Swakshetra) � "
frr�,':f ('.\1itrakshctra) "
..
,J

�J�':f (Satrukshctrn) t
.fl�i {Neecha) t .� II

�,,i,;r (Arkai;-a°Con1hu�tion) g; "

This order should bP. reversed for the malefics.
"'.I•l'n.;5 (Subhapl:ala) will incn:asc if in ·,;i (Udicha). :,1�q>tJif_
q;;,; ( Asubhahh:waphala) will innease CJl11 )' in .:(1-1 (N'eccha).
Benefic� are good in mrn.llalion. ,1alcf11:s are good in depre�sion.
!\1alefics are had in '3"-f!" lUchcha).
The propertion,:; given above are with respect to bem·licc;. In
the ca�r. of malef1cs we mu;;t rc\·erse thr effects; f'.(/· a benefic
in exaltation i{i\·es \·ery g-ood rcc;ult� U.e. foll.); in 1!,�prcssic.>11 1/16
ellect. /\ malefic in ;,'1°1 (Nc:ech:1) mnst give :; �oml ellect and in
;,,J (Uch,.'.ha) 1/.�2 gaod dlcr.l. This will b� foun<l to hol<l good
for iinancc.

w: �)� "'i\lJJ�� ��'fi)ut ff�a �T­

� �� �f!"'l�lflt ffl�ll �� 'llfiJ:J:_ I
31� ;q1� Aii:rfl ;i �4 �-.:ft -t1�itsfq
'Q)ffi rf��lf�lfffl'�o11�T;::qJq!1�� 11
414 Adb. VII.

Also l:!ro�
�tz�mi:q,ii �: lfi� !!gif-:t R�'elrfit I
,fM�ff��� �lli,�: �ITT �f.rfq: II
See also Vlll-116 infra.

n r.r�i=r-(r�qqr.rr: u
1{��11Miilff'lffl'tHTT
.Ult�F-If'liillTfilFll if�: I
��mil � q� ��-
1{R?;o1fq�nritrrenu
ll�� 11 �' 11
Sloka 59. According as Mars, Mercu1 �, Jupiter,
Venus or Saturn possessing the greatest strength and oc­
cupying a Kendra is in the �<?i��°'
(Moolatrikona) 1
.-� (Sw;lkshetra) or �(qt (Swochcha), will the result�
ing Rajayoga be named �;:.{':ti (Ruchaka). �� (Bhadra) 1 •"
(Hamsa), 1rr�.. 'i (Malavy,1) or �m (Sasa) the beautiful.
cf, fill 1•.fi?'.l

'<f�� , , 1 e1 , ��f9: �t:iltf�:f°fl�f �:

�ffiT�H'Pl'-'-�•ft��fti1Rt.11�n�'Sfi1ti:J. I
'lli'7-�.J.fT �"'l'f.: �its;l �.f-tm tllJJ.l l1��PU II
Also "'iJ;;'1;1,r1r:r
P.l�ijWf�T,;:�if��f-lll1ir�TS"lf.t����4: I
if,lflll �FIT {.,T-J1?qi;i��l.1Ti?qq1�q��l��l-ll: II

'1fRT: ?��� if�tf;ifw.Tt:�'tiJii��P�:

� tF:f:jflflf�{fm nms� �: '
�Hoi:t1��tFwfiTi{iml�m1tft ���1
tH{��TJ{ifT�'tT ffir !!ffl ���·1i;1m: II ' n 0
SJ. 61 416

Sloka 60 The person born under the auspicious

'l'J�• (Ruchaka) -yoga will possess physical etrengtn,
fotrune, fame and Hne qualities. He will have a know•
ledge of sciences ; he will be versed in the sacred hymns,
the method of praying with them and the art of producing
magic spells. He will become a king or a king's compeer•
He will have a lovely attractive person; he will be
lib�ral, victorious and wealthy. He will live 70 years
in comfort and happiness, commauding an army with a
good supply of fleet horses.
NOTES,
In the following 3 slokas from tm:r� the effect of binh in
the ��ili!l'tir is given in more detail:
��I�: ��'1irfr011���: ffi�ffl<IIRiirl·
all(i\l�T��lf�O'J{IJJUTT
"'-
q'r;if��-,r:q: I
�'tt>�!ll'TT�m) ffi-I�'ltf-1: <I��: 11\:fP(:
=jfj°'u qm ....
.:r'{TV{i ��m:m.:rn: �111��:;J;g:
-•-.i 11
��tf'm;:pf<iir!�O'Jn:��@'il�� �nt� I
q
-�
q;-;irfit�R���cl�T �� 11� "' i'I� <fiN�..., �'1.�'iQ�liil.11
� �

��1=-l��� �.:,fui �H@ij'IT .:Jll�-l, I

��-t�<liff�: wn� ��� tii11i: 11
Also q;i?I"(�. ch. VI-SJ. 2.

\l���\l;f�llJIT'l�TSN ����qaf I
{cfq � �,��1��UmJl��-q@ II I\ i 11
Sloka 61. If, out of the lords of the 9th, the J 1th
and the 2nd bhavas, there be but one that occupies a
Kendra position in respect to the Moon and if Jupiter
be the lord of the 11th bhava, the person born under
the yoga will become the ruler of a full•blown empire,
416 Adh. VII.
............. ,.. ......... + _,,

NOTES.

It is nnt clear why this sloka has bee:i brought in here. The
reading j,;; slightly different in 'Ti,,.,(r{,:j::r,1 viz.,

�TlJZ!'i'f���{TIJJT�1'itSfq =..fr�!l��W I
�'lSJ�TllTN'ffif�i:i�k{_cfU�r:n�:rllqfu�iHff 11
The following !.lokas fr,Hll �f1:1"!PlT<l'li clescrihing in detail
the yogas caused by the lords of the Se\'cnil houses each occupying
a Kendra position with respect to the ,f.ll"'i� will be found to be
useful in this connection:
ij'liclR�.fTit *;::S::rt �;;li(!JRlq_
"Slffi � q)rr: m�IAATNtTT-1: 1
"'�1Hu111�i �fuifr-=�t"��
11�rn ;iqfc1c,111 t11fflifir �q�q: 11
�falcfll�l� �§ *;.�llTa- �Jf�<{�t ;iqqtl)��Q: I
;;mu 'f��sr ,it;.�'F1.ll 11�T1$ll'���1f"Slmq'f II
'tf-tlN'l: *;::�1)(1: cfiU@ m<lffi1.Tiii aj;rn)ssr q°)rt I

�-nf�<:fo: �--ni���) f.laFri ijct.lT'fiot o1.121f1rq��,: 11

�Rlf"'lq: *'�llff: cf.U@ �)mf"tRTil ��i'f1JJT�QJJ_ I
���un.n�Nc.fi�ffirfi �H�.if.,ra1 �� osr �Tff: II
!!Sl"TNit �;;�a- �m q•�mrit iJ:q��: 1
=..t, 1lt11: =
;;JTfflS':{ �titsft.f����oT ll'�M�'Qit �@"Slffi�: II
'°
T'�lNQ' 9}1llR'q[rf�f?.l ��,ffl'�: �1Yl1l �ff 1.P,l): I
�f�;i__ �t.lm iij�'{lHI��) �·�11-��r Gl)�l�!m: II
�1:r�11:11if *.:S::rt ��! �)it.:�: �lrijv.mqrfl{tJA: I
:ztnit f.i� '!_fqq: if.t;ft� lTillmm: ��m•n:if fRf�: 11
�r11N1� *�it cfiT-r�: �-� �11r �lla- tf-;I ;;Jffl: 1
llll'r•n�: itR<tl ��ml �{r.fT�: �� ��: II
SI. 62-63 417

�n�iniliff �qm: q'ti{l�ij:�

�yq1-f �ill!'!fl��it�i:J: I
irr-if ifr�{�.flqifil(lif�Y: ����lllv{T
u��1fufit�ta- ��1'�n��-:1tif. n ft� 11
Sloka 62. With the face of thetiger, with the ma•
jestic gait of the eiephant, with a broad massive cheat,
with kng brawny rounded arms and of a commanding
stature, the man born under the Bhadra (-atifJ yoga will
be a king high-spirited and diligently devoted to the
befriending of kinsmen and well-wishers. He will reach
the age of 80 displaying commmding genius and enjoy.
ing vast fame and extensive wealth.
NOTES•

This slolm is taken from 1-TR!�- Three more slokas from

that work on the same yoga are extracted below:
'r.�TIBii� �ll��«it,:*�� ,fi��fW€3 �Riftrl'TI fati:n�: 1
�,���qq�sr:rirr�film��tlii:J@'flfr�ffi: �1-ltiJJ: II
m��R�,rn�o: ijq��fft���qq) JR� ,N f���: 1
flc'<!ifu�qf;t�ff: �cmij) 'tlR: ft:q�fMfi:lff�fu��lf�: II
�rF·�: ffi�Tif!J, �����-nH I
�� ��T� f.:Jcli efr��: qi: II

��iw�Iftt�: ij�un �ffl: �clir

ittTif: �in�mfftij: ��'t�'l: �l I
�ffi'R1'�11UTT)�fil�: �l�rt �
"1.ffifts��q�b� q�tf m�·�·r,m�A: 11 � � 11
SJoka 63. The person whose good fortune it is to
be born under the t�� has these characteristics: He
has a red mouth and a prominent noae; bis legs are
63
418 Adh. VII·

well•formed; he has the voice and the phlegm of the

swan ; he is fair-·limbzd; he is blessed with a beautiful
wife; he is himself lovely like the God of love; he has
every comfort at his command; he is intent on acqui·
ring a knowledge of the sacred scriptures; be is acute;
has great merits ; his life is 82 years ; he is beneficient
and devoted to virtue.
Notes.
The followi11g slokas from l'JRTil''-"l give more information
about this yoga.
�w�t�cFUffiii: ij��t tff: srn�f.:�q")
lll{: t:i1-i-:Ji1lt�{m�� ��{: �lfi3: I
��l�i���ltlJJ�"S1J�fflfffilq1��i..
Tiu;-: tiTWT�;U '11Rll ;{5( "" � ��: 11
B��1�� �a �, it i!fR ��1tii' �1111�: 1
tire<1wnf.t g�)sJ-"'�rR \s;:i.f17J quuici�: 11
q1c11� �lfll'\ � ��of� lllr'iJl�lfl�!FIFiffl�� I
�l��q�t ��q,�oqt qsni-11.:� �!I�@ itl� 11

m��
See also lfw�'j'/q�J ch. 6 Sl. 3.

ffl�!R���l�ffr;\;l;r�;r: gufi
"' " " �"' .....
ij�l W'�fl.ij�-l'el.Jl 'ijl�T�F«tfl�l:1: I

�....... r... ��({:

�i�i��1{.:3Rij�ml
9 ...,
'1i4,_,..,,,._ "' 91,

,G. Uq@ Rff�H�� itra'o�P.fltl��: II � \l II

Sloka 61. The person born und;:r the ���'lil
has the gestures, the graceful bodily structure and the
eyes of, a female; he is handsome, mlX'itorious and
powerful ; he is blessed with children, wife, vehicles
and wcaith; l1c kncws the meaning of the sacred scrip·
tu1es ; he is kiirn(J: he ts clever in the application of
51. 65 419

t he three regal powers-energy, capacity and counsel ,

he is liberal ; he is fondly addicted to other women and
he will attain to the age of 77.
cf. l,(T[,j�

"f� "�lf��.:iit?R���­
qat ffi'f: ��"l�F-i�;:r1�: ��: I
t1-=flm�: HirfflrR� �r��1mrn�­
i:ri�cv.rr91 ftz;3Hfil -r1: m@��r:r�TIJJJll 11
�� ��<I fifilrf.f ?.JTHf�1f.f ,��01 rf,ltJR�� �u ft@t01 1
IJ!'W-ilf'1�1J��: fl 1;:ifui �� �T�frl '1J:fTi'i51�fR�qqfR��R.. II

l{'n <fT �f¾ci) �;n�: «.wrfct: �t:ft­

�@Ttlt�f�wl�cJ�U � «miur: ,
a�� f;r�11fiP1Rlif-mf: �i'fsfITTftw: «�1
-:rm: {,fff@JIT��Rl � inR�l.fTID�� 11 �� II
Sloka 615. The person born in the 'ff'ff�),r (Sasa yogoa)
may re a king, a minister, or a ··.ener,11 h aunting woods
and mountains; he is cruel hearted, and would even de,
ceive in his eager pursuit of metallurgy; he is bountiful;
he hJs wrathful eyes; he is spirited; h� is lovingly devo..
ted to his moth!r, he is brave; he has a dark form; he
lives for 70 years. He is a voluptuary and inclined to
play the paramour with the objects of his guilty love.
cf.
rf'.!&'il: �nwirn: �ms� ,:iitsP.J�fT A�1!;J�l'{: I
4:l'Rl��

�;:n�;;:1111: .:Ji!.TI �m: �'TT?..JtT i!J@?.:!!;J��: II

Brii.fr�r 'it�frlftl�r:) �-=i!�-tt,fcl
.... ftiR-
�1m"'1� ll1ra fitrna-t��= <fi'ref.t'={: 1
 Adb. VII.
---v-

�"s�= � lfli!'lm: �
;tr;

irat mill �'iq?ft

__, �r:r,�
q)'fTJ(_ II
�1>ir�,�ll�irrer -."tvlMirr �� cit �\UT "' ,�r 1
�'ttfal mJfaf'li'fTR cti"UM U5=if SH�Rfii: fufqqfil: �fifflt ��: II
OJ. 'f."l'iitlN<fil ch. 6 sloka 4,
�� �q� tft �l �;n;{ �Utrr: I
3f��fr! �ijTllf �: 11 � � 11
Sloka 66. [n such planetary conjunctiona as ar��m
(Adhi•yoga, vide slokas 113·115 infra,) the powerful
planet to which the yoga is due and which has the aspect
on itself of less powerful planets will produce the effect
of the yoga in its �1' (dasa) period.
NOTES,
This is a quotation from •11'r?r{f. The time when a yoga
takes eflect is as described in this sloka in the rnse of all yogas
except those which are eflective all through life and the Rajayogas
where the ��T (das.'l) am! 3l-'o-f�r (Antardasa.) pcriod5 of_the lord or
the occupant of the Lagna or the 10th bhava will bring about
kingship.
�1. �:.r@iji

��<tii,�rqf n�q�{Vftr ��<3� 1

�•ft��t?lT�1qt fu�Rw.l�T qft"mc�r II

II +fl��l�•T: II
a{lii)Nqij �it �Ri«��f�Rflt�itT:
��Rcfil'TIT�: �R{�'Qlq�r lll�tf;�: I
... ':,I'

� lf�l:tnll�! 'SI'�: m�T�"q'I�

m-=��ft\Ph1119l
\:I
itfulmqh:: ��1 � ll�'Sll
Slaka 67. If Mercury be in the 2nd bhava with
reepect to the Sun, if the Moon be in the 11th with
SI. 68-69 42l
_,.r,_.,,_......,..._........,.,......,.....,�-•••--•• •• • ...,-...-,u,..........,.,u•-r••• •• -• --• •-��-�- -�••&._.••••••- •• h ,., ... �_..••�•..,_•..,_�.,_, , ...............-L,�..,,.

respect to Mercury and if J upi_ter be in a � (Kona)

with reference to the Moon, the yoga is called Bhaskara
(llA:-tif). The person born in the mu{ql1f (Bhaskarayoga.)
is brave, lqrd like, versed in the interpretation of the
scr iptures, handsome, with a wealth of musical tones,
good at reckoning, resolute an<l competent.
r.. -.... r- ..
v�n�,Jfiitfl: t�, �r�r� ��:
"" r
«.tt��
3Ti \�!!�: fffinara:�lfl =it�) 1.1(r;;s=:Tt;it: I
�T.JM����= ij�f�QJ�TiJ. l{'Jrij ;;rr ff�«11)
tt"F;fi ff�TRT�f:f�llJ-q��q�ijfqff;.:r<r: t I � � 11
Sloka <jS, If 1\-fars be in th� 3rd hhav,t from the
Moon, S.itum in the 7th from Mars, Venus in the 7th
from Saturn, and Jupiter in the 7th from Venus, the
yoga is styled 1 nd r.i. Th� person born in this yoga.
will be celebr,1tcd, amiable, worthy of royal rank or in
some similar position, eloquent and possesse ! of wealth,
-f iverse ornaments, fame, beauty and prowess
D '
�ilir� �Ufflij'J �: �,!!u: �� ��r,� �r,�:
� " ...._ 9\.

�.:��«1tn�) R�iiu -:if1ft �r��Q�: I

�nnH lPrlltl'r ��ra{"<{�: ���u ?ilffl'r��
fftf�: �f.f�'l1 i�m �r\lJTS�qJ m�Jf: II �, II
Slvka 69. If Jupit.: r occupy a Kona from Venus,
the Moon the 5th bhava from Jupiter, the Sun a Kendra
from the Moon, the r.:sulting yoga is termed ��
(Maruthyoga), i e. wind yog.-\. The perso n who has his
birth in the "'r�qr1f (Vayuyoga) will be eloquent, broad­
brrasted, big,beliied, conversant with the scriptures,
thr iving. clever in striking bargains, and of royal rank
or in some position approaching thereto.
492 Adh. VII.

� �� ��lf��lfm:

,Ht
�R'ml'T :;,r lll�\"ffi 1lf1IT
111'li
Tel=
1-:t�IJI..ifI�ij�-i(� JI ,Cc�Ta.1"'11T fell:
�fffiy: I

ijfflsl: ljfi11Ff�� :;.ruit l:lnrr-f�� II '9 o II

>:I

Sloka 70. When Jupiter is in the Lagna, the

Moon in a Kendn from Jupiter, Rahu in the 2nd bhava
from the Moon, the Sun and Mars in the 3rd bhava from
the same, the resulting yoga is designated ,�qrrr (B�dha
yoga). The person born in the i-.i�m (Budhayoga) has
the majesty of a king. His str�n5th will be matchless
and his n:ime cdebr,1ted; he will be conversant with
the scriptures. He will be skilled in traffic, talented
and without enemies.

�«I'm ft:it;it �� ell �

*�llT 'qtf@ iifm�T Fl�J;J I
�q� ..��fi:m � «�{�I:
��'ii�T ft'iraf� � II �' 11
-.:,

Sloka 71. When the Moon occupying the ht or

the 7th bhava is without the benefic aspect of Jupiter
upon it, the result is ��Jl'>irff ( Kemadrumayoga) If the
number of dots in the places occupied by planets (vide
Adhyaya 10) be very d!ficient, these as well as all weak
planets produce the effect of QifJl:qrrr
-.:
(Kemadrumayo2a).

fut1it u�� q1ij- � ���nigtf 1

fflfm: Wl�l��'iiT ;nit iti1fthr: II \9� 11
SI. 7:3-75

1:1,rr, !i��n1�1t: �nii-11 {{�� ll�l� 1

".:�tf;Jl.{l�� ��'I� �� II \9� II
,.:,

SlukiJs 72 73. If the 2nd. the 12th anJ both the

houses from the Moon l::e occupied by planets other
than the Sun, the yogas are termed �-1-q.r (Sunapha) ar-AI
(Anapha) and �<'<TH (Dhuradhara) r..:s1)ectively. In the
absence of these three yogas, the artrologer may declare
the effect of �i:rsf;r>.fm
..., (Kemadrum<1yoga) .
NOT1a:S.
r:f. ,r,;;;�r
Mi: ffi fl.:t'fiTS-l'fiTi��c�ft :q;f L{1l
ff,��rkf�fi:i��fol��n s! �.'l�lf; II
Vide a.lso slolm 83, in/1·u.
'q';;� �ll1;:i1 tt� .:i1,d qyqf�� ttl@ �1�7.flifl{ I
"9\ r,. ... r.. • .. ,-... � '
�11J1.:�;-�rnn��rf l��PU qyq1ijij qfq�ij i:t�T �,� ti \9\i II
,1lvka 74. When the Moon in conjunction with
the Sun occupies a malefic Navamsa and is aspected by
a dept essed planet, the r�rson born experiences the
effect of the �"ii'Qfil (Dar idrayoga)_. The very same
effect foHows also in th,· case of the person whcse birth
takes place at night tim,• when the 8th bhava from the
waning Moon is either asp.xtcd or occupied by a malefic
planl?t.
fcl�;:ijc(TT�Jl�q'if�.:�r q1qfa3� �ti <::R�if@ I
�lll\l.lijli�-'��� ijqfq f.t�,��m:T �� ij�<::f.-i:t
It \9� II
Sloka '75. When the Moon seized by Rahu or
Ketu is aspected by a malefic rlanet, the person born
soon gets into poverty. When the houee representing
4�4 Adh. VII.

the 4th bhavrt from the Lagna c-r the Moon is occupied
by a malefic planet, the same effect follows, say the
astrologers
�� 11�nh�pu.r�t��� Ullf;::(tR(fijilT ij �� �
.r�n�'t'311f!!ij' fi��MI�ii :q;� ij�l'Hit?t' ij ijifT er�fct u
Sloka 76. \V hen the Moon aspected by i bcnefic
planet worsted in planetary fi�ht is sd.zed by Rahu or
Ketu in an -:dips\�, the person born is indigent. The
same is the effect when the Moon occupies in the sign
Thula the <fii (Varga) ownrd by an inimical sign and 111
aspected by a deprcs�-cd or inimkal pl.rn,:t
9i.. ' " ... "'\ r.. � (\ ,.... ,..,...,. "'
�i� �, �le: �lQ(ff l�l!;.r.\ -11:qn{�ltmij
�.:��;:�J;{�'tl�ff ::.ifl� �H:?:( ��� I
.... "" " "I. -..

. .... r,. ,...,,..." � ' •"·

111qT� R'!Ffl�ij' =iH�g: =q� :ql�S��,
�HH 'tll(f �H.�.'1-Htlli�� �'q��t;�iifij II �\9 II
.... ,.... r... .... • -..--... r,.,9\

Sivka 77. Wh�n the Moon occupying a Kendra

or a Kona is in the qq I Varga) of its depression or
inimical sign an<l when Jupiter is in the 12th, the 6th
or the 8th bhava from the �con, the person born will
be indigent. Again, if the Mo:m occupying a malefic
� ( Amsa) and aspected by an inimical planet be in a
rnov('able sign er if th e malefic amsa occupied by the
Moon thus aspl:cted belong to a mov.:able sign and if
the Moon hav(; not the aspect of Jupiter upcn it, the
poverty of thli: person born in this yoga will be unparal,
leled
..
31•�1•��,, � i:::..
�1'1�1���1.IT ;n:qn{ql'Ht�=:tlPHrfl I
"I. � ,.. ,... � �-

��'111T ijf 1�1� 11��� ::i!HHSl'J etililt�rrrimr II \9� II

(' �- r.. • ... ... ,.., -.. � ",,...

Sloka ?!'$. H Saturn and Venus occupying the Var,

gas of depressed or inimical malefic planets he aspected
SI. '19-80 425

each by the other or occupy one and the same sign, the
person born under this yoga, though of a princely f amily
will experience the effects of %.r��q)n (Kema.drurnayoga).
� �ij' « qtt{llef;f 'ffim � f.tro
��.r f;nffq � iti11�1AAt "4�� I
lll�r-Jq�l�· �c?SWf ;i't:qi���is>� ij'ql
:q� ;fr-;t�� � � � ��q: II �O.. II
Sloka 79. When the Moon in conjunction with a
malefic planet and occupying at night a malciic house o·r
malefic Navamsa, is aspe9ted by the lord of the 10th
bhava and is void of strength, the result is �if""�"
...
(Kemadrumayoga). Again when the Moon in the
depression Navamsa is associated with a planet in the
�� (Khala) state (vidc Adhya.ya 2, slokas 16-18) and
aspect.ed by the lord of the 9th bhava, there is the yoga
�� (Krmadruma). Thirdly when the Moon is on
the wane and occupies the depression sign, the person
born at night has to experimce the effect or ���.rq"m
...
{Kemadrumayoga.).

II �i{�'lTJq;rre:: II
'::>
f.r� ��trn � efT ��if �� �T{��: I
Wll� � �q-�if4' ��¾ �cf rj{a:'ltlT: 11 � o 11
Sloka 80. There is no y0ga producing poverty
when the Moon or Venus occupying a Kendra is aspect•
etl by Jupiter. Again when ell\:; Moon associated with
a benefic planet or between two beneHc planets is
aspected by Jupiter, the �i{i{ctllT (Da.ri<lrayoga) does not
exist.
54
426 Adh. Vll.

�;}:sftffll�T•Hlijffl!&ffl��
�'i�fa_lij' � ���ijtfl fq(T;r: I
�lif ijifl ���ij �fq i!iltWJ
��fa)� m��, -{ ll��Rl: Ii � � n
Sluk11 81. If the Mo,;n occupy i11g the N,�vamsa of
a si�n of a vay friendly planet or of its exaltation ur�
(Rasi) and is aspectcd by Jupiter, th-"! rerson born will
be exempt from poverty. A�ain, w:1en th� full Moon
occupies the Lagna in conjunction with a bendic planet,
or when the Moun occupying th..: 10th bhava i3 in its
exaltation and aspl!ctcd hy Jupiter, the person born will
not be f:00r.

riJ1T ��if !flff' 1-1Rft� �fiH� �Hr� I

'1� �� {� Y�? ��T ft:qn II �� II
8�. If in any horoscnre ��if:iPrrrr
Sioka
·.:.
(Kerna:fru·
mayoga} com.:s in, the R.-ijayogas d isaprcar like elephants
on seing a I ion.
r-�-
l'rnT� ijwl"'filS.f'f.T l��JU ffi -=�T'fl�!f{!
,... !i •. ••.,

Wdi�)! �1f�5<''lifl � if�Tll: ��1tTS��ij) I

�--i fflij�l�ti�, Jrn:1:1� ��r+i'r ;t�'1ij'
���\;�::rhr� :q ���� 11f«iT if � 11 � � 11
Slulw FB. When rlanets other than th;; Sun occupy
the 2nd, the Eth, or both thi Jnd anJ th..; Bth houses
from the Moon, th;;.- r.;sulting 3 yo;;as iltl'. r::sp\:ctivdy styl­
ed �.-,,-q;r tSunapha\ ��'lif ( Anaph:,) c1n<l �•lU (DhuruJhara).
It is declared b:r the miJ.jority of astrologers that in the
absence of the d yogas defined above, there is the 'fili:ifli·
q)n (Kemadrumayoga). But there are others who wo;ld
SI. 83 427

not allow the /'jj1J!f��m (Kemadrumayoga.) where the �:zr

(Kendra) (calculated from the Lagna or th� Moon) is
associated with a planet. S::>ml! there are who declare
that the 3 yogas H;flfir ($una.pha), �ifliir (Anapha) and !t��u
(Dhurudhara) are to b� reckon�d from the presence of
planets other tha11 th.:: Sun in the 4th and th<! 10th Ken·
dra from the Moon instead of from the �fad and the 12th
houses from the Moon; and the absence of any of th�se
3 yogas indicates the pres.!nce of 1iiJJif.J (Kernadrnma).
Another class would declar� the thre� yogas in reference
to tbe. Navamsa occupied by th,! Moon, i.e. find the Risi
owning the NavJ.msa which the Moon occupks; if
reckoning from this Rasi, the 2nu or the 12th R:lsi or
both be occupied by planets oth�·r than the Slln, these
three yogas exis t. i,ur'f.,. (Kemadrnnu)
. is the absence 0£
any of these 3 yogas. But th holders of these last two
1
�

views* are not recognised as authorities in the science

of astrology.
NOTES.
Thi� and tl1c next two slokas are taken from !1:"<i'ifl'ffi•
1Vol1'.·---ln the 11or,11.s 1n·o1io11nd1•,l b11 this .�·lolm. tlte Sun is
ftl wa11s f..:ept out 1�{ con8i1ler11ti11n.
( Ji'frst Ital/). The authontics relied on by <IH�.fHI�• with
n!gard to this half of the slo!,a appear to he q;�;r),J, mall{�
and '[�i'lFffqi;-'l and :-uch other worl,s, where, in the abi,encc of the
8 yogas (11fa.) C1-f'fll, '<f.f'f.'I and �yJri), 'firT1'� is de�·lared as positive.
c!/- 1,r.�ifm.
:a1�fl<mg st r qr 1T ft•��.st:qff�t1c1��fl 1
a1m inmrtfq: ��ft.:�: �F�)�;q� .m: 11 9

��ifil '9T'l1'il �m11�;;:-��{1Sr1 "l I

�;:q,lf i:iliJJT�©�tff: �q-�q: P�FI: II
-.:,
·------
* But Parasara has recognised the last two views.
428 Adh. VII-
Also !fl:;m�
a:rf.rJJ m� ill a;r Riff �T i;J�rl?:fG": I
1i.<1fr'�qqfqtllfJbijlJrq{IJT� ffiJ:lt 'clHlt II
Ara; � ijof'fiflJf�t OOllllf"�fit 'q I
il� �ft �"IT�i fcfit� ���fq 11
�;;�t(i�q�: �� �FT: *�If: f'lcf: l
'l9l�tl��1SSI lfiT���Tij�@ II

(Thir'd quarter). 2fCT fiift{ (Varaharnihira) relies on 'IJll (Garga),

for the principle laid down in this q-r� (pacia) of the sloka, who says
that, in the absence of any of the 3 yogas above stated, the i�qqPf
(Remadruma) will he mitigated or nullified by the presence of
any of the live planets Mars, J\Terc:ury, Jupiter Venus and Saturn
in a Kendra or by the Moon's association with any one of them,

The words "�,.j:; �(1o,r:ts�c11 ,ni:i'�" are also capable of being

interpreted "�ist �fril·lt •Hl�lif lifl!l"�T !T�" that is, if the Moon
occupy a Kendra (calculated from the Lagna) or be associated
with a planet (one of the five above named)· But this has to be
rejected 011 the authority of 1<1(1�ih who says Jf�;_r, �f�Mlll'.t:fiIB:
'ili�'.fl iJ��a-qm,-(fi{-i:f[if<fi Ch. VI. Sloka I) and OD the authority
of sloka 77 supra. The abo\'e intcrpretati ,n is also opposed to
tl1e principle laiu down by Garga who has said:

;;��l�*.:�fT-ili=�l�"T �� " ��: I

if,ij·F�r�;,r 'i:i;::j �11fft�ri�tsqc(J II
�IJ: ti1�1it
"' "Tlf ff� �ro=;t 11ffiff: l
�;fro RF��Rm �,f{�NRm!Jr!l: 11

That is, it the 2nd or the 12th hou!;e co,mted fro!u the Moon
or any of the Kendras---whether reckoned frorn the Moon or the
Lagna-be n0t be occupied by any one of the five planets, Mars,
Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, the resulting yoga is Kema•
druma, &c:..
SI. 83 429

cJ, Also !r'IPR

'ftt�o �.:i'fif.l'fifi�tro �.:Jl�tqq-:
ii��fi:if.Ntf�m('I� taraq:
"' I
if cf.117-�ij' ijt �n�'a' 'el tsn::in
�): ��'ir�: �fur1=:ii�efiR'��?r: II
The correct interpretation of the words therefore are (I) �
3!tf�fffl'ihl: if! !Jtr�1't l:1@ - That is, "if one of the Kendras or
the Moon be associated with a planet" (any one of the five abovl!
named); ( 2) v�:;�ii'f-l;\5�-1'�1 qi,:7fir - "Tf Kendra be devoid of
the Moon or be occupied by a planet" (any one of the five above
named). This interpretation will correspond with the above quoted
Garga's principle as also that of Kalyanavarman who says:

{!��Fllfil�(i�U: �lflJl �I'll �,fr11 d���t I

A,.. :.. • •'\ ol:,
,,."0�,1t�RPJ: -ti\i;{i;{.:iiF'<l°'r,J�'': 11
"�

�� if ��T �t1JT: ��!1�1t"ff�: ��Hii;{q I

�q�ms@cfir!: !(Tfuf;l "' fl���ri!! 11
From the above, it ,.,·ill be seen that, according to Garga
though the position of any one of the five planets in any one of the
Kendras will annul or annihilate the cliects of theKe111adruma•
yoga, it does not produce anr of the 3 yo1{a� Sunaph;:i., Anapha and
· 'huruclhura.
[NotP.--Tlw ·Moon in a Kendra a1.rnor:i<Jfed u-it/1 one of the
five vlonets does not destr<1!1 tile ,ffect. of the KFimadr·umayoga].
( Fourth quarte1-). Rut the Yavanas went further. Sruta•
kirti, one of the Yavanas declared that the presence of any of the
planets ( 1) iD the 4th house from the Moon is Sunapha (2) in
the 10th h�usc Anapha and (3) in the 4th and 10th houses is Dhu­
rudhura. cf.
=-Fs(��t1: �q:;r �i:r�: �11<1ffi.S.:i'f., '"'�ii: 1
�· � -,A� � �

����iu tira:q��m� lWI= 11

 Adh. VII.

Devasarman went still further than Srutakirti and declared

the yogas with rcfereuce to the Nav,,p11sa of the Moon. cf.
1l�Tf�H%� �:ft:'fi!J�itt �.:qf.J ff'-lct: I
i'i��{f')iiffq��IJ: ij�RoQ'q<firrno: II
R:�t=q(�r �P.u s4\fi�r��fN�: I
\f)m) ��r �ms.:1Nr itq�'J: t'lif: !I
'"'
The above two views, viz., those of Srntakirti and Dcvasil.r•
man are not accepted by Varahamihira or other old astrologe1·s.
But Kalyan:warm:111 seems to attach !'lomc weight to the view;:; of
Srutakirli, cf, l;IR�
"l.;�r�)ttfJf{or: ijri'fif�q� ifi'.:�� R �H�i'l T.j° as-:1 q)m: I
a-, q�Ji.:t<i'ft �irr� II
1:tM

R�Hifl:rNq�!! �f!! �rm qiit1

But Varahamihira as also Satyacharya would appear to ue
strict fol lowers of Skanda and Praiarathi,
c:f. W�-l:wr,r,
,�ril &:T��t'I{-llliT "fr�l1�i'fiJI1r: iji11fiT I
i�ff�-mt�1u t�ir��i) 1-t)s�q: II
And W''l

ij�fc!.ff.lllliTI ��iTJ.i.l.:�J�f°f1l�: ��Jil I

!:H� 'l8ITT ��i�6qQn?,�� d�;rqq_ 11
�'l�'ll5� 1ir11rs;:1l��r lfrmr rrffi� :;:c.:q 1
�
Para�:n,1 al!'\o �ays that the ab�cncc of 11hncts in the 2nd a11d
12th houses from llw "i\Io,m causes I, emadruma. cf.
�Trfhlt��fJ]ff: t�.a-I ��'ti! �•�S.:j!fit-=?-:rff.:�f�:
1

.:.,. �PHi1��
:-, ,. �r ���
llJfr�{=�: if;i�U qs;�n. �lllJ"ki�: I
���'>Q�lli .:J ���"fH: �q�q-: �T��T
�i;fi�!Rfq: Pli'fT: �@ftrnr qt11T: U�Ttrni,1: II
The �)resence of the planets in t.he Kendras, the Moon's asso­
ciation with :my of them, the aspect of all the planets over the
51 83 48L
,,..

Moon are all !;pecific cases of exceptions whore Kemadruma does

uot operate. For Parasarn. says:
SH�{li�:
'-0
ij_@"FIT�
"'"'
��T qf �'af: ���'"f!fQlfTIJ'[: �)fi\ I
r..1'�1�&q �rz1�iJ it�� mcfi)U� �Pr� ��it T.J 11
�� if:fi!T: *;::��ij'! �PU �21 �p1a1 1fq *Jfi:l.it)SQJJ,_ I
..,.
ii fl� � 'fi� �f�m �.f !i,11i flr'fi� l t�R.;r'l. 11
fl� ,.:��lit'! �� �(iffm.RFo�a: 1
efiJf�'lT�ef>T q)rn: f_l-q�� �� lf�: II
See also the following slolrn. from •.lll..Ti�•
��i!;l'l���T ci1��JfTUf Rlf�:
1111�.z�Rcirt;ff��w �H: �:mt ,.
'fi��ij�f� �� *Jf�irtfq
lf.tfit lfa�FIP.t: m��q) f'if�Tfo II
There are 31 varieties of Sunapha, 31 of !\ napha and 180 of
Dhurudhara. cf. wrir,r.r:
ij�'fil���r'if�T�i'.t���Frl � I
qpt ��ITT "'�ffl�l ijf%'a �!fq_ 11
Tal,c for example the Sunapha yoi;;i. The sPcond house from
the l\loun !llay contain one. two, three, four or all the five planets
friz. l\fars, 'Mercury, Jur,iter, Venus and Saturn). This will be in
�' ;j ::-; ;\ ;.

5, 10, JO, 5 and l or 31 way!>-[C+c+C+C-1-C]. Similarly

l j :� J ;;
with the Anapha yo�a
Now tal,e the case of a Sunapha yoga where the sc cond house
from the Moon is occuried by only one planet. In order to make
this a Dlw.rudhura yoi:;a the !2th house from the Moon may con­
tain one, two, three or four planets. Th.is can be in 4+6+4+ I
l I I ,J
[C+C+C+Cl or 15 ways. So, for one Suoapha yoga where the
l 2 ;1 ·I
2nd house is occupied by one planet, there are I 5 varieties of
 Adh. VII.
432.
. . ___
- ..,.,.,,.,,..,,.,.,.,

Dlturudhura yoga possible. Therefore, for the 5 varieties of

Sunapha yoga with I planet in the 2nd houc;e there are 5 x 15 or 75
varieties of Dhurudhura yoga.
Next, in the cac;e of a Sunapha yoga with 2 planets in the 2nd
house, to make this a Dhurudhara yoga, the 12th house may
contain oue, two or three planets. Thi!:! can he in 3 + 3 ;- I
a a a
[C+C+C] or 7 ways. Therefore for the 10 such varieties of
, 2 a
Sunapha yoga with 2 planets in the 2nd house, 10 X 7 or 70 varieties
of Dhurudhura yoga!:! are possible. Similarly in the case of a
Sunaph a yoga with 3 planets in the 2nd house in order to convert it
into a Dhurudhura yoga, the 12th hom;e may contain one or two
planets. This wi'll be in 2+ I or 3 ways, For the 10 such Wlrie­
ties of Sunapha yoga with 3 planets in the ?nd house, we have
10 x 3 or 30 varieties of Dlrnrndliuru.
In the same way, for the 5 varieties of Sunapba yoga with i
planets in the 2nd house we have 5 varieties of Dhurudhura.
In lhe case of the Sunapha yoga which has all the 5 planets in
the 2nd house, no Dhurudltura yoga is possible.
The total number of varieties of Dhurudhuru yoga i-s thus
75+70+30+5=180.

fl;J
��: qmw�ij) �
'fillfT 1:111:f
Jllt�fl��= ��-{R��-i'fillm{
� T{
��,�-�mt'llf� I

"4, Qt,t�·�'ft 11 � \/ 11
Sfok11 84. The person who has had his birth in the
��"lit (Sunaphayoga) will be a king or his eqml with
self•acquired property, and renowned for his wisdom
and wealth. The man born under the atif'iir (Anapha) will
be &trong, healthy, with amiable manners1 known to
fame, blessed with material comforts, well•dressed, con•
tented and happy.
51. 85 433

N©TES•
The prl11ci ple here is that planets in lhe 2nd (from the Moon)
give rise to accumulation of weal th and planets in the I ":!th (from
the Moon) give rise to enjoyment without caring for accumulation.
The position of planets is wilh respect to Rasi positions instead of
bhavas.
tf. �!7fFJi7-
��ijr{FfofRr«l'.!�fUlf3m� W{.<f il�f�cttilRf't1if�ij � :..t I
�ftfijq91_q �TR� .:r1@� :i{.:rqfu \�/PfifOfftOJ�q ifti,'-'-111.. II
T

R'lf:fRt���m P-I�U-'!l\: 11N<1�ffl�:;r�q�"lt�f:f: 1

Mlf��1�9;o't rtir��q1 &��'T.lT �11��.:rlfirll-1: 11
��ij� 1:Fl�M-il�:
�,���:�:,
�-:.
it�:fffi,;fi�:ffl:
i�n ��11 � ��rnn: It �� 11
SLka 85. Taking freely to the joys of life as they
crop up and blessed with abundance o(wealth and vehi•
des. the person born under the �..!<' (Dhurudhura)
yoga is bountiful and waited upon hy faithful attendants.
But those born under the �if1f
�
(Kemadruroa) yoga, though
they may be of a princely race, hecome obscure, miser�
able, given to base ways, penurious, drudging as meniall'I
and wickedly inclined.
NOTI\S
Persons born under �•�•J{I (Durudlmra) yoga earn (because of
planets in the 2nd) and at the same time enjoy or i.pend (because of
planets in the 12th). In the case of � (Kemadruma}, the
yoga should be predicted only if, as stated ab�ve, there are no pla­
uets in any of the Lagna Kcruiras or with the Moon in any one

�=-
Lagna Kendra.

s=;RGR1��1f�-ffl) llct� � fflf'ffl:

65
 434 Adh. VII

�M'iNlll!J,&<fifrtf�: �?.J ��-1;<nPP'l: ��ITT 11�� 11

�r.1.1! ��) �Tf.R{l"?:�fu: �1R�r�i:�{i'lr1a��: 1
iif,:�ml��Gr•T�e:1�:
""" • �i:r�il�) ,r1��.itsfq 11
':>

Also �il{i1!'�
r.!T1JfuR�JJ'Jtif:
"" .... S"jfq;:y: 'lPl.;�t
�rn;:��f?�'<l•Pn��in11�t,ft 1
..
qlnT ��;i��;:J'lll.TO'J¼���:
....

fHiuiFi�:FW.:t�T '.!«P-l: ll
tfiFol 'ilq Y.PJ}!��!!�m�
� � �.
�ll���:{<11}��;::�qr?,{i'{ij: I
�1,q: ��: ��<?.r?-t1if��:�?lfu:
t�it llstffl q,fq����sf1
,.:,
II

II ��lt��'t:f;NJlT: tl
�!If \{q��ai{ mil �i:�'i u,fu'fi: I
�.tmifcif.{ m �if'@ i� II �� 11
Sloka 86. The person at whose birth Mars is in
the 2nd bhava fr )m the Moon \viii brcome a king and
in that capacity he will be fier.::,·, crud, hypocritical,
!trong minded, wealthy, valiant and irriuble .
.!\OTES.
Varaharnihirn does not ditlt:renliat<: Lhe o.:lfect cA lhe planets
by their positio11s in the :!11,.l or in Lin, 12th lic>U'•c �o f.tras the
yogas mentiu1wd i11 slul,as ,,i'i-10.'i are crn1ccruetl. He attrib1.1tes
the effects to the planets .:au5i11;..; the yoga wilhout reference to
their being in the 2ml or tlw I _:th hc,use
c.f. u::.:rrffli
'3fl�t��ltii���T���"-!lO:l'.l'�T3':
�: �: ijcf"-1� f;:j9}1l: �Tij I
SI. 87-90 4!33

�'ltS�ij@lfF� �q'lf�"�
1il'fT �!!��� Ff'l�1itt�T II
q�flqc1qR;;..;1�qqt�r �Ro�lft iifsiiPl�3fat�: II
�ij"l�tliC?S111'q91fi: ij!ilth:�1-l I
llwl� ml� "fqf v�rn:�mr ,� It�� II
SL·k i 87. Conversant with vedic ordinances, fine
arts and music, we!l,shaped, highly intelligent, of agree•
able speech and pious will the person b� at whose birth
Mercury occupies the 2nd house from the Moon.
ijcffcffllmi: ,.flJffw{ � ;iqq§�: I
u���� :q �r�'ffi git II �� II
Slotw 88. The person born in the �r (Sunapha)
with Jupiter in the 2nd house from the Moon e:tcels in
every branch of knowledge, is prosperot1s, has a good
family, gets into the good graces of his sovereign and
becomes lordly and famous.
�'l�N.J��� qf.f"fif'f-l I
�tq�l@fr U·51�r: ffffl :q�fl'ifit II �, II
Sloka 89. In the �"'q;r
(Sunapha) in which Venus
occupies the 2nd hous;! from the Moon, the person born
will be valiant, marrie<l, wi:.1l thy, po:is\!Ssed of .igr icul,
tural lands, engaged in work, with much property, rich
in cattle anJ horses (•1uadrur�d 1 and will live in regal
splend our.
�lITT�n: \� �A: Wt1: I
f.riur: ��� ���If� � II �0 II
Sloka g_;_ When Saturn i s in ·the 2nd bhava in
respect to the Moon, the person born will get the esteem
436 Adh. VIJ.

of all people in towns and villa ges, and will be wealthy,

talented and versed in every kind of business.

II ��·y�q·�T.=t4ilqt;T: II
1IR'i �uft�ijifi; � ��1: I
'lR: ffil�.ft ��T�:,'�ij' P II Q..� II
Stoka 91. When Mars occupies the 12th house
from the Moon, the person born will he arrogant, eag er
for war, wrathful hold, at the head of a band of
marauders, reirnlute and ot an alluring presence.
IW�����I� ��� ��li{ I
�� u�: ��T�'W 1q II �� II
Sloka 92. When Mercury oc�pies the 1�th bha ·
va from the Moon, the person born will be capable of
discoursing cleverly on music and drawing, learned,
eloquent, handsome, of great renown and held in
veneration by kings
��tnSR\''l'lT� 1ll'��«�tlli{ I
�: ��: �� ��Tif.���it �r II �� II
Sfoka 93. The person at whose birth Jupiter is in
the 12th bhava in respect to the Moon will be hi ghly
honoured by kings, very intelligent, endued with
earnestness and energy, upright and possessed of a great
deal of status and wealth.
,�����: 1'�l'f-AT-t: ijll{:I
�;;�TT\llli"fi=si1���1T� � II �\l It
Sloka 94. A charmer of young women, owning
numerous cattle and similar possessions, highly intel,
ligent, rich in money and grain, will the person be at
SI. 95-98 487

whose nativity; Venus is in the 12th bhava from the

Moon.
A"�illi�r.{ � q'"lfAA��r.{ I
1ro�'liRT t:ffi���· �,II�"\ II
Sloka 95. When Saturn occupies the 12th bhava
from the Moon, th(! person born is long armed, merito•
rious, possessed of numerous cattle and similar posses­
sions : he is a leader and his words carry weight and
are accepted; he is yoked to a })ad woman.

u�:11
3t��·�1 guAT'{ �)sftfm �arr I
iiil «ra<t1��.:i �1lr{ilie-qi\- II � � II
Bloka 96. The person at whose birth the Moon
is between Mercury and Mars is untruthful though
possessed of merits, clever but yery depraved, cens::>rious
and avaricious, and addicted to unchaste women past
their prime.
fi'IM�) ��1 ftfit��r: I
�tt��rl Jf�'llf p�rcrqr: II ,\9II
Slokti 07. When the Moon is betwixt Mars and
Jupiter, the person born will be a renowned individual,
owing his fortune to his own mighty exertion, but
harassed by foes. The moral tone of his house•hold
would wholly be due to his powerful example.
0 >.ut11ifi �JiJtt: �U ��: «��cflil I
"¥rt�·�: �ijhJT if�tt•l �u�q): II �c II
11..� �

Sloka 98. If at a person's birth, the Moon be

between Mars and Venus, he will be athletic, handsome,
488 Adh. VIL

cruel, cheerful, virtuously inclined and wealthy, but

liable to swerve from morality under the influence of
fear.
tR�M«i{ai iii�, �efr-J: fq1r-0sftifli{. 1
3T� f;r�RT� li�tJit �qi=�: II \ � II
Sluka 99. The individual at whose birth the
Moon is betwel!Il Mars and Saturn will be addicted to
vile women, wrathful, rich, treacherous, contending
with numerous enemies but unscathed and uncontrite.
�m �l�f�i(t li�ft: «��: I
� � f.tijMI� 1'\i�tf ��qtO: II too II
Slokll 100. When the Moon is m the midst of the
two planets Mercury and Jupiter at a person's bi1th he
will be pious, conversant with the sacred scriptures,
eloquent, facile in composition, associated with good
men and of great fame.
�IJffl«J: c5r�: RPltf� ij�: �: I
t
��@ifillfr� 1f£qtt !���): 11 0 t 11
Sloka 101. The person at whose birth the Moon
is between Mercury and Venus, will be an amateur in
dancing and music, beloved. of agreeable speech, hand·
some, highly intelligent and of a heroic temperament.
�ijR'' irn: �q) ;rffit�ll;JwllP�a: I
v1t
fflr��iffq-i1(t t
1'"�1{\i�q 11 0 � II
Sloka 10!. When the Moon is betwe�n Saturn and
Mercury, the person born may have to go from one
country to another ; he will be revered, have moderate
learning and wealth but evince great aversion to his
kith and kin.
SI. 103-106 489

����u �111\-t_ �1Rni) ft�111f.qij: t

�ms��@�� ll�"ltit g�ijiJtfT: II ' 0 � II
Sloka 103. Acting in a princely fashion, prospe·
rous, politic, valiant, celebrated and guiltless in thought
will the person be at whose nativity th� Moon holds a
place between Jupiter and Venus.
� A•Pffl�:tfclm�qgunf;�: I
� ���� itt� m'?ii;t1�1ft: 11 ' o 'J II
SJokti 104. The person at whose birth the Moon
has got between Saturn and Jupiter will be comfortable;
possessed of humility, knowledge, learning, heauty and
worth ; owning much wealth 'and o1 a conciliatory
conduct.
RRRi��� lil!JUI�i51wf!li: I
�1 ��� fmnft:�il'rr a, II � 0� II
Sloka 105. Jf at a birth, the Moon be b.!tween
Venus and Saturn in a �JH'-ifrr (Dhurudhura yoga), the
person born will be an important personage in a tribe
wedded to ancient cu&toms and the lord of a band of
worthless females; h e will have much wealth and enjoy
royal favour.
ffl��;r\1ij.ffilffl1 �
!llmffl �Hfl1i� R� ��II_ I
�� ill f-i'11ijilg�l�1
��� 'fi�llfa qUij'Otn: 11 ' o � 11
Sloka 106. The whole effect of any yoga auch as
has been described is invariably realised by the person
born under the yoga, when the yoga,making planets
440 Adh. VII.

occupy their exaltation, their own or friendly houses.

The same is equally true, say Parasara and other autho,
rities, when the Navamsas occupied by the yoga•making
planets relat� to their own or friendly houses.
�: �.Hl!� 'iT \'lifi{!��l�ijf � ft:'m@: 1
�MITT � trTl �tiTefiat
Gtrn� fll� ��i: t 0\9
.Sloka 107. If the Moon be in conjunction with
Rahu or Ketu or if Rahu occupy the Uth bhava from
the Moon, or if the planet producing the yoga be depres•
sed or obscured by the Sun's rays, the effect of the yoga
will be mixed to the person horn the rein.
NOTES.

\Vith regard to the Moon's capacity of doing good or evil

with reference to these three yogas, Varahamihira says.

That is, for persons born in the day time, the Moon in any of
the first 6 houses is auspicious and in any of the other ( houseH is
inauspicious. The reverse eflect is tu be uuderstuud in the case
of persons born in the uight time.
Skanda and l'rajapati and others also say so with reference to
these yogas. These therefore deserve considcralirJn.

II al� ��IR41'1: II
l'fffl!ll��;�_l?ijHI���! I
ili�F{?IiFf) �ijT�Y: �lfl! II ' 0� II
Sloka 108. If Jupiter occupying the 6th or the 8th
bhava from the Moon be else-where than in the Kendra
in respect to the Lagna, the resulting yoga is termed
ft! (Sakata).
51.109-110 441

NOTES•
0/. �
" ��Tftfl'� �mf.f Q �cf2: �� �retQJR'Rf_"
Hut Para.,;ara says
"�flfif �i:l: flil�: "
If all the planets be in the 1st and the 7th bhavas, the result­
ing yoga is called �lif,2: (Sakata). Also �rlin:i� (Varahamihira) in
his i�-.Nl@ifi (Brihat Jataka) ch. 12, SL 3 gives the following defii­

"�, ���-"
nitioo of� (Sakata) identical with Parasara's;

The �i!'ZIY'T (Sakata yogaj mentioned in i;foka 168 infra is

different from this. The yoga referred to in this sloka is devoid of
its bad effects if Jupiter, while being in the 6th or the 8th house
from the Moon, is in a Kendra from thP. l�agna.
� .... .... "' ....
�l't �,� '1fRfT r;f:�: ��qt�: I
� � . ' ""
,rol�li��l.r� ij'rij8f 9lq'f�T3('tf: II � a� II
Sloka 109. The person born in the -rr-R� (Sakata
ycg-a) be he of a royal family, becomes indigent and in
consequence of the trouble an<l fatigue falling to his lot,
he is always distressed and becomes an object of
aversion to the king.
cf, ':Ji�l]N�I
ifiMi:l_ ifiRit1rqq«�!"': flrl_ IJ;-,: '!;,: !:'�ll"'q@ -.nrq� I
� J:I��) qft�T�llrfr: :a�ir �q7{: ��a'Sffli!(.cfT II

II at� qffe�aT��•T: II
u�ij'TR:. 5mf;t ;ftu��m1�n1q"�: 1
��ffl � 1ttl:lw1n� mm.i�: �� ft� II�, 11 0

Sloka 110. To the person born under its influence,

a planet secures com torts if in the q-rij;;r@m (Parijatamsa),
66
442 Adh. Vil.

sound health if in the�"'�� (Uttama Varga); numerous

cattle if in the rrr1(� (Gopuramsa); and dominion if in
the fflUEliITTT (Simhasanamsa, "llidc Adhyaya l, SI. 45•46).
ifinA' ffll��llllT� (ttQ"Pt�r�� -RIU� I
�«�� qqJif«.fl�l�ffl � {,ffietl{ II ' ' ' II
Slokt.J l l 1. A planet that attains the qmit<t<f� (Para·
vatha Var ga) bring s to the men born under its auspices t
]earni ng and renown accompanied by great pros perity.
If the planet reach the higher �ti"�� (Devalokabhaga),
the lucky peri;on coming into the world under the
happy yoga comes to possess an army containing a large
number of cars, horses and elephants. If the planet in
power at t he time of bfrth be in the highest q�rcl\'ffll
(lravathamsa), it secures a kingship to the person born.
NOTl!S,

These arc the effeds of the yogas mentioned in slokas 45-46i

of Adhyaya I and are taken from H:l'(!<:?rrr-
1

3T�lf«ll�lUJT.-,q'fi"fi•�••��
,... C' " ,... •.::i.

m�f.t f?f;p:n\��� I
3l�fwr f.n� � �-l fflNfm1tff tfT
��«(f�f! ltt��1;i: �� ij� ·:q fl ' '� II
Sloka 112. According as the Moon occupies a
Kendra, a Pdnapara or an Apoklima in respect to the
Sun, will the moral training, the wealth, the knowledge
and the intellectual precision of the person born, be the
lowest, middlin g or highest. If the Moon be in its
own Navamsa or in that of a very friendly planet and
s,. 112
+ l:;i + WW IF+- wJ'>.:w 41' *

if it be aspected by Jupiter, the person born will be

wealthy, if it be aapected by Venus, he will be happy­
in both cases without regard to when the birth takes
p]ace-which may be by day as well as by night.
NOTES,

This and the nexl slol<a a.-e taken from Hrihat Jataka•
From the effects mentioned, it will be seen that the Moon in
a Kendra from the Sun is bacl whether in the conjunction {1st), in
a square (4th or 10th) or in opposition (7th). Here Varahamihira
differs from f'arasara with regard to 'fJiliilF1;� {Purnim·a Chandra�.
The Moon situated in the 2nd, 5th, 8th an,i I I th from the
Sun is middling; 5th is a negative trine and 9th is a positive one.
The Moon situated in the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th from the
fun is good in result. Here Parasara also agrees. (}j.

��ftl@B:1;:� cflJi!iiT� 1Ja' ffffl I

�q�RBtf.t ��..ft�9;0JTf.t 'it 11

�t�sRT��i� �1 ff:qa �1 n.�?f �� ,

U�l �� ?t':i :i'frrn- M�!;!(tlTFr.1n: 11
�rNf'lsrt�,1�� �it �H-1irP�01r II
f.1�T{! ��a ��-q'f ��';ol"ifHl'.JT�,-,Til_ I
f.1q�tn:ir �lfff�t iff.q;:as1?'l'HT ;in: II
Also �Pf'l"ff
�fflii_ ::::ft�rs.Qq�1�-m1�t�1-=::: i;JH�S�;;Jg;f!-1P-I: t
�1.fl�fiapt �FHT ""f�TRi:JTqf�l::H:;l <f�:.,T�RT� II
�� ffift llT�'"1�2����l�l{lfllRff.�: ��P.: I
rli!�'l)ifrli,�: fl Q �I� ifit �c!T �"i�fr�ij'rf II
The· i.loka in the lexl can also lwar the fnllmvin!{ twu inter­
pretations:-
(I) Jf lhc hirth be in ,lay time: aml the� \foon be aspected
by Jupiter, \he person becomes wealthy. If the birth be at night
444 Adh. VII.

time and the Moon be aspected by Venus, the person born becomes
happy. If the Moon be in his own Navamsa and aspected by
Jupiter, the native will be wealthy. lf the Moon should be in the
Navamsa of a very friendly planet and aspected by Venus, then
the person born will he happy.
(2) Whether the birth be at night or day, if the Moon be
aspected by Jupiter and Venus together, the native is sure to he
rich and happy, The amount of wealth will be in a less degree
if the Moon at birth be in his own or in a friend's Navamsa and
be aspectetl by Jupiter. In the SRme way the happiness will be
slightly less if at birth the Mooe. being in his own or in a friend's
Navamsa be aspected by Venus.
cf. {{Rf�
tl_���T�lJm Ff�T�: ���qit.fifflr-t. I
�ijii\,rf "1.:r��21Jlf�R��f'1.I 11

��T:
�: wm;r�N� �:
�f411t�ltr4t�f$RtqMa.-"J( I
�lWrmsr��
�� NfflRT1T�q1� �mm II ' '� II
Sloku 113. With the: benefic planets occupying
the 6th, the 7th and the 8th houses from the Moon
there results what is called the Moon's� (Adhi,
yoga) wherein takes place the birth of a commander
(Police Superintendent or head), a minister or a ruler
(of a district or Province). Those that are horn in the
Moon's ��·hr(Adhiyoga) are at the height of prosperity
and pleasure, overcome their foes and live a long life,
being exempt from diseases and dangers.
NoTRS,
The yoga, will be lowered a little in effect if he Sun should
 .
SI. 113 445

be in opposition to the Moon. The effects described in the third

quarter of the sloka will take place if only two henefics instead of
three as above be in the above places from the Moon, and those
mentioned in the last quarter result if only one benefic is present
in one of the above places from the Moon. The benefic planets
referred to are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus.
Bhattotpala says that the interpretation put by some that all
the three places, viz., 6th, 7th and 8th houses from the Moon,
should te occupied each by one of the three to constitute an
a:rT"illTIT (Adhiyoga) is not correct, and quotes in support thereof
the following from �nilm (Srutakeerti) who recognises 7 sorts of
atfir� {Adhiyoga}. "'
��"(8�������1
�N1nrr: � ltl'Qif �Tfl�t 1:ra�T i,: 11
The seven sorts are caufed according as the three benefic pla­
nets occupy one or more of the three houses, 6th, 7th and 8th
places from the Moon. That is, they might occupy (1) all the 3
houses, 6th, 7th and 8th; (2) 6th and 7th; (3i 6th and 8th; (4)
7th and 8th ; (5) 6th only ; (6) 7th only and (7) 8th only. Hr
also adds
� f(�'IT�����ffi�: �JflSN�tJ: �ti. I
qrq: 'ITT)9 fq�fq����: II
Badarayana (,.-y�) and Parasara are of opinion that accord­
ing as all the benefic planets happen to possess superior, medium
or ordinary strength, a person born under the yoga will become a
king, a minister or a commander.
fl�l'rJ: ffii=qi: 'i8 � 9f �\frlft�cfT qr f!: I
;jf@T i!<J@��t q-.,:;ft qJ ff�;JTffl <ITS!it II
��� ;;JTi'f: mi:,: �U'rfm: I
��qr-;(t �T€i�: ff.=lRFtifi: �Q I
Also��
m4�{➔q���-Tffi�SN�: 1
�ffi ir.::ft 1f1Rt: �fflUJ lRI@: 'lftlrR, �t IA�U
446 Adb. VII.

But ifi'""�cnr.t (Kalyanavarman) classes the =.J��IIT (Chan­

dradhiyoga) with Raja yoga when the planets Mercury, Jupiter
and Venus are not eclipsed nor aspccted by malefics, ef, �,�

iq_=i lfflJrqmir fum{lTT: �nar: ��r: '{(-n:

':fiUUif
� �� � of qfffin: �\¼1n�U1: I
�
Jf'l�: Q-q�ffi q� �����1'ifrffi�,:
a�1iit��r���� ���: q'Ff� = 11
Mandavya is also of the same opinion. cf.
a1fQJi, �Ifitt A'tf.J'fq,n m�ctt
�cl: �� m'Rlfffiq� st�g-f{lffit+r_ I
��fit:ii ��fi:t �'tl�t�qttBT
�1�� ���@ ��� u�, WJ{ II
II �r: II
��R�1l{l!sm: =at� q"(lffliPltttd: ,
�7Ull) � �t qiq: ij(cf�MMuJffl?Sf II II tt\l
Slvka 114. When benefic planets occupy the 6th,
the 7th and the 8th bhava from the Lagna and are nei•
ther in conjunction with nor aspected by malefic planets
which are in positions other than the 4th bhava, the
celebrated ii'IRTN1.1Trr (Lagnadhiyoga) is produced,
NOTES.
This and the next six sloha.s are from Para!'lata. From the
quotation from Phaladeepilm quoted undt:r t),e previous slokit, it
will be seen that Mantreswara recognises Chandradhiyoga and
Lagnadhiyoga alike.
�I. �,���.r
1�miq(n-,�T<'ffi��rq��: 1
qfRT�TITm,� liM: ijfflffrfil &(if@ II
Sr. 115-117 447

wtrn�1WJ q�I��(ff ft'trR;fta� i(wrN�r{1 I

I�� �1qfm 11g:r�1n �)� �fflP-r��IJ(TRij: � ll
Sloka 115. The person born in the �url¼�rlf (Lag•
nadhiyoga) wi11 produce many scientific works, possess
philosophical training, ho)d a chief command in the
army, will be unsophisticated and generous, enjoying
the eminent advantages which fame and fortune give in
the world.
NOTES,
r./, ',fJ\'l'<fiT�
�1Mm11�1m ir�::t1 !('1.:i1qm�u�ritt ,
1

"�qW-Hfr�.:i1�t �T�l�'t1q�Fl�7il10'J: II
For the o.Htll'P�t'T (Lagnadhiyoga) th'! followiug effects ate
l{iven in i:m:r<l'ii'ir-
�n=qg��rn:q �� �in: ,n%� ��Rlrfr:
q���m: re��r�rn: GftJTt ;rir1t �fu: 1
i{t1�h1fi;:;�ffirn rm�m �mnlqrif ��c=r.
tl"'�1�r �q•nf�«����.=,r �,;,: 9;i::r1,J. ru�3l�li 11

U �trif'q)1f: II
it;;:;��� �llltH( tn•l@a,i�it..f��(rfu I
� fffirfT.f r��: ?tf �11� ;rr�J{t{(r��q�'i �I({ II ' '� II
Sloka. 1 i6. When Jupiter occupies a kendra from
the Moon, the yoga produced is ca lied fl�1i{H1 (Gajake­
sari). Again if the Moon be aspected by planets,
Venus, Jupiter and Mercury without being depressed
or obscured by the Sun, the yoga produced is q;;r.sg-8
(Gajakesari).
tt�·fu:l�rcna� �;r1:1r.:��q I
ll�ril gut«11� U�!Pt� � II � � \9 11
448 Adh. VII.

Sloka 1 I 7. The person born in the �ffftlffl'I'

(Gajakesariyoga) is energetic; has much money and
grain; is intelligent and meritorious and does what will
please his king.
ej. '31@�
�Po ij�R�,ft� �.:����t!�fit: 1
�,qr 11��,tuy f.t��cilsitt tffit 11
�flft<nit �@l �rjqf.l_ ���N'\1" ��: I
!ll���IH�T ���1:nit9: �� f<.�1a n

II al��l:t.n;J: U
lt� �11it �ftl��· , m(T �ffi: :q diur �: I
� ifi"n'rol'51 � ftt�rn'ftrQll�-�ild'«f. n t t � n
Sloka 118. If at the birth of any person, a benefic
planet be in the 10th house reckoned from the Moon or
the Lagna, the fame of that person will remain unclouded
in the country and his prosperity will be unfailing till
the end of his life.
mu =if�:mniJ ffl lffl� I
m�� wfTll �ffif;.��1 II ' t, II
Sloka 119. When the 10th bhava from the rising
sign or the Moon is occupied by a benefic planet, the
yoga is styled ll� (Amala -spotless) and the fame of
the person born in the yoga lasts• a s long as the Moon
and stars endure.
ef. �llfifil
�;;�T[�rQlf�llQ: �4�rr.TTJJI' fq�m�fq II
mt·,:� 11{1� �RTI il';:�;riq�: I
q{lq�1'1 gulrflilij��il: 11 '� o 11
 S1. 121-122 449

Slo/Hz 120. The person born in the aJR'�q)" (Arna,

layoga) is highly revered by his sovereign, has great
enjoyments, is liberal, kind to his rel...tive::i, hi!nevolent
and worthy.
NOTES.

The effect of birth in an JTJfo>.T-!firr (Atnalayoga) is thus describ­

ed in q;�"{'iT� (Phaladeeoika).

���: �T�� '<lril ij��:�;:q��) .fi@lfl� I

II ��qfiTTfa: II
alA�$f(�����1 ,�},�­
t�=ifmi��,��w: I
� � ffi(���R�� :jffi:IT
�itU��� {(:jf{l�itr lfct� II � � � II
Sloka 12 l. If planets occupy the 12th, the 2nd or
ooth the bha vas from thl! Sun, the resulting yogas art!
respectively named lfa- (Vesi), �,%' (Vesi) and ;!'itq;;i:(t
(Ubayachari). When the planets concerned occupy
their own, friendly or exaltation signs, the persons born
in the resulting yogas will be on a par with kings in
regard to the vast wealth and comforts they cJn
command.
�: p�: ��W�lflff ;wit't \f"1 ;frijij� �·rft: I
f{ff{Jfl �r{T!j��: 'tltfr�"�' nr��I�(t;J: II � �� II
Stvka B2. The pirson born in an auspicious
�fa-iim (Vesiyoga) is amiable, eloquent, wealthy 1 intrepid
and triumphant over his foes- while the one born in a
�fu�m (Vesiyoga) with :m inauspicious planet is fond
of bad company, evihoindt!d and berdt of riche:!t and
comfort.
67
450 Adh. Vll
"' � . " "
�T ijll�Q' t�: !ti:;RIT
A'-lrrct-11�u�·N�'-'�l.m@t: I
1{l'{l� t1ft: f?t'��iffllSRJ�t
'fi�u q�Fffjij1;r;n � 11 ��� 11
Sloka 123. The person whose birth takes place in
a ifflft;JllT (Vesiyoga) with a b en efic planet is intelligent,
liberal, delighting in scientific pursuits, and posse ssed
of c omfort, wealth, fame and strength ; but the rnan
born in a �fg:q-);r (Vesiyoga) with a malefic planet will
be very stupid, afflicted with lust, delighting in murder,
and ugly,faced and he may have to go into exile.
�lfiefm�tf'lq'RSfirfT wf�T­
��tfFl���trl��m I
qp{lf;�nr�:qu 1t� '{lq'fjffi
i1lTn1f�q�qm �,: 11 '� \l 11
Bloka 1:H. Those that have their birth in the
.!'llt1'ql{t1r11 (Ubhayachariyoga) produced by benefic pla­
nets are princdy in<lividuals possessed ol corresponding
wealth and comforts and beloved for their amiability
and compassionate natur,:. But those that are born in
the �ll>:t�f( (Ubhayachari) with malignant planets are
wicked, affl icte<l with dis,'ascs, engaged in s,�rvice for
other people and in inc.lil!;�nt circumstances,
j,
C Jfl(f-JjJT.�I

�l�l�=J1j�=:ilfi':iH�r1�£1;;��f�i�ff! I
�+-lrt�B�;;��q:,-(t -lPHIT �·11 11: II
JJ;:?,,rrfu�i�,,--.i'r ;fr.ir� q;::��rn<?.) ,�}�•n�. 1
arr�;;� 1;Q;;:1l'f.;·y ;:rr,: �T�fuqtllsf� II
q1qqfr\f�,:,;,7,n�-, r:i�l<7-��•nf-'9cil �Tffi I
51. 125 4�1

m���:
....................... ¥ 4

q1,,� ��q9J: II
�{?!TI �Toft iij� ��PTT ;ft;:��i'{: �Rt. I
frwnffi�1 <fC11ft �it �To: ���'-lltWl II
Also '!CT�l(

�ffu�rF���lJJ�ftl: u�Tit��i��
�Till"fi!_�q"iJ6��.::{(t m11: f,P.,: �Tm': I
Rifu�'r.l�'i., �cf Aqq) �4 if{�l-f(tT
�;:ij' i!fi.'!iiU �{� ���� �T�ffiflllTT�:Cf: II
fi1��ru!:
' qf<{ij�T�ii:cft 'l�ts�q i:fi�fiF-rtSmBlQ I
� q� �Ti!.l�T �f�P.:Jtllf�q��) ;,nfrqi3Tfflf��ll
�� �T3:il�;:r f<fiiF't��=qft�trr� �ffi�:
�t�;:ft filfiTllllT;:ifq �� iJ�T l1�ffi�T: I
�lr�'El: !;J''f�r'f(![TSf.��lll?!'m: ���: �T
��q {fqi:mif'l: fH�� fl� �: �.:irut: II
Also 'n�l!l<fil
�.:t ��,m,1F!P�l1�1:1Ro1l1�R:it&fil­
PtH�: tlRij: ��: f�{��@ 'll'lff�I: �rff: I
«-�Pa � ��fu?!lf1.fll 'l�ffi 111•ui[iit
f'lt:nm_�rrtt: ��� !f�ITT q)Jlt -1 lfl{f��: II
g:q� �q<fi��T �f:lH�t �;i�rRs1rt I
�if: :f.1fTfli<i3 �;q fu'ftnJJ'l�i: II

II 31� � II
����� 1tR: '3f ffl �¥fl�l1Riiit WM�a;t.fl( I
r

�1F{�: qJq�ll'fmT� 1't'lt�1l«JP.,�� � II t �'1 II

Slol.:a 1�5. According as the rising sign is occupied
by bendic or malefic pbnets J the yogas produced are
452
. ..Adh.
,., .. ..
VII.

termed !P1' (Subha) and � (Asubha) respectively.

When the 12th and the 2nd bhavae from the Lagna are
occupied by malefic or benefic planets, the yogas are
called qiq..J{{ (Papakarthari) and �fffiffi (Soumyakarthil­
r i) respectively.
llll'frll-ril "'1iir ·���IJ(l�l I
q1q�1m: � fflililrt quvt� II t �� II
Sloka 126. The person born in the 'U\lqm (Subha
yoga) is eloquent, handsome, amiable and worthy while
the one born in the atg\1"'1 (Asubha yoga) is lusdul,
wicked and feeding on what is not his own but
another's.
�mmaiim�r�:
fflii� fflT ftf�,1 in�;n � 11 � �\9 11
.Sloka 127. The person born in a ��$ifrf11l11 (Subha
karthari yoga) will have superior lustre, wealth and
strength while the one born in a ql'lfrift (Papakarthari)
wil1 be criminal, eating begged food and impure.
NOTES.

In the 3 yoga& �� (Subha), �.:r (Asubha) and ef.�R (Karthari)

mentioned in slokas 125-127 the Sun and �he Moon are not
reckoned.
ef. m��
�r<;:ffi(IP-f��q�.-����q�: ij�?ntt_ 1
6l!Jq�) �Qf1��4llf�: <fi�iT Rin�mm II
mxq1qtlt �1m 'cl-1,.,� <tRm�t f-Ptit�1<'!J: ,
fit�����:
"' Hffi
� itFTTf�: 'RI.,;��: II
o1��11�)it �@) JT1q1cft •iT��wm-tt 1
ffil1J�����'ff�Sfflfelcf�1f: 11
SJ. 128-129 453

i'Jifl�{fttf �HITT �z;3�'1_ �ii�T�rtt if�<'(U� I

i'Ji�R1:ttir qA: �uri� Rinm�R��?r= 11
II 'Ft�•T: U
«i� i;:�,� �q-�;�
�its�r 'Jij� � q-qij: �Hl I
.I;) " '"\ .I;)
<?ill�Q'T � 'ITT'mi�l:!J
fqi�ijl llffit �ij';J(l(qtq: 11 t �� II
Sloka 128. If benefic planets be in Kendra houses
and if the 6th and th-! 8th bhavas b� either unoccupied
or occupied by benefic planets t the resulting yoga is
lfitn (Parvatha). Aga.in, if the lords of the Lagna and
the 12th bhav.1s b� in Kendra. positions with respect to
each other and asp,�cted by triends, there is the 11':;ia�
(Parvatha yoga).
cf. �cfif

Also >lf<f<filhl
3�':fl�'liJJ��� !?��� R;!fi,1:1� � I
q: �f�?Jiifl'ffiT �ms/4 'l,ITT �f1rT II

ftlt�: JR:lffl I
lfJTitrf;.-:rn: q-f<t�ir�fij)
� 'lt�i�frif��·qm �'ff:� II,�, 11
Sloka 129. The person who has his birth in the
11'-;fut1)0 (Pa1vatha yoga) will be prosperous, engaged in
literary pursuits, I iberal, libidinous and fond of Gporting
with women not his own, full of energy, famous and at
thr: head of a city.
454 Adh. VII.
cf. �@<tiITTr

q�� �l?tt �l(ifl �q'cllrf_ ft.fin� I

�Tif9J:�1l{�ot � �o�T;;:grnroilf{t: �Tfl II

���:
3l�;;lf°it;::S::�{ll( �ifr1ill�
�1Nff il�i\' lfl� ��: �� I
«mt« fm� �
�-�� �m � �:
iliif�'tur
�ftl 11 ��o II
Sloka 130. If the lords of the 9th and the 4th bha­
vas be in Kendra positions with respect to each other
and if the lor<l of the Lagna have strength, the y�iga
produced is � (Kahala). If the lord of the 4th
bhava occupying its exalt1tion or its own sign be as,
pected by or in conjunction with the lord of the lOth
bhava, the yoga will be such as the foregoing.
3TI�ffl m,«1 ����;r�i\n 1
lffiifil�Tif;Jl�� �: � '1iTti -R·: II �� � II
Sloka 131. The person born in the <iir(eiim (Kaha,
la yoga) is vigorous, daring, ignorant, possessed of an
army complete in its parts and ruling over a few villages•
NOTES,
cf. m��
"';:�:r,(�Y)q�\lf�,�;;:q);::q t;;�q,rnm 1
.ml'l1UT qi?,9@ lltff: if-����: II
��:nfcl�q�q?tt ��FI ���f.:t:;l.i: ,
��1qit �T�1 Qllf �T?efiT� �{: II
�<iflr (Kahalayoga) and its ellcct are thus stated in 'lf.l;ll"�iiif.
Sl. 132-183 4515

�TNqlRq1lfilff-qf{{lf�FHQ�f�lqq''! if� �IJJ'ifil2{1�: I

qltf: ff 'tilijw �@ �Ma: 11
c1ffi:�oq: ij'f@: �i::{9[: ,ffCJi:fi{: iil��ifT �'lfPlJ:

i:n��PT:
�°ffl:fflf�IIT � ij�?l
- �r 11�1mr{�tJ�1�1�n 1
A�'ll lilT�lfl'�h fqil.�Rli�=m)
1il'lu�q�um-{ :t{��ffl fl ' � � h
Sloka 132. If the 7 planets be in 7 houses from the
Lagna, the person born in the yoga is a king in command
of many elephants an<l horses. If the ��r (Mala-the
wreath of planets) be from the 2nd bhava, the person
born in this 2nd yoga will be a king owning hoards of
wca�th, dutifully reverent towards parents, resolute, of
stern aspect and possessed of eminent virtues.
\iT1ffl �' Nstillllll��t
lfl: lt � \ilr-1�� uin J
!!��, ���m�-
lllrfi ll(l�U 11(\tf: II '�� II
Sloka 133. Jf the �W<f.f (Malika) commence from
the 3r<l bhava, the person born in it will b� heroic and
wealthy but sickly. If the: starting point of the m�,.r
(Malika) be the 4th Lhava, the person who has his birth
therein will be: a very liberal sovereign enjoying the
good fortune due to his governing many countries.
ismn � lit� -wtf(f�ii��� �1-l
iij@: 'UN�� .��-iij(•UITRl (R�) �� I
456 Adh. VII•

ifi1111ft:ffl�cfil � il�iffllTI �-
(I�tt.lcrfftif -R"U �f.n�ltl!11� II ' � ij II
Sloka 134. If the itrt'Rr (Malika) begin with the
6th bh:iva, the person born in the yoga will be a king
pe rforming sacrilices according to ritual or getting fame
otherwise. If the ;n�r (Mala) be from the 6th bhava 1
the person taking his birth in the yoga will be ne�dy
but getting wealth and comforts occasionally at some
stages of his Jife The person born in a wreath of
planets starting with the 7th bhava will be a king dearly
loved by a large number of wives. If the 8th bhava be
the.commencement of a �r�ilir tMalika), the person who
comes into the world under such a planetary conjunc
tion will be a distinguished penonage, blened with
long life but poor and henpecked.

lflltl� gu1f.ff�"' a'ffl'J ft1:

�11NT � �<li,f-lli:f: (('[f�: ij�: I
�lffflffli;J,11fulqm: ri���
ri ft:'i'ff(q0q�: ffl �) \f�� 11 ��� II
Sloka 13 S. If the ��)rr (Malika yoga) begin
with the 9th bhava, the person born in it will be
endowed with c1ll good qualities, will devoutly perform
sacrifices and will be 1nighty. When the yoga has its
inception in the 10th bhava, the personage taking birth
in it wil1 be enga ged in good acts and held i n high
esteem by the virtuous. If the yoga should proceed
from the 11th bhava the person born will be the lord of
lovely women, princely in birth and paragons of their
sex and he will be competent to engage in every kind
of activity. If che �r tMala) originate in the l!th
SI. 136-187 457

bhava, tlie person will be lavish in his expenditure and

honoured every wher,�.

II �1�Jir: II
lff� �;� �«lf '1fi�ftjtr :;rtlf(ij11Plltt: I
�:q �� �ij� -l�J�q� q1 � :.ml�: �n� 11, � � 11
Slaka 136. If the lord of the Lagna occupying the
exaltation sign and aspected by Jupiter be in a Kendra,
the resulting yoga is called ,mn (Chdmara). If two bene,
fi.c planets be in the lagna, the 7th, th•! 9th or the 10th
bhava, there will be the yoga c1lled 'q'(JR (Chamara).
NOT!!&,
�l'l�J1T (Chamarayoga} is thus difierently stated in :.flilifil:'t�.
�� ��T :.t;:q- � �� tTa- I
'i-tt;:�11a Jft� qffl&ttlff��ifi: II
If the planets occupying each of the Lagoa and the other
bhavas in order be either in conjunction with or aspected by bene•
fie planet!', or the lords then;of be in henef1c positions, uneclipseJ
by the Sun's rays or in their own houses, then the 12 resultins
yogas are respectively terrned -ll.f{ (Chamara), ¼'� (Dhenu), �rlf
(Saurya), olo!IN (Jaladhi), �� (Chathm), �,� { i\sthra), •Hof (Kama),
<lfrw- (Aasura), ill7q (Bhagya), �<lffif (Khyati), 'TTl�lif (Parijata),
and �� (Musala).
11�= roi:�¥a-��@�Mit: ijP1R�'ll�1=
���IT��'R4;;(;Jlmll: �q-r���U I
l-l�fall.iH��Tll�i?,N:;;�SfT�t.llfTijfl
11�zt•��;inR�@ljf!m@��q, qi1f-ar1r: 11

lf1tl iil'ffltfll'R U�'l?�T Ff{lif. q1nft qfqij) � qg_'iq: I

�: ffl[�TfflNclim �'ri �Mtte(Nl'Tl{_ 11 ,�\9 II
68
458 Adh. VII.

Slvka 137. The person born in the �llW{f1T (Cha,

mara yoga) will be either a philosopher, wise, eloquent
and held in high esteem by kings, or a king who being
comi:etent by birth &c., to ,::nter on th� study of the
sacred scriptures, ha:; mastered everything connected
therewith. This personage will live a year after the
tale of 70 years is completed; i.e. 71 years.
cf, :ifl/fifil�'q

�)itsf�;i_ "Hilt :i1TITT {T�T��rfe!I-l_ ij�T I

;i�'(ITM;JP-l'. ��f&ar ��Cff{JT'. 11

II ��ir: II
31rtf);:1.f��iz�rr, WJ��";tT?.tl
..:,

�«JNq- ijf�� �� ��;y: I

��1Nit � itrr-:r�w ��
�T'�f�q '1�11:J ij ij�f ��ij II i�<!: II
Sfok,, 138. When the lords of the 5th and the 6th
bhavas are in Kendra positions with respect to each
other and when the lord of the Lagna is strong, the yoga
is called q (Sankha). The 1nm� yoga is said to exist
when the lord of the Lagna, as well ,1s the lord of the
10th bhava, occupy a moveabl..: sign and the lord of
9th bhava is strong.
it \im)1 �Tlffll� ��tij: �•i�n���etl-1. i��i I
�Qr-JJ7q]�ijT1iifi�l�l� �ia_q et��lUJTlf�@: II i �� It
Sloka 1J9. The person born in the Sankha yoga
will halfe a life of enjoyment, be compassionate, blessed
with a wife, sons, wealth and lands, engJged in the
practice of virtue, will possess a knowledge of the
sacred scriptures, will be well-conducted, beneficent,
SI. 140-141 4ti9

and may live 81 years (one y�ar after the tale of eighty
is completed).
cf. ;;mf<fil{\U"
��!JJlJT: �1 lfi:lf;Rf rt� �T: I
�: <fifacw�ofu�) �TIT: �r:;;�t (�<1:. 11
�t�Tfl�<lt i:r�t
u:m c11 <lf�q)s!q i;{T 1
�li:f�llJJffit �;r �qijq) 1/iq_ II
1<1a.q'Pf (Sankhayoga) and its effect are thus stated in ·:i,�{1/it<lil,·

��iil!JJ1'gftl�� �tr 11
U'iJT �r,;��•.rtit �<W�f.mr�)ri�i:qfuq,_Ul: !I

II ��r:.
II
���,��� Fl�
�-� ;ra�� qffl: ��)q: I
4i..� mfr �: ftm�r�'i
lll�� il�� {! ij� �tr� 11 '\lo 11
SI. k 1 1-tll. \Vhen there arc planets in the 2nd, the
12th, the 1st anJ the 7th bhav,1s c1nd when the lord of
the 1 Cth bhava is strong, the yoga is � (Bheri).
When Venus and th� 1-Jr<l of the 1st bhava occupy
Kendra rositions in re!;p.:-ct to Jllpiter and wheo the
lord of the 9th bhava is strong, the same yoga should be
said to exist.
�q� �ffltJW-n ifli=�J
�@q\{f"Wf��:
r... � �
�fnl: I
:{{(:;.JR:�HJ}'.cl�Pl�llrefl
m:�::sm�'11T �urn tir.m II t \l t 11
Slok,1 141. Those that are born in the � (Bheri
�eo Adh, VII.

yoga) art lordly men, of go'.)d birth, long·lived, ex.empt

from diseases and danger: possessed of much wealth.
lands. sons and wives, of great renown, enjoying much
h appiness on account of their virtuous lives, eminently
heroic and of great experience in the: affair ... of the world .
......
��(if:
��u�f�1tfiqdt q� �.:�
fflfflctft1.J�l1itrn �� I
�,�it �� � ��1TI1T:
�t11ur�q��i!1.JtiiHr�i w� II iv, 11
SJ,.ka 142. If the lord of the Navamsa which a
planet in its cxaltrttion o;:-cupics be in a Kona or Kendra
position; if the occupant of the Kona or Kendra posi•
tion in question be in its exaltation or own house and
have abundrnca of strength and if the lord of the Lagna
be powerful at the sam<! time; the yoga produced is 1!-ff'
(Mrudanga) and confers on the person born nobility of
mien and fame such as it is the good fortune of sove•
reigns to have-
��:
itillt� �� �� tlillrfqif l(l1't{f({� :q- I
,,fun�1.J)tr: �lf��f{1.fi � -n::
�:t>ITTIT ��: n,v�u
Sluka 143. When the lord of the 7th bhava is in
the ll1th hhava and when the lord of the 10th is in the
exaltation si n an<l also in conjunction with the lord of
the 9th, the auspicious yugi1 called d'r.f(lq (Srinatha lore.I
of F0rtur.e) is produced. The person born therein will
be like Indra, the king ol the celestials,
SL 144-145 461

But see <n<1i;::lfirti1

�r-.ftstR'lTf:fi{T'�?fifiU: ��efit111rf�or:
��1:q�fi��il:
.., e.
��� �� I
ttil�l��lllrq;:nq��'ifT. l?>t't:rrqqr�,u II
effii'fl-l_ fflmRfi�f.t9;11lt -ff'OllotT,IT(trf:
'lffllflff,o�P.Jiro11f.fil l{itWl;i ��: 1
ij�'qifq'f�:U qm,'°'�: �;l;�RTfr«<I:

�,���q
·�:�.:�
ffltfr .:p;r�famsfi;ijlfiJ: 3iAyq1Uri)��: 11

�)in �r{�Q�: ij(liffl

�� ft.I� f.f��s�
V�UJlia" �--��0 �[iq�"l� p
�� cfT � ��at �SR��: II '\l\1 II
Sloka 144. When the lord of the 10th t-ihava is in
the 5th, when Mercury is in a Kendra ; when the Sun
is in its own sign and ex.ce<!dingly powerful: when
Jupiter is in a Kona. in resp�ct to the Moon and when
Mars occupies a Trikona position with regard to Mer,
cury; the resulting yoga is called �r�� (Sarada.). When
Jupiter is in the l lth bhava from Mercury and other
conditions mentioned bdore obtain, the' same yoga is
said to exist.
�����«�'J!IOll��il
,.., ... "'
l{1fl!l'qJ �t�t::;J q�J: t
Pcrmfctwn��lffil'fl�@n
�mu: �M;Jm � ��•� 11 t \i� u
Slvka 145. Those that are born in the 'aH�
(Sarada yoga) take particular care of their wives, their
462 Adb. vn.
· eons, their relatives, their personal app earance and their
virtues ; they are in favor with their sovereigns ; they
show revereace to their preceptors, BrJhmans an I Gods;
they take delight in literary pursuits and have a good
deal of amiability, religious m.!rit a.nd strength ; they
are attentive to their duties in this world.

f.f���Jf:
��� 'H� 'i�II lt�«� I
:qgffltt� rnq lfttt)s4 m�Hff�: II � 'cl� II
S/oka 146. When a malefic pla.net is in the 9th
bhava from the L-=1gna, when the 5th bha.va is occupied
by benefic as well as malefic planet!, and when the
'ii� (Chathurasra) i.e. the 4th, or the 8th bhava from
the Lagna has a malefic planet, th� yoga is termed iJHll
(Maths ya).
�: �fq;:���i:JJi{ I
troM�Hijffl1 � if�1.WT�: II � 'cl\9 II
Slok,l 147. Th� person born in the iJ<�J'.I' (Mathsya)
yoga will be an astrologer: he will be very compas•
sionate; he will have virtue, intelligence, strength,
beauty, fame, learning and religious merit.

�ll:
�,�r�, �1: �tffl�hl�ufwmn: I
c[��(ijf�tflw"HTT�tn ���r �� �q�1y: 11�\l<::II
Sl.,ka 148. If the benefic among the planets be iri
the 7th, the :th and the Gth bhavas and the maldic in
the 3rd, the 11th and the 1st bhav,1s; and if the Amsas
or Ra'l'lis occupkd by the. planets be invariably those of
SI. 149-151 468

their own, exaltation or their friends, the} oga produced

is termed l(lt (Kurma).
�@'-fi'tffi'IA u�im1 ��fm: �.ne1�1JN1-r: I
ffl: � crmq�1m1111if:rit -qy;rq;n1t� ifl 11 �\l� 11
Sloka 149. The person bot n in the l(it1.lm (Kurma
yoga) will have wide fame, royal luxuries, and will be
eminently virtuous, the quality of goodnes� �..- (Satva)
predominating in his nature ; he will br staid, comfort·
able, and disposed to befriend other people b y putting
in a kind word on their behalf with the sovereign or

"'
he may even be that sovereign.

.. €4.,
""..... tWT:
"'!I_,,,.. .

lit� $l\lfm' �;rif m11«mrif I

i.-Sqil 4i�il:1it!JIW �FT �'lft�n 11 � '-\ o 11
Sluka 150. When the lords ol the 9th and the. 2nd
bhavas are respectively in the 2nd and the 9th bhava&
and when the lord of the 1st bhava is in a Kendra or a
Kana, the yoga called � (Khadga) is produced.
��1�Tfflitf«�T1'11ffl2Rfi­
���nq;i��l��U I
i;rlt�!Jt ����itn
� ll� ��t: ,��n: fij�m II ,�t II
�lukt1 151. Men born in the lei� lKbad�:a) yoga
devote themselves to th\! study of the Vedas, the Science
of polity and all traditions, to the ascertainment of the
truths contained therein as well as their applic,1tion to
practice, and to the maintenance of their rank, power,
dignity and happiness. They are free from envy or
 Adh. VU.

paation I\Od held in high esteem for their courage and

prowess ; they are clever rnd gratdully remember the
kindnesses done to them.
Notes.
�m: is another reading in the fourth quarter of the sloka;
which means their orders are readily obeyed.

11�:U
��$11ffl lltttff �'TI� I
�� � =q- l'�1�it cJtft<1: 11 ,'1�11
Sloka 152. When the lord ·of the 9th bhava is in a
Kendra identical with the planet's Moolatrikona and
when th� lord of the Lagoa occupies the exaltation sign
and is possessed of abundant strength, the resulting
yoga is declared to be <i!!!.flilqrrr (Lakshmi yoga).
!JGllfilU� ��wlltn ft��f�: I
�ft�g.JqJ�;tft u�n��- ill��: II ''-\ � II
Sloka 153. The person born in the <i!�iqm (Laksh.­
mi yoga will be a king o( kings amiable for his many
virtues, ruling over many land sJ widely known for his
learning, lovely as cupid, bowed to b y kings from the
farthest regions of the earth and having numerous wives
and sons.
NOT.118,
This yoga and its effect is thus described in �-{lf!filil•
�� � ifilUTi!fPi!ii!ffi' lfl�'fl�'Sfi�ITT ��l�Q: I
� 1nfc,� 11�1 ��llft ·-T-ft
� �zt.flil_ i��@ ��m�: I
�,-=�f�mn JllHffl ��ri�at�lfltn1'.rcn
\it�liil��) II�@�) i:tTITT � �ift'f�: It
SJ. 154-156

�1. �mr
!Jll�
q�qf':ij'ilij ��� � lf�Tif I
��1Nq- q�� � c?-e::ift�ri �iftfut: II
qiifoi:rn� ��i �lnf � � I
��� i!cTI1-iftt ��FT �mftf: 11

II ��Jl'T: U
�it �1 t;� t:rifit� �ffl I
11,iR-1,� dR lflii,slf ,um11�� 11 , '\ \l 11
Sfoka 15•:1. When Venus occupies a Kendra repre,
sented by an immoveable sign, and the Moon in a.
Trikona position is other than benefic and when Saturn
holds a place in the 10th bbava, the resulting yoga ia
ftiJ (Kusuma).
�' �11�ilf'.tq;'-fl ll\111 �{l�hil(l'J11��: t
cJ� �t�ffif�ij: sret(t ;rt� ilUIJlf iijlll:,:�i �� ''-''-'
Sloka 155. The perrnn born in the �Jml'f (Kusu•
ma yoga) will be a powerful sovereign cf wide celebrity
in the world, foremost amon� kinga who trace their
descent from illustrious royal houses, of great enjoy·
ments, bowed to by rulers of the earth and bounc:ifully
bestowing gifts.
qiftZiltatilir:
� ..�" " ""' i:lriq i:f�\1-tP-r:
1et�q;flif41�qTiftl-lli1(14iil"f�I ' I
�'fitunqttij) � � (c(gf•Tt � q� �@i ''\�
Sloka 156. Find first the zodiacal sign occupied by
the lord of the Lagoa ; ascertain next in what Rasi the
lord of the zodiacal sign first found is. If the lord of
69
466 Adh. VU.

the 2nd Rasi thus ascertained or the lord of the Navam•

sa occupied by the lord. of the secondly found Rasi be
in a Kendra or Trikona or in its exaltation, the yoga
produced is i:rrfhm, (Parijatha).
11\ilWm�: ftJRtin�rQ) 9.�) tTHOJijtflr��: I
��m1'if«1, �"'-'1�r �: �� q1ft�1ij: 11 � �\9 11
Sloka 157. 1 he person whose birth is in the q-rfhm,
'-11:rr (Parijatha yoga) will be a sovereign destined to be
happy in the middle and latter portion of his life, res•
pected and obeyed by other kings, fond of war,
possessing elephants and hones, attentive to his duty
and engagements and of a compassionate disposition.

�rf;tf�p·.a•·r:
�� q;g;i ffl ���am� I
�� �llli:11 ��8 �! � � �TfrrN: 11 t �� 11
Sloka ] 58. When Jupiter occupying the 2nd or
the 5th bhava is asp.;cted by or in conjunction with
Mercury and Venus or is in a house owned by (either
of) them, the yoga is cal!eJ 'iii�TRN (Kalanidihi).
tlillll �\"Tif.:JNlFJ: ijgQf TPHl:l{:
. � �
ij'�tl�lllrl��UTT ;i�qra;V-'f: I
�lij•Wilct��Qf� ��T-
�T� r�a) 1q11q{T1Tl1�1ftJ1�: ti � II'°'�
Sluktl 15\J. The person born in the �rAf"l�rr (Ka•
lanidhi ycga) will be gallant. amiable for hill many
virtues, waited upcn and loyally greeted by mmy great
kings. His rdinu� will comist of an army, horses,
strong elephants, rnnch, drum and other instruments of
SJ. 160-162 467

martial music: he will bP. exempt from dis�ses, dangers

and foes of every kind.

ai��fflll:
�rn f«m�� �� $r��S$• I
��it ��r �rll �l'lfr51flffffl�: 11 t I\ 0
11
Sloka 160. If Venus and Jupiter be in Kendras
and if Saturn in enlt1tion occupies also a Kendra and
if the rising sign at the time of birth be a moveable one,
the resulting yoga is called o1;rnr� (Avatharaja).
T1��,��rii ���n '1il100m: 'if�� �ffiq( 1
��ij) ��1fflr�1 �@'( u��h1?rsfflijit 11 , \ ,. n
Slok£i 161. The person born in the amrQ?f'im
(Amsavathara yoga) will have the mc1.jesty of a king;
he will be of good reputation; he will go to holy
shrines ; he will b2! conversant with fine arts ; he will
be devoted to gallantry; he will shape the character of
the age in which he lives; he will be void of passion.
He will be acquainted with the Vedanta. Philosophy
and qualified hy hirth to study and interpret the sacred
scriptures.

:"'P.r��-f!lllll� TT« "I1-'"'

"""' -':.
F{"fij�i(.,
A,.
li-'4 g_:rr1 :
cil��lWJTTr�lll �•��.:��: I
��m�
...
if"'�"';i�m: ���•1'�:
�c,,.._ -- "' "' "
'Sfl�ffil;J ��RR�H�{i((i(l�qJ.Jrm �q 11 � '� 11
Sloka 162. The following are the three yogas called
Uf'l{ilfiP (Hariharabrahma) Ly the ancients. The first
488 Adb. VII.
+¥ ____ ,.,,., ,.,., •

lft� ( Hariharabrahma ) yoga is produced when

the benefic planets are in the 2nd, the 12th and the 8th
bhavas in respect to the lord of the 2nd blnva. The
2nd yoga exists ,when Jupiter, the Moon.and Mercury
are in the 4th, the 9th and the 8th bhavaa with reference
to the lord of the 7th bhava; the 3rd yoga is present
when the Sun, Venus and Mars occupy the 4th, the
10th and the 11th from the l0rd of the Lagna.

���T�lf: ffi'l�
��U(◄8itdfltr�Nifllfflli$: I
ftld���QW: ��)q.«t
flffl�N'lM lf'lf;r: �u�11i 11 t, � II
SlJlla 163. The person who has his birth in the
�- (Hariha.rabrahma, yoga will be thoroughly
conversant with the entire body of sacrl!d lore, truthful
irt his speech, possessed of every comfort, of pleasing
addreas, gallant, victorious over his foes, beneficent to
tvery living creature and virtuous.

11 ��1r: 11
��nti��·��­
��:q;:�?tl'�'�'fflJtrflll: I
.ft;t�(i-}'6UJ���tq1-
�ra�!lf Fr�=,;i�nsfm: �f: II t, V II
Sloka 164. There are 20 yogas named after the
different figures they represent and coming under the
general designation of 8lr,;T°alft� (Akritl yoga). They are
(1) Tf (Tupa), a sacrificial post; (2) � (Ishu), an arrow ;
(3) !Ifs (Sakti), :a spear i (4) � (Ya va), a barleycorn ;
SL 165

(S) � (Danda), a stick ; (6)"' (Gada)., a mace; (7) Qlf

(Samudra), the sea ; (8) P (Chathra ', an umbrella. ; (9)
d�if ( Ardhachaodra.), a half Moon ; ( LO) 111� (Sakata),
a wag g on: (11) !:ll'Jfil' (Ambuja), a lotus; (12) q-r..-_ (Pak,
shin), a bird; ( 13) .ff (Nau), a bent; ( 14) •!I Chakra, a
wheel; (15) Q (Vajra). Indra's weapon, thunderbolt
shaped like the letter X ; ( 16) ,� (Hala ), a plough ; ( L7)
�"' (Karmuka), a bow ; (18) I(? (Kuta), a trap (for
catching deer); (19) 'l!l'AT (Vapee), a well ; and (2.0)
Jll�ili (Sringataka), a place where 4 roads meet.

NOTES,

The Nabhasa (heavenly) y 1gas are said to consist of 4 divi­

sions, viz, (i) :a:i�;rrm: (Akriti yoga) which has 20 sub-divisions ;
(ii) .%�1"1TT1TT: (Sankhyayoga} which has 7 sub-divisions; (iii) 3{Ji,rqzn.r1:
(Asrayayogu) having 3 sub-divisions and �iv) ���11'1 (Dala yoga)
having only 2 sub-divisions-Total 32 in all.
Yavanacharya is said to recognise 1800 varieties of these
Nabhasa yogas, which, when pro[)erly analysed, will be found to
have been included in the above 32.
ln this sloka mere names of the 20 airm (Akriti} yogas have
been mentioned, while the yogas themselves have been described
in detail in slokas 168-172.

��·� U�\'1Rifdql�qn
w�fir.ft « �'J.JMlffi �� I
cfiur�q� ef.�ffl il�l'Aro-
�mt_��fm��'tl: II t �� II
Sfoka. 165. �"?l {Rajju, a rope\ � (Nala., a reed),
and '!J� (Musala, a pestle) are the names of the three
atrv� (Asraya) yo�as (named from the general charac,
teristic of the signs which the 7 planets o-:cupy): �
(Srak a wreath), m� (Bhogin, a snake) a.re the two �
4'f0 Adh. VJ.I.
(Dala) yogas (�-Data means one of the two halves into
which a bamboo or a like substance is split): � (Vee•
na, a harp), �wir (Varadama, a goo d string), qffl (Pasa
a nooae), •� (Kedara a field), � (Sula, a pike), !11
(Yuga, a yoke) and It� (Gola, a globe) are dechred to
be the seven "(J'fr (Sankhya) yogas so mm !d from the
number of houses in which the 7 planets are group�d.
NOTES.
The names of the 7 Sankhya yoga.s, the 3 Asraya yog.i.s and
the 2 Dala yogas have been mentioned in this sloka.

�j{t� ;ral{{W; ��cl'TWI ltl�llre: �rrfif_ I

�: ���qt ��lMi ifi1'tijl tRritar 11 t�� 11
Sloka 166 � (Rajju), ��- (Musala) and� (Nah)
are the three etrwq- ( Asraya) _yogas declared to arise by
Satyacharya. when the planets are exclusivdy in the
moveable, the immoveable and tbe dual signs respec,
tively. �� (Srak) and ri (Sarpa) are the two � (Dala)
yogas mentioned by qmt{ (Parasara) due to the Kendras
being exclueive]y occupied by benefic and malefic
planets respectively (the Moon being left oot of account,
benefic and malefic planets are three each).
NOTES.
This and the next eleven slokas have been taken from ffa:rol"@i6

atlJJR�llT: (Asraya yogas) 3.

(I) ,� (Rajju). All planets should be in 'if� {Chara­
moveable} sign s. Planets posited in cardinal signs will make the
nafr.re ambitious by proceeding to foreign places in search of
name, fame, wealth, etc.
(2) ��i!f '(Musala). All planets should be in Rq{ (Stthira­
immoveable) signs. The native will be of fixed determination,
good status, etc.
51. 166 471
... � .......
(3) -r,:.;r (Nala). All planets shou ld be in so� (Ubhaya•
dual) signs. The native will be dejected, depressed and disap­
pointed.
�:in-ii"\ (Dala yogas) 2.
(1) �� (Srak). All benefics should be in Kendras.
(2) �q (Sarpa). All malefics should be in Kendras.
Satyacharya has described the three af!JJ{Zl" (As r aya) and the
two� (Dalal yogas thus:
f:l� ffl miJqi� � ��� I
�1! Uni!! i:{?.;T
�if�ll� m@ f¾'�·"e1mMY:m� 11
� �'! uft� ��r ifq;:n ��� <i QTtJ1l 1
�a1f.t qiq�UUiT �ml�ll�lli-tl�tl II
��m, "� �m �) ijfURi���Tifltl:_ II
R�Ulfirt 2�•n111t 'tl�il=,:q�)fil;:it lf-1@ 11
Also
'iH�Tfu��t-=l \�r ff�Hu��� ��� 1
rn,�{Rl@�lllT ;:i��� �Afiief�: II
From the word s �f+lliT(!!'!
. (Munibhiru<ldishtaha) in the above
.
quotation, it will be seen that Satyacharya was not the original
discoverer of the yoga, but the earlier sages.
Some commen tato rs are of opinio n that the 3 �Wf (Asraya)
yogas�� (Rajju), ff� (Musala) and ;;<?i (Nala) are caused when
the planet s occupy all the four of t he moveable, immoveab le or
dual signs respectively. But this view is 9pposed by Garga who
says;

(�1P-l-1j �;fllJR: is another reading,)

�� ��� ��;rt qft�: .11
472 Adb. VII,
Regarding the two � (Dala) yogas � (Srak) and � (Sar­
pa), the commentator adds that srak yoga is caused if the benefic
planets occupy three of the four Kendras while there are no
malefic planets in any of the Kendra places; a.cd that when
malefic planets occupy three of the Kendras while there are no
beneftc planets in any of the Kendra houses, the yoga is known as
� (Sarpa), and that the Moon should be left out of consideration
and not classed as benefic or malefic. He also quotes in support
thereof the following two quotations: viz-,
(I) Garga
f31�wi4i:rm�: ftqt i:Rif"��q�= (�:�rtiitcf:)
q)��� lfl� a���tmt��: 11
{2) Badarayana
���� ffirf��Tl ��f?n%pt: rii�f� �Pl, I
ijq�ru�� �i:r,��1.ITm�-» ID �fil �,�qt 11
The iTT'! Dala yOj:lns are thus deScribed in ro1rm�«m.
�� ��i\RJ mi:-31 l<li?-J:l��IJT�: �i;i I
�g �t11mc,q iffll�!:f �;ftra,111 trfr11Uf1� � 11
The commentator adds that these two yogas have been men•
tioned not only by Parasara but also by others and quotes the
following from ma'tf� (Ma.nittha).
ifi.:�':{�1]�: qj�; �l �f{� I
ID
-.
qm1 ......,,,___..
ENfr"U�l �
.
QTTIT Wli:fl�l\0�'1<:1Ae'��� II

�����firth I
�,;:�qi\: it�� ���-
f�� ;r ,Zij�� m II II ',\9
Sloka 167. According to some astrologers, the
Asraya. yogas are the same as the �<I' (Yava , if.Q (Ka,
mala), �iir (Varja), m.1-S: (Pakshin), � (Golaka), and
 473

others• of the anti@ ( Akriti ) and �1u ( Sankhya )

yn.gas: ancf the two � ,,Data) yogas are only similar to
the yogas caused by the planets restricting themselves
to Kendras and consequently have the same effects as
have already been described for these. That is why
these yogas and thl!ir effects have not been separately
described.
Non:s
Varahamihira has explained in this sloka the reason why some
of the astrologers (meaniug tkereby the Yavanas) have omitted to
treat in their works separately of the 3 -;Tf�lf (Asraya} and the 2
� {Dala) yogas.
It will be seen that the three 31f.wf (Asraya} and the two �;:,;
(Dala) yogas some times (but not always) happen to be identical
with some of the 311�@" ( Akriti) and the ���r (Sankhya) yogas.
The cardinal signs where planets are posited neerl not necessarily
uo:: angular al the samt. time in any horoscope.
For inslancf', suppose all the plar.cls in a certain horoscooe
happen to be in ll''l (Meslm) and ifo;,ii (Kataka'. As these two signs
are moveable ones, the yoga cau£cd is ;:�--� :Ifajju} and will be
indentical with ir�r (Gada) if the L,t�na happens tu be either Jt'i
(Mesha) or <li� (Kataka). Hut if any other Ul�T Wasil (other
than ft1'-Mesha or q "'1i-Kataka) be the Lagna, and all the planets
are as described in the above, there is no lf's! {Gada) yoga though
it may still be called ,:::;� {Rajju).
Again, if till the pfonets be iu 1Pt (M�sha) and �r (Tulal
and if one of the!'IC Rasis be the Lagna, then too the yoga is ��
(lfajju) since both the sign'., arc moveahlc ones. As i'(q- (!\fesha)
and � (Tula) happen tu he the !st and 7th hou9es and .tll the
planets are said lo be in thsse 2 houses, the yoga is �q;� Sakata'.
Suppose all the planets to occupy 1!ir<fl_ (Kanya) and JTT<l'
(Meena), two of the dual signs: the yoga is � (Nala). lf one of

-i. 117-1
(Gada\ �f�� (Sakata) among the oil� {Akriti) yogas
and ?JlT (Yuga), �� (Sula) an<l �� (Kcdara) among the ��1n
(Sanhhya) yogas.
00
474 Adh. VII.

these two Rasis he also the Lagn11, the yoga is known both as
�c (Sakata) nnd <fl'!" (Nala). Rut if f::?l;f tMithunal or �
(Dhanus) be the Lagna, it will be both !fl�'( (Pakshin) and �
(Nala). If any other Rasi be the Lagna, it will only be a ;norirfll
(Nala yoga). Examples like these can he multiplied.
The question now arises as to why then Varahamihira makes
special mentic,n of these 3TIW:- ( A::raya) and �<'I" lDala) yogas in
his work. The ar,�wer is, all the possible instances of these
yogas are not included in the arT';!ilM f Akru th1) :ind (ir<Pn Sankhya)
yogas. The an.i-r4 I Asraya) a.ud ,:;<'I" •. Dala) yogas mr.y be these and
may not he these. It is therefore that the author has deemed it
fit to treat them separately.
Again, it i,; said of the two �i'!' (Dala) yogas that other authors
ha"·e described the crl'ects uf benefic and maldic: planets occupying
the Kendras !\nd as these are also the eflects of the two '.';;>I' ( Da1a)
yogas, they have omitted tu treat of them i;eparately. Varahami•
hira treats of these separa.tely in order to make it known that the
two are -ll-l'.-i (Nabhasa) yogas an<l as such their effects are felt
throughout life, and ncit like the other yogas whose efleds are
felt only during their Da�a or .\ntardasa perioc1 aJJd not after­
wards. cf.
�ffi f.:rri�m 1-ltrn: mi 11i·11«� •H'l1ITT
f?p,f1�1:3�1f�.;�1 ma fl11©��1�fil 11
Al!-o m�lll�
fl���y�fq 't��T: fl��l Q_� :$�fi-.l•(l!T: II

31lG����-ll�i\��-
�.:��il!I �rtlii f«q: �if;�): I
'"{WR;� w{qllq����qi
�'"'��ll\@ !fitt{Mt' �'1: II t�<: II
Sloka 168. Astrologers say that the yoga �
(Gada) is prcduced when the planets occupy two sue,
cessive Kendras ; �if.i! (Sakata) when all the seven
planet11 are in the ht and the 7th houses ; �-I'.. (Pakshio)
----�---~�-�~~�--~�-----·----
ti!I. 168 4'15

when they are in the 4th and the 10th houses; 'UT!II
(Srungataka) when the seven planets are in the Lagna,
the 5th and the 9th houses; and 'frt!S (Dala) when they
are confined to a group of triangular houses other than
the one containing the Lagna.
NOTES•
In this stam�a Varahamihira describes 5 out of the 20 �
(Akrili) yogas.
1- lf� (Gada). Alt the planets should occupy adjacent Ken­
dras. There are thus -1- varieties, viz., all the planets may occupy
(I) I st and 4th houses ; (2) 4th and 7Lh houses 13) 7th and 10th
houses and (4) 10th and ls; houses. The Yavanas rec!Jl{nise
these as 4 distinct yogas and r.all them respectively as ir�r
(Gada), �Ii" (Sankha), lif'1�; (Vibhuka) and '<H (Dhvaja . The
effect is somewhat good and somewhat had. They will be in
squares.
2. �M.� (Saka ta). All pl.rncts should be in the I st and the
7th houses. The ellect must be had as planets are in opposition.
3. f'i"qlf (Vihaga 1• All planets shoulcl he in the 4th :ind the
10th houses. The planets beinf{ in opposition, the effect mu.c:t he
l:ad.
4. ·•!ifl�:t. (Srin,�ataka). All planets should he in the l�t,
5th and 9th houses. Effect good.
5. ,;;oo; (Ila la). All planets should he in····
(u) 2nd, 61 h and 10th houses :
(b) 3rd, ;•th anrf 11th houses;
(c) 4th, 8th and Uth houses;
that is, 111 trine:. beginning with any house other than the Lagna.
cf. $Tli!J!>t,li«fJ
� n �� � • .1\
�!'.fl�fl��-tfl1�•lWH ffilti=�n,:,H;:,,!'.fi-!Pl: I
�<l �ij�t cJiNITT 1J�n_.;q: �ilr��: @�n:ir� 1:il 11
��JJB! �'R. �11'�lf: R\<fii'JlJ: I
� �-:.

��IJ-i�pl: ��: �Tlii Pl� I!

��'ffl�f=,ffll!:t81�1J�: WI: I
•
-l�-t-,.J1�-'f.F11rl'.;lll
o'-l, � ' ��
°if g ��fl�ii: 11
476 Adb. VII-

,fMrq�·�u��al(�l.R: I
ffi {I �fir�������: II,�, II
Sloka 169. <l''if (Vajra) is produced when all the
bene f ic and all the malefic planets are ranged a:'l in the
�IR (Sakata) and q� (Pakshin), i.e. when all the hem�,
fie planets Gccupy the 1st and the 7th houses exclusively
and all the malefic planets are in the 4th and the 10th
houses exclusively. This order when reversed gives
the 11�m (Yava yoga), i.e. when the malefic planets. are
as in WiR (S3.kata) and bendic ones as in q� (Pakshin).
The yoga becomes iliil"<J (Kamala) when the good and evil
planets are ranged promiscuously in the ·1 houses indi,
cated (1st, 4th, 7th and lCth). l!l'lftffftl (Vape<! yoga)
would result when the 7 planets occupy the 4 q"QNt
(Panapara) or the 4 �if (Apoklima)houses.
NOTES.
Four more 0:Hl<J.i@ (Akriti) yogas are ,lcscrihecl in this sloka.
6. if-if (Vajra). All benetics should be in Lhe )st and the
7th houses, and all malefir.s in the Hh and the 10th. The spirit
is gooJ; because bad planets nre in oppo!'!ition to had ones and
vi':e versa.
7. �if (Ya\•a). All mal;;fics sl11Julcl be in the 1st and 7th
houses aud benefics in the 4th and 10th.

, Lagna IL agnal-­
1 Venus.1

1-
I , Sun i
_______ ! ____ l_Merc.i _____ _ _____ .• ______ .. ' Mars I_,
'
Jupiter
Moon
(7)
Sun
--
Venus
I-----
s.,.,.' <•J
Mars ,Mere.
. I·
. Jup1ter
I Moon j
SI. 169 471

8. <filJii'f (Kamala).-Atl the planets should be posited in the

4 Kendras promiscuously.
ragoa Snu
Venus
I
··- -- Mercury I ----
Jupiter
(8) ----
Moon
Mars
4·---·�·,-·- �-- -- ·---·
saturn I
_ .,
I

The effect will be lhat the pers:in rises with the maximum
labour and hardship.• For e'.'lample, Sri Rama's horoscope.
9. 1'1'111 lVapee)-All the planets.should occupy
(a) the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th houses.
or b) the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th houses.
In the <1::jf (Vajra} yoga, the man enjoys well in early and
latter life, because, l.:ienefics in the 1st and the 7th must mean
good in the beginning (, st house) and good in the end (7th house),
and had in ,; he middle, ber.ause, bad planets are in lhe mid-heaven.
Similarly for lfc[ (Yava '.
In the <fitf"i (Kamala} yoga, it should be noted that wealth is
not indicated.
In the '-1!.."i (Vapee) yoga., wealth is indicated without character
or n:ure-a m�re money• making ma7 bine.

• ��\'l��iffflfq): {<ttr:\lffi:
��1Hl�l ���: \t{if�T: ��: I
�,�JJfff �etrfaN: �� �ct fit��m
i:frq'f �T�ll::t�: qu�NrfNit'! �1': II
Alsu 6Rl�I
��: ITT�: qi<\: �iiq�4,d� � l
��') fq�� � ii"�: ffqMt II
1'18 Adh. VII.

Also �f'if�
�� WIT! �� �� 'TI'Wf"ffl: I

�:if •fllf fclilt.ft�m;rr��fl�ii: II

film: qpn: ijqJ: � �: 1';.:�sq �� I

�lfflt�f�ift 'fi(11qtsfq 'if qyfq<fiY II

Also 1[,5:qcfol for <I'�
��ITT'FT�!lcl RFt: qjqijq;�qm,11 ff�: I

'Nll\O�qpity.T -q�-=1T�li�T iJtfq@: ���(ffi'U II

For the <l,i,,1'1" (Kamala) and <HIT! (Vapee 1 yogas herein mention­
ed, four malefics are required. Rahu is to make up the 4th
malefic planet. cf. <lif!�.r,fm

�Rral'fi1: fW�{-=��;:�.p:i)it?f: I
q� ;nir �irt ����r iJo: u
�� � 'ifqq "1 �ll �ii: q{Ts��: I
� ��im MvJT�rcft t;:�r�� ffrt_ II
�'! q1tJ 'ii '1J�j � �foifict-1;�� I

�qij: 1f.J.QrfJH'f: ij�lg�'lT q� II

Varahamihira has another verse after this sloka in which he
states that he has simply described the <f::jl (Vajra) and other yogas
(that is <l<f Yava and the yoga mentioned in Brihat Jataka,
Ch. Xl-20) adopting the view of the former writns, such as i:f:!J
(Maya), �"'1 {Yavana) and others, meaning thereby that he per­
so nally does not recognise them; for, he asks "How can Mercury
and Venus occupy the 4th hous;e from the Sun?" This sloka
which ha5 been left out by Vaidyanatha for reasons best known to
himself is reproduced below:

�m�raBRIJt lf�T �: �en: 1

'qij/�-qq:'f �1::;:efffilT lfct{'f: cf.q.{_ 11
The same doubt is expressed by �IJWfi{ (Gunakara}, a later
writer, for he says:
SI. 170 4'10

�qvfun� ��Tffl �)�,it iffl'l� � � I

�i�ii'f<f;t fi:lc1� � ��mfq� l(t1�ir_ n
But reader& who are familiar with the working of the Bha va•
sphuta process (��w.} des-ribed in detail in >.ftffl'IJ:;J� (Sripati
Paddhati , Adhyaya l and in the notes tl1ereto will easily see that
it is not impossible as we go to higher latitudes to have some of
the bhavas uncommonly short and others extraordinarily long, so
that Mercury and Venus may happen to be in the 4th bhava with
respect to the Sun, though not in the 4th of\t (Rasi) as interpreted
by Varahamihira.
It will therefore be seen that it!f (Mayal, 'lfifi'I' (Yavana). �
(Garga) and others have not erred in treating of these yogas as
possible ones, if the yogas in question are meant to refer to the
positions of the planets in the ltr�u-g-� (Bhavakundali) and Dt\t
to the O� (Rasi c hakra I.
��fflil: I
�vaffi1f(�1�·11
��!Jf.1�'� uua: �iu: 'lfi111' II t" II 0

Sloka 170. If the seven planets exclusively occupy

four contiguous bhavas reckoned from the Lagna and
the other Kendras in order, the four resulting yogas are
� (Vupa), Q (lshu) or m (Sara), ffl"tli (Sakti) and '(q
(Danda) re8pectively.
NOTES.

Four more 3f{lil(\' (Akrtli) yogas are described in this verse:

IO. 1{'l" {Yupa1.-All the planets should occupy the 1st, 2nd,
3rd and 4th houses, The planets rue rising or are about to rise.
11. � (lshu) or-�( (Sara}.-All the planet!'> should be posited
in the 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th houses. The planels are culminating
or ate about to culminate.
12• �T� (Sakti)._:_All the planets should be in the 7th, 8th,
9th and 10th houses. The planets are setting or about'to set.
13. � (Danda}.-AU the planets are in the 10th, 11th,
12th and 1st houses. The planets are elevating o r ascending
mid-heaven,
480 Adh. VII.
.. ,.,., .,, ..........
\q (Yupa) must be good, because plaDets are rising. 'fbe
next best is �11� (Danda\ because the planets are elevating or
ascending. The other two, viz., � (Ishu) and �fui (Saliti) are bad.
The effects of these yogas are described in sloka 15 infra and are
consistent with lhe above pt inciples.

���1J.:�ffi ��P!�f��qfrrJ �r�1/n1Rfi�rs�: 11

Also��
�-t.ffl.�ijqft: ij��fij ��'{. I
ijt1l��R'll��t� �llJf! >t�itfij' II
"RT&il��f�: 1_<1�: �lffli�M �ij: I
���1M��: ��O'�lfil'ill..�: ll
Also�
�JnWr,O,!���ij��lqftq1,�lmm: I
����f�.qflr{J: ��l�l�Rf�T R�'{_ II
-n,eBSRttff� \fl�t1R�«1"1�: I
ariv�� :n�: m��:all�d�a:
Stoka 171. If the seven planets be in the seven
ff'"' 11
contiguous tou�es reckcned from the Lagna and other
Kendras in order, thl fcur ,ogas produced are--f'qNau),
� (Kuta} 1 1i;;f (Chattra) aod �tq (Chapa). If the seven
successive houses occupied by planets do not begin
with a Kendra as in the four yogas ;fr (Nau}, etc., but
begin with a q111�, (Panarara) or IITTTlfi:it (Apoklima)
bhava, the yl•ga prcduced is declared to be ,JJ�'il•if (Ard­
dha Chandra).
NOTES

Five more Jlf"li,d' (Ai;riti} yogas are described in this Slcka.

04) ill (Kau).-All the ·planets should be in the sever.
houses from the Lagna (i.e., in the invisible half) in any order,
culminating and rising,
SJ. 1'11 481

(15) � (Kuta).-All the planets are to be in the 7 houses

from the 4th in aoy order (i.e.. on the occidental side, settiDg and
culminating).
(16) � (Chhathra),-All the pla.uets are placed in the 7
houses from the 7th bhava i.e., elevating and setting-all in the
visible half).
( 17) "il'J {Chapa).-All the planets are to be in the 7 houses
from the 10th (i.e., on the oriental side, ri�ing and elevating).
(18) at� (Ardha Chndra).-All the planets are in the 7
houses beginning from the 4 quJq;. (Panaphara) or the 4 3f11ihh
(Apoklima) houses.
Consistently, Varahamihira gives the several effects for ;ft
(Nau) and other three yogas-gcoo effects for � (Chattra) and
�q- (Chapa) because in the one case, planets are in the visib-le
half and in the other, they are rising and eleva,ting-in both the
cases, they must be good. ride sloka from Brihat Jataka quoted
under notes to slob 178 infra.
ef. 'q�ffi{

�T'iil"�r(_ li{�(l: �q-.;1.H(f_ q�1j'�q ��: I

. �� :L ('
US£ 'rf��l�'I�!,4"{�""
•H�efiq1c1 ��"!f�! 11
!}'1Jl<fi{:

�s{T����: �?{111 -i¼_zmt1�'ltfq' �ilrl 1

�\����'Tillt lf.l�T�flP') si:er-:�: II
Also 'IT.f�
<!fRT��EllJT..nf�: ft��i;IiTI"ftffl I
�qy��{ilf(r({fq: � �fii;ft�a- 11
ftHITT�MTrfi���: ft�1: I
�lt �ffl� qqy.=1\�ttt {f!�� 1l: 11
'Rfq�g;qM@l q<111.lffi<fJITfrq� I

'l��R�: 'ml<{_ Q� ftll!'if �� Ii

Also �n�1
�T�if��¥:q: ffRe:lll�: :itiffUJ qtin: �j: I
6J
482 Adh. VII.

iffi'�ili:l'1ili��T: ��: II
�TfftITT��� I
fiff�rl: ifi;:s{p�.:qsr

�l;�mt�Tffl�: �i I
A�,1�[m�cQtfR\6Rt�1fg:: II '"� II
Slc.ka 17·!. If the planets be ranged in the 6 houses
beginning with the 2nd house and separated from one
another by an intervening (planetleaa) house, the result,
ing yoga is called � tSamudra) and if the planets
occupy the 6 odd bhav.1& reckoned from the Lagoa, the•
yoga prcduced is 'ilJS (Chakra). Thus an epitome of the
9riimi' (Akriti=-figure) yogas has been given.
NOTES,
The remaining two � (Akriti) yogas are described here.
(19) ti!Ji=: (Samudra).-All the planets should be in the 6
even bhavas, i.e., the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 12th.
(20) � (Chakra),-All the planets should be posited in the
6 odd bhavas, ,.e., the 1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and II th houses.
The Western principles of f.extiles and trioes implied in the
above two yogas may be profitably compared in this connedion.

�y;:a\scqqw�t q2:.._q��n��� �;-if: n

Also "Tit�

Also �RI�
�,�t.
��,m��i\if.nro �: I
mdJq�� �fl : ff!Iir,fi: 11

�l��R��mtt li�lf��;y,�� 1
�t�, �,��q:,1�1 ��! n
Also ;;rnRil1'{tll'
rFN'oll l�f;��Fnl.111 (=�! ftll-tq{� IJTl;t,.t�: I
'{'SfilPNT.fal ff!},s{-mtl II
81. 173 488

��in: qffll$t­
t.NT1tr��11mim: I
��m�i 'l'$�1ff g;q11
, t'9�
(' R(Pt It
11ra�·Ftqffii II
Sloll,i 173. ;r&it (VaJlaki) or .fivlr (Veena), '{nr
(Dama), qm (Pdsa), �' (Kedara), � (Sula), S"" (Yuga)
and mil (Gola) are the eeven �'IT (Sankhya - numerical)
yogas respectively produced by the seven planets occu•
pying as many Rasis as are denoted by the seven figures
commencing from 7 and diminishing successively by
one, ;.c., by the numbers 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 and I. Theae
��r (Sankhya) yogas are to be reckoned when those
mentioned previously are absent.
NOTES.
c/. 'IR'.ffi{

it" lMr'. i!fifq<ff: �o ����qffl ql<1

��in�!� ij�"lJ: ���q�: I
��R� "'ij:f'.1��1: ffllfg �fflffl:
�l.f\�J:ff.t M � fra���•ifitffl �T tit II

if�l!"rwrl; (Sankhya Yogaha) 7.

(l) ffl"fil {Vallaki) or i(lviT (Veena)--All the seven planets
should be in 7 Rasis or signs {in contradistinction to bhavas or
houses).
(2) ;:rfiJ.fr (Da.mini).-Alt the seven Planets should be in any
6 Rasis.
(3) 'll'r.U' (Pasa).--All the seven planets should occupy any 5
signs.
(4) �n� (Kedara).-All the seven planets are in 4 signs,
(5) �� (Sulal.-All the seven planets are in three signs.
(6j �lf (Yugal.-All the seven planets are situated in 2 aiarns.
(7) ii� (Gola) or Ill� (Golaka).-All the seven planets
should be in one sin1lle sign.
 Adh. vn.
This is a proof that all conjunctigns are bad. That is why
iffl� (Vallaki) yoga is the best. For effects, !'lee sloka 179 infra.
Yogas other than 'iiF� (Chandra) yogas are <!PT':\" (Nabhasa)
yogas and they take effect al all times and periods irrespective of
any dasa or bhukti ruling at the time. These yogas are of perma­
nent eflect on the life, character and fortune of t he person
concerned. m<t,�111: (Karak;L yoga) a nd other yogas also come
under ifT1JIJ (Nabhasa) yogas.:,

The iH?'H (Sankhya) yogas may sortie times coincide (or become
identical) with the 3fljfi@' {Akriti) yogas.

For instance, •Pn (Gada l, lfl!l.fil: (Pakshin) and �"l {Sakata)

yoga$ are particular cases of �pr,i;,r {Yu-!a yoga) mentioned in this
sloka, -"liiE'ii (Sringataka} and f<'f (Hala) yogas are only varieties
of q�r'T (Sula yoga). The yogas ,rn �Vajra), <f<I' (Yaya), ifir:�
(Kamala), <!'rcfl (Va.pee), � (Yupa), � (Ishu), ?,;Im (Sakti), and
c::"6 (Dan da) are only special instances of the lil<-!TT (Sankhya)
yoga �,'.R: (Kedara). The yog:1s .fl (Nau), '1)� (Kuta), fill (Chattra),
�q (Chapa) and 3l'�•i:; {Ardha Chandra} are particular eumples
of q'tllf[ {Veena) yoga. The�� (Samudra) and � (Chakra) yogas
are sper.ial cases of ..:1lllfnT (Dama yoga). ln these cases it must
be u nderstood they cease to be ��r {Sankhya) yogas, i,e., the ��r
{Sankhya) yogas are not then to be taken into account,

cJ. !i'11T'M
��ijFf18ij �il� ��Pi'f �'liT'l=..t� �lift: I
����<!TT 'r.f !lfl�!:pnit 11
�1U1Roll�T1irlflqCmJ-lllH

���'«fl'S�IT �f
� � lif I� illti�«�: I
0lt��f.r�r �: �!f�t

lltltlfrffl �q�) ifR:�� � II '\9'l It

Sloia174. The person born in the t;:;� tRajju) yoga
will be envious, delighting in visits to foreign lands and
fond of travel; the man whose birth is in the &ffV
(Mu1ala) yoga will be proud, wealthy and engaged in
:!l. 175
... :,.Jr,-, -"" • ,., .........

many works; he whose nativity is in -thew (Nata)

yoga will be dda:ttve in som� limb, resolute and
shrewd ; the man born in the 'it� (Srak) or 'fniSr (Mala)
yoga will have many enjoym�nts; h! whose birth is in
the Ill� (Sarpa) yoga will suffer many miaeries.

,m.:,��r: �1r: itf�st•i'lTfi'l;it �ii£: 1

�r: �;�qtqf: v-�,;rq-,r: ff�T <iift-mr: II
iJT.f�;r�T-i9/fl: <fillT�f -r·1f?iq1: \O!fHU: I
ff�HRrnr !!mitc=�n \ftRf �n: ff�r !!".i'lf: 11
�-firn���f �r1R�qqrfirrfts@f.li111rll I
°';:i�ffi� !!�U .J�QTlf �ijijq�� II
� ij�q�r�r r.11��"R�1qqrrmi:q�J: I
i:f.Tr{ll: ij.Jiffliil llT�rqf ffJ:!;1��T: �: II
P-fsrir,: �H f.l:�r A� �:�1�or: ij-Oilrat 1
'R��T: qy��r: ffq ilHTT lf��{l -m: II
Also �Offiit:
�U fil��f;TI:<fts-.:::mret11i: ��� ���itf 'liflWJ-g�: I
\O!ffo: fsi�) �@�i'ft �iji/5£-q�) �-frf.liir�f.111;at) ��ilt �:II
lltift �� �lq_ ?ifif 1!_Rf.Fcrt �:\CIT � FN.itsfi:t�T.J: I

�i� ffiRfll�RfttdYm{
6r{{Rf� ��: �6:if: i�H I
��:�!(�:
SilfWi �qJffl iJl'tR�q II t �''\ II
Sloka 175. The person born in the ir�r (Gada) yoga
will be a performer of ucrifices, have acce1111ion of
wealth and be ever hankering after the tame. The man
 111&¥41i'twwl Adh. VII.
.. ....,.,

whose birth is in the � (Sakat.1) yoga will gain his

livelihood by driving a cart, will be sickly and cursed
with a bad wife; in the q{ir (Pakshi) yoga, the person
born will be a message bearlr, of vagrant habits and
quarrelsome. The man that has the 'ltra� (Sringataka)
yoga will be happy in his latter days ; and the person
whose birth is in the P {Hala) yoga wit! be engaged in
agriculture.
NoTES.
From the effects given above, the principle to be deduced is
that planets in square or in opposition to one another give had
results, while planets in trine to one another produce good results
and the same is brought out beautifully. And this is our old
theory and not the theory of others. Varahamihira does not agree
with Parasara and others who think that some Kendras do good.
E.g., ifi":lf°I (Kesari yoga). Varahamihira is consistent throughout
as regards the effect of square5, oppositions and trines,
The word � (Chira sukhee) has been interpreted as
�(IIJ� (Chirena Sukhee), i.e., "happy in the latter days,"
according to the commentator Bhattotpa.la. The interpretation
"happy for a long time" given by some is not accepted by the
commentator as it is opposed to the following quotation from
Garga: tJiz,,--
�iJ'!lq'�1.1l1T: ��ra1i) lfff: I

cl� �;rt �q- n:il �lr��'fT�T� II

For the effects described in this slol<a, cf. �m:rm.

Bffil lff il��T Q�T-1: �J�qFJ��T� I

\l.f���fl;:qrt.R!�T it"Tif�T, 11�� ij II

UJTI'ffl: ��sn '[ffl �ii!l��A-ir rr:�n: I

�-Mffi��;;Jr: ��l ;;mn irtt� ;;J'{f; II
ll'flJl(iifQf f.:t<tiITT {tfr: ij�i'IT���.:r) ,rm I

��HQ f;\� �� �it �l �ftU: 11

SI. 176

���@mn�� �a: �T ijll�Ti=ff(: I

�,� ��&qJ: Sllifli!iifl1fclT irawr: II
�•fu.lT �i{T: !i'Otf�r i:f{c{r1r� ffi�flT: I
�r�UJ�fH�J: �qy ���� �'fl: II
�-�ftrtl: ij¥f'TI'S�T
��SQJfl lA ij�ijJ tAVif: I
��'4M�{Ql116lt\(af4WJI� tf11"
� ��) AAi� mt II '"� II
Sloka 176. The person born in the <nt (Vajra) yoga
will be happy in the early and concluding port.ions of·
hie life. He will be lovely and v'!ry brave. In the
lf1f (Yava) yoga, the man born will be valiant and happy
in his middle life. lr1 the� (Kamala) yoga, the person
will be of wide fame, his enjoyment will be immense
and his virtues numerous. The man born in the �
(Vapee)yoga will enjoy some small though long·enduring
comforts, he will hoard his money underground and
will not give.
Also am"l'TT

���fff �m: �: !JatiTT �J«fll I

qyr��1-rr � �1r11: ����!{ 11
�i'IA��n c1qt1) ire-� ijfflqt:f�r: 1
�rcm: �Fc.�r q�r: oo �tn: n
f1'i'ht�Rt �: �r� �ffi: �: I
�mt: �cftm: ��ql lfR"1 � II
f.lfit� �: �v.i���m: �r11 1
-t�l<I�� q1q'Fufl' ;m ;;rnn: II
 Adb. VII.

�llml'"91'_ �i:J,�GI� � �
ffl.{its11 ��t�: mroo� I
ift�,5�: �ij�lf ��1
�� fwlm:ft�: t�)5;�'lf�: II '"'"' II
Sfoka 177. The person .born in the �"' (Yupa)

�,11
yoga will be liberal and self p:isse ssed and will perform
eminent s�crifices. He who is horn in the (Sara)
yoga will be of a cruel disposition and in charge of a
prison. He will be the artificer of arrows. The man
who has his nativity in the ':((f"f;:q)q (Sakti yoga) will be
base, slothful and bereft of ease and we,1lth, while the
person born in the �-q�qflJ (Danda yo�a) will lead a life
of servitude without those that he could hold dear (wife
and children).
cf. �Rli1�1
ar1rqf;r "{�IA{nf�11l!Jfil fq�m�B�qi;J: I
�cfAQ1ffl�f�lt1t � �nm
MRl!il II
�,��O'J&� ;i;:.'tl;:, �.fi:il�.:tit<l�@Bli=ij�J: '
f@�,: 1rn���«11: �'(�tlf t1�1: f�= u
"1::rdt�fttif.<?.�: m?1iil"'1�f\ti�1J'i: �itT: ,
'1iflf!1£f.r!o1t: �=qqt �mu: ffqn: �llm: u
I' � r
-P.
tFl!lSJa.R,.,:rm: fli:l'.ilri;:;i:lli�f: �lf-t�lffl! I
�:m�.:i1�n 11gqr ��� .:iu: m1c1ir, n
s• �ijij�1�\T-lif�1AITllffll��
�t lt�l lt�"' ���lltJ;{mflltl�: ftl�: I
3llf;�11"11�1Q'l i11ftA�: ��11i
"'
��
1'11q �lffl ifijQfl ti� i1{9"Ullffl�!T fwlRt: It ,� II
SI. 178

Sloka 178. The p�rson born in the P'lff1T (Chhattra

yoga) will be happy in the b�ginning and the end of his
life with matchless riches and strength. The man at
whose birth the ;i'rt?rrr (Nau yoga) occurs will live on
the surface of water and get his living there. In the
'l!lllitnit (Chakra yoga), the person born will be a famous
king. The m.m who has had his birth in the. �!Jlf�IT
(Samudra yoga i will find his living in w.1ter and will
be a ruler of the earth. He who is born in the atii.il{':friT
(Ardha Chandra yoga) will lead a life oi pleasure. The
person who has had the ll'WT (Kuta yoga) in his nati,
vity will frequent mountains and for�sts and be addicted
to cruel deeds. If men be bDrn in the \.l:J-'.llll _ (Dhanur
yoga) they will adopt the profession of thieves haunting
inaccessible places a.nd be despis:d outcasts.
NOTES,
The effects of these yogas are thus described in •n'ii!T'1'f..

�t Jnal�ijl<': �101� _ft;:r: �S�i'fgHi'fr'-f-1'l� 'i!IB: I

�rn�: �;PTI"'?�sf"iT�•�t�J.f: ��� iir�-li�'f: !1"11flrt'�ffi�q: 11
ati.=�;:r: ijlflliil;::�q�: !HFl©PH� ;H_qf?n.-�friqfQ; "!TlTT I
'il'f� �t;:��ii��{n=t�l�: II
Also ,mr.f-!.T.
�;:r;ry�qt �JJJclT�HJ=!q<tell: Jl�?irfrr: I
!:i�iq;:fq ci'lffi ;H: ij1,cf'H-l_ �T"ll�Hrlq� �J� II
t1IB�l'i�Tfiri&:1'H ���r: �1w-t'.t��r ie1: 1
Wl!Jil llf�r �l:JT �l�ilnn: ��m �1.n: 11
r
WT!rfl�Tf"i-f1: fiinl��qlf�R?fqTa;: I
��a- ��
¥fi'.fffl ���) ii-��!lcti ;q) 11
���l:i�tl��T It1T�m ·cr,rii-1f1:1�r:
1 l:tij!'IT: 1
6�
480 Adh. VU.

�f.t�flrr: !l{l'llJ: jpqrninr: ffl\.�� ti

WfJ(fflQ: � cf;FffffitO- �qfa"IT iffir-f: I
irfvlcfi-t��'!Ji'tl lftfro 1ttits�v�tl,<,� n
�ii'-.1;r-il;::�;Jq]q'J R�?lill: m-r: '.fiU:
� I
�flJ!fqJ � �Fn f11ft�iftrfu-it 11�: 11
�nff,!J.(Nfwt�T: f.fi,f,t1§1 � f-RITT: 1
cfir§:<tilfrit :imn -it1llf1-rr -1�m 1f�� Qll11T: 11
(lun41I ��TU �: �Wld�tl.lurn
�Nf!-;qtfi«;;�qi:1�: SR0lt"R1�1'Ri I
-nil 1.1��-SRRgu tfR'l�lf.: �r.t.
� �'1��1.rn«'1i�'i_� � II � \9� 11
Sloka 179. The person born in the 4'lUff"!)a-r (Veena
1oga) will be skilled in every kind of work and fond of
musk and dancing; the man born in the �ffl (Dama
yoga) will be obliging, with a clear inteUect and famed
(or his learning and wealth. The person whose birth
takes place in the �m (Pasa yoga) will be very clever
in the acquisition of virtue and wealth, will be talkative
and have sons. Th� man who has the �" (K.edara
yoga) in his nativity will pursu� agriculture. a<:'!"}Uire
wealth, be slow of comprehension· and kind to his
relatives.
cf. 'li�;::rftr�r
l!flul,�it -ltltift�1'lr �1m �1ift ll�(t 1
"'� anlft R��= ��� �ffiN�!J�: 11
cJ, "i�lwli.

;;ftuitit<f!U f.\qtrl� ��: II

�1m.:qifil��o: 11�11 eyfw 'lffl ffl�f.NH��il�: ,
SI. t8J 491

�: fifil�: ��: II
Also�.
fi\�rr�m: Rel�: �nwn1 it�'lr�f.mm11 1
ijl<M'� �� � �m �'ll'T: II
cffi1Ftllj1ffilU �l)� ��) �: I
iiil§\!fl<iHg) \flt
fi@Tor_' JPtffi': � 11
� fltfq�: !fi"l�wr: �Qm.t� 1
�in·fita'rr �� �: W��;n: f9;: II
�"4(-11'!•t�: iziqffflf: ffill'\T�:f: �-,Y: I
�ft �l(�rlT 'tl�: II
"\ "' ..J::J "'
• �·nv�ffl �]�: �{: · � lil��I
,.... .. t'-t...n
f�ijl� !fitnTrili�: "1� �'111: I
� �s�ms�q{: ffiq�('wf�:
tmr�� iWtfirlh1�ifur 1fPtl �q II ,�o II
Slokll 180. The person born in the ��rlT (Sula
yoga) is full of rage, fond of money, brave, with the
marks of wound, received in fight, and without wealth.
The man whose birth is in th� �,r-im (Yuga yoga) c!iitB
begged food and is exceedin�ly fickle, heretiul and ad­
dicted to the drinking of srirituous liquors. He who
is born in the IT"11"�1T (Gola yoga) is without wealth,
indolent, of vagrant habits, shoa•lived and ignorant.
These 32 yog:1.s have been mentioned by 'lf{f(mltt
(Varahamihira)
.:J. �m
� ft�: it� �: qi,t� �ll��-IT �· I
��: lffi't ���: if��ift � ifl�l�t�!ttr t
492 Adh.VIl
c/. ll:iiifRr-n.
�: erc,) 'iT-ffflA�=tlf � II
��-�(f: IJRqlJ� qf � ?{'1 1tt�

fct'iT-flff�?.) �iti'f: ��m-2-1:

Also tH�.
ffi�H��mtrfT �: ij��qit'JT ��U: I
�r����r: � �r: SPTlll.a' II
'lJtill�lf'Rt <fl �,r��T <IT ��ITT �� I
ijiilflrf'ilf{ftiil �:SP-1� lfT.f�f �mn: II
��T�€ll�111 �m�ri:r1.:r-w1.=n ir�r: 1
� iJ;=��.:rr 11)t; � ��o ��,: II
The following additional information regarding the -TT+r{.f
(Nabha.-sa) yogas will be found useful :-
The 3 3JTl),f"I (Asraya) yogas produce the effec,s described for
them only when they do not partake at the same time of the nature
of other yogas. Otherwise, the other yogas become effective and
bear fruits. <f. IFil'fflili.
arfw:Jl'ffilf� P{lfj� ijef��Mfil�iil: I
fit�r �� lfi� �rtq�r:
� ��r: 11
Also m;:FJtif/.
en�ll�)� �ToT a�fq™� ffi��TJl�T: I
�Nlfirfwrrit�rrff!fi�: ffla� q)m: II
Also !111Tlit{:.
ffrm if �;::r:
� lfi'31fl��� �fq�,1rfITT �ll1il: �: 11
The two Dala yogas will coinclde neither with the 3lflJJ;iJ
(Asraya) yogas nor with the� (Akriti) yogas. They might
coincide with �T (Sankhya) yogas-.ft•n (Veena), � (Damini)
-q'ffl (Pasa) or ili� (Kedara)-in which case the yogas a.re to be

treated as only 7-'i.;lf (DaJa) yogas anj not as if� (Sankhya} yO(la11
(Viu Stoka 173 and the notes thereto 1tt1pra).
SL 180 498

Again, it has already been stated [Viel, slokas from �'l'Ri·

(Brihatjataka), �rn<f�l (S'.lra.vali) and T[fifiC' (Gunakara) quoted
above] that where the 3fTJJf/f (Aciraya) yogas coincide with other
YOiaS, they cease to be 3TIJJf'i ( Asraya) yogas. So that the fflt
(Sankhya) and 3ll.15f'i (Asraya} yogas become null and void (eclipsed
or inoperative) when they coincide with any of the au� (Akriti)
yogas. But suppose the 3fT�!f (AsrayaJ and «�!fr (SJ.nkhya) yogas
to coincide with each other. How are t!1ey to be then treated ?
According to the commentator, if the coincidence relates to the
41'm: (Kedara), �a- (Sula) and�" {Yuga) yogas, the yogas are to be
treated as 3Ti'-'T'i (Asraya) yogas only, but if it refers to the inw
(Gola) yoga, it is to be t,e3ted as such and n�t n.s arrwr (Asraya)
one-otherwise there will be no scope for the in� (Gola) yoga
at all,
According to Yavanacharya, there are 1,800 sub-divisions· of
.Jlllfl' (Nahhasa) yogas: eJ. f�iflif'fi, ·
�,�IJfT � �mit �, 'fiM"iT A��ms;y ofH'JT: �; II
Also �m:r�.
��v.{: =fiNnT � 'llfg ilt'fm -11�r 1
�l��o�fir!:ITfa'ffl S\�U�� c:t�t II
It will now be explained how the Yavanas recognise 1,800
sub-divisions, Taking any one of the 12 Rasis as the L agna,
there are I SJ yogas of which 23 are altiirl' (Akriti) and 127 �
(Sankhya) yogas. The ar,JJfq (Asraya) and �� (Da.la) yogas are
not taken by them into account. (Vide sloka 167).
As already explained in the notes to Sloka I 68, the im (Gada)
yoga has been treated of by the Yavanas as 4 distinct yogas.
Adding these to the remaining l 9 � (Akriti) yogas, we get 2.3
Again the 7 � (Sankhya} yogas nre split into 127 �
(Sankhya) yogas for each Lagoa by the Yavanas thus:-
The yoga iffVTI which is causP-d by the 7 planets occupying any
seven signs has 7 sub,divisions, as each of the 7 planets may
occupy the Lagna, The 2nd fflj (Sankhya) yoga is � (Dama)
accordi111 to which all planeta should be in any 6 houa11. Tbe
 Adh. VII.
" ., ... � �,., ... ,.,.,,.,

Yavanas recognise 21 varieties of this yoga (number of yogas

caused by 5 out of the 7 planets being in 5 houses and the remain­
ing 2 occupying the Lagna), The next yoga is If!� (Pasa). This
h!ls 35 varieties (4 of the 7 planets occupying 4 houses and the
remaining 3 being in the Lagna}, The next yoga wz. ��K (Keda­
ra> has also got 35 varieties for the same reason. Similarly �
(Sula) has got 21 sub-divisions and �1r (Yuga) 7 sub-divisions,
Lastly ai� (Gola) has only one, viz. the case in which all the
planets are placed in the Lagna.

So that the seven ��I (Sankhya) yogas are sub-divided into

1+21 +35+35+2l +7+ I or 127 divisioni;, These added to the
23 atlli@ (Akriti) YOR'aS mentioned above give us 150 yogas for
each lagna or 1,800 yogas for the 12 lagnas.

' 1"��•tffltr$1J1ffll�n:
�i'{l\f1fflll�l'RS$J� I
�����-IT��:
���qqr mrfffilm
11 '�' 11
� idlitcnITTiqqr \q.JT�d�a mc5'frft�
mr��: ffllq: II
Sloka 18 l, Raja yogas (1,57), the 5 yogas Ruchaka
and others (59•65 ), �� (Bhaskara) and others (67•70).
�� (Kemadruma·, (71-79), the yogas at.m (Adhama) Q'lf
(Sa�a) (l l 2) and A'�inf�$1" (Grahamalika) (132-136),
.s� (Lakshmi yoga) (152-'.-3), �� Harihara•
bramha yoga (16.:!.-3), <fiC{<J�1ll • Kahata yoga (130), ;mm
(Nabhasa) and other yogas ( 164-180) have been treated
of by the favor of the Sun and other deities.
Thus ends the 7th Adhyaya &c.
<M'>::::s -;-:,
 Adhyaya VIII.
ON CoNJUNC'.l'IONS 01'' TWO on. .MORE PLANBTS.

Combination of 2 planets in one bhava. There are 21 such

combinations.
�: ��: nJq'(ij •�� ltff�
�111lcti il�(fr4qM�'1'f.li_ q1q't lt� �� I
�qitdl�cf)!ffflimf: ffl'�� �
qtcfi,qir ;i�) ltr.ft � �-ti II � fl
Stoka 1. If, at the birth of any person, the Sun be
in conjunction with the Moon, he will be submissive to
his wife and clever in every work he undertakes; if
the Sun be in conjunction with Mars, the person born
will be illustrious, possessed of strength and energy but
untruthful and wicked; If the Sun be associated with
Mercury at any person's birth he will have learning,
beauty and strength, but will be fickle-minded; if the
Sun be in conjunction with Jupiter the person born in
tl-.e yoga will be full of faith, active, pleating the King
with his works and wealthy.
495
'196 Adb. VIII.

cf.�
� �':tfll: �-fu,: ��: I
all�'I��$ {&fft�: �l��or: II
� Bl�qif �1 it��!cl)�� I
111111ffti�w l�iPn·: �ri;J'-l�-ll 11
iro�ef��ilt ,��: �cR�M: �<I_ I
�: fufitqfcr�: �rlf '-f ��Am�l-l, 0
�-.m;zqfff'tfc(: B'lf�T.... fJl�Tmq: I
�ii �fqfa5a ¥1�1'11�TQ�'l:T 11
\fl'(df�(!il;��tU �: ��iq­

�=�lff
ll�'fltll�: Wl.mitll �-1' �
�dFt�!JU(�IR� '«��
I ffl
�"q'{t �gQfilF{ �� ij;JR� 11 , 11
Slok.i 2. A person will be intelligent and atten,
tively honor the relations acquired through. hia wife if
at his birth the Sun be in conj1Jnction with Venus ; if
the Sun be associated with Saturn, the person born wi11
be somewhat dull,witted and in the -power of his
enemies. If the Moon be in conjunction with ?�hrs,
the penon born will be brave, of high birth. virtuou,.
rich aod worthy ; if the Moon be associated with
Mercury, the man boro in the yoga will be pioua
devoted to sciences and will have diverse merits.
,:/. '-"�
�"�(Ulfffll �r�) �SIi�� I
mff" U1ftkl�: 'ffl�if@i't11/�: II
� ��: tc1'14f.Rt1: Wll!ijfl<{ll: I
FfimHl�: �:��II
SL. 8

� �� ifffi�l��I( I
��"ilij�ffi ���� II
�te>q�T�@R�: fl''ef-1: �fflfo: ij�� I
fti@�: �f�����q�: �U�ffil!�: II

iiffif: ��.ft��Afquf � ��,

fflmll ?Ii�� fl�S W6 �� I
iffl: .At{ffl •R1$4-lffl1Uqffl �
�,n ��'!q�f(:J(f��: �qi� l(ijif II� II
Sluk.i 3. When the Moon is in conjunction with
Jupiter, the person born will be very intelligent and
protect good people. When· Venus i& associated with
the Moon, the effect of the yoga on the person born
will be that he will be evil •mind ed and clever in
making bargains. If the Moon be in conjunction with
Saturn, the penon born will have a bad wife,· abuse hia
parents and will be without wealth. If Mars and
Mercury be together, the person born in the yoga will
be eloquent and clever in medicine and fine arts.

cf. �mm
�� �ii: �ff'l'1-l���l:t I
�= �\lu\�: w�it �� "'11�tt: n
�(fl�'m: fij-;�1N'-.w: t�fWlt:�: I
cf>i:J�:r,�'! �ffi5: �ftrq�,n-: fli::;1 � 11
�e\'{if��lfUIT llill!flfRlffl �m�: I
�F<l\lii: �'f: 1Hrfilo �r��nt�f.fqi� 1 1
ijftl�llt���: ij��-1iJ«i: f�: I
��Fi'f�r-1t pt�Wf'ti�'l11!: 11
63
498 Adh. VIJI.

iliT'ft �:JJTFcl<IT 11iu@f� �fl��

\lRtlcfl�«t:
... I;'
3Jq:Jr�T�
.... "'
1_1tr:
f'
tt, 11 --�
� -�'"' ��u I
q-� 111.fRif�i��1tm: ffllllf �� t�
;in;in �gllf�msN�1:lifr ffi�qm �t� 11 'II 11
Sfolw 4. Loving, revered, worthy, and acquainted
with the science of computatio11 will the person be that
is born when Mars is in conjunction with Jupiter.
The effect of Venus and Mars being together at a birth
wiil be that the person born will be fond of metallurgy,
delight in tricks and be cunning. If Mars be in con�
junclion with S;iturn at the birth of a person, he will
be pisputatious, indulging in the pursuit of music and
dull-witted. When Mercury and Jupiter are in
conjunction, the person born will be eloquent, handsome,
amiable and exceedingly wealthy.
cf, 6Rlif�
ffi�'l;J@�Rilif
,.;,
iref1eft' �lftq�TJ{� 11@111'1_ I
aRiRl11J;J,=n-..: \"!{q(:i�qt: ffi:fTJJ�: II
�) riCJJ��T�t 11fulc1ij: 1R��@llt «1) �: t
t«fl-!ii�l�ITT f1�-il fu,�N{flq)rt II
'llfi�.;�sn�.�i!-: �,�f.f�� .-t-���·� 1
�'if�q)�'l&: ��n1il: co��f;:f: �r� 11
-!�PM"M:;=mn t1T�)sfq rr1.m��;:q-�J'f: 1
�1:1��,;irir -qf�in;:l Ht1;'l��l �P-l?rs;,i��q_ 11
5Jl�T 'f(Jijfli{l��TW{ffl�: ijifi «�;:���
fcmlf�';Jl'�nr}�.fg��f�� «-=t� I
�ffl -lqfttfitllr S@ij@lft-t �u �1� go
�q1 itf31f1Jf m� �tffillf�: rn� ijlftrn II � II
 SJ. ti

Sloka 5. If Venus be in conjunction with Mer,

cury, the pers:,n born will be versed in the sacred bookll,
and fond of music, play and mirth. If Saturn be
associated with _Mercury, the person born will be
learned, wealthy and distinguished for his moral worth.
The man at whose birth Jupiter and Venus occupy one
sign will be energetic, in favor with the king and
exceedingly intelligent. If Jupiter be in coniunction
with S.iturn, the effect of the yoga will b;! that the
person born in it will be _an artist. If Venus and
Satllrn be together at a birth the person affected by the
ygga will own large herds of cattle and be an athlete.
NOTES,

�,ffi){llf't{rll' ;r��f -i�ro�qt ��r!J<lffQ: �Ti I

<1r?t�t �r�{rnic1f.i::m;qrfr�'tfirF?1�f'"': 11
�IJlcfFI_ �i::qq-p�: '!:lq�f,: fH''tRi'iit��i!f: I
f.ti01: :nt�.:fllli:f�T i'��f;Jqtit �Ill� �'-lffi II
.:ih@ A�r111,Hfor!!-11tff'H: �rJJrlJJ�rf: I
·:;ft=ifunqT'f5.�q) f1fue;,;:r� q�.:irrnin'l 11
�ir f��H��) .Y11n�qfu�u!?-l1 � 1
)(l�·;fr17.ft: !;NFJ: ��HllfTmir��HJ1J. 11
�T�R�T�,:{�: �:p:f�?ll�i:JtR1iilfa�'ll 'q I
itti'rs:�;i: q�qfu: uf.tffl(f1:JJ1'° 'I'fl� ir,m II
The eflects above described are only very general being appli­
cable to the several combinations formed in any of the 12 bhavas.
The eflects in each of the 1� bh;i.rns havr. been described in detail
by ��rfl,.lTT (Yavanac harya) and quoted in irrm� (Horaratna).
The author of SaravaJi adds
000 Adh. VITI.

3'1> �� flJJ;pJT: q�'fl1TJJffqffi': I

al�lflft fcl!f.m ���" �fit a-n 11

II �qtit: II
Combinations of 3 planets in one bhwa. There may be 35
such combinations.

��� � ;fifcrin-{
iifffl5fr���1.:1itf«11) ��� ll�' I
ffl1fRitiK��qyf;Jfqf.f[(i{ i«f��=
PAi"'tflR�m;wu,: WsRifkn
°'
\lwft II � II
Sloka 6. If the P.flf(�1'11 (Thrigraha yoga) or the
combination of 3 planets in one bhava' consist of the
Sun, the Moon and Mars, the person born will extirpate
the whole brood of his enemies, and be wealthy and
politic. If the combination contain the Moon, the Sun
and Mercury, the person that has his birth in the
fimtqy;y (Thrigraha yoga) will be a king·s compeer famed
for hia learning. If the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter be
the trio planets influencing a birth, the effect of the
yoga GD the person born will be to make him a mine of
virtues, learned and much liked by his sovereign. If
the Sun, the Moon and Venus be together in one bhava
the penon born will be addicted to other people's wives,
cruel, in dread of enemies and rich.
cJ. m�
A�: 'IJ'ffifl ���: ��T� �: I
�sr��Tij prij: ��ff:q�: ����: II
a-��1 f-t�.'JJJf@: �ll��lllWIT-mJ: 1
-f'fi�iiU \flu rn��m��: «l�: ll
SI. 7 601

�it ,n�:nf.19:91: �� �IJq;mJ: 1

if�ift :qq�qfct: �ff11�cfi'<'f�t 11
q���ut f.rTJI: «R�H<flt ffl1!;1R�� I
������·Wtn��qa ir�: II
��·inqq ��11�'1t4t ft�flrlff
S:tl �•"'«:
' �I:'
�•��ill.�iftfdU(◄t " ,I::,_ I
Gl'A,�,ctDl��rur�q•<• � ��
� ..__,I;\ :i '

'dhntii����� \1Tlfi 1ir;n)�r-1. 11" 11

Sloka 7. If Saturn, the Moon and the Sun combine
in one bhava, the person born will be wickedly inclined,
deceitful and fond of foreign countries. If the Sun,
Mars and Mercury be together, the person whose birth
is influenced by them will be Lereft of comfort s though
possessed of sons, riches, and wives. If Jupiter, the
Sun and Mars be in conjunction, the person born in the
yoga will be a patriotic premier or co111111ander-in•chief.
If Mars, the Sun and Venus be together in a rm1(wrt
(Trigraha yoga), the p�rson born will suffer from dis•
eases of the eye, will be a voluptuuy, of gentle birth
and of guat wealth.
cf. ffi"l:�r
cfiTiJ �f'<lffl �: qn;;:isran ci:��ftl I
��T��R�t'f.�"itfa ir�: 11
ll<I@ @1.Tlal lie: �IB� f.uit fflllij�: I
��(f���ff: fl�ff\��m�: II
<l�f� ��) ��: mfft'Jfcrip.ft �@qf� I
��ct�: �iJ111�: fl�'l��q��: 11
.-q-na�: �"= t!'{lTf ���m ir!}�: 1
�!llflif�t4Wli�: �«@: �: Ii
502
,. ... - Adh. VIII.

�mf.ft:
,_, ...,. ,...,,
�
��� '{m 1:'A't uit�
" � ... ,.
__,,.( � A
....P_!f( i:4r.:��: �im,,q�llf�l�efli{
'"'J;I..
I
���ijlll�r'if�rqi� ij�
fflJ�f�1q;!{{�;ft I'll �,�,�Ii{ 11 � ti
Sloka 8. If Saturn, the Sun and Mars form the
Alll'('Q'fll (Trigraha yoga) the person affected by it will
be berdt of kindr.!d, ignount, wealthy but suffering
from diseases. If Jupiter, the Sun and Mercury be in
conjunction 1 the person born will be sharp witt�d,
famed for his learning and w.:althy. If the Sun, Mercury
and Venus be together in one hhav,1, the person whose
birth take.3 place in the yoga will be soft-skinned,
renowned for his learning and happy. If Saturn, the
Sun and Mercury be associ;ned together, the effect of
the planetary combimtion on the person born will he
to make him friendless, poor, rn1l (�nant and wi�ked.
cf. ffiffi .;ft

·�•H�ITT f�� itru�c[iTT 'fi:il: I

M��1:at
���d�msrn,�ri: f�fo�r�:il'fT3M: ��l 11
��rQi'TSRl'efrfc{r.f_ 1!_\'l: W<'il'Tf�ro�qcfipnHrJ: I
eff-ff'l�-�1°fRf,lf�ffifqf.�: !!�'l: 11
�1@rlffi �l;/fTit -�IJIJf��: 'tllAffl q�fq: I
��rn-: �;:oR: �Mij�ff.tijJ�'t ��t 11
�l,.,.TU ii.q: ���ITT ;rr�m: qft�m: I
ro�Af�ij/\)i.p.J'iitll� !!<ill: 11

Git"1�f6�: ij���r-r:n mi\'sf$��

�Tl��llll6� mf�q: q(ffl: I
Sl. 9 603

S/o/w 9. Jf Jupiter, the Sun aad Venus be together in

one bhava, the person will have wife and children: will
be intelligent! suffering from ophthalniia, but wealthy.
H Saturn, Jupiter and the Sun combin� and form the
l'iU:ff�)rr (Trigraha yoga)1 the pwmn who has his birth
in the yoga will be fearless, a wyal favor ite and very
pure mind�d. If the Sun, Ven�s c1.nd Saturn produce
the f�111r:i:rri"I (Trigraha yoga), the person born under
tlwir i nfluence should be wicked, prom] and self,opinion,
ateJ. If the trio pJa.,cts forming the yoga bi.! the Moon:
lvfars and Mercury, the person born will be addicted to
gluttcmy, wicked and offending.
<-f. 1-m l"i'�I

����ij: �{: �t�) f;:i:�� ��: �H"': I

ll"{cf.l ,.fofr A� �Tll����TPf�: !:lf�i: 11
a:mro�J:i:{: •Fil' f..q'i'iiiJ..,q: ��Haof11�: I
.:t'lrfter
� ftllrP,�T �T9T���rfi'fii: �r�t II
��p-l�T?�)iii't lltift:�;t,lo'Qci�clT ll�'1: I
�ffA;:i�ftrt: �BT rnorfifi{fi'.fR�.i��'l@ 11
'lT'l·r.n �y:q;,;a -tt"'f T�m; !I��"il;:Jijr.:ir: .1
��R-t� 9..{m: ��Tfl"l��: ff�t: II
:if�.:t�Rti: U\lfft'-1-1: ciflll«TT �-:{Ti{
���"lfFirf«trN�J,�;r1.1: q�ffl\ir �� I
.... (' """ r,(' ....
ijmJ1��ij��1trn i'!Vil� irnro
"'Efr�liitff{ q�;J�1.JrJrs;i;rn1»P.n II � 0 11
Slokti 10. If Jupiter, the Moon and Mars be in
 Adh. VIII.

conjunction at a birth, the person born will betray

impatience in his speech, be love-sick and handsome.
If the Moon, Mars and Venu1 be together and form the
�"' Trigraha yoga), the person affected by it will
have ill ·mannered sons and be of wandering habits. If
the Moon, Saturn and Mars combine and produce th�
yoga, the person born in it will be fickle minded and
so wicked as to perpetrate the unnatural crime cf
matricide. If there be a conjuncdon of Jupiter, the
Moon and Mercury. the person who has his birth in
the yoga will be very rich and renowned and will
become a king's favorite,
c/. m��
�;:r�rw: ffl���R: �RHU �irn: f?fiulTJL I
q)-q�l�li;ijt:;;�,�f�!QD:guq� II
i:�Pn: !!'=': qfi,� �lln: fl,ci A�!!: 1
till1�<1fttfi:t: fl���D'JQf'if: :(fur4tmq II
a11cm iz��;ncfi: g� fclqq� i?.)<tiF<tm�: 1
'iflll°?f -1i1 �)it ��RT�T�ijm-TTll 11
't'{-iql-l_ if.�q) 91nft �if� �TRl'llTR�(!fctTTnt: I
��S{ltlQ!� ����ij�: II
ftm1.JA ;ii�f.l�: �: �tfll:
{qlrfi ¥(<1rd'U�dlf g"li:41��p11�: I
smt: ffliijij: �ti �ur: ���tftm:
�� ro� �(litl rrr"4w<fi�mz 11 � t II
Sloka 11. If Venus, Me1cmy and tire Moon com•
bine and form a �111:�itt (Trigraha yoga), the person
born in it will be learned but devuted to mean acu
and yet honorable. If the i.:ombination be of the Moon,
51. l'J 505

Mercury and Saturn, as a result of it, the person born

will be liberal, honored by the sovereign and worthy.
If the three planets producing the yoga be Venus, the
Moon and Jupiter, the person who has his birth in the
yoga will be wise, have virtuous sons, and be proficient
in the arts. If Jupiter, the Mo:in and Saturn be in
combination, the influence of tht.: yoga on the person
born under it is that he will be versed in the sacred
sciences, addicted to wom..::n past their primi!, and
kingly in his lifo.
cf. ":'!RN�
FmTilf�oi:tn'HN .ft'<fT�H: �i:tl;:i_ ll'r"i!lij: I
m� ����"lt ���1n�"-';:r::fi�it 11
at�Pit Flf�l,W: �� cnnn ij�ij: R't@'l: I
1'<:I@ ,m f\Qllf fitt-=i���9;3'l01Tll, II
fltv.fio.:t�: in�: 1f.ijl�f��l ��cf: �1�: I
"ll��ffl�ll imn �q11f ll�f��: II
��T�(IM�1%ef.�fl�al MifflOll: I
�RJql'-'lf•1fdffi(ti:f.f��lirF�qP.f: 11

� �1\l(�SRlijflll: I����:
in;��foll';{R:�U �qi��: I
(t;f11: �tii:f��llf�! ��:q�mil:°
�: �Jijlfit=q�,s���llllHfit ij: II '� 11
Sloka El. If Vcnus, the Moon and Saturn be
together in a bhava, the person born in the yoga will
become a learned Brahmana teacher, a king's chaplain
and will be much liked. If the yoga be due to the
combination of Jupiter, Mercury and Mars in one bhava
t:i4
506 Adh. VIII.

the person whose birth is in it will be devoted to music,

poetry and the dramas. If Venus, Mars and Mercury be
in conjuncti on, the effect of Lhe Rf�sqtq (Trigraha yoga)
is that the person affected by it will be defective in
some limb, base-born and f ickle•minded. If the three
planets combining to produce: a P.(A(lfm {Trigraha yoga)
be Mercury, Mars and Saturn, the person born will be
a menial servant, with dis�ased eyes and vagrant habits.
cf,
«���
{H{lq�

�fqef.�!!@iffll'il<li!Jit'tlfll 'fq@ �;:q I

il'.1f.iaj'
��q1v1i �fa-q1frc1mft� 11
B'fi�:
� �')uft;Jr�: �-w�fflq@:
� 'HT� �:
� 1
lflr'tf4qq�U�: �1&'1!1:�'!ijfl:
"' ��: 11
*i�� �i-���I@) �f!-¾.l :stT�� ��: I
'!!�« f.r�)tm� iil!����: fl#t�: II
��: ��Wl��: 'RclTmit,:;3) lf��,ft I
{iJij' q�;:Jtt�i'tltff.�Nl �<li�: II
���irlt�·;ttqijfun ij�: �
�mi�: �t�(l�J;ft ���1-1, I
8RTUW\f�az fQ■t�( f.t� w.tfflrl;fi:
WQ111�11f.;;n'i1AA'm�: 'il@sral'f�: It � � 11
Slvka 13. If Venus, M,1rs and Jupiter be together
in one bhava, the person born in the yoga will be liked
by his sovereign, will have good son1 and be happy.
If Jupiter, Mars and Saturn jointly produce the r.111�1
(Trigraha yoga), the person affected by it will be lean,
suffering physical pain, full of self.conceit and ill-man,
nered. Jf Saturn, Mars and Venus be in conjunction,
t:he effect of the yoga on the person born is tha.t he
 SI. 14 50'1

wiJI have bad sons and be obliged to Jive abroad. .If

Venus, Mercury and Jupiter be a'lsociated in one bhava,
the person born will be triumphant ov�r his enemi�•
and attain to fame and power.
cf. �m,fi,ft
i1Jfflt!: w-��TPlfwlT�: fiW"J�Q: I
ff<t-k¼i➔l-t��) l1T:i��1l�: ��: II
�fflffl: rnflift
;ft,;JRJU �<ft fiit I
l1<1@ m
�1ifl�: ij)��HtR"�rt u
�1ft��'t-lrn: �� \ffiT "q14'f�}.-,�fft-t: 1
R� Slc1f«�1w: fl�: ITTf<i:i{i\: II
ijot1: �M<TiftlJUIT -t'lfrf: ijlf1T©!H 'l��'li1rn: 1
�\;: ffit!��fi, .J�: fl�i!f"AII' 11
�•��lfl·�u�U«�: ��Rfil1ff
if��-���s.tr�fPtl�: I
\1(Rfl �effumm��n�1rnnn�n�r«t-
�..}: qtqid «a:1�qij(iilcfl'{ ¥il-tt IQ{!«il�c{ II \l U t
Sloka 14. The person thu is born when Jupiter,
Mercury and Saturn are in conjunction will enjoy
exceeding comfort and prosperity and will be attached
to his wife. When Saturn, Mercury and Venus are
together and produce a fllfll��m (Trigraha yoga), the
person born in it w1H be untruthful, v icious and addict•
ed to other peopl e's wives. lf Jupiter, Venus and
Saturn be together in a bhava, the person whose birth
is in this yoga will possess a clear intellect and be
famous and happy. When the Moon is in conjunc tion
with maligmnt planets, th� person concerntd always
has his comfort and happiness diminished. When the
f:08 Adh. VIII•

Sun is associated with evil planets, the astrologer may

divine that the father of the pz:rson concerned will be
sim.ilarly affected.
NOTES
cf, l!RH'�
�1�"1�.ltl�� m$ iiil�'f)�;;i- �ql Hcfll I
'i@ITT\Qlfffl ij\111 if•P:ifr?J :!!'.flii�!IT: 11
�©H �ars�i'M1� 11{�e1m�m l1�ffiqq�'re= 1
�ll���\: <li�T�ftt�: ���mt: ll
r{� ��sfq ifrnT ll�ffl -tit liq@��<!fttfit: I
U�Itri:l�ii��r.fif1{: ffl�ffq�: II
'lNf� =.fr� Jflij{ijJ1: !;!qilnffl"Q�: I
�11 fqQ�R: �ij i=t�frJJf?i.i'tq�11,. n
The author of i:lfO� adds

>l"rlf: �&fr: fff@T 'rl'1\}@��1f.=i'f� .zqrn�!!il. 11

Jfq�qf.=ft llij� l!lfO�'flJig� � II
qrqTibilQJsN fq�m: i�frrr rt� H['<ir �t l
�1ft:q1:�fl8 11�,�q �;H:t�-JiJ. II
For the effects of thr above com 1)inations of three planets in
each of the l '.� bha vas, see Horaratna-

Comhination;; ot- '1 pl:inets in one bh11.\'a. There may be 35

such combinations.

�m��-
iiFtr !l'l�tiat IBNliJJt it.fl I
�m11�$RF{ ���
� �qfil�4i<I 'l�tillfli<l•U It t'1. H
SJ. lo 509

Sloka 15, If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Mer•

cury be all in one bh,\va the p�rson born will be a
conjurer skilled in the production of illusions, a scribe
and sickly. 1f the Sun, the Mo�n, Mars and Jupiter b�
togeth�r in one bhava, the person affected by th e yoga
will be rich, famous, talented, loyal to his sov.:!reign and
free from sorrow and sickness.
fl/. J-HTfif"lf
Bfct'fi�i'lfcf.(+.!�it un't J{l/.lTqq���lil I
�--n:�intr:rrm iJii�1f;: '!tr Fr lf1ffi 11

�.,�r;:<lPf(frfrt;::�f'a°,l'aj) .ft�infr11Ji'f�tfi: 1
qiq!=IJJ�l f.:i9.:!IJ: :rift�zl1Fi:JTF�1: i:rfu"�: II

3TRri�.:��gi: ijcl�l�«itf'{

...,,.
��.lil. �ijl?J.fij�T
" �
f.i!!ar: i!i'n�: 1
��.:Jlffi!<:J �l@f��Tro-
�TS?;J?ll �rnm�(l;r: II z � II
SJoka W. If the Sun, the Moon, �fars and Venus
be in conjunction, the person born in th,� yoga will be
blessed v.rith a wife arid sons, learned, temperate:, com·
fortable, shrewd anJ tender-hearted. If the Sun, the
Moon, Mars and Saturn b� a�sociatd in one bhavi, the
person affectt"d by the yoga will have wilJ (restless)
eyes, and be a wanderer, a cuckold and a pauper.
cf. i:im�li.l
�T�lf����fu; B�lll�
"" ... R'J.UJts,iffii���: I
f�ial{l;tfcU��o: �t&li��!Iqtf�: flffll II
�'l'ff!U{t \t�l tJ;:,il��) �TR"dl�itl ��: I
ll�: �� oqr �mtfu��ffif<�qllt !I
 510 Adh. VIII.

�lU��'il I
61(1�w-��-

it��B.r�Ff��
gqffflif�ql��l'U

�-�fctft:il'1i«�: �: II '\9 II
qtnl1

Slol:.1 17. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and

Jupiter combine in one bhava, and produce a 'll\l1t�
(Chaturgraha yoga), the person born therein will be
fond of his wife and children, w�lthy, virtuous,
famous, strong and generous. 1f th e Sun, the Moon,
Mercury and Venus be together in a bhava, the person
affect ed by the yoga will be defective in some limb but
eloquent. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Saturn
be associated in one bhava, the effect of the yoga on the
person born will be that he will be de stitute of wea1th
and un grateful.
cf. ic!HF!�J
ffi��li: �nm: fu�lliitl <IT 1'�1:lrft �'tt: I
�rn: �l�<i'if(fi: �ftr::t��qlfli{: ��1\: II
fief.�: ij�iff ::i1t1ft ��) ==!Cf�'Hll JI��: I
iifli: �\�f.fl d¾�f��'<lGl�t {ifu�: 11
liI�Nr!R��rfiT �ifm�1.1f.r�f�ITT �JJIJJ�'t<3: t
f'l�m�tsclf��-Hifj_ ��);:[��lff,� f�lfrlll. II
ill�l��tfufij=.f{ISqJilq"l�\itt(
mtft �i{?itaf,���ijij$: I
i3Hffl i;tm�;i,;r;i) ii���::f)
qJ�yW;J1q Jij'R��ijl?-r��: 11 '� 11
�l. ka 18. If the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and
Venus comhine to produce a �i!hii"� (Chaturgraha
St. 19
�--
.......,,..._..,....""-"..,.,�..,................................. ...,,. ........,.,,,..... ,..,,. .,,...,,.,,............ .. ........... .....,,.,,..,....................,,.......,....,...._......
, , ,
611

yoga), the person born will be moving about in water

or in some forest region, be held in great estel:!m by his
sovereign and have ma.ny enjoyments. If th•! planets
forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and
Saturn, the person whose birth is influl:!nced by the
yoga will be broad-eyed, with much wealth a.nd many
son& and will have for his wife a courtezan.
c/. 1;m:.R�
m��ffl�O�l-TT �r,ft �Tfffii;_oq-qJ� l{�@ �q: f
r.:,.
ijclil���l$t�lfllH'I: �,,��Of:
I'
II �':. (' �

(11��) iiliijtiRm' ¥lWTT\!lt�: I

�q�q�;;�m�,<f,�il,�� �t�: 11

q��Jfl��sft{�:
�r�T��if'm"(llf I
3ITTRiUtftlfil: ijm �
�� .f�TIID�i �� II t\ II
If the Sun, the Moon, Venus and Saturn
Sloka 19.
be associated in one bhava, the person born in the yoga
will be weak, exceedingly cowardly, with his wealth
depending on his unmarried daughter s :ind given to
gluttonous habits. If the quadruple planetary yoga be
produced by the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter, the
person whose birth is affected by the yoga in queation
will be etroni;: but afflicted with mi11fortunes, poaaeaaed
of wives and riches, suffering from ophthalmia and of
vagrant habits.
c/. �f{lqcll'}
i:lfil{!Hf@'ffliH: 3,t: ���.:<l!��fu: l
�: �;.f-J ��,i-..1;f?l<1Tff@: ��: II
619 Adh. VIII.

�itsq �-liT(lfqi'iU �1 Mq?t,W\:f9': I

-'
�:�t1JJ�t2::tqr: ijl=l'1f��i�l�j'tt-q\ t 11

�,�·�1:1�;:ll�Rl�T
f.A1'-llf-{�!4)��ij6�: I
�{f�ilTOfJ.i'l��'{«it
�RfQ� tfT ;ft�ift�: II � o II
.'.lok.J 20. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Venus
combine in one bhava, the penon that ha& his birth in
the �b1ih1 (Chaturgraha yoga) will be addicted to other
men's wives, of odd looks and dress, thievishly inclined
and devoid of all goodness. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury
and Saturn be in conjunction, the person born will be
a commander of an army or a king's minister, stooping
to base acts and inclined to pleasure.
qf. �m�
q{�,��&111:t Ritinir ��-it �fl��: 1
it�@ srn� �pn rf.lffm�;��: tf�ff: 11
Q�T 1'f�{Jl�T •fRI�H: efiMW�Ff� I
ir-:�1 �1r1�,i �\il��1'9l�fr�llt II

�«Fm{�if{1qftl�: �lfflS@'t_�) \'f.ll

�tffltf�ifl��;ft lilr�: �rllfl;i I
��•�Rrn,fm): qfhMst1a) FAilft�:
�Air�'lmllt.J��qsJ\lf.lf �� 11 �' 11
Sluka 21. If the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Venus be
together in a bhava, the person born will have a status
equal to that of a sovereign, be renowned, n ighly
e1teemed and wealtliy. If the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and
Saturn combine to produce a �a.p�m (Chaturgraha
SI, 99 418

yoga), the person whose birth is affected by it will be

poor, wandering, with good friends and relatives. If
the Sun, Mars, Venus and Saturn be associated in a
bhava, the effect of the yoga. 011 the person born will bi::
th1t he will be in disgr lee and become thl! foremost of
misdemeanants. If the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Venua
be in one bhava, the person born under their influence
will care chiefly for wealth and fame, and will become
an important personage in the community to which he
may belong.
cf. �r�
{!'111: 1!� � �Til. ,rl�lfm � �f({: I
�rt�inft'=l�\.):�.ffffi,n'I'.. �: 11
°'����:
{WITT� iJUllfl'•=q: fft�qy I
�T�J'.i{�ffi{: �qJ rf(Jf.1iro: 11
�ii�) �T"lRTU f�IJT�T �I!: I
q_qt�ifiITTl qnq� ff� qJ@ 11
'efiff(.:ij�q�: �� .rr�irriJ. �!!5.1 I
lfm�-:1���@ �irRilir1�11l: 11
���,;(1'11: �� �w.n;i_
��·�: �: �6RRcf(.{ I
3RiPtifitm�: � r.r�ur) �i: mdt
�..a,t�iqUltt�i\ �'i �i �,nqfct: II �� II
Slokti 22. If the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn
form the yoga, the person born in it will be quarrelsome,
self-conceited and ill-mannered. If the Sun, Mercury,
Venus and Saturn be together in a bhava, the person
affected by the yoga will be beautiful, wedded to truth,
and virtuous, If the four planets combining to form a
65
 Adb. VIII.

Chaturgraha yoga be the Sun, Jupiter, Venus and

&turn, the person born in it will be proficient in the
arta, in command of the vulgar people and daring. If
the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter be in conjunction,
the p�rson who has his birth in the yoga. will be devo,
ted to the good of his sovereign, become a wise minister
a nd finally a ruler of the earth.
cf,�
�TU 'fl.ft �: ij��-l fii�: I
��'<1��11'\efif,iltQ� 9/11J: 11
�: ijlfi[: �I� �ittoq: frrsl��Wnt: I
'cftit flr�fl�Fit ��omftwitit u
§i�: ififct: 1i'elT;:J: �l��lSN'I� .-n-� I
��rf<lifwnff �r�t ii@) �iff\�: 11
�uir of��: ijit'ij'HJ�S'ffl ��: I
�fut�ffi���t�: �rsim,: 11
���: �mi;iin ""1 �: �
���itll��: � iii!«TWft I
��m����itnit f.ooiNtail'
�(1,1fitf.hJ1�: ��i �: {lwt �: 11,�11
SJoka 23. If the Moon, Man, Mercury and
Venus be together, the person born in the yoga will
have good wives and sons, will be wise, deformed and
happy. If the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn be the
four planets forming the q� (Chaturgraha yoga)
the person affected by it will have two mothers and
fathers, will be brave, with many wivea and sons. If
the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus combine to produce
the yoga, the person whose birth ia influenced by it
 ----·..
SI. �"
,_,........,....., ·--··,,._.__ ___________
_________.....
will be clever in iniquity, aleepy and itching for wealth.
615

The person who has his birth in th yoga formed by

the combination of the M oon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn
will be firm•minded, brave, comfortable and learned.
NOTES.
cf. t1"1�
�{l��il;T�: �HJ.�q�: ijll�: I
iF\j�l!T � � ��\l'fT�: fflt�: II
�t i�filQill i6� �·�: I
� ijcfilnfi'mf: �ffi�mfffl�ir
11
�l=3�: ij�: ti�� irR�: I
� �tq�ijlcl: �9i���t m�:
n
�f\l� �ifeff�: ffl'P'll� <IT�: 1f"l;;q!iffl! I
Jfff{�� ���11�:r\: II
The combination of the Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn has
been left out in the text. Its effect is thus described in �
(Saravali).
i�'mt: �\l: fl'1i� � �)it11: I
�:�fflQ !§��I{�@ I\
Also 111'.fflTIR'l�:
�H��lf;:�Rf lfRiJo{: g;�etftqrn: I
�r1�11: flq��':t,�= !ilri�q) �mcfi) it�ct 11

igq�{ffl: � Fm-{� �
"lrllfcttlU(l��\lwft· .Ji� �I I
�f1'1t1fe�1R1�1�-t� -RVA'fa­
�.:m·�Mfd«�: :,W.(li(��fh; n :tv n
Sloka 24- The person born in a yoga formed by
the combination in one bhava, of the Moon, Mercury1
Jupiter and Venus will be deaf, but learned, famous and
616 Adh. VIII.

wealthy. If the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn be

together and produce 1 "!�ll (Ch1turgraha yoga), the
person influenced by it will be exceedingly wealthy.
kind to his relatives and charitable. The person whose
birth is in the yoga formed by the conjunction of the
Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will become hostile
to a large number of persons and have. intrigues with
the wives of other people, If the Moon, Jupiter, Venus
and Saturn combine in a bhava, the p�rson who has his
nativity in the yoga will be devoid of ease, sceptical
and unfeeling.
cf, «m�
f..tiu�lflQfqc!�: � 'i:f.:f�ITTS�1tfl!l:1 I
� -ffi ftt1Tot���IBi��lfJ1Jt ij��: II
fiij'i:fq'fitffl�P-tRl''if� iF�Ei�qf if�A:._ I
wn�fct=
i!qij�": ���r�·1,�: ij�: 11
q�rrq-tfflT� ��ij fcrq��'-Q I
SJ�)�•= �rf{':��"lrfefi�q�l: II
i:�m
qi��('f: ijllllfMl�'IT �'iOJit�: I
������m�ni:
�llNT ffiii{ij: Bf@�: 11
�,����: �@_
t��f.hitit: «Ill� �: I
�-rm,�,ffl�t{�'1A@·
�-�'f.lFT'-fl� Jf�t I I � "\ II
Sloka '25. The person born when Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter and Venus are in conjunct ion will be rich and
reviled. 1f Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn be the
planets forming the yoga, the person whose birth is in
it will be sickly and destitute of wealth. If Mercury,
 51'1

Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava,

the person born in the yoga will have exceeding wealth,
learning and amiability.
NOTES.
cf, !:'IJ1T¥.fi
����t.f�� � "' �ffi'2': I
\'
Al � ('.J:I.
ll911l �lf1t"i'l�J1ij����lltf19: m��: rrQ�
II
� �;:wq') \f-J�: ��"'�it-ii: I
9't-0 ��flft�qfi\1n-1..�aj�H�ITT�: II
� m�m) uqrm:it ��,;r11�� 1
�ri1�!lqiRw,1f.��wnir 11
The followiog two combinations do not lind a place in the
Text: Viz.. (l) Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn and (2) Mars,
Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, For their ef ccts, vide the following
l

slokas from �mile-1.

�Fifa: �: cfira�m) �i�: �qfff: I
ti:ra 'if fll��'lHl;Jlflll�\: ff��: II
m��q��=
fli��=
�� �a!n= �: t
ansm��qiffiltf.�"i!T1fcl H

iiwll-T mqra;T "' ���lfifT�: I

Aho �1JJ1rt'r-q-�Ft:

�1.lrat �)t �T�ll 'lf�� �q� 11

��}4�fi{�ijiTTJTf q)i\- �T�HHTij�: I
't�ITT irr�'l r.li�1U �uqa �: II
For the eflects of the above combinations in each of the 12
bhavas, vide Horaratna,

Combinations of 5 plaocts in one bhava; there are 2l such

combioations.
618 Adh. VIII.

�����fth1�·�r�-
� �p�: ftu;t: m: I
u���d­
�.:�$f�it FR-=!{t II :t\ II
Sloka 26. If the Sun, the Moon, M.trs, Mercury
and Jupiter be in one bhava, the person born in the
yoga will be a good combatant and a clever informer.
If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury an,� Venus com·
bine and produce a q<qR'�IT (Panchagraha yoga); the
person whose birth is affected by it may be faithful to
his various functions, attlntive to other people's
concerns and friendless.
of.�
i�left �l�q,.q) :j'(Jql'F{� �Tfqffufu: 1
�fit �T;t'li� {;ft-���{!�: II
m�r � -r-m!�= �r Ai-rITTtR= 1
�qtfc) =q �oq \;fl""{!9�ffi�&l II
,..�;t{fc1�·��-
ffll�ft,�icuti�\{�= I
�R�ftrQ�fl�i­
�lS<ii¾-lq{I ���: 11 �" II
Sloka 27. If the Sun, th'! Moon, Mars, Jupiter and
Saturn form the ii'ilJf�m (Panchagraha yoga), the person
born will be hopeful and have to suffer separation from
the woman h'! loves. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars,
Mercury and Saturn be the five plane ts in conjunction,
the person whose birth is arfected by their influence
will be short•lived, bent on earning money, but without
wife and sons.
SL ge_29 IH9
.............. ,'\,a,■�,o,'k,,,ro .............♦ �� -- .... ... ,... ,..H •.•...-��...T�.,.. ........ , •• , ...... .... .... ..... ,.,,,.. , ............•�•--••--■.............. -

qf. �u,re't
�qT!�;:�.Jini{t-n W=I� ij�fl�.J: I
at�SWtR�: ffi(�•'ilfii{��;;��: II
� ,..,
�
����: {lqq: 1Hr"l"'Q�: 1
HP:Hlfltl 'i I
(\

N�J/t��� �": �f.mfu�1'�il�ffil: 11

�illiflffil�llffifijlq'f
ffili: �JJl��srt I
1'�����TJJ­
fflmllcl'§ij�T 'llftr.t)s��,u u �� 11
Sloka 28. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter
and Venus be together in one bhava, the effect of the
yoga on the person born is that he will be an assassin,
cast out by his father: mother and other relations and
will become sightless, If the Sun, the Moon, Mara,
Venus and Saturn form a IRRffiliT (Panchagraha yoga),
the person, who has his birth therein will cleverly tum
to account the humility, the wealth and power at hia
command and will be depraved and have intrigues with
other people's wives.
cf, IfRJqt•s"t
�r�-=�t q�ii=\clt lfTiIMi!�qt R{1 �;:��: 1
'4�fil "'it ���f!;:f: ��;;���1i�ff1:Q 11
IJFH����ill llfffl-tT�H: 1'ffif,ITR{rt: I
q�"f.pt: �rm:�1�w,���\: 11

�\l•-�t=t�r-1�.Jt-
q� � ��il◄\"S��lfl I
lt llcl«�rm�ms�: �-
� u�: II :t� II
so
 Adh. VIII.

Sloka '29. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter

and Venus combine and produce a "1f(� (Panchagraha
yoga), the person whose birth is influenced thereby will
be a wealthy minister, with ;:i fame, power and authority
to punish offenders, quite his own. If the five planets
jointly forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Mercury,
Jupiter and Saturn, the person born in the yoga will be
indebted to another for his food, very cowardly, very
wickedly inclin�d and practising cruelty.
cf. ·3:m:r�
�ffl qi�� �qqf:;.r,tt �u��� �, �q_ I
�: �cf;Tm�ffi' ����9�\ai 11
�: Ri�fr�: �T� t1�ofll! R�ai I
311: 'frPatll)� �����d���: II
��mw��11�{��,
(\qi1iRflfflUID il!<h1i11s.: I
'111����m�: �
rfl:J'Wl�l�mt f?I"�: «fl: II � o II
-.;,
Sfoka 30. (f the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus
and Saturn be together in a bhava, the person born will
be without wealth, tall in stature, bereft of ,. children
and his body will be afflicted with many diseases. If
the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the 5
planets jointly producing a •hr�:qm (Panchagraha yoga),
the person who has his birth therein will have a
wedded wife 1 be eloquent, clever in juggling, fearless,
but have enemies to contend with.
cf. �u�
if1�T irit�I�T q�onro,�1 �l�!Ji1�1.:i: 1
�TRwnet� �����1n.�: 11
SI. 81-92 &l\

<JPlft::�����ffi: � �1ff qfflq-r-1_ I

..�,��@�T �;_ft����lll���: II
PRlnffl�.:�JJij'felffl:
8-lltrof'm;'-I'� '{J?f�1�: I
l(Qaft���+n�·
ffi'��f qra;f�!Jf(ll]MJ{: �� II �' Cl
Sloka 31. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and
Venus be in conjunction, the person who has his birth
in the yoga will be free from every care or sorrow, will
command an army and horses, and l::e restlessly moving
about after womrn not his own. If the planets associa•
ted in the q-�Q�ll (Pc1r.clugraha yoga) be the Si.m, Mars,
Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn. the effect of the yoga on
the person born is that he will have .to edt begged food
and wear dirty and tattered clothes.
cf, {;{Rl�
�ift "'��tAr: ��1it-11qfM�mlfflii: 1
{f4'nl'ltfi,ijllfrT ,}'lH��:;ft��i: �Wl II
�r;n ir�n fif�t �� ��Pf.<l� rff,tt I
�Tif��mt �h�:iI���"'�A°'!�: 11

�: ��go �� =!1'��1-Toll@ff
I
'"uifi"'
fmnfmt�spHTIJTT"l:
"'
�UJIS'l�ij?,'1"ij�Ulf�rf: �r�:
('

,..qH_1fl}Jwf�·1Wf�ij: II �� II
Slok,i :n. The person whose birth is in the yoga
formed by Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn
being in one bhava will be honor,iblt?, proficient in the
arts, have t o do greatly with thC' infliction 01 pu111sh,
66
 Adh. Vlll.

ment in the form of death and capuv1ty and will be

sickly. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn
be associated in a 4..,.RiPtr•1 {Panchagraha yoga), the effect
upon the person born is that he will be of the highest
rank, but have much misery, danger and disease to
endure and be famished,
cf. �f(lili(f
�'flr'l°'illllffi �®it �'l� 'fq@ I
f;t:�t fitf.�'1ul: t��u��q;;t �'cl n
olfl�f•Hftfi'f�: �tl•H�!tsfffr{:l�ff: I
�q� igf41: 9.�i;: t�Tf.gR�q:;{iftt1"1l: II
� "-1, FcJ " .... "' fl
>l��TS\:"Pfl ifl •t'El�!FfTS@�-
tm: i��@'fi���: I
�� iij(d1:ffij�6:(-
�t
�ijf;ill��l�! II � \ II
Slvka 33. Jf the five planets, th.! Moon, Mare,
Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combine and produce a yoga,
the person born in it will be a menial servant, without
wealth. shabbily dressed, very ignorant and thievish.
The person at whose birth, the Sun, Mara, Mercury,
Jupiter and Saturn .i.re in conjunrtion, will be famed for
his feats of physica] energy in the enjoyment of pleasure
in toyings in the form of a lock q.!{ (Yanthra).

'l�= �r 11�w11'.JRts��irr m: 1
cf. vttllf�I
R6�
�rn .:tit �l�"= �ro�yq;d�ft�= n
ile�-=�\1T�n�lf1Tq:(i.;.ifi\qs: �ii. lltl� I
�N= ��1 �<Rfit�fiH1ml: n
51. 84-35

In the latter half of this sloka, the planets forming the com•
bination should be the Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn
instead of the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter anll Saturn which has
already been dealt with i11 sloka 31 supra. Further, the effect
given for this combination more or less talliiis with that given in
the 2nd of the two slokas from �l{Ff� (Saravali) quoted above,
!' n
�if•:i q���lfij\:'(q�:
"'

�rw fc::ij�ysn�lr.:['!�: I
m1: �._
:j{i�.:r.r: �;r�� ffU-l
�--
,-..,
{-l;ij���,;r�r�m{: II � ij II
S/o.t1 ;tl. Th,:. person who h..is his birth in the
yoga ior.nd by the five planet:i ti1� Surl, Me:rcury,
JupitG, Venus ;ind Saturn, will h.: wise, •1;.;:rsed in
sacred b.-)oks ,rn<l of a virtuous char,i.cter :i.ad conduct
such as gods an<l n:verend senior:-; always appr,.1Ve of.
lf the Muon 1 Mars, Mercury, Juritcr and Venus be
togdher in a bhava, thl! pers1:!:. born under such
influence will be virtuons, luppy, veq• wealthy,
powerful and I,�arned.

�m�m•:1'����1: ifa:r�r -.:1.�(J,t � 1

'<1iJq{: =f;T<-f11n�: 1f•,;
.... tffl�:1J'f.�4.:ft�:
� ... II
m�: -1:�!!Jftir hm·•Fli:Jf.l.l!�tro-qfjq?[: , I
'••

,.;.�t��T ��f'f ·?T 9:;Fi[ t,:lzfr'�'tl]�i 11

�, 9\. � I'\ �\
q-��5i:i��1p:mr��!fr�rij�;:?Jq;:a:: I
ffl �'ll f��ijlJJ� llt\qu;('i:r: m�;frs�;rr � II�'°' H
Slok1.i ::35. If the five planets, the Mooa1 Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava,
the person born under their influence wilJ be hcnoured
ever.y where. He will have defective vision and have
 Adh. VIII..
. .
a status equal to that of a mvereign or be may be a
kinfs minister.
cf. ffi{riri'!ft

�qq-;::;ft ift'fi'fft1fl fl1Jl.ffq: ij���st I

11'.� � -f{-il;:���lft-:1�rf.r�\: II
The un<lermentione<l two combinations appear to have been
left out, viz., (I} The Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn
antl (2) the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn. Their
effects are thus descI"ibed in ffl\l�J.

fflfflU"1ft ���: 'Rlilll'f'it1:n.fct ��T �: l

JJ�;rqfu ifrY'lTT J�r����til��: 11
i!�U:jf'l'=fq�: •mq�cffm,rti:rm�: I
�iiPld�JfAT �����H�: II
...._
11 � tRm:�:
... II
Combinations of 6 planets in one bhava; there ;:ue 7 sud1
combi nation!:'.

�•{R�'fllt����irarri��
�r@)S{nqmf{Jf���: �1�ffl'q�: I
liti'•�$:ll�iiqf���: fuooircrr-i_
�-=1'T<::!lfif'�ff f;r�;r,mqm) R�Q mt: 11 � � 11
SJ.,ika 36. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter and Venus be all in one bhava, the person born
under the yoga wiil be a holy man called t'ftq, (Tir•
thankara) dwelling in forests and hills and having wife,
children and wealth. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combine and produce a
111�...w,�m (Shadgraha yoga) the effect thereof upon the
person born is that he will suffer from headache, have a
St. 97-38 526

c:onstitution1l disposition to madness, dwell in solitudes

and that in a for�i�n country.
cf. �lif'·Hlll:iq;irf.;t

A�T�'tl���) 11�iuri'l � l{l?q,n-r._ 1

{1.-QJ�: �:f.qq;:i'f: �r('Jr
!'�. " �, �
1:1,10
...
q:�p�,r. 11
�fiiRilJf t{fllJflffiijffiif r «�R�@: «'fi:
�·�,d�RTTT��f�{8(�1�: �(J:ijf 1
f'\ � "' "

:jfF-1f1:0'F-Jl;;�;:Jl�ij�IU 'mit�:
"'
"

il!t ifl•�'«I) i«mif �T ft� ifij: II �\911

Slvk,1 37. lf the Sun, Mars, Mac.ury, JL1pita,
V cnus and Saturn be in conjun·:tion, the person born in
the yoga will be of wandering habits and very wise.
Jf the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn
be together in a hhava, the person whose hirch is influ•
enced by the conjunction of tht'St! planets will be a
pilgrim to holy shrines and an ascetic. If the six
planets combining and producin� the yoga b� the Sun,
the Moon, Macs, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, th: effect
un the person born is that he will be a robber, addicted
to women not his own, leprous, reviled h y relatives,
bereft of children, ignorant and in exile.
NOTES.
If "�1�-ii" be the reading, the translation i_; "shall own
great wealth."
(',-... f'\ "It'

�•�l5r1.f�lllij�: ij'llfltTTmlT
�

f;{.fi1 ll{tWTT�;[f°mm��: I
it;::tl���;J-t'�.flrr��,.:r:
�Ml: f«ijm:J<tt:jll�IJJ�Ff:.t""�:
" " " -1:l
II �
... � II
Slaka 38. The person b:,rn in a (Shad, ""��rll
graha yoga) formed of the Sun, the Moon, Mars,
+526 Adh. VIII.

Mercury, Venus and Saturn will be insignificant,

engage d in works not his own, afflicted with consump•
tion and dryness of the nose and despicable. If the
Sun, the Moon, Ma.rs, Jupiter, Venu.4 and Sa.turn be the
six planets jointly producing the yoga, the person whose
birth is influenced by jt will be a king's councillor,
bereft of the joys whi-:h wife, children md wealth giv�,
but ca.Im and contented.

U ;rqrfe:um�etJlft4t��+( II
�mr: �q-�ij�ij tJTij{ffl'�T ��f�ijiJ�-(l-
�: �tl�Hqf=-l�T i�O'tcfi! ijT&� 1
�i�: �fay� �� �: ��ll,lll�t((l
,;fiin-J: qr:f�l'l�l�ftfftil' ifqrf�,fu�ij h � � II
Sluka 39 .. When the Sun is in the several signs
beginning with Mesha, the effect on the person born is
in order (1) that he will h;we small wealth; (2) he will
delight in music; (3) his mind will be {ult of care
regarding the acquisition of learning and w,:;llth ; (1) he
will be ignorant; (!i) he will be wrsed in th� several
arts and be clever; (fi) he will be devoted to the acqui­
sition of mone:y; (7) he will be daring; (8) he will be
esteemed; (()) he will be a petty trackr; ( 10) he will be
clever in every kind of exer.:ise; (I 1) he will be lacking
in such joys as children and children's children give;
and ( 12) he will prrn,per by such industries as agricul,
tural operations carried on by irrigation.
NOTES,
cf. i'fl'i,!J<:'f"fi XVIII-slokas 1--·1.
�ij ��wlifi1.JR;-{�;r: i��fit �11�1:
efiit1ti 111��� ilil�il �n,f� ITT�-1. I
i;1 40-41

ffil l{ill� ij f;f� � feir,nft: �

P\l' -p-tmffl �'1� �)sur �: II ijo II
Sloka 40. I( Mars occupy his owu sign at a
person ·s birth, the latter will get wealth from a king,
from agriculture and from his wandering about in
pursuit of other such occupation. If Mirs be in a Rasi
owned by Venus, the person born will set his mind on
sensual enjoyment; the effect of Mars• presence in a
sign belonging to Mercury is that the person under
such i•nflucnce will speak in a deject'ed tone; if the
planet be in Kataka. the person born will become a
king's favourite and hav<! much wealth. If Mars•
position be in Simha; at a person's birth, th� latter. will
be in possession of secure wealth. In a Rasi belonging
to Jupiter, Mars makes the person born triumphant
over his foes and possessed of comfort and happiness.
In Kumbha, the presence of Mars has the effect of
making the person concerned served by bad people.
And lastly when Mars is in M1k,1ra, the person born is
e ither a king or his equal.
NoTF.S,
cf. {1.�'1ln"<i XVlH-slokas 5-7.
ffi v,:�s�: fit� m�1" ij�1
ctilit� R�F-f�f!l g1�f1� �@ ij��ij: I
� �on�, 'flij'��·q
"" "\ "\ rs "\
-l'll�IWH
itt-tW ��! �� �� �tq�: It \lt
II
Sloka 41. A person will b� poor if at his birth
Mercury be in a house of Mars ; learned if in a house
of Venus; happy if Mercury be in Mithuna; will dissi,
pate w his ealth if the planet be in Kataka ; wdl be
 . .. - ... ....
Adh. VIII •
... ,., .., ., ...
henpecked if Mercury be in Simha; will have virtues
in abundance aad be exempt from dangers if Mercury
occupy Kanya; a king's favourite if in Dha.nus; a
subdued servant if in Meena; an artisan and a m,�nial
servant of another if in a house of Saturn.
NoTES.

If�=� be the reading instead of til�r. the translation will

be '"wilt get rid of all his troubles."
cf. ill;;;.frtrfo XVllI-slokas 8-1 I.

ir-flAqffliifti: ijguli:4I'{ � pij �

� mri' 1'ft�5d.tl('l�fij� tt6 I
!Q: {51\1.fll �fiil' 1'?
lJt1fi � g:u
� ���1111�� �l'R ��: �1: II W� II
Sloka 42. 1f Jupiter be in a sign of Mars at the
birth of a person, the latter will be superior to others
in his army, wealth and sons, highl y virtuoos and
bountiful ; if in a aign of Venus, the person concerned
will be energetic; if in a sign of Mercury, be will have
a Jarge following of friends; if Jupiter be in Kataka,
the person born will be wise and rich in sons ; if in
Kumbha1 the person concem�d will enjoy pleasures; if
the planet be in Simha, the person affected will become
famou& ; if Jupiter occupy a �i"lf ( Swakshetra), the
person born will be a king or on a par with a king. lf
in the depression sign Makara the person concerned
will be a wanderer and have a careworn mind.
NOTES•
cf. fir-i"il'T"liii XVlll-slokas 12-13.
\ffl: ���¥1� �ll�lil�lif.
lll��w,)sRt�ftijr.tTU �fij"'1f: l
SI. 13-44

t!�'f11m'� ���¥ifqt ,qttt«1:

�'qq1go1��Fl - �T��IRl«:4� II V- II
Slo ka 43. According lo the position of Venu1 in
the several signs from Mesha onwards, the periion born
will be respectively (1) a gallant ; (2 ) wielding large
influence due to the posaession of fortune, genius,
frienda and kindred; (3 ) learned, wealthy and wise;
( 4•) cowardly; ( 5 ) will have dull sons; ( 6) wilJ follow
courses of conduct prescribed for people lowest in the
social scale; ( 7) will be a king's favourite; ( 8) will be
served by a 9 et of bad women ; ( :,) will become a lord
of men; ( 10) will have enjoyments; ( Jt) will become
addicted to unmarried girls; ( u) will be poss eBsed. of
fortune, learning, worth and amiable manners.
NOTES.
r.f, ((;i.mfifi XVIII-slokas 14-16.

i{'if �'El.fl' I@��,..��

;wi: �lfil� 11Vi�1!1��1: I
�mr: ��mftll:;JT m1isfq1 �crt-t
�mf�ml ti'�� irn��lffi II vv II
Sloka 41. If Saturn occupy Mesha or any of the
other signs taken in order, tl,e person born will respec­
tively be ( l) stupid ( �) will not have much wealth
( 3 ) will be bereft of money, sons and intelligence ('1)
will be banish�d from th<! joys derivable from the kind
care of a mother ( ·'•) will be disreputable ( 6) will have
very little wealth and very few children ( 7) wilJ be
the leader of a community, town or village ( B) w · ill
have a cruel heart ( n) will enjoy the dignity attaching
to the poase-ssion of children, wife and riches ( 10) will
67
&80 Adh. VIII.

be liked by his sovereign ( 11) will have we.11th ( H) will

surpass in energy and other kingl)' virtues.
NOTES.
cf. fil:;;':,JHf'li XVIIJ-slokas 17-19 .
. ' " ,..._
�l�Rl-ll�� � ��11� I
ij��im qfu� �i:�: II V'-\ II
Sfoh 45. An intelligent astrologer should weigh
well in his mind the effect of the Moon's presence in
the several zodiacal signs beginning with Mesh.1 as w ell
as in the Amsas (q) belonging thereto and then declare
the result of bis delibtrations.
"' ..... "' "l'Pft- ,..._ ,... � "
q1q1� •I1I:flTHltlif '['!1]1U
(' rs
'11'@: ��'4gtlrf�lr:«ii.f: "\�
I
qrn� ij qffi�'l��:
" "
qJ�ql� iliq���wn�: �,a_ 11 V\ II
Slok,1 4(>. When a planet is aspectcd by a malign
one, the person born undu its influence suffers from
bad ailments and is without the virtues, worth, wealth
and fame which a person of his birth and social s tatus
ought to have. If a pl.1net be associated with a malign
one, the effect is that th� person born under such iafJu,
ence has a hankering after oth�r people's we,t!th and
women, is harsh of speech, fraudulently minded and
slothful.
lf� �l1�w � �1�:
ij��llllll !J-=�it U�l{: I
..... " � ":0 "'
q'l'{lF{�1{(1: � �1i:�?1tf1.flij
�iJR9:IT.l l:l'll�RqTRQf(]ij: II \l\9 II
SI. 47-48

Sloka 47. A person born under the influence of a

planet aspected by a propitious one will have children.
riches and enjoyments, will be handsome, honored by
his sovereign and exempt from h umiliation or disgrace.
If the planet influencing a birth be associated with a
benignant one, the person born will be triumphant over
his foes in Lhis world, conform to tbe duties and prac:ti·
ces appertaining to his birth and social position, and b�
1hrewd enough to understand (ascertil.in) the unexpressed
wishes of others by their outward indications.
:q;=i tl'fmf f�l�{if'iffl:litiQ \{'ffif:
R�l-{ U�•H �JRo!l'f�-{ �T �1� (f) l11r� 1
f.t���qr.:lfl{q�."ifnn Tm�,
�qi, R�T �q: f!qfft11r-t: �u �it f;rq;r: 'cl�
Sloka 48. When the Moon occupying Mesha is
aspected by the !!everal planets beginning with Mari
and ending with the Sun, the peraon born under such
influence will respectively be a ki ng , a man of learning,
a person equal in :,tatus to a king, one endowed with
every amiable quality, a thief, and a beggar. 1f the
Moon be in Vrishabha1 and Mars aspect it, the person
tom will be one l:ereft of property; if Mercury be Lhe
aspecting planet, the pers�n born will bl!: a judge; if
Jupiter, an honorable person ; if Venus, a king; if
Saturn, a monied person ; if the Sun, one of a servant·
class. If the Moon be in Mithuna and the several
aspecLing planets b� taken in the s,1me order as before,
the perso!l born in thejiev�ral c.1ses will resp�ctivdy be,
one defective in som� limb, a king an intellig�nt and
sagacious person, a brave personJ a villainous wretch,
and a poor man.
 Adh. VIII.

NOTES.

f.r:{<f: la-1',p!FZi seems to be the correct reading in the 3rd pada

of thestoka. cf. Brihatjatab XIX-1. The translation will then
he "If the Moon be in Vrishahha, and Mercury be the aspecting
planet, the person born will be a thief &c. "
cf. �m<1;;fI
-arr�iiU ;iqffl: !t1JJ0T-1j lfl�� iJif� :snr1: 1
·4k �l� fflfJJT t'!
��f:r f{q' 11
From this, it would seem that "-.it.:i.. " in place of "�Ri:;"
was the original reading,
¥ctrRmlffl9: fum<trdl��(f�it�: 1
iftu��: �y.:� ii:.tffl �rof-1
t!fflfl: II
-lf�f.r�RT&: �: �F'f�t4ra: I
�q� q''ff'l f-i�T� �Mifcl�i�: II
��\l�fl'l�) o1qa-: flf¾9��qfflqffq I
ifq� �i:r�'TT' �� �(DJT �qf3'Jff: II
���1lm�w T1Jir-t. -Iqfff�t 'f��lfq! ,
�;fi1l1:S�flR �1n1JJ
� f.tftf�ff ififfl II
o���q) ��: q{r�)ift �W<!iffif� 1
iftfp) �"��;- �f.r,n �e- l'r,f:jj!Jfl: u 11 , 11
�iil1Rt'f.4i,{ @��Qt.i:i�: ij�j � I
!ilPnFl1fi ��� iqil �ffiT�ffs.q�: II
..@iil4 �iRm !!�@�� ;;igm{fit�� I
��1l�{ .JR\CJJi 'flQ� yif �� '{q' f�a- II
� 9FP-l��� �q�of'l� tf'f@l!ffi-ll+I_ I
�lint�� �: �� �s�qq�5m+1_ I
f�{�:it�1� qmTA1!'1fQilt.=olffrl'f4�;«11+1_ 1
'ilf4�fcw;qf<\ 11� �f!: fflTT � ll
Sl. 49 583

�U'l�r-r,ztn11tt �iffij.fl{r�IJT�llAJJI, I
lfTfi'IPf !I'l� fAa-Rffl) Q� �� iQa II
'l-i�RR'RI!� 'lqil fPf �r :;<f -g-iffJPiJil 1
ijITT'tSi�;:�� fflij�I'!: �ut i{ia' ll II � 11
��Ni'f ��T� fqW{ �� ij'tffqgq_ I
·'3l@�: ffff�1Jir'1T'I r.nU'R1 �� ��&!;:�: II
�@�Rt�� ij���wq� I
fiit-T
iii(ia' "l�T • R�Si=f�Qij_ II
�qfij�-1'�� �� lWIU�il :q <flt '<f I
'lTP��q�11�� fq�;J ,"1,-Hfui'f'-Q�: II
r-\�tm�T"-'Tir �loln{f B�s11=;;i-w'llf. 1
qr� cOfrq-,rfq�: �trn ��T� fq�;!t II
<tG"�ir,�qq���-m-r 'l�llfutN: 1
�� i{i1' � ll!!�! �QJA fir�•n it = II
pa-���� �ITfij<.clM�fii�Pf� �M I
al"lof 'fflT'f�Qj � ��R'f�-il;::it: II II ' II

.F-t� � �inw,.ii·r.tii.\- itll�il

3Trlt��(iqrn�� ��IPt! I
lf'l qf�ifr� � w1ro1': 'TI'ft f?nz: miitt
�� efffl rctu: 1'trif m:n�: � v�
SlcJka 49. H the Moon in Kataka be aspected
severally by the six planets from Mars taken in order,
the persons born in the six cases will respectively be
valiant, honorable, endowed with the high�st poetical
talent, of royal rank, working in iron, and suffering
from ophthalmia. If the Moon be in Simha under the
aame aspects, the person born will respectively be a
684 Adh. VIII.

king, one speaking learnedly, a wealthy man, a king, a

wicked person and one that is mighty- If the Moon be
in Kanya and be aspected by the several planets taken
in the same order, the person born in the several .cases
will be respectively wealthy, mighty, lordly, learned,
badly behaved and in easy comfortable circumstances.
cf, li!IU<l<'i'I

il�@i{i'f 'lf;:iJ 'lf�<i ��1'i i:Jrlq I

iit� lq� � d��trt ��Cf@ �T II
"5li �ef'i�uft� lfTQ�-tqt�� &� ?,:�'l I
�fffir-f.t1•ft�n=rna:sirf�@ "'l.:m -tt �1l@' 11
�A�itf<l il'm �-tqfft' ��i'tfu�: '<l�t �W I
��9?1�;;� -l1{Rf�� fl��<l "t' II
� -!11!IOT�� �ilqRl "'.:�: ��lJ�I?: I
� ijf�Htijq� rfqf¾.;,�WliltfijifP�J{. 11
��a �{>a
'<1-l::f.-1�::tijiQTR�rrfTilt �ij� 1
ifi-f.2* lFM ��QFt-l�l�<fi �r.:0+1_ 11
�tt� �ft� q1gd;ri! f?P-trfr"ft'\ 1nq+1_ 1
:af.:r.JT (�: �� <fiU@ "f;;� o1t �1"'q_ II II � II
,iq@l(!!� t"�'a- tln'�e�oj �I�� t{ll_ I
��IJJT te-: � q1q�� fl�ff " '-l�: 11
U-tTqm !:l'�(J� q{�q@ijoPtiTf[oifq',:=tJf, I
��f!l�lt9;� ���rfi:l�JJJ: fH� II
�JijiJffiji res
�1�4 Jq@itstfi lli� 1
i� �� �el 'el�l<f'ffillfrqi'f =q;;s{: \\
���rif �� ��� �fPJ.i"" I
t� �)�ij� ��a:1;:;�in: f.�� 11
Sl. 60 686

�Jl�fcl-=r�i� itfi111Jqfq �<ff�iM� �.� I

�n�Nif �1� �fl' �U �;r,�•ll'!: II
mt
of.ll<iiif"'I� ��Si[tf.n'.ii �qreej; I
rn�;r r1-qr �it �rifi:t��1�iJ�q� � �m1 11 11 � 11
-!<J�"f.� �� 1i�"11�� �ro��"TOl&J. 1
ifr=�t�t ��m l1�1�it ��1 §�a- 11
ro�1=q1q �m ��"-'rff ro�� ij-4lt � ,
�Ttfl ��£ITT lflij�'Rt! �1ll ili� II
��@"<iilo-J.l'f-f� Mi:fl�f��'! fq�f<R ij(f@l I
mfo�tj cfirtf�t '.if�fu f-rJ.oi ��ft�.:�: 11
i!-=��T� ef\CR ���'f.� . �i"filcFt � I
cfir1.lll1T ��l!!t �-:itffrf ftl.lc!rf.:citl �.:�: 11
cfi;:�T�i �i�� F4f.\"'IT�i:fil��tfil°'q�1ilill{_ I
flortfil?rffrn"2,�(l�efct' ��on f.l�lRffim. .=�: 11
ilf!�ffi �fi� ijfflijoiJIJlTfi �qfo<l<Q'l_ I
-7,.=�1.1t tfif�: �'tq)rq'<l� ��1 �� II 11 ( 11

at�� rt.11�"t ����uil��w.�1il_

. l{'l: �oi��) ctf�p{�rmffe: 1t8": I
��� �it:n� flin�Jqctifi) u�) il'R�
Uill f.11:1f.l'�) �qreijFRf t! i��1il: II � 0 II
Sloka 50. When the Moon in Thula is aspected
severally by the benefic planets, Mercury, Jupiter and
Venus, the per�ons burn in the Reveral cases will be
respectively a king, a mint-master and a merchant. If
the Moon in Thula be aspected severally by Mara, the
Sun and Sa.turn, the person born in each case will be
impotent. If the Moon occupy the sign Scorpio and be
686 Adh. VIII.

severally aspccted by the planets taken in order from

Mercury, the person born in the several cases will be
( 1) a man with two fathers and two mothers ( 2) a
favorite of the king, ( s) a mean-wretch,. ( •) a sickly
person, ( 5) a poor nnn, ( 0) and a minister of a king.
NoTES.

��= {Vanchakaha) is another reading for qu;;--r,: {Pandakaha)

iD 2nd pada of the sloka.
the

ef. i=m:1�1
al'i� sq,flfr111e� qftlf.f l1t11�111� "' 1
�ID'lf�lt g� ·�r-P�ffi �iTTR!ff¾l.=iJ;: II
ffi� "ff{ � witfq�;:�1��9:wJ{. I
�11w.1-tra�iJ �ta ��mo��: u
00 ��.f �.:�: iml� Sl�'tFt"ll�J{. I
'illclli:f� f�j� W�•� �� �'-1� II
:;ft��o�/J�qj �•P�ftt ij� � f�lf9;: I
�qfflif,� i�� \ffl�'! ��4 �!i'-1� 11
��oiJ ijij� ij�<!FloTm'il.fl�� �l�'l, I
�mt n�RN$ � 1t���fl: �m ij� 11
1

t!i�·a- �UT 'vll� &�<tT�lf ell��!� �� I

��@ ij\CIU� �1Piift�ir f� t:Jtg: 11 11 ',-9 n
ti� �)��gq �G-1 ,, �q� of I

�*
�.fii\�msf��;:�: ij��fjift 2-�ll II
��qiJ�if ii�a' ,�Rif ���d1! I
��i.J ijq): 11'f�UJ �� trrn: 11
a{-q�q��q1<f4 {{Jl�J"Q� :q ?!�.-:� 'q I
�qf<f i\fol tJ!: ��i ffiQt 'ii �ll 11
SI. 51 687

iMlfl'di � � =If Am 'if I

�' m�rrn) �$() �� 'if 11
��1p1 \FliTI�-�� �� I
��.:tTroc'fffR �fill 7m.fi� £1.-iC: II
ffl� �qd] 01:IT� 'if �.Ti '='I I
���rit -f�'N'1 ..:{IJT: � II II ( II

�;:,: �� ��� �Qli;i..t•1wr�i1'1�t�: I

t! ������: �qmi �'{«n � tt'\t II
Sloka 51. When the Moon occupies Dhanus and
has the aspect of benefic planets upon it, the person
born will have plenty of learning; wealth, wisdom, fame
and sttength. When the Moon in Dhanua ia aspected
by Mars, the Sun or S1turn, the person born under such
influence will be an arbitrator in a court and addicted
to courtezans.
cf. �11:m'fj
;.'11�1� �li1 � f�Tqql{iq �yq I
lff f�1 rn!ll�ff ef�'lifijffll�-wti'lq_ II
a-1Mffl ij�t !;!'11' !.:I\O'lrnm'l i�1� ,
���q�� �foij�: �mt ��fii II
�� ct�mf ��fu�1ftf:f'!lit � I
�mt �JR�'RIH'ifl� �. ¢t II
�« � Ill-�� ifM �it I
�'1��q��?r � II
�-Plffl� � ��ri �il 1�r�::tif'fEl.-fl 'of I
"IN�G �Tffl: ifitt�: II
68
 .. ,., ... .,
Adh. VIII.

fwRT�;j W{T� �!@ ���l�if �if_ l

�ij ��{iii �� ffllfu�: �� �� II II� 11
mil itflqftn\11� � f.(�� 1qt I
!��ffl"i'ff � �� II "\� II
Sloh1 52. Wheo the Moon in Makara is severally
aspected hy the planets taken. in order from Mercury,
the persons born in the several cases will be respectively
( 1 ) a king ( ,, ) a ruler of the earth ( 3) a )earned man
( 4) a rich person ( �) a beggar and ( 6) a lord.
"'· �
� i=�of{l4 �fl q�i:ni � 1
11� ��rq: ftl�•r11rn c!OO?ll fflUIT II
a:mi�qqff; !�'{ ijll� 'tl.Jfi!i('j �i\' '9;� I
q�� �rri ifiur.f ��fl.IQ.:�: II
� �� � �ffl \'l��;j "if I
�M � �: ��J �iA � II
liq@�� �flm�: fi� �it � I
�'r-!NSJ ir,iq@ !!�fuo-!Q:;:t:;: ll
'lt�'f@'tRFc.l]:'f!JJqT�lll�lF-9fl -ti ffi I
(WHf;roif� if�'I@ .Z�i:l�ff�.:�: II
��{1 If� �fl Rij\CJ'ij;j qH:�ffl-lfit:. I
��A<S��: ifi(l@ �;::�) .:r� q� II II ' 0 11
P� f.rtr.n� 1¥{!! ffi'M: I
ilffl� Q<◄ t�)a: qrq�af.1�1"'ij: II "\� Ii
Sloka 53. The effect on the person born of the
Moon in Kumbha being aspected by benefic planeta ie
that he will be rich in fame. The Moon in Kumbha,
51. 54

aapected by malefic planets makes the person that haa

his birth under the influence a libertine.
cf. um�
amlmqfff � �i � m4<ii !iftt1i{ "I I
� -�it �tfff'I: �: II
�qsfittt�ql� 'fTQ:���RJI;. I
� 1 H�� �fit lff�ff�: II
affl-ffi'ifl�ffil llTllM� �q '"' �Effll-wt_ I
�f.l'MU(cf � li?rftt �\l�T�m fflft � 11
Jilll��Ofi ffl WfU11-ll;Ji "I I
i�� ��,n� � ��ff: u� � 11
;fi�qf.l=sf �@'{ltl��� qyqq_ I
i� �t� §!f-'ffi «ra� �tlt�\qq_ II
ij�lt"I� �;% '«���fl � fq1:1irtu1ir_ I
Rf"('ffi'l-f'H� �� � ITT{�!?: II II t ' II
� � � u� �:
� qA�ti"� �� qtqmc.) �Pm I
� (4'Sift"� =Q�flRhnit��-illQT�a:
ffll=7ffll' U� ftffl �@)�����cl. II '1.\111
Sloka 54. When the Moon in Meen� is aspected
by benefic plan�ts1 the person born will be a learned
king, fond of mirth. If the Moon in the same Rasi be
aapected by ma.iefic planets 1 the effect of this on the
person born is that he will be foul-mouthed and evil­
minded. When the Moon occupying a malefic Amsa is
aapected by malefic planets, the person born will be
wicked and licentious. If the Amsa occupied by the
 Adb. VIII

Moon be bendic and the aapecting planets be also bene"

fie, the person born becomes fainous.
NOTES.
cf. �Rfi{<'l"J
<flit �ffll ijm;i it-JR@ 'ififfl�il_ f
� R➔tM'.t@; ��t•4 1fl� IAA' II
qft� �� i� 'if it"f11f.R(f 'if I
� ��: Rml!f'��l � � II
�fit �-t ffl 'l�Olpt:;'IT: �II_ I
�ircft<i !ffer,i <i�f?mirl'lir ffiil ll
� lfr-1� litreci ��ino�� I
�ffiq �fi'IT{ �: ffi� � II
� fflft ti� � �tll<IT�TFl{cfl{ I
pNffil Wffltf �� cfilfir-ft.rt 'if II
�� �qy: �l� '!;JW@� I
m'
- �ffn!T
� .ft._.�lri.flfRfilf� 11 II '� ll
What has been said in slokas 48-54 above may be rearranged
and summarised thus :
(I) Mars aspectiug the Moon in
Aries will make the person bom a Kin�
Taurus 01111 bereft of property

Gemini defective in some limb

Cancer valiant
Leo a king
Virgo wealthy
Libra impotent
Scorpio minisler of a king
Sagittarius arbitrator in a court and one:
addicted to courtemns
Capricorn a lord
Aquarius a libertine
Pisces foul-mouthed and evil-minded
SI. 51 541

Thus, Moon square or opposition Mars is bad except when the

Moon i<: in Aries, Leo, Scorpio and Capricorn. Three of these
happen to be the ffl;T':f (Swakshetra.) and �� (Uchchakshetra)
of Mars, and f • r the Moon in Leo, Mars happens to be the ruler
of the 9th from it. That is why Mars is good ia these four signs..
(2) Mercury aspecting th«' Moon in
Aries will make the person born a man of learning
Taurus a thief
Gemini a king
Cancer honorable
Leo one spea�ing learnedly
Virgo 1nighty
Libra a king
Scorpio father of twins
Sagittarius learned, wealthy and wise
Capricorn .... . a ki"ug
Aquarius rich and famous
Pisces a learned king, fond of mirth
The Moon in opposition to Mercury in any place is good
except Vrishabha. It is however not so good as the Moon in
opposition to Jupiter for finance. The intellectual side is good.
(3) Jupiter aspecting the Moon in
Aries will make the person born equal in status to a king
Taurus honorable person
Gemini intelligent and sagacious
Cancer endowed with the highest
poetical talent
Leo wealthy
Virgo lordly
Libra a mint master
Scorpio favourite of a king
Sagittarius wealthy, famous and learned
Capricorn a king
Aquarius rich and famous
Pisces a king
The Moon can be aspected by Jupiter only when she is in
 Adh. VIII.
trine or in opposition to Jupiter and not when in conjunction
with Jupiter.
Politicians or statesmen are born if the Moon trine Jupiter or
Moon opposition Jupiter takes place when the Moon is in Taurus,
Virg o or Capricorn.
It therefore follows that all leaders in any walk of life must
have Moon-trine Jupiter or Moon-opposition-Jupiter.
(4) Venus aspecting the Moon in
Aries will make one endowed with every amiable quality
Taurus a Kiog
Gemini a fearless person
Cancer a person of royal rank
Leo a King
Virgo learned
Libra a merchant
Scorpio one engaged in a base occupation
Sagittarius wealthy and famous
Capricorn a learned man
Aquarius famous
Pisces a learned man
Venus opposition Moon is thus not generally bad.
(5) Saturn aspecting the Moon in
Aries will make the person born a thief
Taurus wealthy
Gemini a villai11
Cancer a person working in iron
Leo a wicked person
Vir-go badly behaved
Libra impotent
Scorpio a sickly person
Sagittarius addicted to courtezans
Capricorn a rich per:iOD
Aquarius a libertine
Pisces foul-mouthe:i and evil-minded
All aspe<:ts (whether 3rd, 10th or 7th) of Saturn to the Moon
are bad except when the Moon is in Taunl3 a.ud Capricorn. We
s,. 66 643

have already stated in sloka 3 supra that Moon--:oojunction-Saturn

is bad,
(6) The Sun aspecting · the Moon in
Aries will make the person born a beggar
Taurus one of a i;ervant class
Gemini a poor man
Cancer suffering from ophthalmia
Leo mighty
Virgo one in cvm fort;ible circum•
stanr.es
Libra impotent
Scorpio a poor man
Sagi_ttarius an arbitrator in c:ourt aorl
addicted to courtezans
Capricorn a bf:'ggar
Aquarius a libertine
Pisces foul-mouthed ,,nd evil-minded.
All opposition of the Sun lo the Moon is bad f'Xceµt when
the Moon is in Leo. The Sun will theu be in Aquarius and
aspecting his own house.
\Vhat is true of the JI.loon is also true of the Lagna. So says
Varahamihira in his Hrihatjataka (XVlll-20).
All squares or oppositions bet ween the Moou an,1 any malefic
is bad. Similarly, all squarts and oppositions between tlw Lagna
and any malefic is bad, So also conjunctions of malefic.., with the
Moon or the Lagoa is bad except Sun-coujunction-Moon.
All conjunctions uetween malefics are bad (cf. slotao. I, 2, 4,
8 aupra as also "'•Nt:slcrn ai;t rulogers).

�tftr��- �ffl!I � �� I
� �: «� u�rt:iq)��r: 11 "'"' 11
Stoka 55 The effect of an aspl;'ct upon a Rasi
must b� held tc �pply likewise to its Amsa. The Rasis
aa well as their Amsas when aspectrd by or associated
with benefic phmets become benefic or auspiciou5.
644 Adh. VIII.

cf, ffiU,v;fl
rrftlqm ���� n:«t 9' iil�Tf;q� (fqT 'i'F� I
�fulfic3 �ff(-{�� ;fi��ftNijT 9' �W�'I"' II
II �fa:��·@it�Cfi8'1_ II
__s_-. ..,,,a_ "\ "' l'I " �
�IXM>l 'ITT. �lf((S�qij'ifq( �: 1!{cll lif'ilJH
""" ... ... � ij�7R� ;ra: I
��ffll l��Dfl �IJJ��h,
�n;n��: ��ijZ�Rl��iy
in�{ft��ffl rltita
���i-� q(1t�f� I I '"'� 11
Sloka 56. If the Sun bi! in the Lagnabhava, the
person born will have few sons, lead a tife of ease, be
cruel, eat sparingly, with defective vision, be given to
boasting in the battle-field, well-bred and acquainted
with the histrionic art. But if the Sun be in the exal­
tation sign also, the effect of it on the person born is
that he will delight in the acquisition of knowledge and
virtue, be possessed of good vision, fame and indepen -
dence. H the Sun occupying the Lagna be in Meena
the pcnon born will be waited upon and served by
females; but if the Lagna in which the Sun is be
identical with Simha, the ef £ect of it on the person born
is that he will be nighr.- 1'.llind but possessing good
strength.
�OTES
cf. ,rn,ir"f•-t,
�{:�r,iir hiii3.:r1.t�r AjJits� "l:l�¼
�q Jl�P!'ffilr;,�.:f: m��f;.f li{�lr9: !
,....... " ... ..
-il:.tS;::\iiTS�: �T���1Jij ,��m: q;;f II
,....._

Alsu •1,,:1f1fic�.r
�«S�S�il9'! f?mrf.3Rfl'I: ;t)�r ����ITT
1 r.fi �r,.:i��111: ��·HJ:
"' urt:'liir
. ..
f.l�: 1
r
�,. 57-58
-- ,,.
f�: �il' � �rnfiR= � r.t�: !l'ff-l
�s{�)�) fct.Jf!-1-1� '.ifl(fFw'Jqf ¥Acl_ ll
The Sun in Leo causes blindness at night, In Cancer, the
Sun causes cataract in the eyef. The Sun in Libra causes blind­
ness. The Sun in the Lagna causes some defect in eye;:,

�� �RJ::1� �sw(r-n
�'I 1fI'I«� il t'fij'� I
�f(lciii \T,ftl'i)�ffl�1
tit ij.ff lft� RU�� A'ltil II '-\\S It
Sloka 57. Whc!n the w.ming Moon occupies the
Lagn;i the p!rnn born will be deaf, defective in some
limb and a menial servant. If the Moon in the above
position be also in conjunction· with a malefic planet,
there will be no vitality in the person horn and he will
soon be dead If the Moon in the Lagna be in its e-xal­
tation or own hous�, th(! effect of it is that the person
born will have abund.mce of wealth, fa.me and much
beauty. If the M,Jon in the L1gna be full, the person
born will attain long life and become learned.
cf. fir,, if@ifi
'icfiJ;;q.�il�•;;·,.n:ft-i<1N(: �,.q: uwit��
��i��rr� 'tl•ft 11
Also 'K.ir(rrq-'fir
rn� "1;:� �?r ��,�.n�rJ"{il�r
�=
i\�8 ir�q'f'TTi. ll-'lfit R•HT� �{fl'Jij 11
m,��)s@�'I� itiu 1} �wit
., ftmmij«f: ���Rm �ITT�� ih�;t I
'111� �� R{.,{it��n;fr 'l:l;fl �cJT'{
�1 ilir�t �«r-R) ft{rfrcr� llit\ II'-\� II
69
546 Adh. VIII

Sloka 58. The person born with Mars in the first

bhava will be cruel, daring, given to wandering, very
fickle and sickly; if the planet in the first bhwa be
Mercury, the l!ffect on the person born will be that he
will be devoted to the acquisition of learning, wealth,
virtue and religion; if Jupiter occupy the L1gna the
person born will be long-lived, and have knowledge
untainted, wealth and beauty; if Venus should be in
the first bhava, the influence on the person born will
be that he will b-? libidinous, lovely in mien, blessed•
with a wife and children, and learned.
cf.
r.mlrl U :iil� FtiU-1_ 11
{�iii

� ii� �: II �
�f.1�01: ijffli'ffQ R�ll � 11
A1so--��if,T

����rn�n�qr,�-n
°' i:.{,nn� F\' 11
��t�¼-:irfrl � lf�("l��l'Ji fl��n�q;it�: II
�)l.llcflri_ t!� �n5'{llQ) � m\ tflrlJil: 11
i'f;n t!o'ls'fifS{q 9� �'N��'f iiiUfu �A: 11
1im� �� q� A�m�swtR: ,
�i:r«�: ugunnrom \lmr: ��qlN PR11: II �� II
Sloka 59. The effect of Saturn occupying the £int
bhava at a pc:-rson's birth is that he will have stinking
nostr1ls, suffer from fistula of an advanced type and
have a defective limb ; but if the first bhaw occupied
by f,aturn be the planet's exaltation sign, the person
born will be a king's peer; amiable for his SDecial
virtues, and endowed with long life.

nrft lf���ms�-=oif�:
cf. f;r-;,r@·ifi
�mfl11
SI. 60-61 647

fu�� II�: ��r.f$fl3�� I

ll���Tufit ,iqRtft��T fflJJ9;�: ij�ian�lf: 11
Also i:n�,"i�T

�� �lftqq,;t fufoqT�:!�41"
�;tst� q�@ ��UN•ntt: I
�� s";:fflRiftra1'1 �s1 �1<?ir
�rft�;;=�1�iir irB�S�f-141 11

!fitr �r�����) mr ffimCJIT°a ii TI1fl I

��, mw ffliitSRf��: miqf,ij u�a-l{fwfm-rtt n \ o u
Sloka 60. When tlahu occupies the Lagna, .the
person barn wil! l:e cruel, without compassion or moral
virtue in his nature and suffering from ailments; when
Ketu occupies the L1gna, the person born will be sickly
and very a va.r icious, but if the R th u or Ket11 in the
Lagna be aspected by a benefic planet, the person
concerned will hJ.ve prince! y enjoyments.
cf, q;"l'r{f��,
��li:l�l�\�°'�l�l�Ufllf;iffl: ll
� !iq�11a(<t Nw:i ��
�T�:;;� ��lfflffiJJJ� (�: � II
U��ll(il TI( ��¥1PTTtt � I
��l't!Sffil i� � ftrltit II \ t H
Siok£& 61. Rahu occ upying the Lagoa in the siga
owned b y the Sun, promotes princely enjoyment in the
midst of affluence; Ketu produces longstanding wealth
and oHspring when occupying the L agna in a. house
belongiug to Saturn.
648 Adb. VIII.

11��11
t'f11ft ����ctfnfl ��r.1-q- ��nn.ft I
� 'fiR!llm�� �m�'rat R'1◄1it: N\11◄1;:{t � �
Sloka 62. When the Sun is in the 2nd bhava,
the person born will b� liberal; possessed of property
in minerals, cherish even ill-wishers and will b�
eloquent. H the Moon b� in the 2nd bhava, the effect
is that the person b::,rn will b: fond of women, beloved,
of agreeable sp�ech. shrewd at gu��sin� the covert
purpoeei of others, fond of study and possessed of riches.

�����{: .)qt iGf �

n")qy���l;i_ «Itt I� � I
ennft m�·��q��!!�� 1:liffl go
�m�nll�Tfct�ijl:lil�tf.tl�m � I I � � 11
Sluka 63. U Mars b� in the 2nd bhava, the person
born will engage in much wandering in the pursuit of
metallurgy and agriculture, and will be hot-tempered ;
if Mercury be in that bhava, the person born will be
virtu()us and have much wealth and moral worth discer­
ningly acquired; if the planet in the !lnd bhava be
Jupiter, the puson born _under such influence will be
eloquent, command comfortable meals, have vast .vea?th
and bestow libi?ral gifts. If Venus occupy the same
bhava, the person born will have learning, gallantry,
personal graces and m uch weaith.
atmiT<t ��s1;1;J: �r tPitt'f� iJ 1'1!1t:
fi«�"'Q'l� fq� iif'1l'Rt'rl'T �t«A mo-qif 11�v1,
Sloka Gt. But if Saturn be in the 2nd bhava, the
 �1. 65 549

person born will be untruthful, thoughtles9, vagrant, in­

digent and deceitful ; if Rahu be in that bhava, the
person born will be quarrdsome ; if the occupant of the
2nd bhava be Ketu, the person born w,11 be a public
enemy.
NoTES
According to Varahamihira, the Sun or Saturn in the 2nd
house will make the person immensely rich, but will cause some
defect or other in lhc face or teeth, while the Moon in the same
r,osition will give him a large family. Mars in that bhava will
make l1im eat had fooci, Mercu•y in the ::!nd bhava will make the
native rich while Venus or Jupiter will make him eloquent or
.sweet•tongued.
q,�a((lqifjf
Rri�rt�TR��fq� f��i<tR \ffli'I: ('l..4:) 11
'<1;n�s,-;r1i:irf01fclq�g�!'nT�Tf� (�.:�) f.i�: II
9�ft:1 M�� f.lf��T;�: i•� �ll.flP,lcl: ll
�R'{it�"-l�T <TT� (�) fiiem-.it=mT 11
cfTJ'l1 �)���f'{1T� 'J'l�T F-fit (�U) '<1�1 it��: II
�T@ <fiR��IJ: ��JJ�ffl'uT#<trlll 11
f<l�it�o\ifli (�.n) S�1��-==a 'i:f q�T-
��'{�o\11�F'l �n;r�)rn'lJ'ffi� II
��Tfm���Jft :'!rrvi1 A� c�m) «irsr: ij� 11
A�r��;rq�lff {$�� ��ffi' 'ffrt: 'iH?Tf;r� �li� "1-ffq: 11

U�1t_U
� ti�m)sfa�ilm�rfi �� ro
v�
...
�r�HTfuits�q\,lf;r�) iJ.:�fsl'lt: �tR�cn:
"' .... I:'.... "' "'
I
�Q(sqJ'{lfO�'IT��'l@{f��l.T�Hr �
llftifcii11qo�rs@�it 1l:lills�� tit I I \ 1-\ 11
550 Adh. VIII.

Sluka 65. \Vhen the Sun is in the 3rd bhava, the

person born will be br,we, served by bad men, v�ry
wealthy and liberal ; when the Moon occupies the
bha.va representing younger brothers, the person born
will have insignific.mt W,!.llth, be kind to relatives and
virtuous. With Mus in the 3rd bh:wa, the person
born beccmcs famous, of immense prowess, and of up­
right (uncrookccl) views; ·but when M.=rcury occupies
the 3rd bhava, the person born is bent on tho! practice
of de:ception, of vagrJnt hJbits, ex.c�ssively vacillating
and miserable.
�•��q-� gu lf{l�;r: �1Tif�ij: •nq�,
i� m�ir «ir�;r: q1q) q'r{R�t':J: I
3fi!'{l� �.f�rn4�gurqi'l_ ;J(([ffl{ij' lil�ii'
oo �;JiiJt(S'@�q\Wrii: Qiij[ !!UTT ITT� 11 � � 11
Siok 1 66. The person horn with Jupiter in th;;
3rd _bhava becomes indigent, henpecked and addicted to
evil ; if Venus be in the 3rd bh:iv.1 the pirson born
speaks fretfully, is vicious and controlled by his wife.
The person taking birth whe11 Saturn occupies the
m<1llR ( Bhratrubhava) eats sparingly and possesses
wealth, moral worth and excellent family traits; when
Rahu is in the place of vafour (3rd bhava), the p:!rson
born becomes very v,11 iant and rich; and if Ketu be in
that position, th(: person co11cerned b.::.:orn,�s virtuous
and wealthy.
" &:1-. "' "
�l�U�h1:1•r: i�! �FfiUiillll�: I
ij�q ill�T�l �lt{_ �a) ti� ll��n( II � \9 II
Sl?ka (17. Venus in the 3rd and th·.! ('th bhavas
causes sorrow, diseise!\ and danger. The same ,,lan�t
Sl. 68 551
............_........... �.................-........................,-..-.....-..-----..........--..-. �..............,. ------�~----...--.......,...,� . �----�--...._...-•
in the same position m1y become henefic when in
advance o( the Sun ( when appearing as an Evening Star).
NOTES.

The eifocls staled in Brihat Jataka for the Sun, Mars and
Sa.turn in the Jr<l bhava are good a� they make the native intelli7
g-ent and strong. The Moon in the 3rd house will make one cruel,
while Mercury in that position will turn him a consumnnte rogue.
Jupiter and Venus when in that hha\·a nuke him stingy.

fl'il��t��.-lQ!I-Tii �PFnt':f ��rill: ({f-i':) II

fl� fttITQ;!:flf��(3Wlt5Rl'!iq!JJ: (;:;.:�) II
RJJIJl����l��?lS'i,;.q: B�T �Q�"ifTS-1� {��) II
'w"w

ffiq �: tllfTg: ijf-f�zlf-f�('f: l:J�l'!T5,�1l�ffi: (�\l) 11

� ,. 'i.- -..J -.

�m,: �quJ: �<'llm�:;:i: �ft�:,i:.{'fi{�cft: (!!«) t.

f-t-TI�ij��r.r{ �q-riqfip� R�,ir {�ft) 11
R'I�'l"TI,l_!� �H�Q' ;;_r �l>:i �1�ri �f1'!3t-flTo!"ff ��/4 "-f II
'IT.ft �Tr!fu.r·•�11t �,rqfu: it'q f"frrg�.ft (�l�; 11
�,�Mr "tf;:Jq�: !:Jq�Pi!ITT1?i'.i *ITT ��1l'.I �sr;t fr��"IT�JJ. II
11�11
[.�llfT '1:1��Flf7!liUt(H ifiU ij\<I� '{:fl
II\ I'\ ""' "" � .......

f.?g,11m�ij�1rttrr: 'fFl\F,f ��jJ;.f f.:tit I

if'f iifi=�� ij iifr�{l{i:H �1Arain �("Rlw'{
if::1� ��� RilrWtJ�t;fi � 1fo�: II �� 11
68. \V hen the Sun is in th.� �� (Sukha
Sloka
4th) bh:1va, tbe person horn will suffer frn:n he:1rt disease,
will.la,:k money, corn and common �:·r1s.: and will be
hard-lwarted. Jf the Moo11 be in th:1t hluva, th•:! effect
thereof is that the p,�rson h,Jrn will pn�s\?ss learning,
 Adh. VIII.

good nature and prosperity, but will hanker after other

pwpte·s wives. The person b�,tn with Mara in the
•�! (Bandhu 4th) bhava will be be-rdt of relations, and
hen-·pecked, though valiant. If Mercury be in that bha­
va, the pcrsJn born. will be a forlorn cr eature without
friends or relativ<!s, whit� growing up to be a pandit
distinguished for sterlin!! k'.1owledge and affluence.
q11"r l:Rr �·�r.r�'N�
.... ,,.. � 9\.
i3fRI': ����!JU ij�l'f I
�ij: �ijf\:lrf�lfl
ffiTijif l1:g«� �� ifr'.'I�@ It \ \ II
Sloka 69. When Jupiter occupies the 4th l:>hava,
the person born will be eloquent, wealthy and possessed
of comfort, fame, strength and personal heauty, but of a
crafty dispc,sition. \Vhen Venus is in that bhava the
person born will be over-ruled h;• his wife though
making much (boasting) ol his comforts, fame, wealth,
intelligence and karning.
�Atdr.l: emit � in'f!�qr�) �ij°a' �" 1
UCT �;r��rc1fh11 � {!lffl � 'RN�1 II \9o II
Sluka � 0. When futurn is in the ·Ith bhilva, the
person born will be Jacking in the observancs pre•
scribed for his caste, will he cra(ty and causing trouble
to his mother. When Rahu is in that position the
person born will keep in the seclusion of a seraglio his
wives and SL1ch others as stand in a similar relation to
him; and when Ki:tu is in the �'!I (Sukha 4th) bhava,
the person born will be a reviler of other people (scandal­
monger).
SI. 71 563
NOTES•
Brihat Jataka.
·If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 4th house, the person
born will have no happiness and will be troubled in mind. If the
Moon, Jupiter or Venus should be posited in that house, the person
will be happy. Mercury in that position will make the native
learned.
�,
�qcftif ij� �1 �...��ij��
llcfrl� �RIWH :il-ff.f{lfa'ull��i( II
ijffl llfllt �llfl §ii� (:.;.�) B��UJ; II
tl� (<!i:it) f-li�;:qyt!�lUITT!\Cft���-f: II
fl�fell-l_ �T�ilcfq: ij�� (��") tl�R��it-sr�T��1q¥1fiftt1
-t-='c1t (�ft; 'llq��fqR;;,;��[r'l:A!Tffi�'tlT��i'.lij: II
ijiT�rlijlf�Ull�lJP'l�� �@' (<fflt) II
�:��l?i_'!�1lT�'lf<I�ITT q1�zt {-l�l��it (�*) II
�1 ��'iR (al�) i:\'f<Frffijl;��T!: �rij(ift II
11)��TrfiRrl1ij�rtr'f'!fq-f� ij� (�T) q���ftlif\�� II

n q73� n
uiif8'1Tiq��= ffi��: u� ��� 1
����llilT ��1ri;fr 'Iii� ij'.f� �61� II"� Ii
Sloka ? J. A person born with the Sun in the 5th
bhava will be a courtier with an unsteady mind and
will sojourn abroad. When the Moon occupies the
��'" (Puthra bhava, 5th I, the pen on born will be
high-minded, rich, ccmpassionat<! and diligently bent on.
doiilg what has been determined upon after deep
deliberation.
70
654 Adh. VIII.
... " ' " ('
sms��q��:n�mclit 1�1:1111
,., iltt1 �rt1 =.:J 1
q��i'r ��,� I
..,
�
"
it�TTlf����: ijij'�TU��-
R�T7.fiT�c?;!!i:H �ijfT «Rf � II \9� II
Biota 72. If at a pmrnn's birth, 1\.t1re occupy the
5th bhava, the person b·.!rn will be crud, of wandering
habits, restless, d,irinc: unri�hteous, voluptum1s anJ
wealthy; if Mcrcur,• b::: in th� �;;i (Putra, 5th) bhava,
the person b orn will b.: proficient in �acred texts and
in the art of ovcrcamiog fo�s by magic spells and will
be blessed with a family cf wife and children, wealth,
learning, fame an<l strength.
ll.:ft gofi ffijq(flffll{f;..:rn: �@:
��qi�: �U ij�rfl1-f@ I
ij�i=:t"flP.f�;rtflrtT�q�TT�T
�(WqftHR't�ff � �t II �� II
Slok,1 73. Clever in counsel, virtuous, possessed
of choice riches but with il paucity of sons, will the
person be at whos� birth Jupiter occupies the 5th
house; if Venus bi! in that bha.va, the person born will
have good sons, friends, wea.lth, much beauty and (be
the master of) comman<l ;m army and horses.
ll���(i{ij�T �� 1:1�
\?[@) NJ�ftfij�q: ijijif$�� I
lllli�til��rt: {Ia({ ��
�ffi ijo: qf��nfi�«ftq it1fl II �\l II
Sluka 74. The person born with Saturn in the 5th
bhava will be insme, long-Ii ved, unhappy and fickle,
 51. 7 5
..... -·-""""
but virtuous and victorious over his enemies ; when
Rahu is in the 5th house, the person born will be
cowardly) compassionate and poar ; when Ketu is in
that bhava. the effect on the person bJrn is tlnt he will
b� crafty, dreading water and ailing ·very much.
NOTES·
Brihat ]ataka.
Jf any 011� nf lhe male/'ws, (viz .. Lhe Sun, M.us or Saturn)
should e,;r:upy th•i .51h h::u•;,:, I!:,� ;,.·,rson coiiccrned will he cbild­
les� anc.l withoLlt w1•alt,1. lf Ii r, \lo:m b� in the .'ith hon�c, lie will
have children, Meru.:ry i11 tl::11 :,oc,itl1111 will 11J:tlrn him a minister.
Jupiter and Venus in tin� .'ilL h,llh•• will make tlie n:1.li\'e inte11i­
�ent an I happ,; resp,•cli\dy-
�trf¼;➔,r
ij�'ifilT!!�.,qf.1.'.f !!/lfii�ii'i:r;;1EfiT(�, ( r�t ) 11
'J:�ir JNF=IT "lj/Tfil� 'lT� �rFl�i ("i;;�) II
R�\"f1•:P:its';fq!.lr1.t: �;:r (!i;r; fq��rs,n�1: 11
fl�.:inftl:?q�mq: l.l'1:{r,{9g�t if,f;.?ir.: q?aq�;-T (�) 11
��: ���("IT .r��l•-if�j�I '•11"·TT�. !1/f�it !tit II
3T�fu:s{r-:,;:i �•1 �p-1 r�::wrr�, ,wir,, ( !11�·) u
... ,::, ' f - r, .. -� ..

�1;:ilT �1';f!J'1P�(P,��T ·,w_:·,i (::i;::rt_; �BT ��11: \I ('�

.:JT�T,��:::f�TSJJ7-f: l��1[;;_1(r fI:r J,frw� II

rr3.a:1q·
�..,,1 ="; , ryfq,1y:::r!"l
"'�O't.'\ T . ....,,ft..-r ,,,,,'.,{-..-,1 I'·...-·::,
·.;,,,, '::1_.'.J,•·�-t',"'1 '."i,'"1 ii· �'r·., r,,:-r•,.rf,
-.r,;'1) :. -::,·1 "f'l•
:l••,•-1�1 'I -, • I.I

�+t,
�
�n U3f'i�T.J1;,1♦fijFff �:'.l,,.1: :!lfl'ir•r �=:f�Yij T�;f�
"' � f';, t\ ""'°'
1
t\ ..,

'li/. "
3Tii'{J!l: �T� �11JT�,:� �H"�l?-1 ir_ar �r.rrsm:r �rrrr 1 :;:-H�: II
n "\ " • .,_ .,, .., � t::,

Si::k,1 75. H ::,t t1. -� birth 0f a rcrson the Sun

1

occupy th1: (th hh:wa, the rcrson hnr:i will bi! lustful,
hrav�, hon()t";�J hy kin-:.°', full of sdf-·cst..:,:m, renowned
556 Adh. VIII.

and opulent; if the waning Moon be in the Gth bhava 1

the person born will b� short lived ; if it be full Mooo,

��= ,r;t·�·«rfirft��
the person born will b� very volupt uous a.nd long-lived.
ffllft :
'4PIF1"J��s� I
fcltt1A;n�iR�fir11iilt�1�t
ifr��mr: ��sftqtij' 11 \9� II
Sloka 7'.i. When Mars is in the Gth bhava, the
person born will own prop�rty1 exterminate foes, havt!
a powerful appetite, b:: opulent and enjoy fame and
strength; when Mercury occupies that bhava, the
person born will h! instructive, amusing, quarrelsome,
but friendly, void of morality and abstaining trom all
bzneficence to his relatives.
� ftrijrfmii·sfttr�S1'{�
W�Ntfl«_(t f(d) '!1� fti� I
A,it*l�«q��=
'fii;l�l.ti
i6t1U '!AT �� � �=:il'tf@ II \9\9 II
Slok_l 77. Th� person be>m with Jupit�r in the
6th bhava will h� lustful, victoriJus over fo.:!s but w�;ik ;
when V�nus is in that bhava, the person b:lrn will
suffer from sorrow and calumay; when Saturn occupil!s
the tth bhav1, the person bJrn will b! gluttono,1s,
afraid of troublesome opponents, lecht!rous and wealthy.
ui'r R�r.Jlffl ramft��r�.:ij��1 w�"t•n 1
" "' " � "'
,._�it 'lf ...'iij(� II 'IS<: II
" !:::>
ifi=�JJPn�!JUfSlnt"-rr:.t�,���1
Sluka 78. If Rahu b� in the 6th t 1-iava, the person
born will b.! of �aod birth, subdue his foes, enjoy long
Sl. 79 557

1ife1 and b� very happy; If Ketu occupy that bhava, the

person born will be kiod to his relatives and renowned
for his generous virtues and illustrious erudition.
NoTES,
Brihat Jatal<a.
lf the Sun, Mar,; or Saturn occupy the '6th bhava, the person
concerned will be powerful, but will be overpowered by his
enemic�. If the Moon be in that house, he will have many
enemies, will be of a delicate constitution and w:11 have a dyspep­
tic appetite. fl is sexual passion will he weak ; and he will be
harsh iu temperament and indolent in his work. lf Mercury,
Jupiter or Venus be in the 6th bhava the nati\'e will be without
ene111ies,

!fii'l'�T[q'·.f,I
11fttl��qf?rqflfq: (�q:) �!JIJJ9q�:if1-1ll'l. 11
���qf!J�F�Slf@��itrit'tflll�'t II
�'tirr:,,_ �rm ftin (�) fcf�� �: 11
!.::pi(ijlf�-l:
31T��t�r A,i�tif'f <i�, «4!.f��(f�8tr.t�n�= 11
(UU J 'fB�r;::;�i:lTSR€'f qf{aht q-;:;yf Pi''r.fR q�: II
���q--qif �� (��J �<IF11if'l� ��c!'I_ II
�@T�T �anfr={�t R9;�o) ...! :!fl:l 'f liiT ft,n (irM�) II
R;,{���1: fl���.q�qif.�I!J: �a' (1T�) II
iih,&'!'ort!.}oi �;r(ff !.lf'1f% (t�t) q9 ��f:111f�r.1:i.-ffinrf?lf�q_ 11

ll��rcll!II
� ij��ij' �..f��Jcf SJ1iltfr \ii�:
� �� �'ll�(�: �cf��') llfit�T-( I
���SJ���• {llf�R: �lijfu.tij tfij�
0q:: ��ft��fflRJ{JijS{ijqij 11 \S� 11
Sloka 79. When the Sun occupies the 7th bhava
 -�-��---.�
558
............. ..-�..-..�._._,..,...,..._
Adh. VIII.
..............._,,_,�.........--..�....--•.•··--� ....--.------..
•..-•·-

at a person•s birth, he will hate womankind and be

exceedingly w1 athful and wicked; when thi;: Moon is
in that bhava, the effect on th::! pi!rson born is that he
will be compas:donate, of wandering habit:;, yielding to
women and voluptuous ; the person at whose birth
Mars occupies the 7th bhava will b.: �1uerulous
about women and fon::1 of war ; if the pbn::t occupying
this bhava b� Mercury, the p·:rson bJrn will be maimed

1:ll{�ro��ifi{ ��,qr � guf�

but capable of amusing with his skill i:1 the :1rts.

ffit��cfralI� ijijitl 0'tf: tf.Yijif I

lll��Wl'R�T(�Fftnl �;:� ���llrfli
1Nl ��'IM! 'filOf� iliH,m?i Uf(il� 11� 0 11
Sloka 80. 1f Jupiter occupy th� 7th bhava, the
person born will b� resolute and haw a lovely wif� hut
will view with a11tipathy his p,nents and spiritual pre,
ceptors; if V cnus b:! in that bhav;1, the cf f�,"t on the
person born is that he will be a favo.1ritc with t11�
courte:zan class, cha.rr:nin�I y lovdy but lam�; if Saturn
occupy th,:: 7th bhav.1 · :Jt a r�·rs:jll '!i bit ch. he will be
indigent and distressed in mind fr,.�m th:: toil h-:: has to
undergo bearing a h:>.avy burden t1va a ion(� distance;
the person born with Ralrn in the 7th hlnv,t will be
proud, foremost among gali,mts anJ s:1fkring from
disease.
' ..... 9\. .t:. � � '
3Af�rtfrq"�Hr ij ��r i;�H�T >:Tl T::f����i{: I
f;r�1 fi�T�: qft�'irii[�1.J: ij�Jl-ll �lct��[iji{lltl: �,
Slok11 81. Whc:n Ketu is in the '1th bbava' the
person bora will either have a bad wife or deriv� no
pleasure from a wife, will be sleepy, ind(•corous, deject­
ed in sreech, constantly roving and a v.!11t.1ble blockhead.
SI. 82-83 559

NOTES,
Brihat Jataka.
The Sun, Mars or Satum occupying the 7th house, will make
the pecson suffer humiliation al the hand:; of woll!en. The !\loon in
thal position will make l1im envious and exceedingly over heall
and ears in love. lf Mercury he in the 7th hou,:e, the per5on con­
cerned will po:,scss a knowlcclge of the laws and rules of the
country. Jupiter in the 7th bhav;t will rnake the native excel his
father in his qualities. If Vcnu5 be posited in the 7th house, the
person born will promote quarrel!'> and wil I be foud of sexual
union.
11'i8{1f!f'-fiT
-!qf-l(i� iifl-i'lfij" (��) so.;�•l'i�li ��J@ij_ ll
�t (9�) ��: rni:q't qf��Flif.FmS@f!qn: II
��RtffiiU TTllJ�TSr-� (<!iit) S'>i�T �ij�Hqf-,._ II
'j;JT�tsfa- (�J =.:i1��q: ffHf.�iJ�in1.11� l1T�t flP-\�IIJ..11
fFfiiiFq� (U�t, SftH:Plll�Hll�TnsRfii:
�f'1t.:i1 _.,. .... �"\
11
fl'1l�ii'�cfi�(1
_.,. �rff�':{'11� Ii� ,�?t;)
= II
cfilllf� {f�� �HAWT R:�t�1llt M�: II
�TfiWT�tJ;n it� (u�) 5"M�its-ftlJ: ��';ffs�11�1: 11
� (*ITT) s1irT-,tffln'h:@in.:sritiJ qyq: ��ffR?!fit ir�1-ng�1f.lq_11
II al'2i:J� ti
q;:rn�nn ��srer1ar: 'HT�ffl � ��n .i
"r" " � �

�«: 1
�m!;fi�Jt�ifl;::FJ�{�{�: ��11( ij'Rf ��'il'�(ij 11��11
Slota 81. The pen;on born with tbe Sun in the
8th bhava will be heart-winning, !>killed in disputes and
discontented; if th-! Moon le in the �-e:��r<I' (Ashtama
bhava), the influence on the person born is th;,.t he will
be eager for war, liberal, fond of amusement and l-'!;:.rning,
w-ftal� �.Jen� ilUJ?tl( iJ(t� �r"llia ij �: I
A°.fiRl1'1(1!�gtJtsmt:if \1�1 Q\lRAiwJ;i�h!11\1t II �� ll
560 Adh. VIII.
S 1Jka 83. The person at whose birth Mars occu­
pies the 8th bhava will be plain in attire, rich and
possessed of authcrity over a multitude ; if the planet
in the �q-1u.1 (Ashtama bha.va) at a person's birth be
Mercury, the person born will bc: renowned for his
many good qualities, the most notable of them being
good breeding and wiH have much wealth.
tt�Rt ;fi=-tifiiri
1'� ���" �'al:fla Ru�:
=-tJ!im 1
■
�q�z ��m�q•dtJ$4tJ$\:Jlif�r llTii;i
U{J �� ftl•ld4�� lll3� {i�l:f@
m:f -�.nqqt(I qft+ti:f'l('l <hil?f¼l iTtflII �\l 11
Sloka 84. If Jupiter occupy the 8th bhava at a
person's birth, he will be long-lived and sagacious but
of ignoble deeds ; if Venus be in that bhava the person
born w ill be blessed with long life, have every comfort,
be endowed with matchless strength and p JSsess great
wealth; if Saturn be in the amJ�T<I (Ashtaml bhava),
the person born will be a hero, the foremost oi fiery
men but will become bereft both of strength and riches ;
if Rahu occupy the 8th bh:iva, the person born will have
to endure trouble and public censure, be dilatory in
action and will sufkr from many ailments.
� � l�)q11� ;mr: ffl:��: I
@l'j �Rl�m·sfij\¥�: �Q6Sffl l{wff f¾ug: ��
Sloka85- When Ketu occupies the 8th bhava,
the person born will desire to possess the wealth of
others and to enjoy their women ; he will suffer from
diseases, being given up to profligacy; he will be
exceedingly avar.icious. When Ketu in the 8th bhava
i& aspected by a benefic planet, the influence of this on
the person born is that he will become very wealthy
and long•lived.
51. 86 661

NOTES.
Brihat Jataka.
If the Sun, Mars or Saturn should occupy the 8th house, the
person will have a limited number of issues and will have a
defective eyesight. If Hie Moon be in that position, the native
will have a fickle mind and will sufler from diseases, Mercury in
the 8th house will cause the native to be widely known for his
good qualities. Jupiter or Venus in the 8th bhava will make him
base.

�"1.ff� ;t!�'fiil f<imrde fi:l"lf:111: II

�m (�) ���: II
IQ��-TI'Sl?'tT!I� � ;;r,t�: ll
f�m�fa:m�: �ll�'l�Sfffl
,. ��<IT II
c{t;:i) �ff{ itq�T �qinr��ft�SA II
RO�lfflr�f\11l \:ff.A� if{fl@: ('1lR:) II
�tf�t rtfi?t�tra lf�inu�m�: efiffiJ��: ij�inf-1<1:
��'!�� � �ffisr�s�•m=q-�: (Tiffl)
���- � '!f �;;� (ifim) ��<i �iil�� II

II �;:Jtqii� II
�� -1ttllft� fit��- Ft1:1JffiWI:
�i=J. q��·tf���·itft �� ��t I
l{Q?TT �� fiNf.m{�: �: �lf�l�it
� � tI \111�-Fi: � lffi1ffliiJ �\
Sloku 86. �hen the Sun is in the 9th bhava., the
person born betrays antipathy to his parents and apiri­
tual preceptors and betakes himself to a religion differmt
from theirs; when the Moon occupies that bhava., the
per1on born will be devoted to his duties towards the
71
 Adh. VIU.
Manes and the Gods and bestow Jiberal gifts ; the person
at whose birth Mars is in the 9th bhava, will be
associated with something wrong and untoward towards
his parents while enjoying renown in other respects;
when Mercury occupies the \lqfflif (Dharma stthana, the
9th bhava), the person born will be in possession of
wealth righteously acquired and will be learned and
virtuom.
d1lit
s,Tili -l'f(��tfl � �q:�Rit
fclq,fet"���vrfchrrn uif �ffl � 1
� �g:� (illd(JS�qf� � �
«
11'1� I� ��'11 �� U�"II
Sloka 87. If Jupiter be in the 9th bhava, the
person born will be wise, devoted to his duties and
will serve as a king's minister; if Venus be in that bha­
va, the person born will be conspicuous as a possessor
of learning, wea.lth and a family of wife and children;
if Saturn be in the Bhagya (9th), the person born will
become celebrated in the battle• field and will he rich
but without a helpmate in life; if Rahu occupy the 9th
bhava, the person born will hate his lawful father while
possessing fame and wealth.
����a«� ctmtt A-ijm 'fef-:1�= �'
�a ftd�USTa'�llRm fiw�row)sfq-qr,fi II�� II
Slok11 88. When Ketu occupies the Guru (Sth) bha•
va, the person born will be short temp�red, eloquent,
void of virtue and reviling others ; he will be brave,
hostile to hi11 parents, ostentatious in his behaviour,
d�lighting in the soi:-iety of the indolent and full of
arrogance.
51. 89

NOT.ES
llrihat Jataka.
Varahamihira unlike some Astrologers gives good effects for
the Sun being posited in the 9th house. The person will be
endowed with children, we:\lth and happiness. The effect of
Merc\Jry in that bha.·a is similar to that of the Sun. The Moon
is very good in the 9th as the native will possess sons, friends,
relations and weai th. Mars in the 9th house will cause the person
to commit sinful actions. Jupiter or Venus in that position will
make him devout and philosophical.
In�,
�ri�sl �::i'f�@qfu ��rn:�11-JT: II
rRf?i (�ftlf.)) �lf'tliflc=lf!I1�� :;,-qt ftf�iiJ: II
����q)s;rn: �il ilri�oili: (t�) II
��J,;ihnr,ti: �. ft'ffi-{ �. �r�.ftuirsfa�ift II
'._aq@: w�::i: nit (uu) s�iji�r� ����:ti! n
�n:ij��f'Pt Rf�'clq1rq !l'il° (�cfi) II
�'ll�iT�mo'"-l�ID � �it i*-'= I
'l&fir (u'1-) �nt��•rrr����rq-rf-q<nsi,� II
qJq{ft,�q fq���R �ft��1:n�hH1i:lilO'Jitl� 'lii (�m-) II

II a:�,i:r� II
�� �) fcnlfc\��­
�rtfflif�ffl����t I
����­
'{'nc(�3f'-1�'16WifctJ.e: II GO.. II
Sluka 89. When the Sun is in the 10th bhava,
the person born will have hereditary wealth, vittue,
learning, fame and strength and will be a king's p� ;
when the Moon is in that bhava, the person born wilt
664 Adh. VIII.

eagerly seek and obtain wealth, corn, appuel, ornaments,

dalliance with women and skill in the arts.
�{IJl'�qs;rr;rit {I �u fflffl�Jfil'�:u: I
�yqRit �� «im1"%t1P:r�N.Jf<::�: II \ o 11
0
Sloka 90. Those at whose birth Mars occupieft
the 10th bhava, will be predominant in valour an d
wealth and will become famous; when Mercury is in
that bhava, the person born will engage in pursuits
promoting the advancement of all kinds of knowledge,
fame and wealth.
ftA:1,.:11: lff�l �4f ffflitt� 'Ir.lit �l'l(\l'� I
� ��,rr-Jq ti1i:fil• ��IT���) f%1:· � \'
Sloka 91. When Jupiter occupies the 10th bhava
at a person's birth, he will succeed in his undertakings,
be of virtuous conduct and steadfastly adhering to his
own religion and also possessed of wisdom and wealth ;
when Venus is in that bhava, he will get wealth
through a tenant of his land, or through some women
and will be powerful.
� � �� � �ll@t
in.fl \lift f.lqi!f¥fef41 'l_{: I
����m Ft�
llr.i fla' �ij'J {I {Qf�: �Ta:, II \ � II
Sloka 92. The person at whose birth Sa.turn occu·
pies the 10th bhava will chastise offenders in the
Cclpacity of a magistrate, will be proud, wealthy,
promine.nt in his own hmily and of a heroic tempera­
n;ient, When Rahu is in th� Dasama. (10th) bhava, the
person born will have a genius for theft and will
accordingly be void of virtue and ea ger for comb.at.
51. 93-94 665
+ - __,..,.., ,.,,.,

� f�q�RIJ�,({ �·�mt � �)q�: I

qi'fil�: �{� -mrrrinJ:
«�•�i �qqij' � 11 � � 11 �r
Stok1z 93. When Kctu is in the 10th bhava, the
person born will be wis�, strong, skilled in the arts,
self-knowing, loving the people but acting in a contrary
wise, phlegmatic, foremost among brave men and
continually wandering.
NOTES,
Brihat Jataka.
If the Sun occupies the l 0th house, the person born
will be happy and powerful. If !vfars, Mcrcur>· or Saturn be in
the same position, the effect is similar. The Sun in th" 10th
house gives nnximurn labor and minimum income. It is ba.d for
finance, because the Sun there is square to the Lagna. If the
Moon �huuld occupy the 10th hou:;e,.the person concerned will
complete to perfodioa an�thing he undertakes and will be endow-
1'.cl with virtue, wealth, intellect and valour. Jupiter or Venus in
the 10th house rnak�s the nun wealthy.
'li�·UN'f.l fl'iji:T�FIF�fitqfit�'til�Q�: � (�T) �filmt: II
-I'Tffl (�;;�) !!'f�� flTT'Ql:fef;"{: 11
-Jqfu (��) �'1Rf: cfj� qTiH Q•:JT-i'ifoffijtt: II
�H1=ij': ijf.l�J-if�'f@ijli:fqff.t1H�1F1n: � 1._$) 11
lclT�H: t!:q�r -1q�fu·i-it zfr� qift��q: II
-Ilf�rn;q�: i:J,eVEMntfui� Q�i{ II
q�l c{T �rn�-11 �fqqr: ��=
QTTrirs�, (u�) 11
\O�mt: � ({T�t) s<?"qij1ts�iiP�R{rt: flf�tr�1�)sq1.1: II
flfifiq��ll�f�?i:IW:f{lii� a'itM-1 •r�fu (��t) �\qqftlqfu�q_ II

II �M�J:f. II
m;n i?i(�lla ij N�ri�����R{(��HU
6�!1f mr���) t-ST\'.f�� �ij31T I
 Adh. VIII•
......... ;ft-�,.,., ... ,.,,.,,.,,..........�....,..,..,�--..-.----------........._.... ...,_

�ffl �� ��rtti11fl l:fifi �

� �111'� lffl fiffJT'1f4'-l'lq\'f@lt 'l'-it II ,w II
Sloka 94. The person at whose birth the Sun is
in ,he llth bhava, will hive extensive wealth, wife,
children and slaves and will be hippy ; when the Moon
is in that bhava, th! p�rson born will be of a pensive
disposit ion and W.!althy; w!1en Mars occupies the 9"11'
(Ay.l, 11th) bhava at a person's birth, he will be clever
in speech, lusdu:, wealthy and valiant; when the occu•
pant of the 11th bhava is Mercury, the person born
will possess an acute inti!llect, be famed for his learning
and in possession of wealth,
3{1�Sll��iur 3filij'1�Rr-mn �
�11� � � 'n��� A� I
lft•ft
'{1t«I�•���: snffl tffl lTI3�
00 �)sf�� �lffii�Ai � qfuQ: U \� II
Sloka 95, The person at whose · birth Jupiter
occupies the 11th bhava will hwe a strong intellect;
his name will be celebrated and he will be wealthy
When Venus is in the labha (11th) bhava1 the person
born will lin: in comfort, longing for women other
than his own, with wandering prop:rnsities and p:ssess•
ed of wealth. When Saturn occupies that bhava, the
persc-n born will be voluptuous with large wealth got
in a king'a service. With R:ihu in the l lth bha.va, the
per10n born will lose his sense of hearing, win fame in
the battle-field and become wealthy and distinguished
for learning.
�-r-:�tfffl ftlftt� � qdiflt�: I
��a 3'�''11'111 �·r-.t·tffit.: "111 II \' II
51. 96-9'1 567

SJoka 96. When Ketu ia in the penultimate bhav.i

the person born will be valiant, kind to other people
and honored by them, he will be of a contented frame
of mind, possessed of power, with limited enjoyme:nts.
delighting in works of beneficence and the practice of
virtue.
NOTES.
Brihat Jataka.
The Sun, Mars, Mercury or Saturn in the 11th house will
make the person born wealthy. If the Moon be in the 11th, the
person will become famous and will acquire wealth and the like.
Jupiter or Venus in the 11th will make him prosperous.
�{fllfi!iT
�<llffl'Si �ll�l!fflilnit<it _�,tqffi: II
11r1�1 �1?J�-tc1-11.tq�: � � (�ro�) 11
'lilij��'Sffl-:fi: �l -q% ij'Mf: � 11
�t!: �� f<f��'elilij� �om(�)�: 11
�t
atl"tfit (:;ft�) �f.fits�ltt�o.. �i!�T �11: II
"Al�fifflUf-ilmif.fenmtoiJ ll� W!�-tqffl II
�!: ffq,wi�q�ff: (�A:) �i) f<f«11) �;ft 11
aft,nffl�of!llU!'(ijt '3"1ll ij'1Jlflfq: 11
�(�)��JR� ijittii "��q�ciJ f1m'lf.'lfuit 11
11 al�o):tQ'{ II
�qij � ��� �: ij�: ��: � I
�s;:� ij �fll«T ll� �� ��: II \ia II
Sluka 97. When the Sun is in the Uth bhava,
the person born will possess sons, will be maimed, but
very energetic, and will become an apostate and a
vagrant. When the Moon occupies the last bha.va.1 the
 S68 iillb+Hfhuu Adh. VIII.

person born will live in a foreign country. When

Mars is in that bhava 1 the effect on the person born is
that he will be::ome odious and be without wealth and
-without a wife

�" �
�s\:'f.:r1 ...Ri1ij\fi�m� --ft :'Pt . ...
�*
�li:tl�T =qq�s�;n ���EJ �l'-1 'RI I
il'•?if?J;UfiJSt:�(11 �(lq4Ji(US�
� ft:'i� trn {%Q1.J11�s� ij�: U \<: II
Stoka 98. The person at whose birth Mercury
occupfrs the 12th bhava will be odious to relativ�s,.
poor and senseless; if Jupiter be in the last bhava, the
person born will be sceptical in regard to religion, irre•
solute, of wandering habits and evil-minded. When
Venus occupies the last bhava, the effect on the pereon
born is that he will lose his relations. become a professed
. rake and grow penurious; if the planet occupying the
•1.f• (Vyaya, 12th) bhava be Saturn, the person born
will be deficient in intel!ect and turn out a dolt, a
pauper and a cheat.
ft�� ft:� mt're°: ij';qffiraf �����:I
iolJfITTITT�fu��: �� =qm R��: f�rtm� � 11
Sl:Jka. 99. \Vhcn Rahu is in the 12th bhava 1 the
person born will be immoral, but prosperous, defective
in limb and d isp::-•sed to help others. The person at
whose birth Ketu is in the �l{(Vyaya, 12th) bhava will
be fickle and immoral and will lose what ancient weatth
and l!tatus he may be possessed of.
NoTES•
Brihat Jataka.
The eftec t of any one of the planets, the Sun, Mars, Mercury
or Saturn, being posited in the 12th house is that the person born
51. 100 669
....�.......... ,., ...... ..,.,_
will suffer degradation. Tbe Moon in the 12th is a.lso bad. The
native will be wickedly disposed and defective in some limb.
Jupiter in the 12th makes the persQn a villain while Venus in that
position make!: him rich,
�<liT
��fir� fq�=;1) R\l� ;;qq� (sli) 11
0�1f �t;qt �:\'tt �fuf.t ��T�ffffli: ll
�� rl��M�tf: ?US�U oq� A�iitS\llJ: IJ
i(tiif ��nfci�'t-1: 'IRl:l��ITTSrc1f (i�) ;zilm5'5flai n
��) Neffioi:llf0G� F@�q: fllit9_i5ff: �: n
ll��@ �� llmf��@il II
R�\DIT�ijm �� (�ill) SftFl�) � -�·�: n
!l'ii;J?(T�(t) ;q@oq�,f.U fi:1fi���raa: II (U�)
'Sl�l'lJJ�i:roqqi:rq;,m ft;q;-fc!��ri�� 'if qi(I: ll

�q:.�q_
� �wl'wl'Pli � �wi't �m: �
fqt!l'liiil��qur: �.rlt �� � I
ffl'q' ��) ��tf�tft: u«t
'11'R �: ���- � ;iq�: ll ' o o 11
Slokti 100 When the Sun is in exaltation, the
penon born will possess wealth and command an army;
if the Moon be in the position of exaltation,. the person
born will have rkh food, ck.thin� and ornaments in
abundance but will be cursed with bad sons. When
Mars occupies the exaltation sign at the birth of a
person, the la.tter will be valiant. IE Mercury occupy
the rosition of exilltation, th� person born will raise the
status of {advance) his family, will rule over men, will be
talented, victorious over hie.- foes and Ii ve in happineaa.
72
670 Adb. VIII.
If the planet in exaltation be Jupiter, the person born
will be the founder of a long enduring family, will
possess moral worth, will be clever, learned and io
royal�favor.
W1i (qNlt@ mm����r
� Rt��,a�filmftt�: i+lld�((: I
w: -� �
m ilffll� ,t.1��1t1· �m n ,
� =ii�: lffl:
o, n
Sloka 101. If the planet in exaltation be Venus,
the person born wi11 be fond of the company of gay
women, music and dancing; if Saturn, the p�rson born
will have jurisdiction over a village, town or some
forest region and will be addicted to unmarried girls ;
if Rahu, the person born will be a robber chief, the
chosen man of his tribe, heroic, addicted to evil deeda
and possessed.of wealth; if Ketu, the person born will
aasociate with thieves and enjoy the favor of some
petty king.
cf. ,fil�Hffif��I
� �!it�a' if@: �T�ffcllJf{J@_ I
,.:,

itit �� :sm)1 ��;:llTN'TT ll1q_ II

� ��a � �;\' Uifl �MQ{@ I
� lqt�a "itTITT "{\"�1.fV��Jf�lWnq_ II
!1« �l!iiilla' "itTttt �.ft u�q 1�) ��cl. ,
�

� �!Qflij' �f<ll U�{Jifi:fTs:lqrn_ II

u* ��'la �r1) u�qlfuq�qt lfctct n
�'h'itifol
�i �@ f.:t��iir �fa "{�rtlli�
JJ�)q��f�fif 'IJ�i'H���: I
SI. 102. 611

��ff� �fil RifilfTrfil �T

� q�f« �;ri� f.lo{ot 'i� ��m� 11
Also arr.:mrin.'i rn.:Rt:
'ift{: ���it �ih: �: �if.if;\s.Q�{: I
�q@� 3�PTT -qr��: <!i{ia' II
�.f'l-f�ffi' qr-,rqf� "f �,fq.ftfi{� I
�� �\l ��) ft�n:{: � II
���i l� �� 1"'tt-f�rtmrflt. 1
���q� 3:iff't) l!ij({: �� II
�) �f.a� 'l'SJR�: �,� ITTf:I
offi,'q@fW<fl oJrif 'fl'tf�� �it: tift'.it: 11
�l"ifR: ���: ���!Q 1fl16� JJ,�ij: I
if� lJ..�At '<I \l�W �flt �� II
�� � �'t cr;ft 'ti rrr�i:f.: ificfm: 1
�z;31��4T��JT: ��� II
l{�f����Tffil�l� �; I
i%� ij�ffl 1JT<il�l ��: ffi{l 11
�if i��: m�;i�ijfqqf�IJJj ij�t: I
{t�ifmI1ffal��ffici����1T: J{i� II
p1fu: �� ;:il�J�rt fq�:1-lT ij��q'O'J�T �: I
�iiJtBR�ffl 0 !llftlfPJuir: ft�-\': 11
�ii: �flt: ml" �!ffl:f.tfu1ffl: I
\11�� \\ � �� �� 11 'o � fl
Siok" 102. Evrn one planet occupying its exaltation
and aspected by friendly planets can make the person
born under its influence a lord of the earth, eminent
and honorable, and secure to him allies.
r,n Adh. VIII.
NOTES.
cf. VJI-56 aupra.
��'f.Affi ii'� \1mJ: �, �-
e,11-kt: (◄ �� � �T �msdt�) � I
�� ·m'q �F{ � \{llmR_
q31°tiht�)1 �iflffq �ii�: 11 O � II t
Sloka 103. When a single planet occupies its exal­
tation in strength, the person born will possess plenty
of corn and wealth. When two planets are in their
exaltation and possess strength, the person born will be
a feudatory or tributary prince:. When there are three
such planets, the person born will be a king ; when four
such planets occupy Kendra positions, the person born
will become a powerful king of kings. When five
planets occupy their ex:altation signs in power1 the
person born will become the lord of the whole world.
cf, i!i�lfurfiT
� �a� w.Hw �.:i�qf?t ,
imn� � ffl'Rf�� �1q@: II
,fg�� �iJT�. �m_ 'l�� �ii�T�<fi: II

u ¥l��ito111�� n
in� � �or�it iffilT � ��:
� ��•�� � tliicfi ��:
m� � �r � mm
-I'IR��q:
P
ITTlliWA�� �� 00 �
II t 0 \l II
Stoka 104. lf tbe planet in the: �GI (Moola
Trikona) be thl! Sun, the -person born will be wealthy
and revered by the people ; if it be the Moon, the ptnon
SI. 105 673

born will be rich and happy ; if Mars, wrathful and

ruthless; if Mercury, rich and devot�d to religious
prayers; if Jupiter, voluptuous and liked by kings; if
Venus, ruling villages and towns; if Saturn, brave; if
Rahu, the person born will b� poss !ssed of wealth.
cf. 1:'rl{I�
�lil'IJlf{fl.lf �if-1;:ffq-fi'f.ig;IJli:t_ I
1:jfitif{ rt-i-=I""� ��fil �nft i?f�lJ: �Ffi:J:. II
i:l�tm �qffl � \q'� � �Tfq I
� ��� <ilflr-i 1i_iiYf?ffi11JllJ: '!i� II
�: i.f�'lii q�t ..�� ij�T�cfll I
��Qffq �.f7ffl_ ��iim«"Stlfffiij�lJ'l II
�it!Jl anf.%: �� ��!ff �{iJ II
Also in-n=rrlJ(j��lif�
rt.ft ijffl qilq�(fil1Jl�� �1rit I
� \lot't � 'Uffil"" iitit �)?.;�: \Ct�: 11
� �it!Jlit R� f<1-iRl �1.ft "'"{: I
�u �TIJ1R(l.fT 'lo�M'ml: E-4h II
Wfi fsfifit� i�= �m) 11�1qrn: 1
q� -fU <1�: WT q��: t�'eH: II

II ��q..... II
ri lffl.clftt �r�..-���<•4-ltU!i�tafi fit�
�q�l �� ii�◄�<..qtJt �q q��: I
� iil�f1T;J'-1@'ft�
'° ij� IRffl �-11
lli� ���) ��1' uti
��ctr-{ II ' 0� ii
SL,: ka l ll5. If the Sun be in ��� (Swakshetra),
the person born will own a fine mansion, lead a de-
 574 Adb. VIII.

praved life and will euffer from fierce lust; if it be the

Moon that is in �ir,( (Swakshetra), the person born
will have power, b�uty and wealth; if Mars, he will
be famed for his agricultural strength; if Mercury. he
will be Jearned; if Jupiter be the planet occupying
� (Swakshetra), the person horn will be devoted to
poetry, the arts, traditional doctr ines and the sacred
scriptures; if Venus, he will b:! intdlectu1l and wealthy;
if Saturn, the person horn will b? distinguish·�d by
fierce prowess but bereft of happine: . � if Rahu be the
planet in �if'll' (Swakshetra), the person born will
possess fame and wealth.
C/, . ill.f�IH.1q�@':

��it r� Zil)* irijr�1t ff��ift t

"';::� cf.lJrc1: m�""� �,Fr� 11
�-W:if i�........'"'!�it ���r-lfq I
� �l'-t�fit�: .frf�) �� II
"tt";ft cfilrn: �5-1 �e-: � I �U
Pfifi'f: �!fl�: iiji �� in�: �:q�: II

��(!�� �: �rqfa�(!�q-: I
��1 ��i{..t�·sn� �q�q: II �o� II
Sloka 106. It is exactly as a riet grows with the
growth of its meshes th"t a man attains a position of
equality with his tribe:smen, a position of superiority,
an honored place on account of comparatively higher
wealth, pre�minence for vast riches, ;1 status equal to a
king's or a kingship itself according as the number of
planets occupyin� �¥'ll' (Swakshetra), at his birth hap­
pens to be one, two1 three 1 fourJ five or six 1·1!!'ipectively1t
SL lOT
NOTE5,
cf. i�<li

i�RIJ,;�����l �AijK<{�lfiii{q: ��'{':i'ill ll

.
-······-·-·-· · ---
jsevcn pl!ncts Moon
1 occupymg

-Sat� i t����s�: ,-::-

n

I
j·- --- ·-'
rupiter1 Mars lvenu;: I Mere.

II fq���n
fq��"1'fa ro nuc;�:Rn �'i �
<ill� iil!6fr.lffi�'ef.m � 'R� I
mTITT�m;m: �-�� ,i�TI�aft-
� �: Rffl �lifl lR �At)� II t 0'-' II
Slolw 107. When the Sun· ie in the house of a
friendly planet, the person born will h:1ve firm_ friends
and will be liberal and famous; when the Moon is in
such a position, the person born will be esteemed, live
in comfort and have wealth ; when Mars is in a friendly
house the person born will enjoy the favor of rich
friends; when M!!rcury is in that position, the person
born will be most witty and jovial; when Jupiter
occupies the house of a friend I y planet, the person born
will delight in th� society of the learned and the virtu·
OUB ; when Venus occupies such a position the effect i1
that the peraon will be happy in tbe society of h1&
5'16 Adh. VIII.

children. If Saturn be in a friendly house at a person's

birth, the latter will be: fed by another as he will have
DO wealth.
"'· 11R6!'1''hm
� ��r,.t �rn: �m�: ��ffi�: I
"'I;:� -tU �l�!'qi��· "';;i�.Jfq II
� �tt�!l't 'Iii�� ��;:q(l: I
�N:t� �: flffl ��: ll
�iji fq51.z� �l� 'cl.ft ��.rfwt: I
'1-IT {i�Tiilill �t tcfi4��6T lli(ct_ \I
Also lml�J
firSI.Z�si: �@ Wt����@T� 1
fil�wr = ��T11 1-ffl�t �RoQili1n-P{, n
a:f��;msfq i� ��.JTT�UfH:t�lJ.. I
�fuil: ij��IJ<I: liiU@ 'qfij�irl� 'lWfflf_ II
<l'l!li::lliJNtl: e�q «�t =q ij�E'if.'11Uf1!, I
flrsr� l!U�q: �frqq �(ltl�lffi1�{1!. 11
¥fTRi���: �a- li"(l?JIU�'cll{!fiq"(i't� '11

�: � u�: ��wt�:
ltl1ft qWiflITTfil lit �tf�'h� sti� 11 ' o(: II
Sloka 108. A person is famous, happy, pleased with
his friend, witty and jovial, wise, voluptuous or fad by
the bounty of another according as the planet in a friend
ly house at his birth is the Sun, the Moon, Mars,
Mercury, Jupiter, Venus or Saturn respectively.
'mg-q)qlll� ��- �iifr Q:: I
D Ulfl�llltlf � �t fflffi<t��ci. II ' 0 \ ll
SI. 109-110 m
fl�d!�- � qqrq: qtr �z I
�: •� !It(: ml !RJ: �i�o1ftmti II t to 11
Slokas 109 and 110. If at a person's birth, the
number of planets occupying fir.I_.,.
(Mitrakshetra) be
one, the person born will live on anotht?r'a substance;
if two, he will be enjoying the wealth of friends ; if
three, he will live upon self-acquired property; if four,
he will bestow liberal gifts; if five, he will rule over
3. community or tribe ; if the number of planets occupy..
ing friendly houses be six, the person born will be in
command of an army ; when such planets number seven,
the person born is a king.
NOTES,
cf, 'lF;mRi
q�f.l�ij�'if-=slfl6Qr .i11R�-rt!� fq�it'! 11
If seven planets are in friendly houses [fmiiTI� (Tatkalika)
and l�l:f•T (Nisarga) combined], the native will become a King.
The following chart seems to be the only possibility.

. ..
--·
�
Saturn Seven planets!

Jupiter '
posited in i

houses
I
I
- their friendly•-·· · ,
l\Ioon !
I
-- j ----�-- -- !
Mars jVenusj Mere.I Sun

cf, t!T�
�sn�4 ij� � fir�1Z�fllf1��) t�: II
il��liiq�t f?f��fae-) ��?tU): �o: I
i1�����'.i�\R: �Hf! II
73
678 AdlL Vlll.

��=fi: �m=q���� -Rft'R: �t I

�10liitlfef��T� q��t-=��: �tq_ II
�sr���T�� m�;it W1r 1
����it:1
8r�fflW�c\ffi��� •1�'11�: II '�' II
Sloka l 1 l. lf there be three planets in their exal,
tation signs at a birth, the person born will be a king.
If three planets oc cupy ��'=ii' (Swakshetra), it is a
minister that is born then. If three be eclipsed at a.
person's birth, he will be a slave. If three be in depres�
aion signs, the person born is an idiot.
cf. fflU-1'�
ID�IU ���<TT �f.t-t �1�1friffl �� � I
•PP.H��Ti:ti �fit 'i'.f �q: mil�Jf, ll
� �� ��: !!i�lf� if:::�� � I
,ro�irl{R� ����T ��: II

11�1I
���· �, fq�� �
;:)�'ratit
��=
1fft· imrtH.cff.l�� iih·1�ra'i � 1
� �cJ.iJS'.J�l{�': � � qm'J:
�� lllolR�: fuij ti �� l{�S��cnlt�: ' '�
Sloka 112. When the Sun is in an inimical house,
the person born will sacrifice the convenience of his
father and engage in the service of others ; when the
Mflon is in su ch a position, the person born will studi�
ously cause affliction to his mother and will suffer from
heart disease; if Mars be in a house owned by an enemy,
SI. 118 li19

the person born will be defective in some limb, ungrate,

fut and unclean; if it be Mercury that occupies a hostile
house, the person born will be miserable and inclined
to evil; if it be Jupiter, the person born will be specu­
lating about the future; if Venu8, he will be a hired
laborer ; jf Saturn be in a house owned by an enemy at
a person·s birth, the latter will h;ive to b! w.ay-faring
and suffer sorrows therein.
cf, 1,1-r�fn
� ft9:� .ft"ft Aqq: rftfsor �: 1
�� ij'.�1.!UlTT � lUtf a'iJT ifiT \l;J: II
� �� �T cl�q,nf�ft�q: I
�� � ifl1.Ja' �1� ;Jmt�i-g�i: II
�� ��1m l}tll: �i�:�o) -1{: I
� cHll':,-lqffi�.:J (lmif Jfre;J) ll�rl_ II
Also fflU<f�
�� ��s-m
"' �:� f-lqq,;f"fyra� �TA I
��-ill�: $i� �ITTfrllJJqt°(� -fi ffiH'(i{_ II
��TR��lfl� {r,J ��f;,, � iI�ll �lir: I
�T�llf<ff��-1 ��tmir ��:�Jlfc=F{t-i� 11
¢,t� �ififfl�� �� tt;if¾'l;:r � I
�)s�11� �rr¥i i!i'F�lfrai:m� �-1i.tn. 11
lff�wi)sfq �� ll�� 011i·.:;•nf.ni)ii'-1roRIJ_ 1
f'I� ft�itn If� �� {1ri��r: 1
�=�u: «a �r ��m� 11 t , � 11
Sloka 113 If there be five planets occupying hostile
houses, they will be productive of mixed effects (good
and evil). If there be six such, comfort will diminish
and misery will preponderate. If there be seven of
580 Adh. VIII.

them in inimic1l houses their effect will be mi1ery and

that wholly. If the planets in these positions be
«:lipaed also, they work evil.
NOTES.
cf. VIl-56 (latter half) supra.
Al&o�
5'fITT\l��Hittrr ��m,t f.t����"llifliT. I
�qft�oAfl1fq •Prt :if�•n:riU qiPfflT 11
�
f,tfq<;f�Q�:\Ci'!!aj �: �lftfqr,;�ef.hrr-fTJl 1
�MT� �QTRf9;�T�M.JTU:if�oBT�T1l_ II
q�yft�t �� �iz--�-rrfll-=rrmmr�ri{. 1
q�rrrfl�c1T{i t=@mt ,er �lf'fiU: II
ft81Rll ��' �T'qf�J� !:f{lr{HTlJ. I
��QT���lfr:if.J�f��Trlf llif� �� 11

II 4l+.t (I�1·�1l II
;ft� �PM ij ffifijtsif.,: !fem\' «n
mfm �if�q�effi{ lTI� '5ffl) � I
�it ◄r�1401:fi��- �sq� �:
ij$ t:��: ijifl �� Ftif11: �: llllill
Sloka 114. 1f the depressed planet be the Sun at a
per son·s birth, the l.ltter will be an abandoned person
without friends or relations and bent on going into
exile; if it be the Moon, the person born will be ailing,
with little religious merit or wealth to help him; if
Mars, the person born will be ungr ateful and indigent ;
if Mercury be the depressed planet, the person born
will be base and hostile co his relatives; if Jupiter, he
will be under censure and disgrace and turn out to be
wicked ; if Venus, the person born will be intent on
SI. 115-116 681

what lead& him to sorrow; if SJturn be the depreated

planet, the pereon born under its influence will b?: with�
out wealth, without ..\Tife, unfortunate and mischievous.
cf. ':l�r
� {lF-lflT �ff W.'1 �T;::"{1il'1T1� � ll
�IR��q9)Jq ufrlot'{fq �ll\i <?ft� I
mp-1: �@fl-t' TSijqoQff-Ulffl8'qf��J{_ II
�� ���;r: lg� �Tffl'iifr�'\i =q I
il1� �6: ��ij 1Jre�
'Sffm9i:r•�lffR-O;iJJ. 11
at��ffts�m;::* !WI!!�� �i:r�a(!51{_ I
cntOlt �?!�� Mll�fll-tHi:rif��(f =q- II
��lffl!I � m1i N�t«��li"1 l
(clURftlt!'l ��fi! ;fr� R{flt11rm��q1{ II ',� II
Stoka 115. Full effect is produced by planets when
in their exaltation states ; their dfcct in their own
Navamsas (;r"'t�) is the s1me as when thev are in their
Moolatrikonas (���ifi'tai). Their effects in friendly Na­
vamsas (��-Suhridamsa) is the same as when they
are in �n(Swakshetra), their eff .!cts in depressed or
eclipsed states is the same as when they are in inimical
houses.
Non,.:s•
This sloka appears in i:m:1a:r�r with a sli�htly different reading,
viz•.
��l'l'! lfiiff �lf!l ��Sf� �.:rf�*'! I
;ft=q1ft qm'! il�ll9 JJ..-;q � fq=;f��f'1%,: 11
�=it��tillQ��:1�·��: I
uli ltl�,��r���� 11 ' '� 11
S',,ka 116. The good influenct! of plamts is at its
maximum, three quarters, half, a quarter, at its minimum
 Adh. VIII.

or nil according as the planets are in the exaltation sign,

Moolatrikona (l{ffl<lif'JI), Sw_akshetra (�"), Mitrak,
ehetra (� = friendly sign), Satrukshetra (�••" "' =
inimical sign), depression sign, or (combustion) con"
junction with the Sun.
NOTH.
This sloka is the same as VII-58 supra.

���ITf; �1 ij� ifra;J: ijm': I

fim'rtim: 'iAT if@ttt � ffl�: 11 ' '�• 11
Sloka 117. Bendic planets yield good results when
they occupy in strength the Keudra. or Trikona bhavas.

·-Q"(� �
Malefic planets produce good results when they are in
strength in the 3rd, the 6th, or in the 11th bhava.
�lf'fififfl�fuA��«Pfhq�{lTR
�
qcJTlit � I
�,f;t �qt���ffl� Ii
SlJk1l 118. The several effects due to the coming
together of six, five, four, three or two planets and to
their being in their exaltation, �®Rr�iua {Moofatrikona),
�ihr {Swakshetra), f'f�at� {Mithrakshetra), �itw (Satru­
kshetra) or ;ft-:;t (Neecha) have bet!n treated of in this
chapter, under the benign influence of the blessings
obtained from the Sun and other deities presiding over
the nine planets.
� �!fff'i�T \J;l'r-Jf�U�� �­
fflOOij !f{(���qms!I(: II
Thus ends the eighth chapter bearing on the effects
due to planets occupying various positions under
various formations in the work Jataka Parijata. compiled
by Vaidyanatha Dikshita under the auspices of the nine
planets.
 Adhyaya IX.
Tm-: EFFECT OF GcLIKA, YEAR, E-rc.

��.a.•��n;t cf��� ffllft� ir�:

u1l't � t,; cf�'R: Sfil� i(RR� I

'fl�ir=.:.Juf°;cffl ire�,
� fct'flll{WS�'(: �'=IT 1{1�1qo:1 I�
m11�s��n 11
Sloka 1. I Jm to Jescribe the influences of the
, 11

time of �;f; (Gulika)J of the ye1r, the month, the day.

the hour of birth, upon the person born. If ��iii (Gu,
lika), be in the 1:;t bhava, the person born will be dull
and sickly; if �RS;i. (Gulika) in the Lagna be associated
with ma.lef ic planets, the person� born will be deceitful,
lustful and depraved; ii� (Gulika) be in the 2nd
bha.va, the person born will have a craving for 5ensual
enjoyment, be of wmdering habits and indulge in scur­
rilous language; if ef«ii• (Gulika) be associated with
malefic planets in the 2nd bhava, th(! effect on the
person born is that he will have no wealth and at all
events will be destitute of knowledge.
NOTES,
The method for finding the position of !!� (Gulika} and
other Upagrahas has already been described in detail (vide notes
to Il·6 and V-57 supra).
583
 Adb. IX.

In this and in the next five slokas, the author gives briefly the
effects of Gulika occupying any one of the 12 houses in a nativity.
As these are given in g-reater detail in �fqifir(Phaladeepika',
relevant passages from that work have been extracted in their
appropriate places for the information of the reader. Besides a
full aspect cast on the seventh house like other ordinary planets,
Gulika has a full glance over the 2nd and the 12th houses
reckoned from it.

-m: �u Ar1�H�r �Rilr,fo1�1

•Hfflf�ir •PFIM�m ;nfu-.fl�l@'I'Sf: I
�1�rn �fu�m �i:qzr r1,n1;;wfl
�t .i��fct �:sq-fft: i'ttf-tt infre:�t 11
"' �-=iffil ��l-!JIH.ft rf M'�NT� 'H�UiTITT I
" 1:lJ!-lij�'TTQM-=lliztl<f�T �i!U'TT� "1-mft!Bf?.l II
m��m:�Q! �mtr�iliji�:,
ftitft)�11�11 ft�: �\'JT1llif �ti� � II � II
Sloka 2. When �� (Gulika) is jn the 3rd
bhava, the person born will be distinguished by aloof•
nesa, pride, drunkennes11 and such qualities, will display
an abundance of ill temper and bu1tling activity in
regard to the acquisition of wealth, will be exempt from
distress and danger and will be without brothen or
sisters.
NOTES•

This sloka appears in �ifil,

fmil[cl.J� � tJ'@�
ll-tlJl�i!��S?•lt � I
�;pf�� ��j �:
'lif�tl�f4:: til@t�sf\QN'1f1� U � U
51. 3-6

Sloka 3. When Gulika is in the 4th bhava, the

person born will b� devoid of learning, wealth, houses,
happine-s�, lands and vehiclt.!s and will become a
wanderer. When Gulika is in the 5th bhava, the
person born will be immoral, irreeolute1 evil-minded,
have few sons and will be short-lived.
��1r'il"ifif
�� �f.:t ij� �:n�.:iq1�rq��tU<?5srra�<f�f%��:;=iHt � � 11
qilOffi��T ����)(r
�"ft��
""·"' it�� ij U'{:
" I
���;JqJ� �lffil' 1m:
fi��rtRfr�'i 'f�f.(: �ff: II V II
SirJk(i 4. Wh.!n Gulika is in the 6th hhava, tht:
person horn will destroy hosts of foes, will dabble in
demonology and will he brav�; when Gulika occupies
the 7th bh1va, the person horn will be quarrelsome, be
cursed with a bad wife, will prove a public enemy, and
will be stupid and ungrateful.
�{ll'll'ifil

ijF��-=c'ft 'l{i:lft?.nft-n{T ui1Jr1�t H'5�8'I�: fl�: II

�Rfif u�?fi if.�T ;;Jii;r�'li= 1
i?-t<fil'll �ft�� ���: �ifqi'rH: II
�.p:r.1ei��n �(!�it�
g�wtfit�T •ll=EC,J.;t'll gffl t
3Tijll�Hf«lffl: dit ��­
r-f'il�Th.atiitt·•n�{l;n· filiJA: 11 '"\ 11
Sloka 5. Wtien Gulika. is in the 8th bhava, the
person born v.,ill be deformed in his face with weak
74
586, Adh. IX·
impaired eyes and will have a. isl ight body. When
Gulika is in the 9th hhava, the person born will engage
in vile deeds ro such an extent as ultimately to become
the murderer of his parents and preceptors. When
Gulika is in the 10th bhava, the person born will aban­
don all rdigious duties and observances prescribed for
his cas te and being associated with hundreds of shameful
deeds, will become dead to all sense of honor or self­
respect.
�/q'�T
m.e��.foi<BJT
����Sl2'-'�tl ��<f�ms�4�fttsi�1
il�ll���i ct;tl�fir f.(�.f: 11
31'.'Rij' �1�� �t{ffl
ft-f�'®'�i :;np lf;� �@: I
�mm, �t.1-:11'1lJf�.111r1r
��\1i{l�: �I�•� n::cmm II � II
Sloka 6. When Gulika is in the 11th bhava, the
person born will have much happiness, wealth, power
and beauty, but will occasion the demise of an elder
born person. When Gulika is in the 12th bhava., the
person will have the appearance of an as:.:etic and by
cleverly employing the language of the distress,=d will
get money from every quarter.
�ffl�r
��ff,$i: i'fil�ftqj �Tq�f't II
�'-P���ft�t �1� ���: �J�'il� �ft.Jf.� II
irr,';rjm1J1)q1Ri �11 cl�ll�ifiJ � fl � I
11r=qfic«1i in��ij�,n�: «if «�tsi;fe�u � II\SI!
Stoka 7. The Lagna. occupying a Trikona posi-
SL s-9 887

tion in respect to Gulika, and also in the same Navamsa

or Dwadasamsa as that cccupied by Mandi, and the
planet associated with Guliki and the lord of the sign
occupied by Gulika, all tend to b�comc al wavs malefic.

qmfi.�JTJT�
"" clT �.::i:ra�r�,t�
� � II

«I�� 11��):ar gRS� �r�n f?{t['f�)

irnrmi��« t��, ilifii ;it;J,�'.if: 1
ir�nr::: �1:r� �ctg�n qf'IO��r l'fii:
� 11q��lftFIT ifrif�fi�ll: 11 C It
Sfoka 8. If Gulik 1 be a�sociated with i:r.e Sun,
the person born will hilte his father; if with the �..,:foo1,
the pers�n born will cause distress to hi:; mother ; if
with Mars, he will have no youngc·r brother; if with
Mercury, he will be insan.!; if with Jupi.ter, he will be
·a blasphemous heretic; if with Venus, the person born
will be afflicted with v,�'.1;::r.:..d disl�:1"\l's ;ind -.vill b,� the
favourite of b1se wcJmen.

�H�ffif foN;:m inQ�:�fT f4�n;�9:� l

�Irfi�fJT: J:IJ� "{"f!J�f, •F�� T.j RT ;;1n:{t II
�� qr1,0it -:iJ<t.�a .ft�t.Tfi:J.fri:r��: 11
.,. .,

�: «�«f� �� l{�;r 'i� �

.

"' ... ...

nru: �-i{fR�'ffi.Z�il li11�'� �

«rfvr-l Rl°'N?� fu� ��sr�) �r7.ffl
\
·�
:sm:1ooq�'lJ� im;{.JT: ��fir! 'f;al{ II � 11
Sloktl 9. When Gulik:i is associ1ted with Silturn
the person born will b� devoted to pleasure and enjoy,
588 Adh. IX.

ment ; when Gulika is associated with R:ihu, the person

born will become a poisoner; when Gulika is associated
with Ketu, the person born will b�come an incendiary.
When Gulika is in a house affected by Vishanadi, the
person born, even if he b� a ·ruler of the earth will
undoubtedly become a begga.r. In fact, the major pla.­
nets united with minor ones (Upaguhas) produc� a
malefic effect.
NOTES.

�A!� �!r-' �o-!Q Mi= 11

,a
fcl'fitJft u� firm!{� qf;tr�T IJRl I
�@:if�l�irl�!��rctt �sfq film� II
�.� � f{� �'IA_ �� f;;� I
�lff.�1ifl� W.� if.��ql{ II
�'i� ��,it ill�'tttr-{ �if��� 'PfcfPe<fi: �lq_ I
� "' �� ixtfl9'�;t IIT��T���,: ft: II
For f.llfifrft" (Vishanadi) see Adhyaya 5, Stoka 112 supra.

'Ihe names of the 60 years can easily be remembered by com•

mittiog to memory the following slokas.
�'fiU fit-q1: �: qq):ns�1 1;1�1qfo: I
.a,

atffln: ���) 111,n ��i mnT "'" � II

f� q�'i!-;q� S111T,;i1 �ijiq) �: I
f(•H�'.Q RT{lfl: q-rf�<il ;;;q;q: II
N;J'fl�: ....,
��cl �'11U "' fl«'1T F-lfi@: lift': I
� ��� � q;:JJ�!��t II
lsr.j.ft ��t � �tft m� Wt: l
SL 10-11 589

'!llf� �)�� tr.r�rf<tm�m'ftir 11

���: =:Jit��: ffi�: ffl'ifl�� I
qft�1cft '!;j'qf�T� anrrctr UtHlts�: II
fq�: cfila-J�� �qr n�i'fflr 1
<J;Iifi ���rn ��Rit �;t-i-J: �: 11
!f+A� ;�mr: � �(ll�_cd
�!Jffl6: �:(� I
ft�rn: �''" f.r� f.rtq,n
�•f«ijij'J .r.:1i%ftrti� II t II O

Sloka 10. The person b:lrn in the year Prabhava

will be daring, truthful, posses::;"ed of every virtue 1
proficient in astrology and pious. The person born in
the year Vibhava will be lustful, pure, constaatly cheer­
ful and will have prodigious wealth, relatives, leill'ning
and fame.
cf. �.im<li
11'1@: ITT�Rl.-1T !!�611Rft'f , I
i{MT�lWlfllffl: ��� �Tl.la" �: II
3;:q��lfTllT �@,_ �IJ!at1�,re't"11: I
qfo�ITT ��1.ft('�at f.ilfl� .JU "�tl II
�4" fflr{il\ mfil'�rtft lR� lffi(
� ifirf'{fTSRJlll'ffl�ij; ril·lfi I
�in �;iq�r�: wr�: ��: 11it�mit
.ftrnif R�r: ��-f.t� �•tft�«r4 f4i(t II , , II
Sl.ika 11.The person born in the year Sukta will
be an adulterer, effete, but liberal and intelligent; the
person boro in the year Pramoduta wilJ be clever in
590 Adh. IX.

counsel, business like, and voluble in speech; the person

whose birth is in the year Prajotpa.tti will be virtuous,
bounteous, rich in sons and cf a tranquil disposition;
the person whose year of birth is Angirasa will be rich,
sagacious, exp�ri�1Ked and ever compassionate.
cf. :q�,m;q;
ffijlJ:
"' �nf¼lin., �ift 9;3f�FHlffrctrf: 1
f.i�T� f{�rroiTrtff: Y�Jl-1rfl� ltitq_ II
fl�H;:.�1:i.:i-11 ff P-11T�T q qr��,n ;:ir: I
,.. � r"' ·. ....
...

�!J[�Jfi:?f: ff'9T
..:.
i:fl.ft Ui:fl� �l"l� fo�l:
... II
�'i{F!T q1,7,ir ��T �;•n'1���qf.:cFJ: I
�9�T�!JJl1m�l �;,1'lfiir:fl!�cl: II
cf.rift iJ�T � ll'TrlT 'of 'illf1fil, f�'Fi§·q:
�,�T��t'!';f� i"�fiiit1F� l'.l�q II
:jf@: ���a, '«"'lira: �����•�
� mr.Ji{) llm-�;rq�11Tm lftfl� lf;p I
���,:i'r: ��,i(�q�: Sfit,:i1 ��ff�� ��
'3ffilt �TTP1�1s.-q�n?i«n tfiPll�e11�1 �o: 11 � � 11
Slohi 1 �. The p,•rson born in th� ye,n Sreemu kha
longs for wom.:n not his own, is honest and wealthy;
the person whose birth is in the vear Bhava will be an
ascetic, a kinf�·mak,::-r, and renowned for his vast wealth
and strength; the person born in the year Yuva will b�
covetous, fickle-mir:ded, ill-tempered, pcsscssin� a con,
stitution, little liable to illness and acquainted with the.
healing art ; the person whose year of birth is Dhatru
will be addicted to other people's wive& and a crafty
lawyer.
51. 13 IJQ]

cf. i!i<fif�
�lii_ �qfi,: ��: �'Hlll! ��q: I
(.�i���-il ���s;;., ���: 11
l1f-l�ctfITT :it[fil ;;it �@ �l1fli I
��� �T;Jf.18: fl��UJ�: II
wij�unttm ��i!�;JiH"•w ,
mRW: ?Iqq@: �il�r !!-=tT� !i�t �cl 11
��9;: fr'{iif
..,. a:�t ���q;Jof'R:: I
�tit ;;nqtf if�T \llrlfi� �� ll
�'ijl��-1�'4@� �armu:�:
«,_iifff il§'4l..�il"«<llctl �'i � fcl,,cfli{ I
�: 'If'H(l: �n��� s((�I FJiFi: �
� :;m,) Rs1a1Ic1m, � \:l�T �tqRH �TlR,.._ 11 , � 11
Sloka 13. The person born in the year F.aswara
will be prosperous, steady-minded and a good judge of
merit ; the person whose y.!ar of birth is Bahudhanya
will be a I ich merchant, beneficent and voluptuous; the
person born in the year Pramadhi will be cruel, addicted
to evil. hot tempered, friendless but living in comfort;
the person whose birth is in the year Vikrama will be
wealthy and valiant and command an army.
cf. i!l"<l•i-•mr.,;
{l��: mcn� ���sfa��: I
fit "ffl�tt �; � ��it llb_ I�
<llcfl�lffi�fll� �1:'(qijqf.q�, 1
c:;Tor "1,tff� °'i� �,JTqa
II
�.ft�� i1�-tfft� I
 691 Adh. IX.

'UI�: � � i;rq�'tct� -.:t� 11

:a3':111(1Tq�� 1Hll��q�: I
qJqi:fi..�<1:�« fcbii'IJl&� ��vi�: II
C>

��{� �\W r;f)ijijaf ftifi11i

���ij'ii�'fff.1. RStllr-n I
� ��R�lt: �;ft
q�wti[ftffl1• ij�� ft�1 II t v U
Slolla H. The person 1:orn in the year Vishu
will be a paup�r, lost to all sense of shame and engaged
in doing what is wrong. The person whose birth is in
the year Chittrabhanu will have the energy and the
beauty of the lord of day. Thi? person whose year of
birth is Subhanu will have the learning, cooduct, and
virtue characteristic of his tribe or race. The person
born in the ye:,r Tharana will rossess exceediog wea1th
and strength and will be a philosopher.
a/. ll'�@il;
ij--���T i\�111_�1 llHcfT�1 � *-,� I
q�ill���J �Tfil '['lit} ��it -q�a, II
R4'3f�1�tl���) ;iit ff'Qrf.rM��ct 1
._1@1Jl-{ ��'f lrl_ ;ftJfl;i �lfil��: fiiq;;;.�: II
fitJPc11'fl�*�� iil�= sam ��1q: 1
!:!ijf�/:\fet :illri cf.l�oGTrtfi?t��;,. II
�·���q�) "'
1:rr11 qr'lffl: =m) q�) f;im:
�@l�IJ"(Ji�
"' �: 1
;iit -q�q II
<.

o1m: qn�t1t1H.:tl ,HqRh �fun���: �1

�it1 lll��')�fq�IJlql-l_ q1ql ��� � I
Sf. 18-18 IJ98
.., ,., �,.., ...
fftnft ri��, •1'ff gaff tRII�
«'1111l � d111ft�: "� -111"5firq: II t '\ II
Sloka 15- The peraon b orn in the year Parthiva
will be a king unequalled for his prosperity and happi·
neas; the person whose birth is in the year Vyaya will
be l ustful, cowardly, immoral, staking his property in
gambling, and addicted to wickedness; the penon
whose year of birth is Sarvajit will be eloquent,
possessed of great physical strength, versed io sacred
scriptures, virtuous, and conversant with the real nature
of all things. The person born in the year Sarvad hari
will be well-to,do, versed in the arts and l iked by kings.
cf. �-r�
�&Jl'TT {l'if'lAT ni!'ff: ��: 1
SIT�•Ht��al 'tffq� 1lfflt of{: II
�rJq1m1: .j ottflif �<ff'�: I
�if,rrfft �n'�Rqmrf<\ij� II
��iff.)�i'J: �ffl'ff�1Wf��: I
i�; f��: �TII: fflf���� off: II
��) �T i'filitl lU�ft fri!!l�� Sl!I: I
fflm!iit ��cl. II
ffi'-li�fol •ll 'iffo:
�Flft im)�ffrq,qf.mn � mi��
°' "" ,,.._es..._
� 1lif-fl�T
ll1�1i:t1 liff>�l 11�ftj'-ildw!.I�: I
fv111lt1 �,sfa(�;r: "1'11 ffll� fflt:
�wl'""�etitr �� 1P-ll�Fr.r�il t \
II II
Slokn 16. The person born in the year Virodhi
will be afflicted, del ighting in the company of the
wicked and addicted to sinful deeds and cruel. Th�
75
 W1a¥C1tftw1G Adh.. IX.

person whose year of birth is Vikriti will be full of

guile, love-sick, and devoting his mind to magic formu,
laries and their practical . application in ceremonies.
The person born in the year Khara will be uoattractive,
wo1thless, depressed in speech, sinful and mischievous.
The person whose year of birth is Nandana will delight
every body, enjoy the favor of kings and wilt be
conversant with the meaning of the sacred hymns in
scripture.
of. ��@<ii
�� �i 1:R�HJtl: � I
�fflU"ttT =q f�il'tfA��: II
��c,�: �ir: �r� f.\wl: I
ftt!ir!'le1�11 -10 �fffiq'if: n
�q��T11f �f!: q�RI
��II ��: fflmffit 'if{: II
��-t fl�: �q�c!_ I
�J;ft �IT� -tO if�'fil: I
ft�lJij(� � �(\qRfqra'f·
� Grq� �.:ift\ffi � cJl I
ftr<:t·m­
��=
11�.t��fctt.ft#.t 11r11�
��l� � II {\S II
Sloka 17. If a person have his birth in the year
Vijaya, he will be virtuous, and will abound in real
excellences. If the year of birth of a person be Jaya, he
will be either a king or like a king. When a person
has his birth in the year Manmatha, he will have a
craving for sensual enjoyment and will be victorious
over his foes- The person who is born in the year
Sl. 18

Durmukhi will be void of virtue and wealth and will

be immoral.
cf, ���
�: �'R'lqtJ: �trffilffiq�tf'•·•ftt: I
�qr iitlft f<l�J4- � 1ffil II
��.ft mm1.ft ff�flRI�: I
� mmfi1 R�'!f �'if � II
3�1ffl� � ifil1ft" :q fsl�qlf{-1; I
Q�flROlffl'll�: lfrlftt' tffflt � II
�: ��) � �'«!ft-ml: I
lfcfil�ifl'§--l�T ��r-� �: II

t!mlf � {llm�: ��ir�:

◄hTifrij]J�TT�(J: �R(ffl•ft Aeuq&�� I
itt1'tw��� =il\'l'l@.fi� fflirr-c::�
ffiqtlffit�¥111T!!IRO �� �ffi.l, II '.-: Ii
Sloka 18. If a person have his birth in the year
HemaJambi, he will be ill•natured and will ardently
pursue agr icultural and other operations. The person
bo rn in the year Vilambi will be prosperous, reaorted
to by the Brahmana community and disinterested! y
benevolent. The person who has his birth in the year
Vikari will be sickly, cowardly, indigent, irresolute
and of an ignoble nature; if a. person have his birth in
the year Sarvari, he will have exceeding wealth and
enjoyment and will be cheerful, honest and well•behived.
cf. ��
�'<1-i�RT�lfflffil�"lil I
<lil�r:t��lt ���c1: II
 Adh. IX.

sr4) �sm 1:��fil �: I

���: ql'ft � � f�: 11
�� •nu•Hi ��: ��: �: 1
� �= !.llaft ir<lffl iffl<fi: u
��:�).lft�:�o�I
�,
,.,Ii\rv'l<'f-Ril �-Rffi:\�cl: II
-Ao,�-

_.���-: lcf¥R: 51.(: ��

�i «t�-1.Jtiiffl: �R\' ,mr: �: W{t: I
� �� �!IQ(fl-{ ftqrFf9'�&tfl'
��{It:��: ifsq.�: �- II t� II
Sloka 19. The person who is born in the year
Plava will be tranquil, generous, compass ionate, brave
and devoted to his own duties. The person who has
his birth in the year Subhakrit will be the dupe of
women, but learned, handsome and intelligent ; the
person whose birth is in the year Sobhakrit will be
wise, poaaessed of royal virtues and foqd of learned
pursuiu. The penon born in the year Krodhi will be
an adulterer, addicted to evil ways, crafty and of an
angry temperament.
cf. �il�Rffi'

��: ifilift 'R�mt: WU I

�- 11�m ctif gc1� n
�: ylffilJft � �qq{PlVJ: I
��1 ��a�: II
qh[ f.t�fft $flft �- �anfr<to: t
i.�: ffllfR'i .;mn qqfa lf'r-R: II
!I. 20
.,,-.-,--

MT� U�II it'� lift�: I

'Ritil'4Nrffl � �fl'1rflt -1{; 11
1IT.tt (T�«fiAT gatl:R� � AJ(lc(«t
l"RTffl: 'fU1fcf�afffl': f��t I
d .Pl«t: iiW�� iiffiiifqt ��:
���1R)sfq�: M1�ij: '61"
II � 0 II
Sloka 20. The person who is born in the year
Viswavasu will have a high sense of honor, will be
fond of the comic and will e'lltnc� admiration for those
who are rich in moral worth. The peh'ln w hose binh
ia in the year Parabh LVa I will be engaged in wickednes1
and will pro'lle the ruiner of his family. The person
who has his birth in the year Pla'llanga will be l ustf ul,
fond of relatives, e11incing a partiality f.Jr children aad
alow witted. The person whose year of birth is
Keelaka, will devote himself to di'lline worship and will
be exceedingly fortunate and valiant.
cf. �-fil@ifi
fcf�I�ijft��({: �f� ijffl lNct I
fflo=cl: fl½l11Attl iflffl' fimr'il�t yPt: 11
..,.,= �
""'b""«<<1�<( �: ��: I
"�"��: "qol\ly;:q�f!@: II
S"Uf�fft iffflt. � if�«f fifi�tfl 1
��= �it!:���: n
��1'(: � �) -t�: t
� �f;{m � ���""1: II
�: �4<-C�itl�"f<f�,.: �,�, 1fqq1(
.JR���: � ;m I
 508 Adh. IX.
��'I �J�il'U � �fh:)s�
1:m: -r�,m�<�= ��1fT4"1i:fr-( 11 �, 11
Sloka 21. The person whose year of birth i1
Soumya will be tranquil, universally popular, exceeding­
ly wealthy and firm•minded. The person born in the
year Sadharana. will b.: versed in the various branches of
learning ��.d w ill possess a sound understanding. The
person,,. 1se birth is in th e vea.r Virodhikrit will be
credulous, ,11,tempered, indigent and given to wandering,
The man whose birth is ig the year Paridhavi will be
ill-behaved, harsh in speech, and possessed of wealth.
cf, �-rotm<li
qfiirif �lflift � l).{�1fMq��: I
ffiltfl: "ti�<li�� -t{: � �rqa- II
�cifu: �R: cfiTll{�o: '1t�urr: 1
i{a:�iffli: ij'j),.ft l:lNT7UJR!!iit1: 11
Mwn ��-rt fqi!llftti��c1: 1
fet�fi�if -t'U :ifTfitQ'TT� 11,ct ll
�ril-1,. �T� �§�: ij�'\: I
u�qr,fi �1•: qft'!ffll�<t: II

� if.1�11ffi� 'Ref'{�: !(��

itti{T��l f;f·�fflll����- �I
� u�:_r( ·,� �ra,� m
'.:I

� (1-t!Pllli'T� .ffl�: �: �RJ{cff.{ l lrtrtll

Sloka 2.2.. Th.! person born in the year Pramadee­
1
cba will estrange his . :...�ives, and will long for women
not his own. The person whose year of birth ia
Ananda will be of a joyous temperament, will be devo•
SI. 28 599

ted to the study of traditional doctrines and sacred

scriptures and will b� acquainted with the real nature
of all things. The i:Qan wl:.ose birth is in the year Rak­
shaaa will be sinful, indulge in vain talk, and will
injure the virtuous. 'l he person born in the year NaJa
will be a donor endowed with many liberal virtues,
tranquil and well-behaved.

�ffit �ITT �« •�U'<l�� I

cf, llif-1'if@�

t�rft �l� q1q�«1: !r�'l: II

���tsffi���: fl�t;i���: �qr I
��-=�;;iffit �Ht: �flfsn=t!t�rf: 11
�� 'finilat \liJT'<l&ff.f-1�: 1
�� ��rf�T �•�m� -q·�w: 11
,�irfu�.i'l �� ���: �1R: 1
;;i(?,m•q (i) �« :imlt ���ffi� ��: 11
� fq'f��l ftlait;ir �@�q� ���
li�it in, ilil�Afiij�� �ihi\ri�11t11� 1
fffi:l�1 g�m�f.lm: m���a-: ij�'i:
'11Rt ll�ijJJ�cr: tft�llt1�1 1�1=;.wRi:fl� II �� II
Sluka 2 3. The person born in the year Pingala
will be a Baint with his mind under contra] and will
•m�age in the practice of penances. 'Ihe man whose
year of birth is Kalayukti will become an astrologer
and will have fortune, enjoyment and wcrks of benefi,
cence. The person whose birth is in the year Siddharti
will be successful in his undertakings, will be reverent
t<. wards spiritual preceptors and Goda and will be intel·
 Adh. IX•
.... ...... ..... ......

ligent. The p�non who has his birth in the year

Roudri will be a rake, perverse, proud and wi�ked.

rf!: !f��«"t:.u �•�lf�u ir� !

cf. �'1'11l-1i

�-.fireqft�11it fqii�"'; ll;�{: 11

i)eii)qsJiT(ifi: en� �r� -1 a��?f.. 1
cfil��ff!!iUn ...
-IU � Wlifi� C.
II
�tt�fu!m �� 'ftll't ifi<1mr1�: ,
ar� itftrm eydl �M1��: n
'lltili�"''i: qr:i't fq?Jil: qJq!i�� I
U��':frf« � .f\: �gttt '11tct 11
� 1;1'Rfq� iR�: �flml:
���nsz �� �il 1
�=
�
'"': m«1·: �1 � ���� f%flli{
¥1� .i;���� �: �i{ ll�\JII
Sloka 14. The person born in the year Durmati
will be lustful, duH-witted, distre&sed by affliction& and
base-minded. The person whose birth is in the year
Dundubhi wi11 have a bodily frame distinguished by
big thigha, belly, arm,, and head, and will � happy.
The person whose year ot birth is Rudhirodgari will be
wise, truthful, happy and rich ; the person who id borP
in Raktakahi will be of a tranquil mind, fond of rela­
tives, exceedingly fortunat� and amiable.
cf. llifil;.r@'ifi

�: l{!Ff: efiT<tT ffli\qq�;Jfw{: I

�rH �-1,i�q �4ITT qrfl� -R: II
�lfflfti't ftm,qftt�ill�ffl: I
 --------..........----------------,�-
SI. 16-26

�i:1-fffl� �'«{�: II
ttifll'it-it ��: �•ifhufilcft�: t
�lfi §01� ;jmrr �m,�?m 11
$((11JT � �-�ffl: ij� I
i�-r: efiTIAsir ��) �: n
m iffl: jJllR� llH1ff iF!l11't �Ui181ttt: � I
fft'�TU fJSnl'll �,fl 111.fi �Rl@(l'IIS1$'41'( ll �� II
Slaka 26. The person whose birth is io the year
!{rodhana will b� a rake addicted to evil ways, a hater
of his relatives and devoted to brigandage. The person
born in the year Abhaya will be vittuoue, cheerful,
handsome, endowed with a high sense of honor and
exempt from foes and ailments.
cJ. il<l-r-;l'RF?i
ffAffi f.lUV1: � "1��) 11�: I
� ;fit � �: qrq�irr■=t II
:am?t��� «r(��mt: � ,
�� �fl -fU 'c1if�fi@: II
II ��i! II
a"iu..ew: !itli{ ��i;mrq �: ,
c::Raun�if\N: �1Rlfi:f11���qu n � f\ II
Sluka 26. The person born i n the Uttarayana will
be devoted to �nowledge and contemplation and will
lead a chaste li£e. The person born in the Dakminilyaoa
will be confident in ho speech maintaining a distinc­
tion between spirit and matter and will be full of
aelf,conce it.
76
 Adb. IX.
............
c/. ll'�

��if: ffit:�!XIJJ@.:@11 ��l'"il�'lffi: 'ijq'llJJ:

i{q���l�'l�ffl�: �;t' ;ifl�U <{(!�1 11
ifi{: U3l (fl'£ijoR�: qffirlfifi!qfiRo: ��� I
iit.JQ�ll'13r'=li\'I�:
� ftl�ai ��IJll�tq;i�f.F-a: II
II �g'ti�'i II
��it �«�crn'A �: tpr■=�
!fl\¥1ITT �"'ffl0tr�U llTtff �: ij\11: I
���: Wt�;rt q��r: ��'fit:
rtR�l �: Jl� � �(�l\'11,f.€1: "1UCfi: �\9
Sloka 2 7. If ;i person be born in spring, he will
be long·lived, wea.lthy and fond of fine scents; if in
11ummer, he will seek relief in the use of ice, will be
clever, voluptuous, Jean,bodied and imelligi!nt ; if in
the rainy season, he will b! fond of milk, salt and
pungent flavours, doquent in speech and possessed of a
clear intellect; if in autumn, he will be pure-minded,
handsome•faced, happy and lustful.
tntfi lj'qJW: �� � (q;;;fqil��llcr: �: I
�.wl'fiff�<.n � irr4i � ftfttr�,: �
Sloka 28. The person born in the winter season,
will be a contemplative saint, of a. spare £arm, following
the business of agriculture, possessing the means of
enjoyment a.nd capable. The person whose birth is in
the cool dewy season, wHI be devoted to ablutions and
gifts, of great capabality, with a high 1ense of honor
and of great fnme.
SL 29-30 609

II "'��ll 11
� ��'Jie11111�qu F-n-i,fficl: �
q\fm �R ffirQfft ffl�� \l'f�' r
� 11ft �(i�''ft ir-=stf'�')ft;:::
'ifr.ntSftrlfi#t �d:N lffift 'Rffif II � \ II
SliJko 29. The person born in the month of
Chaitra wilt devote himself to the study of every art,
science and the scriptures and will be perpetually
en�aged in merry•making and delighting in the company
of women; if in the month of Vaisaka, he will be con­
versant with every sciencl!, independent and hold sway
over some region; if in Jyeshta, he will be blessed with
long enduring wealth and sons and versed in magic for...
mularies and their practical application to ceremonies ;
if in Ashada, he will be very wealthy, compassionate,
perpetually happy but betraying :tn aversion t.o other
people.
NOTES.
� (Chaitra), �'ffll1i (Vaisakha), etc,, are the names of lunar
months (�qm-Ch:iandra masa), and are S0 1 narned after the star
occupied by the Moon at Full I Moon (,fiof#t-Pournami), i.e., the
end of the bright half. Each lunar month consists of thirty tithis
(�) commencing from ���l.lil'T (Suklapaksha. prathaina the
first day after the New Moon) and ending with the following
�'1rffl (Ame.vasya•New Moon).

�: �if1Jl1mij' �iN(Ui�eil:41 m'ffl

�ffill �us(qf{'1i{ij?.ti ¥1-il(l'Jlffr{ I
in« :;?JT1ii?i� ��fct� �: ��Z
PTW: �'Iii Fc1,1€$-1tt:.t1 �: �ftiii 11 � o 11
Sloka 30. 1f a. person be born in the month of
 Adh. IX.

Sravana he will devote him.self to the worship of Goda

and Brahmins; if in Bhadrapada, he wilI take delight­
in visiting several countries, be full of theories ind
imaginative; if in Aswij:i, he will be hostile to his
own people-, indigent and base-minded ; if in Karthika,
he will be ht•limb;d, broad-eyed, devoted to agriculture
and surp-aasing in wealth.
U(g(i�ffl in�� � 'l1fl
lfitguN�Rft ijlwll«l:iJ �q I
�liftRftftfl!Rtffi-{ i{l�Rf
!lAA;q;�i 'if�� ttr�: u � t II
Sloka 31. If a person b� born in the month of
Margaseeraha he will show reverence· to Gods, hi.a
elders and his parents and will be virtuous; if in
Pushya, he will be possessed of wealth, virtue and
strength and will have a prominent nose; if in the
month of Magha, he will be mischievously inclined,
though very attentive to his duties and well-behaved;
if in Phalguna, he will practise daily bemficence and be
fond of music.
11�11
"\ " � r,I,. "I. �
cf6'i'q� �,� ��'m'\:l;JTI'q� qt-t{ij: fjlllij: I
�00 �irntll�: �if;:1� � �qij II�� ti
Sfoka 3Z. If a person be horn in the bright half
of a month, he will b.:: distinguished above others by
the fact of his being blessed with sons, grandsons and
riches and will be virtuous and compassionate; if a
person b� born in the dark half of a month, he will be
urging his own interests, reverent towards his mother
but inimical to his relatives.
 n ��'£�11_ n
�ra: sr�lfnt ffl�·�: «�� �
"" " " "-Al
�tfl·r{ � '(l�i!�lif. � 'ml ct-11
m�: U1l��;rnr�ra: �mo�
�m �'Ii� m��� n ��
q,,fi;:_ft \Jflf.(6
Sloka 33. The person born in the early morning
11

is attentive to his duties, leads a life of beneficence and

is happy; the person born at mid day will have princely
virtues ; the person born in the after-noon will be
wealthy ; the person b:Jrn in the evening will be fond
of fine scents and lovely women,. base•minded and of
wandering habits; the pers on born at night wiU have
the same charact�ristic as the one b:Jrn in the evening.
The person born at sunrise will enjoy abundant
comforts.
n�n
""
ifittftq1 �l !(@'Cf� @¥fl �IRf�mT:
fl«iiuqj �:'f�iil��)f���: I
���f �o-q11�w;r.di�I{ q��
���Tffl�T���i!U ��fl;J�Qf: 11 � \l 11
Sloktl 34. If a person be born in l:IITl"l'� lPratipada)
or the first day of the Moon, he will be very indus­
trious and lead a virtuous life; if in n{n°hn (Dwitiya) or
in the 2nd day of the Moon, he will have abundance of
splendour, cattle, strength, fame and wealth; if in
'(oi"IT (Triteeya), he will be virtuous and very tirnid
and will have a sharp clear voice; if in 'l!ili..ff (Ch atmthi),
he will be credulous, accustomed to wandering and
conversant with sacred texts.
 Adb. IX.

'ltPl.lTll���@«n '1iT1fr Wffl��:

'f��1 itti.1lifua-.:r: sr�rs�q-1f;;�i t
-=,� "\ "

�f .ra�m �,rt@: itll!Nl;fr if�

�1.ffif@�iii: WR'{�: �� �� �'\
Slokti 35. If a person b! born in q-uq1 (Pan:hami)
or the 5th day of the Moon, he will devote himself to
the study of all sciences and the sacred scriptures, will
be lustful, lean and restless ; if in l'flfr ( Shashti) or the
6th day of the Moon, he will have small str.:ngth, will
be equal in status to a sovereign, wise and of a very
angry temperament; if in �8111 (Saptami), he will have
a stiff extended voice, lording over people, phlegmatic
and powerful; if in �$fl ( Ashtarni), he will be exceed..
ingly lecherous, fond of his wife and children 1 and
phlegmatic in temperament.
�imtr ��: ,��a-r�r: ""'" ;r� fir�
qll'ttin �r�����q: '-llll'r.J: �qt � I
�fg{IJl'('11.{ii\efua-it �rm°--ffl mqfw{
i:��TllR1�1te1i&tR«rmritr �• 'l�(f: II � � II
Sl1Jka 36 If a person be born in it'<fl't'r (Navami) or
the 9th day of the Moon, he will b!! known to fame,
have a charming person, but a b ad wife and bad sons
and will b! lustful; if born in �ifr (Dasami), he will
be virtuous, with a dear-voiced wife and sons, pros­
perous and wealthy; if born in���� (Ekadasi), he
wiU revere Goda and Brahmins and will have many
servitors and wealth; if bJrn in t�'3r (Owadasi), he
will be engaged in very b.:neficent works, will be
liberal, wealthy and learned.
�����rift����
51. 3i'-38
__......, .....
,......_._..... ...,._...........--- ~- ,.,...,..,....,_ .........,.,
•.,..,,. -----· ·~------�....- ~· ,.,...,.......
60'1
.-_,,.....,._ ------

��f � q��i:f�ijlf11-IH I
apf���: A�Jll(tiiHl\'RlfU
�.:it U�� �� ��ffl � {J'Rt: II �"' II
Sloka 37. Jf a person be born in (Trayodasi) '!JI'��,.
he will b� covetous, v�ry libidinous aod possessed of
much wealth; if in •fl�efr (Cha turdasi), he will be of a
fiery temper and he will b.:: ever wishing in his heart
to become possest'led of other people's wealth and women;
if born in �<fT�U (Amavasya), he will be credulous
and devoted to the worship of the Manes and the Gods ;
if in �r (Poornima), he will sustain the reputation
of his family and will b.:: wealthy and cheerful.

""
111-t1 fq1��)�·�1t�ft Nt:
.Tlfi ifilrfi����- efref;�m�: I
JP:
..
�yg:��,��, l{«.�ilft ro
��--..,. � ... "\
,
��illillUi\G'tqi; �;r: ffl'� iifl{�q II �(; II
Sloka 38. If a person be born on the day of the
week sacred to the Sun, he will have a lofty sense of
honor, with brown hair, �yes and figure and will be
lordly; if on the day of the Moon, he will h-: a ga llant,
with a lovely form and will cwr be tender-hea1ted; i£
on the day of Mars, he will be cruel and concerned
with daring words and dt:eds; if on the day of Mercury,

�ij, �mm:
he will honor · Gods and Brahmins and will speak
politely.
�� W1ftftfe¥1� �l'l
�lf'«t: f�rnAA ��BA••,11\li: I
�P-11ffit: 'Rl�ll, "1r!.Sl•U�lf.4d)
608
b't ..��Tq{I� � '<IUWU II�, II
Sloka 39. If a pe rson be born on the week day
dedicated to Jupiter, he will perform sacrifices, be
popular with kings, ha.ve noble qualities and becom':!
celebrated; if on the d.iy sacred to Venus, he will hav�
c orn, \ands and w�lth and b e universally popular and
devoted to galJantry; if on the day of Saturn, he will
be for the most part dull-witted, living on food and
m oney supplied by other�, indulging in inconsiderate
utterances, assuming an attitude of hostility and cleverly
boycotting the whole body of his relatives.

��
d<ta:�,qin�gq-r �: i'i:11� ll� � �IP:f� I
��;ftsfir.i� � 1,l'qilil �.1fffi•: m � UT�
m·lfl.:s::m:��Wlmffinvnr m:11�
II

�� mi-r�m �� Rftq��: I
31r�i�: fif�iiR�i,tJt: � 11r� '1T-"
• ....,.., �
�opf'q'(_(�
c- " �Hr �·�Q lll?j(ffl�·Am II
tcm � R=;Jrij{q'J�en, ij �Rltll'm�IJfl'?qr: 1
emi: «ittu
� .
'mfr
m:r1ffll����tcflllR II v� ll
,-...
�lfl �� �� '§le;ffi{R��:
" ...
�11�1TTJT'Hlf§U{�I�I�: I
'Pl: \ilm�m���ijp.ffi'ir q��-
�tmt f;r� tf{qfitr1roiiRqqn: II 'i1 � II
���ft;r@�IJ(lll�: m�m�-
SlrtnH �iJijf{� ctlilJ(� '1Nfifiq'J�S�lffil I
... '.::I • � "'

�'lfflq'f{�t q'{q�jt;:q)��J!fl�
1l1{l �qflUJllTiif fJFll1t: Q�ffiijn?f � YV
 0 �
Slokas 40-44.

..:r Z Nakshatra
-J
��
Presiding
Deity
q��m�:
Synonyms
fflffl
Caate
Special marks The name
of identifi­ in English
cation Astronomy
Ii
t
1 ad"-w.ft � �if: Turanga, �: Vaisya 3 Spots in {i Arietis
Aewini The2 Aswins Dasra, ��"Aswayuk, Horse's face
(?.I': naya

2 �uir �if:Yama '"': Yama, �= Lowest 3 Stars in a 35 Arietis

ca�te triangle east of & Musc:i
Bharani (God of death) Kritanta, qri:�
Yamyabham an'"� (Aswini)

3 fi'(ffr liWil: Agni pm;r H uusana, adr.f: Brahmin 6 Spots Kshura- ,, Tauri
Krittika (God of fire) Agni, �r Babula 1 ike. General of Pleiades
the celestial
�rmies
4 l� nmw: f.o,t: Vidh i, �mr Sudra Fi ;e stars like
1 aTauri,
Rohini Prajapati Virincha, 'ffilii? Sakata a car Aldebaran
(The creator)
i
 0:1
16
ci "�
Z Nakshatra.
�
Presiding
°IA�l8�:
Synonym!
fflftr
Caste
Special marka The name
of identifi- in English
Deity cation Astronomy

5� fflll: gti:q Soumya, •Pll' Chandra Serving � Orionia

Mriga- (The Moonl atllf(T41oft Agrahayani � caste

:1
sirs ha Udupa, iit·mlmt Mrigaairaa

6 am{T
Ardra.
�=
(Rudra)
afffl Taraka,
Roudram
t\1(1l Butcher
caste
Coral-like red a Orionis

7� �fit: � Aditya, Vai1ya Five stars like {3 Gemi�

Punarvaau (The mother � Surajananee a house norum
of the
Adityas}

8� �ftr: � Tishya, Kahatriya Three Stars o Cancri

Pushya (The tutor of anr111r Amaredya 1 ike an arrow
the Devaa)
'>
9 "''"
Aslesha
�:
(Serpents)
'flt: Ahi, '!JQ: Bhujanga Lowest
caste
Six Stars like
a serpent
, Hydrae
1�R
 It
10 � �: � Pitru, ,._ Janaka. Sudra Five Stars. Rod a Leonis, t;ll

Magha (The Pitris) of the Palki Regulus

11 �� emn ..-.I�: Aryamna, ;niq� Brahmin Two in each

joined form
8 Leonis
Purva (Aryaman) Bhagyabham a square
phalguni
12��r lffl
Uttara (Bhaga) m Uttaram, �a'Pl Bhagam Kshatriya fJ Leonia
phal gun i
��,
Ii
13 l'VI � Bbanu, � Aruna, Vaisya J Corvi
Basta The Sun ri Arka

14 r.'!11
Chitra
tctt
Tvashta, (the
architect)
um Thwasht:i, �:
Suravardhaki
Serving
caste
A pearl-like
Star
11 Virginia,
Spica L.i
Butcher a Bootis;
�= Marut, <1@: Vata,
15 �r � i1� Red like coral a
Swati Vayu, the Sameerana1 "'�: caste Arcturus
wind Vayu, �: Sameera
16 ��,� �i'lt & 8'lll �cr Dwidaivata Lowest Five Stars like a Librae
Vfaakha Indra and it,:irrmil Aindragnika, caste a potter's wheel
Agni - �s�E� l�
 . ;r�
��'"
Presiding lf1ttq!ff�f: �
Special marks The name
of identifi in English
�
f�
Z Nakahatra Synonyms Caste cation Astronomy
Deity

171r.{tNf h a"ir: Maitram Sudra Three Stars re-

semblioi a lotus
J Scorpio,
Anuradha (One of the nis

I
Adityas)
18 ;au '(i'lt �m Kulisatara, 'ffilR: Serving Three red Stars a Scorpianis '
Jyeshta Indra Satamakha, �� Suraswa• caste resembling an Antares.
umbrella
mee

-
19� � qt Asura, ltlq'§:i!_ Akratu, Butcher Six Stars like an ). Scorpio.. � ,
Mula Nirrity bhuj caste elephant's goad nis
20�- Paya,, "ficw:i:(. Salilam,
q11: Brahmin Two Stars like t Sagittari

;I
Purvasha• Water �Jalam, �Thoyam a danda
dha

ll �wr
Uttara-
,.��=
Viavedevas
t.'111:, Viswam K1hatriya Bed red i S.gitta,i
ah adha
 arr�
1.2
Abhijit
:qrr
Brahma
Vaisya 11 Lyrae
I�
0

2.3 �UT ft� murr Srona,

l'l�: Vishnu Lowest 33 Stars like a Aquilae l:t
Sravana Vishnu �: Hari, �fff Sruti· caste an ear
n� Sravanabham
24 �iflJ 11ir � �qr Dhanishta, cf!J Vasu Serving White drum-like � Delphini
Sravishta The 8 Vasus caste
25 ffi'lnA� 'II� SIAffl: Prachi::taa, ffittff{ili� Butcher Red. A hundred :\. Aquazii
Sata- Varuna Satatarakam, ii'�� Varu .. caste Stars

26
bhishak
�m� •ra� lfh�:
nabham
Ajaikapada, ii� Brahmin Two Stari; like 11 Pegasi
.I
Purvabha• Aja,Eka,pat Ajapat, '{lri� Purva.- a sword
drapada proshtapada
2 7 �r�ntW eri;ju•�: �rsn�r Uttaraproshta- Kshatriya Of the 4 Stars "I Pegasi
Uttarabha Ahirbudhnya pada, ��: in a square two
in the east
drapada Ahirbudhnya
28 {ffl � Pu,han, �� Paushna- Sudra Like a fish Z: Piscium
\�
�
Revati Pushan bham
614 Adh. IX.

1�l;."ffilRJ:
�l�RR�·rti3fff'n: '"'1JrT�): �i(
�� ffl�llfil�if;r� !ll'fuMtl{ I
iill'JJt�m«f;oq��rfir �,1��r ii%a:_
e111�hr+1t1tff.JIW1'f131'ri�n: i{li9.f«'ftl: 11 v� 11
Sloka 45. �� (Gandanta)1 which consists of a
period of 7½ ghatis at the junction of ea.ch of the three
pairs of stars �r (MooJa) and ::.i;tgr (J yeshta), ��r (Mag ha)
and Wfll>'TI(Aslesha), and i<ta-1 (Revati) and a:rfiir;ft (Aswini),
is productive of much evil to living beings. The �
(Ghatika) at the junction of ::.�tr (Jyeshta) and it� (Moa­
la.) is termed a;r� (Abhukta). Any girl, boy, beast or
slave born in the ghatih in question cau!le the ruin of
the family owning them.
NOTES,
q/. .efrqia:
�1111�;:qt: m&A'5'�� 1pl �3T'i._W-ITT�T� 1
� � �NQ.O�i � �f?fTzt:=q")���l!lJ_ II
The term � (A?huktamoola) is thus defined :
J-401..a
�ra'fit �'fir �� �P-ifiliPFI.. I
����� � ��F>�ir_ II
A child born in <ll� (Abhuktamoola) should be abandoned•
If this •e n.,;t possible, the father should not see the child for 8
years; after performing some religious Japas and Shantis, he may
see the child in the 9th year. cf. ffl.f�
�ll-�@Rt qR�1m Rel"fqa 1
��;\' ,nfq jq�J: fl ij @Ur!:flfTT!ii'l 11
-tlllf I!{""� mf.n .r,:qij <'I� i:fiT�q_ I
SI. 46-48 616

!iMi �� �frttf!T �� �!ll�:nq_ II �)sfil

';II�

at��� � !l�fq qft�q_ I

��Tr!* t'llfl�;:�� .f ��tiiifq_ 11

�� ��T .fij���ftcta: I
arriw �{fl mfilt 31-1.:fflq�t II V� II

� �llfflT �f( imn �\ t

q� ��: 'ffl inFf��: II V\9 II
� �)����· *�NiFl I
-Rlt qf � ri � ��n1i I\ V<: II
The verses are elliptical ; we have to piece togelher the
various portions as we best can to get at the sense they are
intended to convey.

Slokas 46-48. Ma.ke ten equal divisions of the

ghatikas which the Moon takes to pass through the
aaterisrn �t!f (Jyeshta), If there be a child,birth in the
lat tenth of the 11tar, it wilt cause the death of the
mother's mother; if in the 2nd tenth, of the mother's
father ; if in the 3rd tenth, of the mother·s brother ; if
in the 4th t enth, of the mother herself; if in the 5th
tenth, of the child born ; if in the 6th tenth, of cattle
and wealth ; if in the 7th tenth, of both the families ;
if in the 8th tenth, of the whole race; if in the 9th
tenth, of the father-in,law (in prospect); if in the 10th
tenth, of every thing.
cf.�
•iU irtipf.t.ff smnir� �<1�* 1

�mif irlq� �Rf �g,i:f �;i;ff f(ql II

anFirT;i qQit ef� '18 m��) ��q_ I
618 Adh. IX.

mit t�·m: � �itm� 11

.rctit �i �f.:tl «� � ""' t
�t tiPI� � � f%R� 11
��ir.l �PT vl4861�i( I
¥11i◄l(t(f411\if � � � II \l' II
Sloka 49. A girl born in ;:;4'Wf (Jyeehta) coupled
with a Tuesday will cause the removal of her eldest
brother from the world, while the girl born in�
(Moola) happening on a Sunday will cause her father•in•
law to depart.
���in� (ilffi{_ �ijftA� �� ��.-�U'( ,I
tta�� fm f;f(� Wf =qnif ll�II� �m,: u '\ 0 It
Sloka 50. The person born in the first quarter of
the star J yeshta will soon cause the death of hie eldest
brother ; if a person be born in the '2.nd quarter ot the
star, he will occasion the death of the youngest among
hie elder brothers ; if in the 3rd quarter, he will
:ause the death of his father ; if in the 4th quarter, the
person born may himself die.
NoTas,

The following verses contain similar and some more details

about the bad effects of being born with the Moon in Aslesha,
Visakha, Jyeshta and Moola.

l:@Tftti�T � SQ��(!c-'i(?'U �f.ty 'Sfi"q-J.

�rn����q���I
�&qaro ���"it � m �i
�cit�lic{qit, �� �� ��: ll
� -'tlif � ��� =tt tf10RPl I
3J. 51--55 611
:_rt • .,

��'flRffl�[ij � �,: 9:IITif. I

·�
-I ��<flt "' fwla)�'! �ffl 11
�� �,�� Sftffl .:rm
-1 iU'f� I
�� tal,� ::{Tf1T �rf ijqc( � II

�@m� 'tl<irJt:jf tal,m�� ij �� l

�ll)�(IW{: �Fil ell (1�{1� �t A�71 11
ffi��-m� lf�ar -1 ��<'I' <'f��ifiJft�llqT �� n
i@T!I� rm �;� m:<fltt� lffil�I t� I
�lRI �ft.Im.: � �qq-�· «� ffl�l{_ II� t II
Sloka 51. If a person be born in the 1st quarter
of the at.lr Moola, he will occasiotl the death of the
father; if in the 2nd quarter, the death of the mother
very soon; if in the 3rd quarter, he will occasion the
losa of wealth; if in the 4th quarter, he will be happy.
,��Rl(tll-\1 ;n�: ��1ftnnmn 1
31Tb itm fq�"Rffll ({allt m11-1'Afa: II �� II
ffillll�!lfijij ij itrnT ��@ tf� I
'tffij ill� �ftt;(t «Rll lllij�«l'-IT 11 �� 11
3Mllro �ll�1 f.n� ij wfcffijifa I
m qi� ���$" �w It
ijwqg� �� I
� ij �� �:
� �;ft �;:til llRIT'li[fflT II � � II
Slokas S.!-55. Make 15 equal divieions of the
?8
6.18 Adh. IX.
... tr

ghat ikas which the Moon takes to pass through the

asterism Moala. If a person be born in the 1st 15th
portion of the star, he will cause the death of his father;
if in the 2nd 15th, of the father's brother ; if in the 3rd
15th, cf the sister's husband; if in the 4th 15th 1 of the
paternal grand-father; if in the 5th 15th, of the mother;
if in the 6th 15th, of the mother"s sister; if in the 7th
15th, of the mother's brother ; if io the 8th 15th, of a
paternal uncle's wife; if in the 9th 15th, of l!verything ;
if in the 10th 15th, of all the cattle in the house; if in
the 11th 15th, of the servants; if in the 12th 15th, the
person born will die ; if in the 13th 15th, his eldest
brother will die; if in the 14th 15th, his sister will
die; if in the last 15th, his mother's father will die.
�TWflQ' 9' ttui �1� q;Jt{U:i IT(Ji�4i I
�� 11Htttui ij �i{ll� ��� It "\ � It
Sloka 56. If a person be born in the first quarter
of the star Aslesha, there is no clinger to any person ;
if in the 2nd quarter, there is the risk of losing money ;
if in the 3rd quarter, his mother runs the risk of losing
her life; if in the 4th quarter the father runs a similar
risk.
\�ll�P'l�Uf ffl fqijlf
1nwt.:J:it11 1'ifur-l� �•n� I
iflij: �: �ef�tsft �m'ij- .ft�
�mn �'-IT f;r� AA� ij'itl{qtli 11 "'"' II
Sfoka 57. The person born in the first quarter of
Moala, Magha or Aswini will lose his father, but if the
birth be in the last quartu of Revati, Jyeshta or
Aslceha, there will be loss of the mother, the father and
SI. 68-60 619

the child, it being immaterial when the birth h:ippens,

whether during the day, in the night or at the two
junctions of day and night.
NOTES•
This sloka i,.: also quoted in ;.'!ffla'lifof�.

f«r � ffilt �ir ��;rl ({¥tT I

31mn;f �'iittlft{f.cr ;Jnffl ifO��'M'tf:ti �� II
Sloka 58. The person borq in a Ganda loses the
father if tht� time be day, and the moth�r if the time of
birth be ni6ht; and if the timL! of birth be in the junc­
tions betwct:n <la.y and night1 the person born will
himself die, so that Ganda fails not of effect,
�,� -.w�� � � <111.n I
ffr'iilffll :.fiijJF\:lf ij �0�$f1!1{ II �0.. !I
Sloka Sfl. There i., Ganda at the conclusion of a
Gandatara such as Revati, Aslesh1 or Jyeshta at night
and at the commencement of a Gandatar,1 such a!i Aswi,
ni, Magha ,1r Moola during the day and at the junction
of a pair of Gandataras in thl! junctions between da}'
and night. This is the distinguishing mark of a Ganda
period.
�rrn� ��� �mr:
"\ c:' "\ "' "
fctt��IT�! I
•-. '\
�q � �� 1qtl��'fi\r lf� II � 0 II
Sloka 60 The pason born in the Dha.nur Lagna
when the Moon is in the asterism Poorvashada will
lose his father ; _again the person born in the Karkata
Lagna and when the Moon is in the star Pushya will
likewise occasion his father's demise.
� \I � � f«Rrt llffl ij(fl( I
in� {qf.-tn� 3PPlf�: � II � t U
620 •1a4'tin'hul Adh. IX.

Sloka 61. The child born when the Moon ia in

the &tar Poorvashada or Pushya as described in the
preceding sloka will cause the loss of the father, the
mother, the offspring generated t ill then or the mother's
brother, according as the Moon at the birth in question,
occupies the first, se:ond, third or fourth quarter of the
fateful star referred to.
��� fflU 3'� � � I
��\jtf�qy��ffl�M� ll � � II
� � P.(�lfU � �if� � I
��ts�T{P-tl�{Pll� Si=(lt� � II \ � II
� ffiR i[� :�mrr �rl{Hf{ ij'fl I
Slokos 62-63i. If when the Moon passes through
the 1st quarter of the star Uttaraph1lguni or the two
middle quarters of the star Pushya, or through the 3rd
quarter of the star Chittra or through the first half of
Bharani or through the 3rd quarter of Hasta or through
the fourth quarter of Revati, there is a hirth, the father
or the mother of the child born will die according as it
is or the male or female sex.

II il�T6: U

�=
'fl'i�reei.l@.flQ l{\:"ffq' :.:JT!��«U: I

..... ��
ajilRim�t ��wnH1:i::ttel(�q): Ii �� ti
"' " ,,
m o:t'lfj,"-t �el ��•���«�: I
if itlijf �ftRT�('f: �ij ij �IITfi'{_ II �lt II
� lTI� fq� 'lffiR�it � I
� � � f1rnt ��II�, II
SI. �69 621
.................... ,_, .. -
31'�if.l'-il: p: � {� �"1'TT� I
3liq�f?m � � llR�: I
R�cW�: �"1-l il';«;r(NitSttcJT II II �\9
Slokas 64-67. The Ganda period (i.e. period of
risk) is 16 years when the birth is in the ht quarter of
Aswini ; it is 8 years in regard to the 1st quarter of
Magha ; one year with reference to Jyeshta; 4 years in
the case of Chittra and Moala; 2 years in the case of
Aslesha; one year in regard to Revati; 2 months is
the I imit of th� risky period in connection with Uttara�
phalguni; 3 months with respect to the star Pushya;
the child born in Poorvashada will bring about the
removal of the father from this world in the 9th month,
If a per son be born in Hasta he will cause his father's
death within 1l years. The person born in Abhukta�
moola (see sloka 45, latter half) will cause the death of
the father at the very moment of his birth. If the
person born in Abhuktamoola should live, he will be
the cause of his family's pre-eminence, raise its status
and will be prosperous ; he may perhaps command an
army.

._,, t' • • --.

;:.i� 1ITTJ !1'�11 �ll'( I
9\.

fj'-IJftfa.{
fl� fqijf {f;� �� � ij'-fi II \ � II
�ifij 11HJ� �fiij tf�tf llffl.:-Jlfi(r(t{ I
'{3 t1ffl:
ro� �Fij l'f�zyf �mf{<t: 11 �, 11
Siolws 68-69. lf there be a birth on the 14th
day of the Moon in the dark half of a lunar month and
that in the first sixth portion thereof, it will prove aus
 Adh. IX.

picious ; if it be in the 2nd 6th, there wilt be loss qf

the father; if in the 3rd 6th, there will b.: loss of the
mother; if in the 4th 6th 1 it will cause the death of the
mother•s brother; if in the 5th 6th, it will remove the
brothers frorn the worl d; if in the last sixth 1 it wil!
cause the death of the child born. Tbus the �vii of
Ganda has b?en mentione d
c/. 161<."lll<li��r
1J�t
�llf� ii���t �!l.::;qa l
'qij��j Q ��� �'lJI' rf g �FMTi_ II
�rft�· fqc1� ��rl �� lllrplro-t� I
�q 'lfTQ� ��� q�q <lij}IHfifl{_ II
'ffl g n-1il ��c1 'qa�r 'fi� tt�: 1
�irij !f�[.ff itiiTI;d' qi�;if ij'fl I
iro =ii' lll{'fl'<r.ri ��ffl f?t�r«n "'o II
II
fu.ftt1J�t!f�Rlr.ri �Jq �El ft ��f I
R�tt•� f���t �n� t��r-A: I
;rm ft�1ffl1UJt -r��q, A�trij a '9t 11
Slvkas 70-71. The abandonment of ·the young of
elephants 1 horses, cows, buffaloes and more especially
oi the human kind, if brought forth on the day of the
new,moon when a digit thereof is fait1tly visible in the
morning-the abandonment of the young of these ani­
mals is laid down as a rule. If they b<! brought forth
on the new moon day when no vestige of the Moon
becomes visible, expiatory rites should b! gone through
in accord.ince with the prescrib�d rules to avert the
evil of such births; the rule of abandonment is absolute
except when the creature born is a specimen of
womankind.
SI, 12-78

NOTES.

fu.W-rli!fr "The real meaning may be, the day on wbich the
Moon rises with a thin crescent of l ight sc arcely visible."
Monier Williams. The term appears to apply to the first !th
portion of the New Moon, while the period covered between the
sec ond hh to the sixth !th is designated ;r�f (Darsa). ThP.
seventh o.nd eighth }th portions are termed �la (Kuhu). Accord­
ing to <fi[t'l'!JifilT�T<fif (Kalaprakasilca), JI (Kuhu) occurs when the
Janmanakshatr a or either of its Trilcona ones synchr onises with
the New l\foon, the end ing moments of which coincide with 'fhyaj­
yam. Kubu signifies an evil yoga. Various expiat ory rites are
ordained to ward off tbe evil arising from births during these
periods.

II qt·il�1': II
fq�.11����: f,��;n�: I
•1'�fffi��: � imt�: U \9� II
Sluka n. The child born under the nme star as
the father or under the 10th star from the father's (see
sloka 78 for the meaning of Janmarksha and Karmarksha)
will occasion the loss of the father; the child born in
th� same Janmala�na and the same Nakshatra Navamaa
as the father will cause the father's death on the very
day of its birth-
,..,. ;ef.gg
filSTT-s:t �;:ir,m=st �l<'t� fq�1nQ.�T I
:il;;ir�t� "' �it �ra: �� �fatr�: 11
I«� I� � �: ffl'lw1il�ft_ I
� �'IR! g1�s�fr.lill-{ II \9� II
Sloka 73. The child born under the M ..1sala or
Mudgarayoga will bring about the loss of what is �ood
or auapicioua. Birth under the Viahtikarana betokens
624 Adh. IX.
..,.,..,,.,

a pauper and by his birth in the Gulika period of the

day, the pe1son born wiH have a defective limb.
futi�j�f �T@ 'fl! ���i I
3":qy���t =5f@1 UlTRtiimr: 11 \9\l 11
Sloka 74. The person horn in a Riktha thithi be­
comes barren ; he who is born in the Yamakantaka
period of the day will be a cripple; he who is born
under a star assailed by a bad planet will be afflicted
with ailme nts.
NOTES,
rnnr iftf,t (R.iktha thithi)=�'l'l (Chaturthi), -.r<flfi (Navami) or
�hfr (Chatunia',i).

!ml� �ijijij ���) ll� �:

Qlf �q1as1(1;r: �1� qftq-
�
�ll�a:
II '9'-\ II
Sloka 75. When the Lagna is free from any planet
but about to be occupied by one, the son born will be
given for adoption to another person. When a biith
takes place in a Vyatipatayoga, the person born will
have a defective limb. The child born in a Parigha.yoga
will die.
lm,1 ft{� fliij Ff�� �l�UA� 1
ua :q- ���l1l1 �1� t1°i tlG�Wflt{_
. �
II \9� II
Sloka 76. If a person be born in a Va idhrutiyoga,
he will cause the loss of the father; if in Vishkambha
he will ca use the loss of wealth; if in the Sulayoga, h;
will suffer from c olic; if in Ganda he will get a goitre.
��@: �fil(t �lllffl� �•� I
��=J:il) 1!� �it.�: �ij: �1� qg ��\��'ttij: t¥f �1� II
di. 77-81

Sloka ?7. The child born with teeth will cause

damage to the family from the commencement of the
seco nd to the concluaio n of its fourth month; the rising
of teeth at the time of birth may cause the death of the
father in the 6th month of tlie child. When this
critical period is over, all may go well.
II �aT{I�·: II
�q-mfi � ij $� imRffi m� ii� I
3f!l� �Ul�T� atNJ';Jll!fit'i;@fchr�: � 11
��;f\�ra�I
��'1'�i::qr: q�ftt�.n� fflclit: II \9� II
�;:lfflT��� � fq{: q1qnf�{: I
"' �
�QI 'l��<ltif:@t �ff: ��i(T: II �o II
Slokas 73--80. Th::: star in which the Moo n is at
the time of birth of a person is to be reckoned as the
£int and is called �Ii� (Janmarksha); the tenth there­
from is called ��ii (Karma.rksh.1); the 16th, they say, is
11tyled ilmr1A. (Sanghathika) ; the 18th is named q�
(Samuda.ya); the 19th is called �NTil' (Adhana); the 23rd
is known as tr-ni\riii (Vainasika); the 25th, the 26th and
the 27th stars are called re11pectively ;;nra (Jati), it'1
(Des a) and �')fq� (Abhisheka). If the �;:�j (Janmarksha)
and other stars above enumerated be occulted by malefic
planets at the birth of any person, they will cause death
on the very day of birth ; if occulted by benefi c pla,
netsJ they will produce benefic effects.
II il��qrq·q1�: II
l�m �� 111« ��� I
���it;� � llM � 1{lijffl(_ II �' ll
79
 Adh. IX.

arsq, ���1ffl,'-f fflJ! �� I

����:���II�� II
.�fokas S 1-82. The Ganda in the months of Vai,
sakha, Sravana and Phalguna is such as relates to the sky;
in the mouths of Ashadha, Pushya, Margasirsha and
Jyes h�ha, the Giinda is such as affocts men; in Aswija,
Kartika, Chaitra and Bhadrapada t the Ganda is such as
relates to the P,1thala or the neth�r world ; in the
month of Magba, the Ganda or risk to b� run is death.
The evil of Ganda which relates to Pathala and the sky
Pusbkara does net concern this world and so does not
really exist for us.
iill�It Ill� Fil�lii� N(fl I
f�om{ « Ffi�� �� i�- II�� II
Slc>ka 83. The father should behold the face of a
l!On as soon as born ; by seeing the :100 's face, the
father is released from his debt to the Manes.

II al� ����iI· ti
31w;�1m'a�P-l��iflt�� u�
t{�'1 nt�s;��m';mf: �: �m 'Elifl '
�ffl il�:p:;_r: 31lt1J'it!�!lf ffi'll'r■fi
tl��f qH;\;M'� i��ilMf ql�«n II �\l II
Sluka 84. The person born under the star �
(Aswini) will have a great deal of intelligence, wealth,
mcdesty, sagaL1ty and fame and will be happy; if at a
perscn 's birth, the Moon be in the star 1ftVl1 (Bharani),
he will h,wt: a defectiv� Hmb, be addicted to another's
wile, cruel, ungrateful and will possess wealth; if in the
SJ. 85-86 627

atar � (Krittika), he will be energetic, lord-like in

status, not dull but with some valuable learning; if in
ftfiqft (Rohini), he will know the weak points of others,
be lean, enlightened but addicted to women n ot his
own.
NOTES.

Compare the ettectl\ given here in slokas 84-90 with those

:ritR m;qir.n�: ��- �•«u ��

given in Brihatjataka ch, XV!.

��tuN..-fJtflsf�fl�: -(1�1��10'{ 1
�T�111 '=i=f �� \:Air�: w:m1: iliFJ: 'ftfQifi:
fasq �Qd'sr�: "9l� uan'5A) il'r1� I��� II
Slaka 8!j. If a person be born in 1!iT�f'4' (Mriga•
sirsh,!), he will be soft-hearted, wandering, squint,eyed,
love-sick and ailing; if 1n amfr (Ardra), he will be des­
titute of wealth, fickle, with much physical strength
an d addicted to base actions ; if in S-f.:t� (Punarvasu; he
will be dull-witted, strong in wealth, famed, learned,
and lusting for women ; if in (�ci:f) Pushya he will love
Gods and Brahmins, possess wealth and in telligence,
enjoy royal favor, and have a large circle ol relations.
mif iturr1r: �ffll'��: ii)fr tU�Rqfol
'fillfl �Ulffi{: �Slci�tU lfRf qqJtlj q.fi I
�_pqt �: t1'4"1rut4:t41tfr t:il': ciHI�
liltft ffl('i�i;fhnrf.@T �l.fr "i�f: «�r:II �� II
Sloka 86. If a person ba! born under the sta r atJ6q-r
(Aslesha-i.e. when the Moon is �n th:it asterism), he
will be silly ; betraying ingratitude by his speech, of
hasty temper and depraved; if in the star �r ('Magha ),
h� will be lustful but devoted to virtue, indulgent to
 Adh. IX.
-----·-....-· --·--·~- ......,..._...... ------........--------:--
his wife, proud and wealthy; if in 't-kl!Jifi (Poorva•
phalguni), he will be restless, practising evil, Jiberal
strong and longing for women; if in �"'f'Mgair (Uttara­
pbalguni) he wi ll be voluptuous, with a lofty sense of
honor, grateful and intelligeot.
111if � �'Nlti�: ��i �
�srPnll'���f;tm in.fl q�t I
� �q(i"(\�iilq�u �111 \fwfr 11��:
tAf G.1(i1�t fQrftti\tnWt ��: II �"' U
Sloka 87. lf a person be born under the star�
(Hasta), he will be devoted to love and to virtue, be·
friend the learned and Jive in opulence; if in iqr (Chittra),
he will be very wary, good natured, and endow�d with
a high sense of honor, though longing for other men's
wives; if in �mt (Swati), he will try to plea,e Gods
and Brahmins, devote himself to enjoyments and will
have much wealth but little intelligence ; if in Rm,w
(Visakha), he will be proud, but uxorious, overcome his

�= �
enemies and betray much irritability.
lit ufir� � 1'flti ft1:
�itertti1i6�r-t q�m ft�i
ic8i q��ir �: � �
�'fl(�Sfitcfit(;n(ffl .nifi � m�: II �GU
Sloka 88. If a person be born in the star �(l'\ll
(Anuradha), he will be very affable in speech, opulent,
ease•loving, honor,1ble1 famous, and powerful ; if in •�••
Qyeshtha), he will be very ill-tempered, addicted to wo•
men not his own, lordly and julit i if in 11.• (Moola),
he will be eloq uent, but diahoneat, with hia happinna
SI. 89-90

marred. ungrateful and indigent; if in 11.m-,gr (Poorva'

shadhd.) he will be uniformly well•behaved, endowed
with a high Eenac of honor, well off and calm minded.

au;q: �t�ar: � � �«ri{ fcr'IMt: qfvQ:

';llun�f ���lilffl �m �;ft �19{ I
3TT�lij,ijqfi{ tN.t�: wf��: �
�f:· ffiRIR'ifi(cf-W �;;i\�1� «t(dt II �\ II
Sloka 89. If a person be born in the star a'tltrllrl'I
t{Jttarnshadha), he will be honmrable, cf a tranquil
nature, happy, possessed of wealth, and learned; if in
the star wqur (Sravana), he will h <!,ve revett:nce for Brah,
manas and the Gods, be of the governing clas11, opulent
and pious ; if under wfl!tlJ' (Sravishtha), hf will be credu,
lous, wealthy, plump in the thighs and the neck and
joyful; if in the etar ffi!i1i� (Satabhishak), he will
be an astrologer, tranquil, sparing in diet an..i daring

�� 1T'Tir�;r.n � llln'9l llt:

=t11fgi��irr-1i �igai�trr �
qfq-\fi ,
�(Q��1qa,�3i ilif�: �
11� i�•�fil:m� \ilffl: ��: ,1,0 If
SloktJ 90. If a person be born in 'l�Jnl'f� (Purva­
proshthapada), he will be bo]d in his speech, mischievous,
cowardly and weak; if in the star :a-"'·uft'I� (Uttara.
proshthapada), he wil1 be gentle in his nature, liberal,
opulent and learned ; if in �<l'i:it (kevati), he will have a
broad mark in his person, will be Jove-sick, lovely, clever
in counsel, will have sons, family and friends and will
enjoy steady continuous prosperity.
 630 Adh. IX•

II {I��� 11
iNi � � � �11� �1 («7) ll'gl��,!{�
�l '4il Rl��f\filWf{UH $?.Jill�) flllfij I
<tqfi: U{<Tfcr�irir u�firit i;ll'­
�TITTliir-tf?.I: ����} i�fU�� II � t II
Sloka 91. If at the birth of 2 person, the Moon be
in Mesha, he will eaL sparin;,�ly, long for women and have
enterprising elder brothers; if in Vrishabha, the person
born will be lihcral, lovely, rich in fame, of excellent
behaviour, and have his chiklren all daughters; if in
Mithuna, he will be bles..�ed with long life and skilful in
ministering to love during amorous pleasures and evincing
a fondness for jest and merriment; if the Moon be in
Kataka at a person's birth, the latter's heart will be im­
passioned with love; he will lead a wandering life and
will speak eloquently.
NOTES.
cf. fit;:;.i1rff�i XVII-I to 4.
Rtril 'f'-lm�: wr�, 11iwft: �1
�� N'A'I� ���Fl�fN� .fhlctl( I
ffl�Sll{Ffll��ffl ��fit�) �19{
'1i� ml� SJ���r iliir � ��: 11 o..� 11
Sl JkJ 92. If a person be born when the Moon is
in Simha, he will have broad eyes, a beautiful face, grave
looks and will be happy; if the Moon be in Kanya at a
person's birth, the latter will be afflicted with a craving
°for sensual enjoyment, of graceful address, eminent in
lea.ming and prosperous; if in Tula, the person will view
with reverence Gods and Brahmanas, show affection
_;r. 93-94 681

towards his re]atives and will be opulent : the person born

wf:ien the 1\foon is in Vrischika will be heecHess. ailing,
avaricious and given to wandering.
NOTES.
cf. ,:;r�cfif> XVII-5 to 8.
ffl'�Tffl ffi'ijUf: �t � �:� Ff\TI
it'mf: 1l��) �tm �� 1R�: I
Fll� iffl�fflql-{ !l�tfr � Flml��
� i�� cltcl�II-{ ill�@: II�, fl
Sl,,ktl 93. When the �loon occupies Dhanus, the
person born will have handsome limbs and bright eyes;
he will be tht: choicest specimen ':lf his family and con.
versant with the arts; if the Moon be in Makara at a
person's birth) the latter will be acquainted with mm;ic,
broad.headed and addicted to women not his own; the
person burn when the Moon i!'; in Kumbha will be without
virtue or morality and inimic.'.ll to learned men while
surpassing in knowledge; if the Moon be in Meena at a
person's birth, he will have a handsome person. be learn.
ed and become the lord of many wives.
NoTES•
cf. ·l•l;;;.>f@ifi XVII-9 to 12.

n ���rm� 11
�r.ii�"r.t mw�'flt!l �,ro�
q'i�r1:1��sfmt�� Tri" Ft\TI I
=;niw, 31��- ��- �t�t �:
�llflf: fq��ffl��� �'fffijiii II �V II
Slok., 94. The person born when the Muon is in a
Navamsa own<.:d by Mesha will be a commander of an
612 Adh. IX.
army, opuknt and distinguished by reddish eye!;' and
desttned to hecomc a freebooter; if the Moon be in a
Navamsa owned by Vrishabha, the person born will have
his body, the face and_ the shoulders fat, but his frame
will not be compact or well knit; when the Moon occu.
pies a Navamsa of Mithuna, the person born will have a
lovely form, will serve undrr a master as a scribe and will
be learned; if the Navamsa oc.cupied IJy the Moon
belong to Kataka at the birth of any perscn, he will lie
black and will be without the joys of havini� a father or

re-u��
a son.
""'1�;r1mit �·�i5qm�
�t� JZ�: R'ij��r-fiqfinf�: I
� �@��: ij•Pfel� iffl p
�� fcr�s"lwf:
Sloka 95.
fl<ts=
�Ts?;rr U11�1-r. 11\'-\II
·when the.Moon is in.a Simha Ka,·amsa,
the person burn \Vill have a fat IJod.y and a lofty nose,
and will be famed fur his wealth and strength; if the
-rc1m (Navamsa occupied by the Moon belong) to <f.•1.lf
(Kanya), the pcrsun born will be distinguished for his
sweet word", lean in person and clever at dice ; when the
Moon is in a .f<lm tNavamsa) of !'Jt?if (Tula), the person
born will be a gallant, in th� service of a king and with
lovely eyes ; the person born when the Moon is in a ;zilr5
-rn (Vrischika navamsa), wiU have a defective limb,
will he poor, lean, wandering in quest of service and
diseased.
=q-iqfQJ 'i�<i\ffltij31i�trt1 (fq� �
�: Pl!'�: �·�ij';Jq�� JZIITTT �� I
Pl��Am�: �R��i{: ,�llt� �'@m
ift-rti incnt1(r-l�"l.ffil1'12;J: ��lif. II �, II
5L 9'1-98 689

Stoka 96. If the Moon be in a if�hr (Navamsa)

owned by� (Dhanus), the person born will be lean and
long-armed, liberal, devout and wealthy; if in a if�N
(Navamsa) of ;r�.: (Makara), the person born will be
covetous, black in pc:rsonal ;:;ppearance and will have a
wife and sons; if in a i�<lt� (Kumbha navamsa), the
person born will be hypocritical and henpecked ; and if
the Moon be in a :ifi.f'it<l'£'rr (l\.lecna navamsa), the person
born wiU have a soft voice, but speak ' spiritedly I wi11 visit
.
holy places and be blessed with sons.
II qt;i,'Ji�J{ II
�ll fflrGISf(�qllfl-f. (Tift 'H..ffl
�lqfwl!flRT�u�: m�:ifffl:: u«t 1
llPfi it�11ti\- ���S@i{q �
�l��U- ��f.Rft "l�t fflft�: II '\9 II
Slok" 97. A person will be victorious over nu,
enemies and possessed of wealth and cattle if born in the
�,q\'ty (Vishkambha yoga) ; subject to the will of
other people's wives if born in lfn"a (Preeti) ; longJived and
healthy, if born in"'�"� (Ayushman); happy, if born
in the � (Sowbhagya) yoga; voluptuous if born in
�ih1ir (Sobhana) ; murderously inclined if born in anaqq
(Atiganda); wealthy and devoted to the practice of virtue
if born in� (Sukarma); and taking away other people's
wife and money if born in 'i@ (Dhruti).
'.@ ��1;JU �(ti�' F�Rcfl�
ffi qfq� �sfd�wl◄r{ ollNT� �: I
� m�: i��• ft � clila.:
'6ir �-= qff1tt � 01ltfltln,�: ll �� r1
80
684 Adb. IX.
Sloka 98. If a person be born in the �- i'.Sula
yoga), he is wrathful and quarrelsome; if in IJVW' (Ganda).
he is addicted to evil practices; if in .,{t (Vriddhi), he
is able to discourse wisely; if in 1'li!f (Dhruva), he will be
exceedingly ,wealthy; if in 1� (Vyaghatha), he will be
ferocious; if in ('IIJf (Harshana), he will be wise and far­

if in *
famed; if in ;m (Vajra), he will be wealthy and lustful;
(Siddhi), he will be the refuge of a11 and lord
like ; if in 11.fcff'llff (Vyathipatha), he will be deceitful.
rtilifl � iffl�� q-ftq A'�� �-f.
�i �tatlf �I'{ �s;r;fua&�u I
� dqoquu qlf{: m� 'iifR'R"<r�
.: "ll��II \'A� $111lijU �: II '' II
Sloka 99 If a person be born in the 111fttlq"'r1f (Va­
riyayoga), he will be lustful to a culpable extent : if in
� (Parigha), he will be inimical but wealthy : if in AR
(Siva), he will be well-versed in sciences and scriptures,
wealthy, quiet and liked by kings ; if in ftA( (Siddha), he
will be devoted to virtue and engage in .the performance
of sacrifices ; if in ffl'IAl (Sadhya) he will be virtuous: if in
p (Subha) he will be beautifully formed, wealthy, love­

� �=
sick and affected with phlegm-

q���-: efrrq'j �:qfvcJt

in.ft' ill(lNJS@IDC\:lf.Ni��,att f4�«u ll I
� ��t'fifil�((: �ffi�·"
im·Fft �•If ..-���tll1 � � llt o oU
Sloka 100. If a penon be born io the ff (Sukla
yoga.), he will be virtuou11, eloquent in 11peech, wrathful,
fickle-minded and learned; if in l'9 (Bnhma). .be will
 ---
31. 101-1()1
,.
635

have a lofty aeoae of honor, with secretly kept wealth,

be liberal. and capable of forming sound judgments; if
in '(•4 (Aindra), bis life will be universally b;!neficent ;
his intellect will be all comprehensive; and he: will
possess much wealth; if in\� (Vaidhruti ), he will be
cunning, calumniating others, powerful, liberal ,md
opuleat.
II cli�l'fi�Ji II
��iN: fflJJ�-i�Z 3Rtffl
fit.ll.A·� if� u�: I
4liiid(•(6lld: �€)��llt
��: � �we r,'lm�: n , 0 t It
S/:Jk(i 101. If a person be born in il':ffllJf (Bavakara•
na), he will engage in juvenile works and will be
valiant; in� (Balava) he will be modest in his dress
and deportment and will b� honored by kings; H in
� (Kaulava), he will have elephants and horses
with him and will do all that he does in a handsome
way; if in�fwii (Thaitila), he will speak softly and impres,
sively and will be virtuous.
ii�·�,m �-�: 3@ffl�
� �11ffltt i:I l(�t�IA°��: I
f.{���T� qfqifiltl{{ql�'{
q-ft;t-1qf<�t1) �@: �: It � o� 11
Sloka 102. If a person be born in ff{ff{GJ (Garaja­
karana), he will be without foes and powerful ; if in
�� (Vanij) or ��Ill' (Vanijakarana), he will be a
clever speaker and intrigue with mistresses indulging a
guilty pa&Sion for him; if in ™n� (Vishtikarana),
686 Adh. IX.

he will be hostile to every body, addicted to sinful

deeds, under public censure, but honored by his
attendants and self-reliant.
i5ffllf: �1.n:,:c1: Rff(tl(tfi iil'@fflPwr,mi
ffl'f ;(d"t�mf��·Sfiit��fflcfr-t I
� cffFlr.lijTtl' �Ft cfl�e�) �
�� �ifir1�'M'm�f3AT � II 'a� 11
Sloka 103. The person born in �<fftua (Sakuna
karana) will be an astrologer and enjoy steady pros­
perity ; the person who has his birth in the 'flTII (Karana)
called •ij� (Chatushpada), wil1 have a multitude of
misfortunes, will he acqua.inted with every business,
very gentle, intelligent, famous and wealthy ; if a person
be born in -tm�ififlJJ (N:1gavakarana), he will be dignified,
rich, exceedingly strong and boastful ; in �<RDI (Kim­
stughna karana) is born a penon who works for others
and is fickle•minded and fond of mirth.

II �t:1'£81{_ II
.rrilmtS?-r: ,;�Rts: �11=1'l �fit1"
�
•11if� "'�q�lsD1-n.J«J:
,, � --
1'r-f( t����u�n.cr-1: �� ll'ft�it t
\11�fEi{,it: �
�•��,:
5ll1U
FlllT{l�ffiS?=tlf ttt�;;i: .tff: ll � 0 \l II
Sloka 104. The person born in the h� (Mesha
lagna) will be hostile to bis relatives, of wandering
habits, lean in person, hl'lt-tempered, quarrelsome,
proud, weak-kneed, possessed of uncertain weakh and
heroic. The person at whosl! birth the rising sign ia
Tf1I' (Vris ha.bha) will o9.fu many co,n, pay diligent
SI. 105-106 697

homage to e]ders and to the Brah ma,nas, will be fond o(

learned disputations, inclined to wandering, fortunate,
lmdul, calm-minded and with but f,!w sons.
it1"t �� �ij�f\tili�ll(Fl gvff fflfct<{
:iitrc� ��TSF.flllllff �11fl � 1111�it I
ffm.r(i:iR\{'111ft ��1' ��t:nilfflwl.
�1.��s;:lJ�it!llijt �)�it 11 'o� 11
Sloka 105. .If �� {Mithuna) be the rising sign
at the birth of any person, he will be voluptuous, fond
of relatives, compassionate, exceedingly prosperous,
worthy, acquainted with the re..il mture of the world
and the spirit, contemplative, ]iked by the virtuous,
very beautiful, but ailing. The penon born in the
�"' (Kataka tagna) will have sumptuous meals, cloth•
ing and jewels, a soft voice, and a mind inclined to
fraud, but will be virtuous, bulky and taking ddight in
dwelling in the mansions of other people.

� 1'.Nltl"�iiu raijft�, �i{,

iffif: ffl��S(!lffli{i:[: �ql:l�({�:

ffut Jffl! 1
�'lra��: �TtJ f.i�ur: �� �1-;ft: qfiJ�ffl
�'l:llijf crfimfcr��fflilit ifi��-q: «I 1'€i�: U ' 0 � 11
Sloka Fl6. The person born in the fqi?lll"lif (Simha
lagna) ha5 but few sons, is hostil,! to peopl•� contented
with what they have (but would not bettt:r themselves),
brave, will charm kings, overcome f-,es, long for women
and repair to a foreign place ; the person at whose birth
the rising sign is <(;;::qr (Kanya) will be skilled in various
works, prosperous 1 talented, of sound judgment, taking
pleasure in the blandishments of loveiy women, fond of
relations and sincere.
B38 -a1a¥<1tihnfr Adh. IX.
...... ... ....,.,

�;J���lffcttr-1
�w«ftn��: �1��RR· I
f?«���lJ: ijl�!Jtf.ffi{I
��1�d�l11�� ffl'� 11 � o\9 ll
Slob li:7. The person bom in the iji!fR!Tif(fula
lagna) will have a lovely face and charming eyes; he
will be honored by kings, learned, fond of t,he pleasures
of love, possessing women, wealth and lands; his prin­
cipal teeth will not be close but apart; he will be calm,
pensive, but irresolute and exceedingly timid,
11.�: �d��t�;i'rsjij�qi;- i(lil''J �ltgf.11
�i:{ ��i;jf� fFl;JNi f�isJ�: I
!ITWJffq�\if: �� t ��ifli:{ mm�
��Hl�if� ���: �it (hlefAi II � 0 � II
Sluka 108. The penion born in the �R {Vris•
chika lagna will be silly with cruel looks, exceedingly
fickle-minded, proud, Jong,lived, wealthy, learned,
hostile to �ood men and nursing sorrow (pensive).
The person whose Lagna at the time of birth is �-«
(Dhanus) will be wise, the best of his family, prosperous
and possessing fame and wealth; the man born in the
�t<?-11 (Makara lagna) will be fond of lovely women,
perfidious and will speak dejectedly.
NOTES,
Being silly is nol inconsistent with being learned; James I of
England was dec:lared by some historian to have been the most
learned fool in Christendom.
��n�: m��){f:
��u�'l� ��iiiti:n I
';1. 109-111

ifr-n�s-�ffit·fte&t.fI�·
taitil�31�-q1.:q\Ffq � II t O\ II
Sl�ka 109. The person born in the j11911 (Kumbba
lagna) will be crafty•minded, fond of dalliance with
women not his own. of miserly habits acd master of
much w�alth. When �ii (Meena) is the rising si�n at
a person's birth, he will be learned, sparing in his enjoy,
ments, kind to hi!' friends J.nd endowed with spirit and
stren6th, while possessing much corn and wealth.

II if�'fi�q II
3'� ,m lll3ffll'SI�: �(: ii11ft �cTTi{ �{'ill: I
� �Hn �if ���<�"Aa�� lift: � t to
S'oka 110. If the Lagna be an odd sign, and the
itTI (Hora) be owned by the Sun, the person born will
be of a cruel disposition, lustful, rich and honored by
kings. But if, the Lagna being an odd si�n.. the�
(Hora) be that of the Moon, the person born .-Jill be
eloquent,- liberal, handsome, compassionate, but will
have an intriguing wife.

it1{1kfut�m «q � ��SRtlftli: 1
ilrl.� (l(lst fief; �q;fliflfJ�: �ffl: � t t'
Sloka 111. If a person be born in the Sun's""
(Hort) in an even rising sign, he will b:! clever in coun­
sel, sensible of fwors received, but irrt'solute and
exceedingly timid. Jf a person be born in the tin
(Hora) bdonging to the• Moon in an even Rasi, he will
be, fearlea1 in 1peech, lazy and fond of a virtuoua wife.
 Adfi. IX.

Sloka 112. The fir!t Drekkaua of R%t {Simha), 1111

(Mesha), t1t (Kumbha), ?lrat� (Vrischik.a.) and IP'tif (Ma­
kara); the last Drek kana of iih, ( Mt>ena), � (Vrischi·
ka), ffff (Simha), ij�r (Tula) and the middle Drekkana
of Iii� lKata ka} and tf-lr<f; I Vrischika) are, for the wost
part declared by the sages to be malefic.
��� UTTIJft il'r.fTf�'l��T �
IR���ttffl�ttr ll�f;q 'R._tr)�r �TOTT: t '�
Sloka 113. The first Drekkan::i.s of <ti� (Katan)
and �•hr (Meena), the middlemost of iffif (Meena) and
llRIT (Kanya) and the last of ilq� (Vrishabh1) and
� (Mithuna) are the six: water-bearing Drekka-nas.
ittfwq-aft,'!llffftij"yqy ���JT1l�ll11ll: I
���•at1.1��:;i �"tum�: J1"-ro1tr mJlfl:11i t\111
Sloka 114. The second of ir'f (Mcsha), � (Dh.r­
nU6), �'"1 (Vrishabha), '¥11· (Kumhha) and � (Maka·
ra) and the first of ij� (ThubJ, ••Jtr (Kanya) and rfi�-1'
(Mithuna) and che last of � Dhanus ', � (Kanya)
and ;j;i:t" (Kumhha) are termed benefic Drekkanas.
�ITTl��ffm �murr Ti� �� :q �(fl I
UJ¥t«,�1gi�ll..,4l1TI� Frill��,�@ �� h , �'-\ U
SltJka 11 S. The last of JI-ti{ :.Maka ra)�"' (Mes:ha},
 51. 116-117 au
and Iii� (Kataka), the first of 'l"� (Vrishabha) and

.
� (Ohanus) and the middlemost of � (Mithunal,
pr (Thula) and Ric (Simha) are termed mixed Drekka ..
nas, say the astrologers with one accord.
�rur�mr: ��11ftm.t: q�is-r,m:t
�r �111 �Q'rij: tSi'f«��ir.rr�,q� mfl� I
"'
-":. �,
««���'TT �:
lt'Ji:tJS::qrJUT�f -q:
...
�fij) fil� n,�: '«gfflnn �{tll'�1�m· 11,, �11
S 'okll 116. The person born in a malefic prekkana
will b� evil..minded, of wandering habits, addicted to
evil deeds and in bid repute; the p?rson bDrn in a
ffl�'<R�.,,UJ (Thoyadlv,ra drekkana) will be liberal, voluo,
tuous, compassionat,�, bint on a�riculture and irrigation,
and void of morality; the person born in an aui; picious
Dr�kkana will have rich and happy sons, a lovely form,
will be tender-hearted; the per-:;on born h a mixed
Dr�kkana will be ill•behavcd, addicted to young women
not his own, of cruel aspect and fickle·mindi!d.

II �·i�t'fi(;i:{
.....
II
'l@tuffir �i{T ,��-{ A�ij� qifijJ
v�i� �rq�ra1 'R�@l�H qf�T aifq;mq: I
�-
llt11H.r �"'"f �,ij�: flfflwfr � ·�:
fflzft ulft �qf?i, didffif��lffl"r �"t II ,\9
' It
Sluka 117. 1f a ptrson be born in a q_.q-rr�i� (Surya­
navamsa), he will be evil-minded, strong, prolific, rich,
tawny�eyed and lustful; if in a Navamsa ownd by tbe
Moon, he will be voluptuous, addicted to young v.:·.)men
not his own, learned and rich in cows ; i1 in a Navamsa
of Mars, he will be addicted to cruel deeds, fickle,
81
 ... ..
111'8 4Qhfiild Adh. IX.

minded, of wandering habits, afflicted with bilioua com•

plaints and avaricious; if in a Navamsa belonging to
Mercury, he will be liberal, impassioned, handsome and
wrll-known for his learning and good name.

�hii��-.f3') �m�rr1ir 11�m�q:

� ��mq�f�iil: lfrllr���: �r 1
r.-.i: "ref«.)fi\�'il�t ���4: �
Ii{; ��fi��f�(Ji{qf m.tfifm •U: u

ll'll'Rr <li.r�rP.a..-ffir�·i"lif�: m��'1Sa�i'1ml!fT�'I: !Jlfw: t

lfr,-T■1'ffi� '<lil� gor:Q": �"'q��iA: 1fm(qt�t� u
� .�: 'ft�•P1if: m�J'.�aJ
llfUW: �ifffl £1anftffli1U .rift � ir�il° I
"[ft: Qt�ifth:rls@�ffiPi: 5frqlscilf"l�: 'fl�
�tJlf,uJ{i{fi@�: fflid''f�tar if{: •
...
Ii{:
"' "'
111•mr11�)�;r: �;ia-1��rCITifPt1l'J\1r
'{1-m�fva��fq i'('ffw!W)ofifinfflr�: I
�'rvlrg: '!i"-f�'!lliql t�it 'fflt \fo1l1'f: 9'!ft
�'11:i'fj(��itt��qlJl�ij: �lliP�it �: 11

�t� �� l"���: �: lNT ��;r_

ifp':r1 qf�,� !ffl�� u�nNmnr11-1: 1
1!5Firo qmfil.ft�«l�<lrrrfi «ffl �)
it�f$ � qtq�;i: �V.� Ulfirr-t II t t, 11
Sloia 118. If a person be born in a Navamaa of
Jupiter, he wilJ have golden hair in his person, and will
b.:: eminent, talented, beautiful, clever in counsel, speak•
ing learnedly, of a cheerful mien, and liked by emperors;
if in a Navamsa owned by Venus, he will delight in the
society of women not his own, be liberal, comfortably
placed and learned; if in a Navamsa belonging to Saturn,
Sl. 119--120

he will be evil•minded, �indigent ) with large teeth, and

afflicted with ailments.
{Hffi'-1'
'lllllffQf: �:q��: �� �11"1Sf1'�:
�: ��-.'hrrsrnf.flltif: 'lfllllt !ft�: t
� •ffffinillff "IIJlfGI': 'l,fflPRlll!_Pfl
�"""11 il'tJ{�{: �Gm� �:.-;,ITTil'III': 1t
{Tffl'1;a) ;rf;ra;fq;ft il�il�: fit\:
� ... ¥1'!1'ra-
lli�'l4r<1r .... Tlll'IRS":
... � �Rfll'l: �"'""':
� t
�n wr,n� ilifffllfttt �• �
'Am!S•''ft�f�mit �ir � •
�t11Ur¥1r �::..�: i!iffllf: Wfffl ci5T�: •1'111t1ol: "�•: 1
"l'!P''l'A1!'\: q�) ft� �ria-o;i� m-m �'3� 11
;J�ffl�Arq: 'Wt'lf• 9r,q: �'alr§�f\9)f�ar U I
!6�1 §m: �: �,nnw •nil: ·� � ;f � n

II al'��I t�t'ti�� 11
� �11���, �·mn iltt: �lfAR&iitt�i 1
.mtl� "11��l1Rr 11"f� u 'f�l ��s ,,,
Sloia l 19. If a person be born in a l{RtfflV (Dwada•
aamsa) owned by � (Mesha), he will be a mischievClda
robber and take to the evil ways and practices of &uch
a vicious class of people ; if in a twelfth portion of a
1ign owned by !'I� (Vrishabha), he will have plenty of
women and wealth and will suffer from diseases ; if in
a 11�11' (Dwada&ams;i) belonging to � (Mitlluna),
he wiU be a gambler but we1l•conducted.
�R: 'fi� � Ri( l(lq uq<11: �: I
Q<Wffll �:
0,.
4i'q;aif �R'j ffl'ii�II� �T�l ti
644 Adh, IX.
* ¥ • " . ... -- - ,., .. ,.,
Sloka 120. If a person be borll in a '{l�mt (Dwada,
sam11a) of lfii? (Karka.t,t), he will be addicted to bad
practice&; if in -ocr��i� (Dwadasamsa) owned by �
;i

(Simha), he will b! virtuous, engaged in the business of

a king and will be attended by brave men ; if in a �
ia:r�!lli", (Kanyad wadasamsa), he will be a gambler :md
addicted to wom2n; if in a Thula dwada11amaa, he: will
be engaged in trade and have abundance of money.
ifi�� q\:lffil'ij��(wf(tf­
ttt':rT�� fqij)I����: I
aJfflf'1iRJ tl'lij«�l ��:
pq «�"c�tt��q- �tr 11 '� ' 11 All.J:.
Sloka 121. If a person be born in a '[T�U (Dwa•
dasamsa) owned by <{;.ij (Vriscbika), he will be a
murder-loving ma.ster of rogu�s and robbers; if in a
.-,� (Dwad1samsa) belonging to � (Dhanus), he will
diligently pay homage to the Manes, Brahmins and the
Gods; if i'n the (T-��ht (Dwadasamsa) oE �Hlf (Makara),
he will be th e lord o� growin4 corn and will have
1crvaats; if in a �m, i''1°�m (Kumbha dwadaeamsa),
he will be a mischief maker ; if in a w",q;�� (Meena
dwada8amaa), he will be rich and learned.

II��� ti
�� �afiijij� =ii�: ffi•� .�:
ic�('l•a.:ta�"u in�wt\f7'Atfi fft�,
�-� �¥Jftfif.R«: mtfiA'r ��-as:.
liillfl i6liijij�i U�I � �ftijkf� � tlt��II
Sloka 1?2. If a person be born in a thirueth
SI. tB-124

portion owned by Mars in :my sign, he wiJI be fickle,

stiff-voiced and cruel•minded; if in one bdonging to
Saturn in any sign, he will be addicted to wandering
and of a depraved mind ; if in a Rt�t� (Trimsamsa) of
Jupiter in any sign, he will be wealthy; if in a thirtieth
portion owned by Mercury in any sig11, he will have
great respect for his preceptors and the Gods, delight in
the society of virtuoutt men and be attended by relative!!' ;
if in a ffmt!ff (Trimsamsa) of Venus in any sign, he wil.
be loving, lovely and happy.

II �8ltfi84-{ II
qf11fr ftr!R1m�q�1 R�T(l ,fflf �1.:r��: ,
ffonl�Ql�qtfl-{ (t('Q?fl(i '1610@;, ITT���JJ�mr: 11,��n
Sloka 121. The person who is born in the �n�
{Satvavela) is eloquent, conforming to the duties and
practices of the wise, devout, constantly persevering,
pure, bo'.lntiful, possessed of lustre, learning and beauty,
truthful and without enemies.
��°'Nc?SFifRU ij���)�'fif��I'{

'RI«�=
mfRJ@: itilftld{���;:��n I
�'{M\'Tliiffil't q-�...��
�6fflil•��ffl1 ll �tram: i�v 11
Slvka 124. The person b:irn in the (�rffr (Raja.
vela) will have happiness, wl!alth, fame, b�auty and
strength ; he will overcome his foes and will be love­
sick at heart; his mind will not be kindly disposed
towards his relations. The person born in the a�m
(Tamovela) will try to .secure the wealth and women
belonging to others and will lose his happiness thereby.
 Adh. IX.

He will be a master rogue, at variance with his relations

and venerable superiors and fickJe.minded.
ijq:9�c1(:ii{t��ffinl: � (�iu I
ijq.-(f.14ifc(-tl�,..,d4t?l��imr_ II '�'1
II
Slok,1 12 5. The times pervaded by the qualities of
tnffl: (Thamas - darkness), -«� (Satva _ purity) and l�tt
(Rajas-passion) are to b� reckoned by semi•yama s (half,
yamit=an hour and a half or 3¾ Ghatikas) regularly in
the order tfm{ {Thamas), m,r (Satva), "1!8: (Raj.1s), am\
(Thamast 6"' (Satva), �� (Riijas), &c. from Sunday
forward through the other day s of the week.
NOTES,

According to this sloka, each day is divided into 16 half­

yamas; the first arhmr (Ardha.yama) as well as the last of a
Sunday is a ijlJJi1i!l"T (Thamo,·ela) ; the first aDd the last of a
Mooday are Satvika ; of a Tuesday, Rajasa; of ·a Wednesday.
Tbamasa; of a Thursday, Satvika ; of a Friday, Raiasa; of a
Saturday, Thamasa.

II cfil�m�fl£<?j+-f
II
��l<lt�ifi�tRr: I
am� �) i.m ffll
q-91�: II ,� � II
Sloka 126. Jupiter, Mars, the Sun, Venus, Mercury,
the Moon, Saturn-this is the order in which the lord s of
the Horas follow in succession. The Hora in any d.-iy
of Che week is reckoned beginning with that day i.e. ite
lord. The Hora on the night of the week,day cho■en
is reckoned from the 5th week-day therefrom.
NOTES•
For example, the first Hora of Monday is the Moon's; th•
ne�t, Saturn's; the one after that, Jupiter's; and so on till the be-
SI. 12'-128
"'-·�6'7...
giJiDt� of the tiigiit. The first Hora o.n Mondijy nighl is to be
re�koned from the 5th day .from Monday i.e. Friday. The lord ot
the 1st Hora on Monday night is Venus; the 2nd belongs to Mer•
cury, th.e third to the Moon, the 4th to Saturn, the 5th to Jupiter,
the 6th to Ma.rs, the 7th to the Sun, and so on.
9mq-r«: Pfll:: if�l1i A'mft� ijtl�lI�'I{ I
�T«�lf mr;ni1· �� iif@�ffil �fflit � H
Sloka 127. The effect of a person'1 birth in the
Sun•s ��u (Kalahora) i11 pain and fatigue ; in the
Moon's, prosperity; in that of Mus, sorrow and sic.k­
nees; in Mercury's, learning and wealth; in Jupiter•••
poss ession of every kind of blessing, in that of Venus.
conjugal blis11; in Saturn·s, the loss of property.
1tt<tf%•�";A1��rf.t ��;nJ�SI�� I
iRt��mR'mnf.rqrf.f qthamf.td��ltffl��u
efa �cUf(i'Rl��� �6�'{t��t� wl�llfS'o1.fAI
Sloka E38. :The various effects upon a person's life
due to his birch being connected (1) with the pres�
of Gulika in a certain bhava, (2) with a particular cyclic
year, (3) with the former or latter half of the 11ame; ( 1)
with a particular season of the year; (S) with a particu•
lar month thereof; (6) with a particular half-month; (7)
with a particular day of the Moon in th� half-month; (8)
with a pJrticular atar in conjunction with the M.:ion on
that day ; (<i) with the particul&r sigo occupi«I by the
Moon then; (10) with the particular yoga pPevalliflg at
the time; (ll) with the Karana special for the day in
que&tion; (12) with the half (Hora), 3rd (Drekkana). 9th
(Nav.1,ms.a), l'2th (Dwadasamsa), or 30th (Trimsamsa)
portion of a particular sign; (B) with a Thamasa, San,a
or Rajovela, and (14) with a certain Kalahor&-the aevt..
 648 Adh. IX.

ral effects due to the birth being viewed from various

stand•points have been treated of effectively by thr.
blessing and grace of the Sun and other planets.
Thus ends the 9th Adhyaya in the work: :Bl�rf��rtl'
(Jatakaparijata) compiled by Vaidyanatha under the aua·
pices of the nine planets.
NOTKS.
It is worth while to know when and how the various effects
treated of in this Chapter will CO!Jle lo pass in the life of auy per·
son. In this. connection, the followinJ;t" slokas of �loif.!IHITf dataka­
bharana) will be found interesting:-
�Tf-1- •�� �'l,i,t;1111r '1ii!'l'ml t1Rsrrf((R Rf 11'<1\�llr 1
m��Ai "'"ffl'llif lf!'ii'S�$1'¥J=t �nt�); Ii 'i II
m�"r.«·ri ;{l'Qq'a�: lJUlfilf�it -.r q<l, ffl<f_ I
rafil!f� �{IJT�<f ,..- 1'/ilrlffrff1si� �f<iqriJ II � II
qT{Af<f ...,ref'!{ltrf��.� ir?ihq�;:�ql!Sf��a� 1
�;i '1!tifl@�'m•qJ O�T�lffl:jf�<P{.11'� II l. II
The effects of the year ancl other division::. of time wherein a
birth takes place have hcrn described. The oc-curreucc of those
eftecti; should be sctlled as follows: wh:tl 11,u; been slated for the
11ear, will take ph,·e during thr nprnini,: of tho darn of the lord of
tlic �rr.1 (S;tv,urn) year (i P.. a year (A 3()() days); the eflect for the
half-year and the Stason during the dasa of the Sun; that for the
month, dnring the dasa of the lord of the month; that for the
half-month THJ (I 'aksl,a) as well as for the axterism, during the
dasa of the Moon; that for the tijf� (Thithi) and the �.1u1 (Ku·
rana), in the sub·iit'rio,I of the l\fo<.m in the •Su!!'s dac:a; that for
the week d,1y �H· (Vara), during the da!;.\ of the lord of the week­
d 1y; that for the 1i11 i. Yoi:ra;, should he considered with rr.faeuce
to a horoscope wherein the Sun and the Moon are stro111;; that for
the Layna, rlurin.b{ the da<;a period of the lord of the Lagna ; that
for the Rasi which has a planetary aspect on it or is the seat of a
bllava should be deduced in ibis way-i. e. as likely to occur
.during the dasa of lhe 1<.>rd of that"Rasi,
 Adl\Fai,a X.
ASHTAKA VARGA.

TIie following eleven slok•• from ii�:rlf<fii:;:� (Horamakaraada)

are inserted here, beca.use thty form. a.n apprnpTiate introduction
to this Cha.r>ter,
'llfr�l :.r-:Rizitn( ll'l{Tolt t{� � �•�HrAl'{'ltili_ I
� a-lri�d �.qr ltt:���ffl": II , II
Each pluet moving from the place it occupied at the birth of
a per90n aclmittedly produces its own peculiar eflecl varying with
iti; progress through the 12 Hasis. Owinll lo the admi lted varia•
tion in tbis effect, Uie ancier.ts say that it .,cannot be laid down as
absolutely idtmtical (even) in :he case of persons born under the
i.ame �ar .
..-. Aq: �, at'1Uri 'ilfr1if�rr1f oITTr({�cf t
�lff 18111' q �r: �•IT: f�m if 6 �8<1i<Yr ll":JI'� II � II
Astrologers declare that to he the ,1,1m1� (.Janmarasi) of a
person wherein the Mooe was at the time of his birth. The several
pla.ces in which the planets and ihP. Li\g□a may be !O all possible
wa,a cannot consist of seven.
rimmiml�-!IIS� ri: � �P-1� �itr�mf.r t
'lifflr-J f\11t 'if ��r11�hn lf�rsnrihtni� � �r<l 11 \ 11
Hence every persun is declared to have eight si�ns as the
seats of the seven pfanel:. and the Lagna :.nd it is with reference
to these eight places that all the good and evil effects of a vuson's
life due to the d1sjoinecl or conjoined states of the planets and the
Lagoa are calculated--a process which when completed, the
�(Ashtakavarga) result as it is called will become revealed.
82 649
€50 Adh. X
•uliiJlb �q�: �i1t'lrffl: ffl'eiiH1'11fqffl:
��f"tf( :�<IR\11-f�l:l�Atiffl't �ti-�"( I
'Vif'8'llrfl.,1lfws 1tAra.rq"gr�1:111k11�1
si;� llftflTI{'. l".f<{l��q'l(IT�: ��rsnrim_ ti ... II
With uiference lo its �•li'i1f (Ashtaka,·arga) the Sun is de•
cla.red exceedingly ausricious in the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th,
!0th and I Ith places from itself, Mars aud Saturn ; in the 6Lh 7th
c1nd 12th places from Veuus; in the 5th, 6th, 91h and I Ith place9
from Jupiter; in the 3rd, 6th, I 0th and llth placts from the
Moon; in the 3r<l, 51h, 6th, 9th, 10th, I Ith and 12th from Mer­
cury ; And lastly in the 3rd, 4th, 6th, I 0th, 11th and I lth places
from tht L11cgna.

�rt"'...
�nm{ q��f"'��� ?§!Jill<[ '1��:r��
Will ""''Vl ��ht. �JJ��1lrtf!I ffl �I( I
1'"l. �imir�n!Al1 rcfl'tllJ{r: ��;:�,.�
prct�,IP1Qr{«�o{ll1Vir��- sn'I�: II "I II
The Moon i5 a.u�picious in the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th place•
from th111 ugna; in the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th and 11th
places from Mars ; in the 1st, 3rd, fith, 7th, I0th and 11th places
fron1 itself; in the 3rd, 6th, 7th, 8th, I 0th 11.nd 11th place. from
the Sun; in the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 11th places from Saturn ; in the
Isl, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 10th and I Ith pfacet from Mercury;
in the l,t, 4th, 7th,! th, IOth, I Ith an d 12th places from Jupiter•;
and lastly, in the 3rd, 4• h, 5th, 7th, 9th, I 0th IUld JJ th placea
from Venus.
�r 1w11rt: •ri�:r'(��: �RRrr«
mtlliin"t: !ffl1!': 'Sllllf9l�q�f\1�� IPilllf. f
llfflll, .'ff'lfUl:ft1 11.i�rt!'\flJITi'!! �41• �
�P\1111:!q f'ttlfd� �'ffc'"l iii�:::JilTq\1if U ' II
Mar11 is auspicious in the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, lOth and 11th
places from itself� in tbe 3rd, 5th, 6th, 10th and 11th placeli from

*In the 1st, 2nd, �th, 7th, 8th 10th and llth placee from
Jupiter, according lo some,
 051

the Svn ; in the 3rd, 6th and 11 ih places' frorn lh• Moon ; in the
1st, 3rd, 6th, )0th and I Ith places from the l..agna; in the 3rd,
5th, 6th and 11th places from Mercury; in the 6th, 10th, I Ith and
12th places from Jupiter; i::i the 6th, 8th, 11th and 12th places
from Venus; and lastly, in the 1st, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and
11th places from Saturn.
ir: g'l5� WArV.r�rf-Rif�ilijQI "�!Ii �111:
Q'r!fr�h'II' �<11.;;: g•p�fl�f=t-.r■1rll! '=ii� �•'-I'.. 1
'1l\11Ril'llir<srit �l'l��'iff51 �r<T. �'i��rfR,,u­
.ir11111rt__,1,.)!.i(��fu.,.3gqmq11r�1 ":un� 11 • 11

Mercury is n1111picio1.1s in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th
and I Ith places from Venus; in the 1st, :ind, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th,
10th and llth places from �fars and Salurn; in the r.th, 8th, 11th
�od 12th Jllaces from Jupiter; in the 5th, 6th, 9th, I Ith and 12th
places from the Sun : in the Ist, 3n1, 5th, fith, 9th, I 0th l Ith, 3.nd
12th places from itself; in the ::nd, 4th, 6th, Hth, I 0th an:! 11th
place� from th' Moon; in the Isl, 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and
I I th p1aces from the Lagna.
�r,n iril,� �ii'lfirnJ� l�: �f'!l'l:14g!fll �
«WOl�.ffl'lf. � �"'��11�
0 !fTJJ'tlfirrrril11

tn :,1'f � "l�'l Wf�'-T-{\,1hnfitih't1'�ft'l

�?� �l<Y. q"'l?!Jlt����rfirirl II '- H
Jupiler is bencfic iu the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, Stlt, 10th and
11th places from Mars ; iu !he l st, 211d, 3rd, -4th, '.7th, 8th, 9tli,
10th and 11th places from the Sun; in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th,
3th, 10th and 11th places from itself; in th.! I ,t, 2nd, 4th, 5th,
6th, 9th, I 0th and 11th places �rom Mercury; in lhc I st, '2nd, 4th,
5th, 6th, 7th, 9th, 10th aad ! Ith places fru,n the Lagna; in the
2nd, .>Lh, 7th, 9th aad 11th places froru the Moua; in the lrcl, 5th
6th, and 12th, places from S.tturn; and lastly, in the 2nd, 5th,
6th, 9th. 10th aDd l I th places from Venus,
 Adb. X-
.................. .,., ..
661.
...,.,,., • .p hiloi

•mQll!IPtAII'�� �� 'ifttN:•rtsr�
�r-rr,,:_ Sfl'I. \lmi����II� f'31'��fifit1 II Q, II
Venus is auspicious in the 1st, 2ncl, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th,
9th, JI th and 12th places from the Moon; in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd,
4th, 5th, 8th, gth and 11th places from the Lagna; in the h,t,
2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, IOth and I !th places from itself; in
the 8th, 11th and 12th places from the ,Sun ; in the 3rd, 4th, 5th,
8th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from Saturn ; in the 5th, 8th, 9th,
10th and 11th places from Jupiter; in the 3rd, 5th. 6th, 9th and
11th places from Mercury ; and lastly in the 3rd, 5th, 11th, 9th,
I Ith and 12th plar.es frorn :\fars.''

�� lrm"'�ri.i�rfi1 '<1�fai�.,1rr �g11.ir�1 �z.ri;::i:

�rs{l';<ff'!H�� � o'l'-iilM��Hr@"-fif� 'lf.:�r.=r, I
. �QfqW) f::f�!,{f��'!fig-�M� it'grlf I{��
p��iif{lf o!i/,i(fwfll��"Hfl6� �:W'51'��: II , Cl II

Saturn is hendic in the 3rd. .5th. 6th and I I th places

froni itself; in the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 10th and I !th and 12th places
from Mars; in the I st. 2nd, 4th. ith, 8th. I 0th and 1 l th places fr.om
the Sun ; in the 6th, 8th, 9tt-. I 0th, I I th and 12th places from
Mercury; in the 3rd, 6th and 11th places from the Moon ; in the
I st, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 10th and lJ th places from the Lagna : in the
6th, 11th and 12th places fr.Jm Venus; and la.stly in the 5th, 6th,
!Ith and 12th places from JupitPr.
�,.,1.ti!1i('l!l:l�f.r i.;�rnr.::q-;:�,fu �er;;�":
q - • ... ,... •
<fif'-1 ol!'lf{ iJiHST'<J<t,'li"i'5 �: �mu:m:.... ..
I
�ffll"lf''il"'-i�{H �fff �� �'!J,1Jii
.ffli.f!lliq,,p:r11,r,r�1FToT: smr: 'f.� 'ofr �� II � 1 II (�r�:)
The benefic pu�itions have l:'!ctl c1111•neratcd ; the I"est
are to be understood as m:tlefic. T!w : w.J,fo!d clistinctions viz.
of benefic and malefic should be clca.rl:v iid forth. Th� planets
produce the effect of whichtiver of these twu preponderate in the
---·-..-- .. ·- ··-· -·--·- . ·- ...
*But according to Parasara,. the 3rd, '1th, 6th, ()th, 11th and
12th places from Mars.
Asbtakavarga calculations made from the Rasi they occupy at the
lime of birth (vide previous Slokas). 1n their own, friendly or
� ( UpJ.chaya) places, the planets invnriably advance the
benefic effect revealed by Ashlakavarga. In their depression, ini­
inimir.:al or 3lCf'iil{ (Apachaya) places, thl y generally fail to sustain
whatever )lood _effect may appear from the Ashtnkavarga process,
,if;:lfiff� R'(l' ;q';{ Rlli:Jnil�r-!ttrs�<t_ I
1!· t�rfii•i[.11 a�ij �HAI� �: Ii (l=il!IA�:)
From whern the planets are at the time of birth, the benefic
and malefic dots should be ma.rkecl. A planet in its progress
tarough a Rasi produces the ellect of the malefic or benefic dots
appearing therein (as ascertained from ils Ashtnkavarga).
* In other books �rm (Rekha) is used to denote what �
(Bindu) signifies here viz. a benefi � dot ; the term lil;;:i (Hindu)
in other books is employed in the sense of a malefic dot. This
has to be kept in mind in making out quotations from other
authors.
ft� !f('c•U �i:tt-nl�� I
'iilrt'lfi� �-.�, tf,qJl=ffl@ �\fl: II {�'!l'""nf:)

The several places det ailed above are to be reckoned with

respect to the Rasi (and not the Bhava; occupied by each of the
7 planets and the Lagna at the time of birth. These places should
be understood as benefic and the rest malenr.:. As each Rasi
happens to be counted 8 times (once for each of the 7 planets and
the Lal"fna) for ascertaining the brmefic 11.s well as the malefic
places, the: maximum number of countings cannot in any case
exceed 8. If after computation of a planet's :JJl'Hi<l'IJ (Ashtakavarga)
it is found that a particular Rasi has more countings on the bene•
fiic side than on the malefic, it means that the net result is bene­
fici'll to the native.
If we should denote a benefic plar.c by a dot (") and a male6.c
one by a vertical stroke (I), we can at a glance understand the
difierence between these two kinds of countings io any �
664 Adh. X.
�--- __...._ ....,_ ··- .. ·~···"· ........ ..,..,. ...... --- ........_�----··"""- .................. -............���-��
(Ashtakavarga). The effect of a planet'i; arrival in any bhava (lUif)
in its progrer;s through the orbit �H( (Goch:im), is benef1c, mixed
or malefic n.ccordin� as the numher of benefic clots in .the Rasi
representing the hha.va in the fo;.;iteiJ,<l'il" (Flhinna.�htakavarga) of
the planet ·is gre1.t(�r than, eq11al to or less than 4- Dots short of
the prescribed minimum indicate untoward efle,:t produced by a
planet helying any favourable position it rnay occupy; while dots
in excess of Lh� prcsr.11bed minimum betolcen good, :1otwith•
standing the unfavour:tble position or the planet concerned. For
example, if all the 8 happe!l to he benefic it means that the result
is fully beneficial. II only 7 •f them are henefic and I malfic,
the result is 7-·lor ¾ ths henelicial. If in any Ri!.5i the number of
8
benefic dots he 6 and that of m'llefiic !'trokes be 2, the result i!. 6"}

or beneficial. If the numbe?r of benelic dots be 5, we should say

8
½
that the cflect will be 5 1 Ot' ¼th beneficial. 1f it should be 4,

the result is 4·-4or O •, lhat is neither goo<l nor e-.·il, hut neutral
-;

�
and so on.
ti;'li<I' it: �.r: �fil't�: �m�: G IJfll�r lt°"@ 1
4l
��1 •t1fif.f�: �fi:'T.'?i �i!'t'iltC�q1t_ II f&1P:;Uqli(;)

Take for example !he horoi,cope mP.n1ione,I 111 Brihat Jataka,

Chapter VII, Sloka ti, and reproduced below:

i I ; , ·, ; ; i 11,- 1 ; I .I , , ·, ; , ·1 I
�-:-:·-1'
0

1
/ ;

, ..1,1,t.>k,,v.irg, !

I I;-.".
I I "i ..8t.rokes
. ... . ··M ..;I -:-I I I
II II nt Mu" I I I 11
-·
• •• • •
Bendic d,,t,;-3!1 ---
al•lpfir, I·····
I

l�L�J�
 655

In the sign Mesha, there ar& 3 benefic dots and 5 malefic

strokes. The 3 bene{ic dots neutralise with 3 of the malefic
strokes. The net result is 2 malefic strokes which means that
Mars when passing through this sign will be productive of¾ or ¼th
evil. Similarly for Lhe other signs. There is one pecuhrity to
be noticed in the 31'!ifi'l� (Ashtakavarga) of Mars. In sign Kumbha
in the example there are 3 dots aud only 4 stroke3 inslead of 5.
This is because the 10th place from the Moon has been declared
to be ineffective, that is, ueither bcnefic nor malefic-·-�•l::{i\T��
Chandraddigviphaleshu-for the "1"�-'111 (Ashtitkavarga) of Mars.
That place has therefore not been hken f.:,.. !h•i calculation. The
net evl·1 ansll1g
. . tilere lS - --3or 113l h•
. tiIUS OD 1 y -�-
8
In the case of a planet with more hcnefic �bts, the benefic
influence will be all the greater and more marke<l if the planet
concerned should also he posited in an '3"11•l<f (Upachaya} house
(with respect tu the Lag1m or the Moon), or o-:cupy a friend's
house, or his own sign or his exaltation Ifasi.
t;;SJr�•'-f��M;lliir (<l�fif_�:!J�tl: I
f4���lfa°f •U llli'�@�ffq'a'J �q- ?.;'Qlq_ II (�'1:fit.'.r@:)
If on the other hand the planet though getting more benefi<:
doh; should happen tu be in an al'f•7'.f (Apach:iya) hou�;e (reckoned
either from the Lagna or the Moon}, or in his deprcs::;io11 si1 n or
inimical sign, the good eflect will be considerably reduced. If in
the above case there be more malefic slrol1es instead of benefic
dots, it will worsen the bad effect.
<tllf'q"1t{1�i "''� �?J�i
.... "' :.r;::it"6� �r<t_ 1
7.i�ij � �wr;,q-,ti 'M'f'ffit��a) �milir�li. 11
N. B,-ThE, i3'!f•l� (Upachaya) or Wl•1'-f (t\pachaya.) places
have to be reckoned with respecl to the Lagna or tbe Moon at the
time of birth and not by the position of Lhe planets at the time of
111'-R 1 Gochara).
cf. ffilll'l
� ��-.tri\�rrq-�fl�nr.s�tt�<llii: 1
�r.i��trnf ill!S� � ::l�flJ ir.\:'ll��) f.i.�'!li: II
656 Adh, X.
.. .
�'t!'-�•""'m'· fn��11c �,
� ��s�« « ��e� �•l"iJl.f if fq11)"'1:qf� 11
Also �
����-ffl p lfl1' �� �= '
n,c�er-iNm: v�,�R �lff11 u
These autb:.irs have in their turn specifically stated, by the
words ;;r,q� 'Janmakale), �� (Sutau), ;,r;:qf.t (Ja.nmani), that
good and bad places have to be determifled with respect to the
positions of vl11.nets at birth-time only. But at the time of produ­
cing the effects, all planets excepting the Moon will cause their
full good or :,ad effect to come to pass provided they are strong
and not otherwise. In the case of the Moon, even if she is henefic
(i.e., placed in �laces such as� (Upachaya), etc., and the Rasi
c'ontaining the Moon ha.ppening to be associated with benefic dots)
if she does not possess strength, she produces only evil effects;
for �<b'ml (Oevakirti) says -
'Sl!Rsi �rj �VR� Q3f fr� I
11t �.r �rchiif: <lit!� et�tt.J• 11
Varahamihira too has said in his work ;imrr (Yatra) about the
inability (to produce effects) on the part of planets devoid of
strength owing to their being in depres!cfion, defeat in planetary
war. or combustion, etc.

;ft�� lf(fin1n,t ru.if11�ar f«�qq'r (ffl: I

� � iil!ll{(IJ � iJf?.f""m � 11

Thus it will be seen that whatever eflects-·good or bad-­

'IJave been ascribed owing to the planet being placed in a sign of
exaltation, Swakshetra, Upachaya, ef.c,, it always refors to the
position of the planet at the time of birth; and whate�·er effects,
good or bad, that have been ascribed to the planet itself generally
wiihout referer.ce in any way to the particular place of occupation
should be construed as indicating the result of the planet's transit
ta the concerned place.
It may be mentioned here that in i;everal Panchangams U1a
benefic flffi ( Goe hara) phalas of planets are mentior.ed ; i.�., if
 65'1

particular planets in their orbit in the zodiac pass through parti•

cular places from the Moon, they become auspicious and so on.
It will be seen that these are simply the benefic positions of that
particular planet with respect to the Moon in that planet's Ashtaka­
varga and do not completely represent the entire bcnefic results of
that plauet

The Ashtakavargas are used in connection with transits. For

example S,\tllrn transitting the 3rd Gth and I ! th places from the
Muon is good provided the benefic dots in those places are above
4. Suppose he is transitting the 3rd house from the Moon in a
nativity where! the benelic dots are below 4. He will not be very
good. His coming in the Jrd house is no doubt good; but much
cannot be e:,;pected of liim because of the s:nall number of benetic
doti;. The oosition in the 3rd house though good, the small num•
ber of beneti•: dots therein disqualifies him to do good.

It is a fact indisputable that planets wield a c.ertain amount

of influence, whether for good or evil, during their transits at th11
time of consideration in acc:ordance 1Vith the number of bene6c
dots which the planets gain to their credit in their respective
Ashtakavargas hased on the oosition each of the planets occupy at
the time of birth.

For exwnpie, let us consider the inlfaence which the planets

may proJucc on the sample horoscope given under, say, about the
first week of I>e..:eniber I 932.

I
J-----I -----
Rahu Lagna
1j Mere.
Moon I
___ ,Venu::

Sat. II
RaJi.x
Sun lfahu I Pla��liHy

--·1
PO!.lllUOS
Horoscope - ·-� about the first Mars
_
I
I Saturn'week of Dec. Jupite
i -- -- · I - ------
1932 I. Ketu
Sun
1
Mars :Jupiterl Ketu I l Muc.i. Venus
--------··
�sa
658 Adh. X.

It will he seen io the above that the Sun is occupying Vrischi•

ka and the Suo's Ashtakavarga figure in Vrischika is 5. Mars 'is
in Simha and the number of benefic dots in Kujas tal<�varga is 6.
Mercury is posited in Vrischika and the number of benefic dots
under Budha's Ashtakavarga is 5. Jupiter is in Simh1 and the
number of benefic points in Jupiter's Ashtakavarga is 3. The
planet Venus occupies Tula and the number of benefic dots there
jn the Ashtakavarga of Venus is 6. Saturn is in Makara; and in
Sa.ci's Ashtakavarga 1 the number of benefic dots in Makara is 4.
Thus, the sum total of benefic dots for the said week for all the
six planet5 taken together comes to 29.
Now 48 benefic dots are the maximum fixed to pass a nativity
for good in all respects. It may however be safely predicted that
i:,he native will be free from worry loss, etc., and his �ituation
will only be of a normal oature if the sum total of the benefic dots
of all the six planets tal.:en together comes to 24. In this speci •
rrien horoscope, as the number of henefic dots comes to 29, it can
safely be said that the native will be free from anxiety and worry
in the said period. The less the number of benefic clots. the worsic
will be the effects to be experienced by the native.
Bha ttotpala adds :
Varahamibira has stated (Brihat Jatalra, Chapter VIII, Sloka
23) that when two similar eflec ts hut contrary in nalure are
produced by one and the same planet (owing to its ownership of
two houses, or ownership of ooe house and occupation of another
house), the result will be nil when the two effects referred to are
equal in degree and that it will parta.ke of the nature of the
preponderating effect in case they are not of equal degree.
�g'� t:Jfllt Qlffl.{I� =If� �'lili ffl!J'OJ� mt II
A question may now be asked 1Vhat the author's object was
by making a similar declaration again through the words "�
ftrfl�firt �if�ffilf<I>�� "!Nf�i"l'/f �=-" The aoswer is-
" No, it is no repetition at all. What was stated b1fore without
tbe aid of Ashta.l<avarga Table relates to the cancellatioD of two
aiffli.lar effects but of a contrary chari.dM. Fgr enmple, a
planet iD one capacity �Y be a giver of wealth; the 11.me pla.Del
 ¥ ..� ft ++ ,.,,.,,..e;; __fn w:.w=t n:1-U"'TA.,_

in another capacity may cause loss of wealth, In such a case,

hath the effects are similar in character and become neutralised
with the conseriuence that the native neither acquires wealth nor
incurs an}· losses, But if the planet's capacity to give wealth be
in any way stronger for more rearnns than one, the same will of
course predominate over the oppo!<ite current (of the other effect)
and the result will be an influx of some money. In the present
verse it has been stated that there is cancellation in the case of
good and bad effects even if they are not similar in nature. This
view is further supported by �l'{(]lf'll (Badarayana) and �
(Yavana) as they have admitted this principle while speakin(!
about Ashtakavargas am! their several effects. Thus, for example,
a certain planet may be the giver of gold on account of a certain
reason. The same planet may on account of some other reason
cause loss in silver. Though the effects in these two cases are
not similar (because both are not in respe:t to gold, nor to silver),
merely on acctJunt of the effects being opposite in nature (one
giving and the other taking away), the result is neither benefic,
nor malefic. Afler such considerations of each Rasi on an".�unt
of its 8 countings, if it is found that benefic points outnumber the
malefic, the effect of the planet on that Rasi should be declared
as benefic to the extent of the e:ilcess benefic dots as already stated.

Now the following q•estion may be asked: Well, if Ashtaka•

varga then is so important for ascertaining the nature of the effects,
what was the necessity for Varahamihira treating separately in
his Brihat Samhita the ITI"m.� (Gocharaphala) of planets with
respect to the Moon's place at birth? The answer is, the inten­
tion of Vara hamihira is that such of the effects which have not
been stated in connection with the Ashtakavarga should be stated
in the llt·=m: (Gochara). Further, as art�Tl: (Goe hara) is wide-known
to all, and as it has been treated of by many author,; in their
worl<s, it has to be inferred that Varahamihira too has adopted the
same course followed by his predecessors. · For he has said in his
work '!fl'!l'I (Yatra).
tfW lll"i(t�i:rR?Vlffr aw if't'li�qa- � 11r 1
Jfl'•ffl -f 1'J«ira ft�� �IITITlfilR{t f( �{l II
eeo
,. .. ,.,
Adh. X,

Ya.vaneswara too, after describiog the effects sepuately, hail

accepted this Ashtakavarga system alone as o� primary import­
ance ; for he has said

�'I'll V11'1� 'f{lf(iifiHq'T� sr�er I

:i!U�l� �� 'lfiii r.\lT4 4T'll'lrir'fli{ • m.J�� =.. 11

Badarayana also has said

ilil'•1 ���71 ri � �rat -im: �'ltlill'll' iu.:�: 1
"""�' �qfs�t'Rf!ff: �r� �!ir1' �qri\ ili�Jt{tr JJRPT 11

e.nd has thus accepted only the Ashtakavarga method.

THE ASHTAKAVARGA PLATE.

The process of finding the beneli:: dots in the Ashtak:tvargas
of the several planets in ar.cordant:e with the method given io
pages 650-652 supra involves heavy labour and considerahle time
especially when it has to b� done for �everal horoscopes. Some
methods of simplifying this work have been suggested in the past,
but a new contrivance has now been devised which ha!: several
ncrits. It not onl)' does away with the patient labor i:ivolved in
tile dull and routine process, but also shows the cesults in such a
way that one can see at a glance how the henefic dots in any
particular house have been contributed. The 6-fi�<lill'1i {Sarvashta.­
ka varga) figures can also be very easily read from the plates at a
1lance. The vractical uses to which the results cao be put are,
as is known to astrologers, several. The more important of these
uses have been explained in this Adhyaya in their appropriate
pl&ces.
The construction of the Ashtakavarga plate and the met l- .Jd
of reading the results from the same will now be explained.
The contrivance con!lists of nine r:irculac- plates (discs of
tine, copper oc- brass), of successively larger radii placed one
0 ver the other in the oc-dec- of their size, the largest being placed
at the bottom and the c;1nallest at the top. A radius of one inch
 661

for the smallest and three inches for the largest, the difference
hetween the radii of successive plates being ¾th of an inch will be
found suitable. The hottom-mo!:t plate has an axle with screw
arrangement lixcd to its centre about which the other plates
revolve. By tightening the screw at the lop, the plates can be
fixed up in any desired position. Each plate covers the central
partion of the next bigger plate, exposing to view only a circular
strip or rim. The top· plate is of r:ourse fully exposed,

The top plate and the narrow strips of other plates are �en
divided into 12 equal parts. The div(ding lines are so drawn that
they form a stra ight lin� when the i plates are-adjusted for any
horoscope. The twelve divisions of the top plate are assigned to
the twelve signs of the zodiac. In the visible rim of the next
�igger plate are arranged the lir,:ures inclice.ting the benefic dots
counted from the Sun in Lhe several Ashtakavargas. The next
plate contains figures of beuefic dots counted from the Moon; and
the next one, fr om Mars; and so on in the order of the Sun, the
Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn and the La�na.
One of the di visions of each of these plates contains a dot denotin•g
the position of the planet to which the plate relates. Thus the
dot in the largest plate indicates the position of the Lagna.

To adjust the plates for any horoscope, keep the bottom-most

plate in position and rotate the next plate (relat ing to Saturn>
until the division containing the a"ot is as many divisions removed
from the dot in the Lagna plate as Satur::i is removed from the
Lagna in the horoscope under consideration, For example, if
Saturn occupies the 8th house from the Lagna, move the plate
relating to Saturn till its dot comes to the 8th division from the
dot in the Lagna plate, Then hold the two plates in position firmly
and procecci similarly with the third plate. Then hold the three
plates in position and proceed with the fourth and so on. \Vhen the
Sun's plate also has been thus fixed, rotate the topmost plate until
the n ame of the particular Rasi representing the Lagna in the
horoscope under consideratio� is hrou!{ht dirc-::tly above the divi•
sion containing the dot in the Lagna plate. It will now be found
that the divisions containing the dots in the several plates are
 662 Adh. X.
directly below the signs of the zodiac respectively occupied by the
planets at birth, so that lhe positions of the planets in the radix
of the native can now he read oul from th<: plate itself. Fix up
the plates by tightening the screw at the top. They are now
read y for reading the results. The ' I 's indicate henefic dots
relating to the Sun's Ashtakavaq;a; the • 2 's indicate those rela­
ting to the Moon's, and so on. The number of ' l 's in the several
plates in the 'Mesha' division represents the benefic dots in the
Ashtakavarga of the S:!u in that division; the numher of ' 1 's in
the several plates opposite to 'Vri.shabha' representing the benefic
dots in the Sun's Ashtakavarga in Vrishahha and so on. Sirnilarly,
the number of ' 2 's in the divisions of the plates opposite to
'Mesha' represents the be_nefic clots in the Ashtakav,\rga of the
Moon in 'Mesha.; • the number of' 2 'sin the parts of the plates
opposite to 'Vrishabh,i,' the benelic dots in the Ashtakwarga of
the Moon in ' Vrishabha; • and so on. The number of '3 's will
�imilarly yield the results fot M1.rs, '•J's for Mercury, '5 's for
Jupiter, '6 's for Venus ancl '7 '!. for Saturn. The figure in the
next p age shows the plate propetly arranged for the positioos of
the pl anets in the sample horoscope given below:-

Lagna Venus Moon

Sun
,!Mercury
i ------
Jupiter
Mars
1

n
'

----'---s_a_t_u________
r L_
It will be seen that the dotte d divi!'ion of the plate relating
to the Sun has been brought against Kataka as the Sun occupies
Kataka in the Kundali {r�): the dotted p:ut ot the plate
 relating to the Moon has been arranged against Mithuna as the
Moon occupies Mithuna; the dotted part of the plate relating to
Mars ha.s been brought against Simba as he occupies Simha; and
so un. It will furthur be observed that there are siii: ' I 's in the
divisions against Mesha, four in the divisions against Vrishabba,
and so on. Similarly, there are five '2's against Mec;ha, four' 2 's
agaiost Vrishabha, and so on. These represent benefic dots in the
Ashtakavargas of the Sun, the Moon, etc., in the several houses.
The number of figures (irrespective of wbat planet they relate to)
in the several divisions against a particular house indicates the
Sa.mudaya Ashtakavarga (��!ifi<tit) in that house. For example,
it will be found that there are 3 .. figures in the divisions against
Mesha. 34 is therefore the number of benefic dots in Mesba in
the Samuda.ya Ashtakvarga. Similarly for other houses.
 Adh. X.

.��---�
,.,, ...

�� fer���
��
m: �ctmii:
G?lH��flfi=.f-fT�lkitf!ij(IOlfil I
�Ntfl�)qirn��tirmt�-
"' C' r,.. " ,..
�'ill�i\�frl'ijll&rf.\iF�;r: �!!l II ' II
�) 1:tir 1l1ir���itrt� l�: 5fillf�q;uR��: I
�nms�1'T 11�11:fiif��! «�t!::r�: ��ii: ll � II
Slokas 1 and 2. If a diagr.i.m of the zodiac with
the rising sign and the positions of Lhe Sun and other
planets (at the time of any persan's birth) &c. be drawn.
and if all the lx:nefic dots produced by the sepa.rate
·Ashtakavargas (8 fold groups of figures) be set down
according to the directions conta ined in the Ashrakd ·
varga formulas each containing eight divisions in respect
of the eight sky,rangers beginning with the Sun and
ending with the Lagna or the rising sign we should
then ·obtain the figures 48, 49, 39, 54, 56, 5 � and �9 to
represent th� benefic dots of the: Sun and other planets.
fhe iigure 337 will 1epresent the aggregate henefic dota
of the pl.in?ts. �<11'!'li�'l ( Sarva&htakavarga) or the sum
of all the Ashtakava.rgas is called "5Vlf (Samudaya) i.e.
aggregate.

ll'«��l\(floT �d��fln-
��i•����,
c: r,. r,.

'f��«sm�rf.f I��
�:r)��l�ij¥1Wf -I ffl� II � II
Sloka 3. In whatewr bhava r�pri.!sented by Me1ha
and other signs occur eight bendic dots given by pla..
nets, that bhava1 they si:rve to support, strengthen and
SJ. 4-5 665

prosper. Houses containing 5, 6 and 7 dots become

bendicent. Those that have 3, 1 or 1 dot are not
auspicious.
fil'1 � lWfa «111�f.¼�
�'Rl�¥Ail;T � �'fflTl I
��t..=t�ijlf•�i{◄ll(1111f
�i!(tt� d� � II V II
Sloka 4. When a house has 4 dots, it produces
mixed effects. Those houses that have no figure in
them are productive of disease. infamy and danger. I
now proceed to explain the full effects of the Sun and
other planets being associated with dots l, '2., etc.., aa a
result of the separate A.shtakavargas.
ml -IRlmu�i:��-n� � hf.t;1: ,
fffr �'mw;��fq-41a_1�-twtrv;nf.t II "\ II
Slok,l 5. A planet associated with one dot pro•
duces various �inds of diseases, miseries, dangers,
wanderings and similar hardships, while with two, it
leads to mental anguish, condemnation by one's king
(censure by the sovereign) and deprivation of food by
robbers.
NOTES.
The excess of benefic over malefic dots may be :Z, 4, 6 or 8
which when put in ordinary lan�uage mean ; or l, I or ½. i or, i,
; or full. Hence the fol lowing sloka.s :-

):�1�;:Jlf.�l� �)�;;qa: ll:sfT� t�rRHif

it� 'cl;i� 'q�� ��lll�1/�: I

'ffl �ltf@�� �� ifl;il��: U

q�f;,cflfq9.��nltt1!��TM�Tmffi�:

84
666 Adh. X.

!fie �,���t at\:qrqq�-H�) .�ct 1

f,rlir: � �-iFmt. �f4: ftlli.U JJC,T II
q�: ��,n��: �R�'ltri11) \l�cf. I
ll
fl8'11: ��'llrf�fRf!fll: �fli=q�: II
� q: �ti: �q 'im: f'lr�: ft �) �,mt I
�= rlf �
�� �ijfq: B �q: �e\lfi� cf.�"1"11:f �Tel_ ll

RI•� «�R�tfi���111-m1?.r I
�T�N5��ll'li��: mim1f�: � II
Sloka 6. · When the number of dots are three, it
causes many bodily privations and discomforts due to a
wandering life as well as much mental uneasiness. The
planet with four dots yields a mixed kind of fruit con­
aisting of pleasure and pain, expenditure of money and
accession of wealth.
�(fil�ijij�J�it­
�q'i�Tf.t � im�,i��: I
1P.$r�� ��•��q�m­
m11fir.Fl�1ira�rf.t 11 \9 11
Sloka 7. Where the dots happen to be five, it
leads to the attainment of goo� apparel, fondling of
children, association with the good, acquisition of
learning and weau.:h. A plar.d that has 6 dots secures
a form fresh and fascinating, excellence of character,
victory in war, wealth, fame strength and fine vehicles.
ffllfft"ir-tl���'lr-lB ;:JI ':l-l!Jlllffill•"f.t I
��: ij�TilllliJllilf Slffiff 31'.i\�wr 11 � II
SJoka 8. When the number of dots go up to 7,
SI. 9-11 667

the planet brings honors such as accrue from th� pos•

session of horses and other means of transport, ilO army
and 1mperiur riches. When the maximum of eight dou
is reached, it opens out a prosp:!ct of kingly glory
graced with its sevm-fold adjun:ts (�r1•:ri:u��i11,r-:fl'n1:1:if-
111�).
NOTES•

Some hooks read �:l�!j:ITJflf· m whii.:h woul<l mc�an kingly glory

graced with every one of its adjuncts.

��f.r;:�J�-R1utl�mn �..fiJ?tqif ��� f.t�'l I

al'fflSi=q'�l ��'ii���Rlf f(f�R�H W:tf«li� �ll'I� II � II
SJokr:i 9. A planet is invariably bincfic in.his
own varga. in any sign which has· five or more dots. If
otherwise, it yidds no good effect. In its rang� in a
sign which is without dots, it becom?s positively
hurtful.
��,��ri iii�IR:�«�: I
ar��,: � ��;:�m � It � 0 II
Sloka 10. All planets without exception, stand.
ing, it may b�, in their exalt1tion sign11, in a friendly
sign or other b.::nefic places and possessed ;1Jso of the
strength which a Kendra or similar position gives,
produce untoward effec.t:1 if they happen to h.: associated
with dots short of the required minimum.
�Rrmt \ � � � i\RITT��lft! ,
a � i� ���ijT � II '� II
Sloka 11. But planets on the other hand which
may be in bad p0t�itions and have even reached their
depression point, or an inimical sign or portions of the
668
. - ........ --·------ - ...
;..,-.,,;
Adh. X.

9ame will invariably yield good if associated with dots

which are in excess of the prescribed minimum.
�i�qJ(�� � �f.t: �tf1R 31qr�,-: I
� fq-�-�ifi���RP@trf urm��prf.l II '� II
Sloka 12. When Saturn pa8ses through an empty
(voiJ at figures) house in the Ashtakavargas of the Sun
and other planets1 he occasions on a large scale diseases,
dangers from enemies and other trou hies to father and
other relatioris whom the several planets represent.

II��� II
ri � � ft��mit
:srra: fi��i=� :q urfi I
lflU(h�•�;�
&P-. (114;qq
�" "'�"
1f4,WlfJ

�SIie(( F-raiizl �lf{li: II ,� ti

Sioka 13. When the Sun is in the r ieing sigo and
in that part of it which either belongs to an enemy or
forms his d�pression point and when he h.ippens to be
aesociated with 3 or 2 dots, the person born is sickly.
But if the same Sun should be in . the ris'ing eign in
which 5 or more dots appear and which happens to be
hie exaltation sign or his own house, the person born
becomes a king and· is endowed with long life.
NOTES.
Parnsara adds
au��•!?�:{, =q �cq1cfiT��TR9: 1
al�ct� -r�q) �1m: fq�ll� f�o� 11
(fmrolfli.iffl�ll��..,..��Ro��it I
��1�� ffi -t�si QTfd ITT�"il: 11
ff� qi� � fl� lfl�l-m AA�q_ I
S1. 18 669
......,, .....
��m
+ p •

(l�-1,. <lit� lf'l(ITfff -1 imq: II

cW:i<fitUlll?f � f-foT fq�qqf sfq 91 I
ITTOJ «� �1.ftq1�m �� �itct II
��� ijftir 00 q.:� 91 l!fir-l�;t I
!!�'?fi�IJRij' fqi!�f �t�a- ·H � 11
��;:�g,wu;t �1� 'ijq"ff....� �� 1
Ft:ft;rr� nl{T <fl� �Rlff lfNA!Jij' 11
',:)

�1���::fi� �T�itf:fil�ffifJT: I
�ij�(l�U"roltii � N<l�: 11
ijl"-li�"�Plf � ol�l�Bl fl��: I
,;

fq�il;:Jfl!!Jf �tq©r{tit �sfq � 11

�, fqqffifM �;;;t13f fm.q: 1
�U �arem='-t �;:��,fa�: II
� fl;rTi� �@: M�;HIT3IT: I
a�cr ft!oiil'-Jl11Ji
G
1f.4it� ff'ffll�cl_ II
�<lif;:if�n'tqij :ill(f: fqq·�.Jl�..Ti'i: I
G G C.

f12�1l� :iln=t: fqQQ�!}Ullfr<ffl: II

<'I� ��Rfirsf1l fq,�m ll�fijff: I
�llmcm �;;;q__-:it 111(l Wlfl:�� 'tlm
11
ftq1�0--t��mfc; m�s�r1_ cfiWffi� 1
�r lflftiJ){_c{TR ��qm ll'l� � 11
�� lfi0 �I"fql ir1(1 11@ fiifl�{q_ I
Bm..,-;1.i fq� �q� V:\-llJT;f-1 1'�q_ II
�r;;:_�1��(11:;;-;'11l ittnRrrlll�f'f,: 1
<l�lfm �f� Fi�ffiW:f<ttlJlIT�sfq qy II
�� �<{� q«i) q,m 'l@: I
 670 Adh. .X.

iF�f'JTI'qTfij' � �'t�lfffl��qif I
ff,Ht��;�t! :�mr� ::fl ij'ii�if� 1Fg: II� 'lll
SJGki1. 14. When th� Sun occupying a Ken:ira or
Trikona position is ass::ici1teJ th,:t:e with 6, 5, 7 or 8
benefic dots, the person h.Jm or his father will have his
death in his 22nd, :3!'.ith, ?0th or 36th yeJr r.:spectively.
� "" ""
�•\;���l!iPtR;:� ""'�:{(�{f
""""'ij'i=l�-n;:t�-11
" � I
llTwn' ��imtt {fir,[r �H� ��ef��H{�Ulft: U
°
Sluka 15. If, at a person's birth, f ,.: Sun occupy­
ing a Kendra positiqn in conjunction with the Moon,
Saturn and Mercury shouid h11ve in th.it position 2 net
benefic dots after the necessary reductions are mlde,
(fiir�)amr.:1-tr & ':t<lil�lQ'��r�-tf Tribnasodhana & Eakadi­
patyasodhana), the father of th'.! pirsun 1 say the wise
astrologers, wiil han a lease ofa.btmdmt administrative
power scttin� in after the completion of the first ten
years (of the pason bJrn).

ll���'m_;q ll
w:1t1ri,i Q{�f�-11(qcrij ij��

m;i ufit «�i� dfur �,�1'li: I

lf�stra� �faf.l il�I£ «Efi(if.tir�fif�
ffl{fft��lf� ��uf fi;f� {� lI f;q� -€( II ' � II
S/ok(l 16. If, in the Asht1bvarga-whether of the
Sun or of the Moon-there he a house void of benef ic
dots, the (sol.ir) month corresponding thereto and the
eig n itself are to b� avoided for the purpose of every
auspicious undertaking in the per son's life. If the
Moon occupying the Lagoa b� associated with I J 2 or 3
SL 17 671
4 •

benef ic dots, the person born will suffer from disease

and debility. If the Moon in the above position be·
aleo in :onjunction with l or a planets, the person will
meet with his death in his 37th year.
NoTES
Parasara adds
�.:�J���it ing: �Tm�mqf9;:il-llJ, I
�ri{lf!qq �1.f 'tl �;:imfull� ��\ II
ri��� lfft�z=q Y�f:lft�I cfiR�fl I
'"'-F�TJ!ff(l-{�':l�n?f� Plffl1: !I
;mq1R�1.l�r\Cfrf.:r .=?,-qa- �T5i tl�ll:
�;:�Tf�1i�Tffqoi ���.;�T�:i:f �'Fl ti
i,-q� =q ��\ q-m
;r1q_�1f., f:4f;,f{�ij_ I
efnrefi�� qf it���11 fu�1 <f.�q�fl 11
v�elflfijifPH;J" ajJJ 9T �Tf'li{ffii� I
� �T ril.IT: P-ll� 'l�� <t,l��lla' II
�lli� � �f!��T;:d�llffls.Q ;J!l I
9;:�lfij�q;1 {l:U�i=.firuf �.°'l:n�q II
in:n ��:i'r1p1�1ftt f-1ffl.ilaJri'f: Mij: 1
fq�,n itl�;:iU�t l1ff-��T-� �f�q� II

ira�ffli)untr� �'l ifRTfttr vl�rw�,� t

�-=ti� ijf tr� « r,riii';:�j cC�i-ni �ij��Q ij��u: �"
Sloka 17. When the Moon occupying a Kendra,
Trikona or the 11th bhava is also in its depression or
inimical sign and is not waxing and when the benefic
dots associated with the hhava occupied by the Moon
happen to be 2 or 3, the bhava in question, say the astro�
logers acquainted with the subject, is extinct.
672 Adh. X.
... .. * ,. -
�w--,��vitur�� �
�it R\U ii�� � lff�: I
�Wi �ftn'i[ t�lffl ij �RU
R'-l�N��ffi -R�n II 'G II
Sluka 18. If the Moon possessed of strength be
in a Trikona, Kendra, or the 11th bh:wa and if the
number of benefic dots in the bhava in question be 4
or more than 4, the bhava becomes advanced. Jf the
Moon in a Kendra position becomes associated with 8
benefic dots, the persons born under th is yoga will be
eminent for their learning, fame, wealth and strength
and will become masters of men.

II ���if II
�� ���'llr.f��
�ri; :;.r ll� •TmT�sni: �•� I
�""�r«�mfcf�RM
lllli :.m,q�Jtq�lt{ :;.r U�T II � \ II
Sloka 19. When Mars in exaltation or in �iir.ir
(Swakshetra) occupies the 9th, the 4th, the let or the
10th bhava, and is associated with 8 benefic dots, the
person born will be lord of wealth to be counted by the
million. If Dhanus, Mesha, Simha.1 Makara or Vrischika
be the rising sign, and Mars occupy it and be associated
with 4 benefic dots, the person born ·will be a king.
NOTES.
Parasara adds
attlfl�� �f�� mt!MEfi'f�� I
lUIJw,qij� fl� �l��l�� fl[ttlf._ II
Sl 20 6'18

��ftl� 'liMT � � ��T� I

� l!_fq- 'q lll�T 'q � � �\'litq_ II
� ij �st c!��f.t feif;i��cl. I
�<fiT�lf� �'ffl� 1fi� �=;i- -t' �q� II
� l!_:.q��ro: �1t1m�: �llT�a I
lfi<fflR q:f --rqffft �ffi q';!" .� II
lrt'TT ��,f!Q��t��Tttfi) ll� I
lfi�Tf-1 ;q� �T'tra' rf:f lftTfl{f: Plfll: II
�r�lfi�fR0'1t� cl� I q_��il
,uq�� � �Jij' -�Tf!�TM �f.i��'\ II
Also

�$ ��S@�ireJ�
iwtstt�
ij3{lij' ��-�:�I
�)s���) � ��1;11¥:1:
�N�Uf$ffl'.� -J:��ll 11 -l O 11
Sloka 20. If Mars he associated with 8 benefic
dots the person born will become a petty prince; if
the above be in the 10th or in the 1st bhava, the person
born wi.U be a king. If he be already a scion of a royal
family, he will become lord of the whole country. If
Mars be in exaltation or in 'l<1'!\N (Swakahetra) in addi­
tion to the above, the person born will be an emperor.
85
674 Adh. X.

11�11
t
�� 'flfilw=� iifRft�fchnNililll� I
�r�\1af;dqfsl � G'Affl:�
'Iii l(Fltfr-t: II� t II
Sloka 21. When Mercury in a Kendra or Trikona
becomes assocfated with 8 benefic dots, the person born
will be pre-eminent in the learning peculiar to his caste
and will have great enjoyment. If Mercury in exalta,
tion be associated with but one, two or three benefic
dots, the bhava occupied by the planet is advanced- and
not impaired.
NoTE:S.
r./, Parasara.
�'ffi'ftr � ""' 'tfit�HR1Hi!l�= I
� ����:in� �1-l°t'l. n
�� m1M fflm�lla- �-n ,
a{r��fir-nffl(l� •llif ffll�: 11

�� �tm:� �w:¥1: «4Aqt�(i � I

�roq· "' �18ffl � ;r.=�mffl'IJ�T\t: II �� II
Sloka. 22. Find in which house there is the
greatest number of benefic dots in the Asbtakavarga of
Mercury. In the month corresponding t o that house
the cCDmencement of any serious study wi'l culm�nate
in the acquisition of every branch of learning. Mark
the house which is void of benefic dots in the Asht.aka
varga of Mercury; when Saturn passes through that
house in the course of its progresa through its orbit,
some� (Sandhu) or "'" Jnati, a ne.tr paternal rela,
tian) will die ; so:ne benefit or advanta,re enjoyed till
thm will be- lo1t.
SI.� 6'll5

u ��ii_n
�T�Tl11iffi.:t{�' " r.r..: pa' W1'1'1l I
"dt����TA tfl�iltlr-nf.t qfir =if �z II � � II
SltJka 23. Note the house that ha� the greatest
number of benefic dots, in the Aahtakavarga of Jupiter.
In the lagna corresponding to the house found, impreg­
nation will answer its purpose resulting in an offspring.
Cattle, wealth and vehicles located in the directi_on
indicated by the si�n in question will begin to multiply.
NOTES.
Parasara adds
�-,wq�q(f\" �� ���el.II_ I
�UU!ffl� �?IT-IT'fff � II
��qij�� �fq� r..�a �- I
Balabhadra reads -wmf.t instead of fi{{�fit.
��.ft�t �T ?tr�.:011 �r: f'leff: II
also il"il�
��it�R qfit �frsr�liJ �' 1
��f,rcm� 'fl � �Rt�oi cfclr 11
�� � �<I m: ��ilT� I
�)51�'1111 fflfl: �'IT lfffi': II
qf<f"� !f'NlrrT·l'.! dl�@S{ vQiil': I

��� �ffl �,i; � 111

�tr@�: fl��: !;IJJT1ffl I

�rif.rt� ctl �llRr !Fl: I

Wfinff<lffl� fflfr-lT<ltN �� II
�U(lffilf! 'ffl6q ���I
616 Adb. X.

�U�o� ��T mr��H'ififT: f'iITT: II

51.1qyqgam:��'-U inl �RI. ffl!Jfl:{ii@: I
��,� {!<RTfof�€1' f{qJ:{,_ II
�i?qTrn�: R f�.q) �U qqq;tsfq i:ll I
�1����� i:ll i'1�T !J;Sfl-1_ tflrlf�ct. II
trA����riar �it"?cnli3f.ffl;r: 1
il'i��rr1€f�1Tt o�T i9'rijtr(_ �in�i(q_ ll

�1;J1���Ri�'ltl@
in.ft ��lllf;r A:nfufflf.r I
q911�f.r�oq1«.:'ifi\iit
��N��if�: �nr_ II '=t\l II
Sloka 24. If, at a person's birth, the Sun occup ies
a hou�e which in the Ashtakavarga of Jupiter gets the
least number of benefic dots, the person born wili be
luckless in that every undertaking for his benefit will
fail. If Jupiter occupying the 6th, the 12th or the 8th
bhava be associated with 5 or more benehc dots, the
person born will be long-lived, very opulent and victo•
rious over his enemies.

�m �'
��f;r��
��q� ;:r, 1
ifl�nfhn11ircru1{ ��it
�lU ��$I 'lf��rqfin �nr_ II�"\ II
Sloka 25, If Jupit�r, whether in exaltation, in
�• (Swakshetra\ in a Keudra, in the 9th bhava or in
a portion of some m-a(Rasi) l.inconnected with the
planet II depression or inimical house and not in eclips­
ing proximity to the Sun-if Jupiter in any one c.f the
S1. 26-28

positions above named be associated with 8 benefic

dots, lhe person born will become a king by virtue of
his own fame and glory.
�� �1�srardra1�1t1titit ;wn�n 1
iffi�1,���:q�q1i4:gun�uim II�� II
S.1oka 26. When persons of Brahmanic.al extrac
tion come under such a yoga of Jupiter as has been
described in the preceding sloka, they become lords of
great beneficrnce equal in status to kings and admired
for their conspicuous inlelligence, energy and other
great qualities.
�ij�"\ �( (�rtti) ���Ufwf � iJ�J'fq�tf�t I
�� q1g���: ijq� arqi'm-�: II �'-'- II
S/vka 27. If Jupiter in conjunction with the
Moon becomes associated with 7 benefic dots in the
positions referred to in sloka 25, the persons born under
the yoga will have womenJ wealth and sons in abund,
ance ; if with 6 benefic dots, the persons concerned
will have much wealth and many vehicles ;, if with 5
benefic dots, they will have victory and virtue.

II p-+i�� II
ijlffl��ifilurRit l1111� ij firfl{�q; I
3111(.{flil�-tl!d��lil ��({0:� II�� II
Shka 28. When Venus occupying a Trikona or
Kendra position is associated with 8 benefic dots, the
person born will be at the head ot an army and transport
animals; if Venus in the above position be associated
with 7 benefic dots, the person boro will be lord of
6'8 Adb. X.
wealth and precious st'?nes and have unfailing enjoy..
meat up to the end of his life.
NOTES.
Pa1asara adds
llll�I!�� '<I f.f�l:1.fr�m�TP., I
fSliturottR "fi�T q�liJ�q�q_ II
� ii',: �f.t �1{rrifff ft� rr:i Q I
� ffi t¾"' o� A��u
��331AA51<'l) ��G.��nfr<f�fqnrcn 1
�mf%� � �u�.:q�� f-\1: n
���t � �R��f;(f ot�: 1
(l�T'(lcfifsri:fi1ut ell 'lPWU �� �lf�('f__ u
�¥tp-qq �;:ir....iW°Pij �Rfl'tllfl: I
��ifflqmvf �TlMT ��� II
W-n! ijintl1'� =q �wt ��-t:, I
��� � ���m,)sfil <tT II
��ffll@) <1Tftt �4 �� I
u�3'1N=fflT �cfit1111���� r��= n
��� � �� �qr
���mfi\:11
,���ij 'm�T� �I:
��� mlit if� �� o'-IT 11
q�i'fl 'I��� ��sq;ty � I
.fRm 'Mfl� �q)ir� 11
it��&J11Tf.Rnft if-�¥1lfH�t�Qgm: t
�: ·fffil��ft�q�t�: II
�- p ..)q��tasR ifl I
SI. 29 679

� �m� CR�lffif-�fit II
�n:rrnt iji=�m �� 'RR'll:lli �a- � 9;«: I
�l'Q�Rf �HRoft �"l�T qJ �T �m1 lcfTPJffm!ff.lift 11
ilTN� ir�aihrt� �i{m ir�1Uitit 1
��Q'T ell :;flf(u� Eflfit (I� if1qf .J ffWl: 11
q1q1�;:fWf -..� �fi{� ot1qttsfq 9T I
lffq�.=cfa- ij4i oo�: !J'i:f'ITr.f�i_ 11
��f�i:fifl'IT.JT � cl��qUUJTPr.lffi' I
'l�.;;;J�Tfiir'TI <:IT �� Uo)l�cfffT II
ijqfq1Ull1f f<M" �i.fJftfT��sfq �ct_
ijqfql{ l��SFfTFffq'Qf(: �'ill q� I
IBffTffl»JIJIBJl4il'! ffllU q�('f R�GIT!
lf��f�fifqflT: �;rJqij��OJT: 11
..:,

I��� �UJf=Q' ;tli "ifl� ij<.9��1l I

�qi -1�,il'�R.J llrqfqr �� <l�i. 1
Q,�'fl�� �Tffi f;Jf;ro�W.>.Jllcl: II
.tR·Rtlft:��iflq� $! �
�d�Rfq'-fl.,A..,,;; �rt!. I
Wfil�.r�t\P(�dt��lf
{4\�{!�1'� 5r� II �� II
Sloka '.!9. But if Venus be in depression or occupy
the 7th, th e 12th or the 8th bhava, the aforesaid mriro
(Rajayoga) will be destroyed; in the direction indicated
by the house with th� least nur:mber of benefic data in
the ��<(if (Sukrashtakavarga), it is best to have the
chamber which is to contain the bed by means whereof
women are to be wou and kept in willing bondage.
680 Adh. X.

VT� �qd(Uf\T� � �
� �gqr3 1'-1� ifT I
�iifi�lifi�lN�� =q' �a:
�: �mfffl �R��ql{J�I II � 0 II
Sloka .rn. If in the @iii� (Aehtakavarga)of Saturn,
there be a sign thoroughly vod of b:nefic dots, the
person born will meet with d!rlth or sustain loss of
wealth when the planet passes through the sign in
question; if the planet occupying a Kendra be associated
with one, t WO, three or four benefic dote and if the
Kendra be the planet's exalt1tion sign, any child deli•
vered from the womb at such a time will be short-lived.

�,��ff
NOTF.S,
Parasara adds
'-lrlPITrfT�li �f<Ri,;;;qij I
ef.t�e-ii=:iii '"I ��r� Af.lH�� 11
i?-Rlfl:i�jf�tfii�l;:fl 'fi�T�-fi� ,t;T�q-=i_ I
�Irrr..lfi� 1c-q1--� oqrf.l�i �irrf�F.l 11
r • ::,.. •
i:r;:�rfu::;.� 1-.J-=o lfi�r;:�f.� ij�lf. I
l{ra:1nqj!!f;l�l.fT:;;;' �TN fl� l:lltl ��fl II
i'P-{T'�FlfUH--, 1 �('�QTlf: lI?.J�a- 1
m..:1.nfu.�IJJ� 1if�T M� f!Pll� �ijf(l: II
�e,n=��lfi��wn m=d��ffr111f�i:Pl 1
�lii°� Q; offq� Woff1 ���: II
an�:�•rg g �T•il1.fTfl, �Wl�?.t ij <f,�q I
f,l'rjJ�f,T�9'���)�� PR��"t � 11
SI. 81 681

� �- �mn�ir?i: �=
g��� lf!cti� ciq-ct: II
�� °" � ifTR6 � �
ff3J( -n� � � � � �sm II
an�iU��l�ffl�I
ctin�r�� �cf ii {ffl'I: 11
q�,e�<r�it-rt ��;. � 11� 1
t1d '11(-ia): q� ffm� � ,fff �
11
ZRtt!� �q)1r l�IPf «m1vt ��Rf I
�ITT�� fq� �JTfrq���fl'1{ ll
..
� �,��Fn�t'f4 �ijffl"�q1�,1q 1
�lt ffi ixf� qffl
�I� .. <(f ���'l II
�4 ocs:trng�ll�'ii oi:irl��� � cfil!'I. 1
ffl��T!ffli� lTia ff�T f.t� qfr,-:
.. P.lf<l II
���ijfta �ilm­
��a◄ A� �·�
� ��"«Rl'lfN
�1f.R1� II �t II
Sloka 31.When Saturn with abundant strength
occupies the lat I bhava and is associated with 6 or 5
benefic dots, the pereon born will sustain loss of ..vealth
accompanied by much auffering from his very birth. If
the planet in depression or in an inimical house be
aaaociated with 5 or more benefic dots and if the Mcon
occupies an auspicious Varga, the person will have long
life.
86
 Adh. X.

�Tft;(t��ifr{t
���-��m;tlt �
�s!f��fura �;;re;:sr-
!lllffl't� fttftfil';� �: II �� II
Sloka 32. When Saturn occupying the Sth or the
l&t bhava ie in an eclipsed state or in the house of an
enemy or in depression and is associated with 5 or 4
benefic dots, the persons born under the above yl.)ga
will be possessed of flmale slaves, camels and property.
If Saturn in the same positio n be associated with 8
benefic dots, the persons born will be lords a! townships,
possessed of a dministrative machinery characteristic of
cities ; if the number of benefic dots be 71 the persona
affected by the yoga will possess abundant wealth.

II �T�.l�q.aT: II
31'rft.t� � -t�fucn
�""�1 �
:q f.m;tT: I
5ftawi 'fUGr�Rut� �'f!�iflt�'!� � II�� 11
Sloka 33. If you draw up a did.gram consisting of
9 paralld lines at equal intervals from East to West
crossed by 13 parallel lines from North to South with
the same intermediate space as before, there will arise a
table containing 9i'i squarea in 8 rows comprising the
results of each of the several Ashtakavargas.

ffll���i:flfril�Tf-f«l��ll I
�ft:q�f!ifi<1Rl,u�: �ur ffli:�� 6: II
Sloka 34. The Iagna, the Moon, Mercury, Venue,
the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn are the lords of the
divisions indicated in the 8 rows extending from South
 SLS4 688

to North of each sign and yield, every one of them 1 the

benefic dots appearing in the 12 houa�s of its row.
NOTES.
Note that the planets here have been mentioned in the order
of their orbits round tne Zodiac.
Let us now draw the stffi{l!�� (Prastharashtaka Varga)
Table and set therein the benefic dots for the Sun's Ashtakavarga
in the sample horoscope. referred to in page 657 supra,
The 48 benefic dots will be distributed as shown below :
There are three benefic dots in M�sha, and it will be seen
that these have been contributed by the Sun, Mercury and the
Lagoa. While the other five planets have each contributed a
malefic one.
When the Sun transits through the sign Mesha, he will give
benefic results only during three periods vie.. the 4th, the 6th and
the 8th portions, that is when he is passing from (!) 11¼" to 15" }
(2) 18¾ to 22½'' and (3) 26¾" to 30° of that sign; the remaining
0

five periods will prove malefic. Similarly in the case of the rest.�
.. .. ..
....,,
.c
� ....., " .. .. :c.::..
"...
.,
.."'" j" "'..
..
1l
::il
·i::
-"

I>
5
-5
�
!I
"
�
s
.c
in
..
�
-;
E'<
"
·.:
?
-"
� :::1
..:>
s,.
:4 :,j

s..;,,. . 71 I 1 I I I It I I 1
Jnpi,
ter I I )
i
i j
!
j I I

Mars Ill t/ 1 t j1j1- I

;,:- 1 1
I I r I j I i 1 1

,yenua I
1----------
\___ • _I I I I ___ _

M:�-,y , 1
1_1_._ , :- �_l-�I . _ , ,
Moon II [ Ii Tit lj

L:,.gn11 --;--1-_l___
l l_l___
j, I I
l_l_l__ 7
- =3 =7!=-21=2 =7!=3 ==3i=sl""4 =2 =s ... 5
 ----------�------
«1t1¥11tona
•--'41p_____ _
Adh. X.

c/, 'Ji0'lltltilil

�� � ������ ����
�rNT � Ft� �r� hi 'fiein�· 11
�qyl['q'qlfi�� U� ij �: � I
�liti�llJlTiil� �R 'fi� �'l 11
�VTT �S!"7T t1�ftlffqa�� I
�rfufi�T�ii����� ffl[_;t �R-t ifiituJ l1
uAi!1f: ��·: �c'{f4� 'Rff'1Sl�ll'fl I
31'(TRfi(AT�m;rqtq: �.)sft SI�� ll \� II
Sloka35. If a planet be associated with benefic
dots, it produces its full bmeficial effect ; if it be not
�onnected with benefic spots, there i• no beneficial
dfect produced ; a planet in its depression or inimical
sign or in an eclipsed state cames sorrow even if it be
aaaociated with benef ic dots.

11��11
q•!fl\ifto�·mutml��T �rf�r�r��s I
snm(N·�oq)lFIT�n ���fiR�ma 11 \, ll
S/c,ka 36. Draw five p�ralld straight lines at
�ual intervals from East to West ; and acroa11 theae
lines draw five others with the same intermediate space,
in auch a mannl!r that the tour inner squares (out of the
16 resulting ones) should appear omitted. You have in
the diagram the 12 celestial signs that rule over the
E.ast and�other�quarters and are the owners (jointly) of
the atarry �
3t"::��
ffl��TJ{ima-
iII��:..l�!lt(Qt�: I
 .... �-
SL S'l-88 685

fa.◄¥{Ul4ctfl ijft,rrQUJ)qtlldl
�·�lffl_.:qy ��: i:J)mt: ��: II �"' II
Sfoka 37. ln the Ashtakavarga of any one of the
Sun and other planets, take the signs by the triangular
groups (1) Mesha, Simha, Dhanus (2.) Vrishabha, Kanya,
Makara (3) Mithuna, fula, Kumbha (4) Kataka, Vrischi,
ka, Meen1 i and examin� the benefic dots in the 3 signs
composing any group. If in any one sign of a group,
the number of benefic dots be less than that in eac;h of
the remaining two, or equal to that in each of the other
two, or be zero, the same will have to be subtracted
from th� number of benefic dots ig each of the three
sign• of the group chosen.

�ffl! qa_@tf4.:�ffl(r�n◄.-{_ tf�d� ffl!lTI 1

-I f.l� � -I ��U �in;Hi\i1-1T �ia: {A�� ll
Sloka 38, If a sign in a triangular group has the
least number of benefic dots, the other two signs must
have their benefic dots altered into this least number.
If a sign have no benefic dots, the remaining signs of
the nme group will keep their figures unaltered, If all
the signs of a triangular group have the same number
of benefic dots, they must all be removed (i.e. replaced
by zeros).
NOTES,
c/. q-u�
�ilot! 'if � ij� � Ul"1�il_ I
�� ffl � offsrirvi ;i ��ct 11
flirc:��Wlfl�I
To this �Jtn: adds in bis �rt<fil
� ij �l'c1�'f�il, II
686 Adh. X.

The two slokas represent the opposite views of two distinct

schools, The conflicting views rest on two distinct interpretations
put upon the sloka enunciating the rule for f.N.'IIJfffl\fofT (Trikona•
sodbana}. "f.riht� � �1{_;:f cf�!i � i'rqit�• which when translated
will stand thus :-When one of three triangular houses contains
the least number of benefic dots the same is to be subtracted from
the figure in each of the triangular group. This rendering is not
accepted by some who maintain that "�4 � �lffi" means that
the figures in the three signs of a triang�l�r group are to be altered
so as to equal the least nu_mber. The latter view is advanced by
<ll!llfl;: (Balabhadra) and appears to be current in Southern India,
For the example referred to in sloka 34 above, the subjoined
charts show the Suryashtakavarga figures before and aft�r Trikona

----------
reduction:

5
_2_ _ 2 . l�
I , ,-�' --�
1- �-
-3-�7--'-j
5 \Ashtakavarga 2 2 2
__ of the Sun. \ __ IAffer TrikonJ
, 48. ·---1 Sodhana

I I
1·�-T--3·-,-,-1
2
2 7 --------
1

4 3 2 ) 2 2
.,___..._____-I,_

U ���� II
"·� � � � �·�­
'il���-qq(it;:�·�'"": I
,.....
��U?ll�ll�g.(Hl{TQ"(-
��+t.,�fflfflN��an �i II � � II
Sloka 39. Leave out the signs Simha and Kataka.
The figures in the five pairs of the remaining signs
belonging to the five ·plan�ts rl!ckoned from Mars,
SI. 40-41 es,
whether alike or unlike, represented by zero, .associated
with planets or not d.ssodated with them, have to be aub­
jected to the pro:ess of the reduction styled 't��
(Ekadhipatyasodhana), and their net value obtained.
cf. �T�1:
�<mOJ m1)� 'lltll��RT I
11;�
�[q �M fi«l�T im)�«ll: 11
mutif flf =q1;;qfut-l �)l:l��� I
�!� � {t;t ij�lfl� � II
�r·�it���
ar-\'<{ flf -:(lr��rl_ •I
�� !I\!� ��RRtl II
�,-1 I
'q'{���

�l���!� � flffl�:
��)m;:�Tif�qi �� � � II
����ltRTq fl� fffll�� I
�m� �r��: ffl � � � n
�Fi � wf it� u;:q�� I rn:
WI� � 'R � Ftl wflTiltf�tf qR�.sf( Vo
Sloka 40. lf the two Rasis having a common lord
be both occupied by planets, no reduction need be made.
1f one of the two R.i.sis ( whether occupied or unoccu•
pied) have no benefic dots, then also there ie no
reduction. If one of the two Rasis be occupied and
contain more ben efic dots than the other, remove the
figure in the latter,. If both t he Rasis be unoccupied
and have the same number of benefic dots, remove: both.
��R•·•HN�!M' AWW'G.ffffi°�'�N{ I
�·roAJ�f.r� q- ?{"lllRa ..,◄e'lr ��n e,
Sloka 41. When one of the two Rasia ia occupied
 Adh. X.

by a planet and the other not, and both have the ea.me
number of benefic· dots. remove· the figure in the unoc,
cupied Rasi. If both the Ras ia be unoccupied and have
an unequal number of benefic dots, the greater figure is
to be replace-cl by the lesa.
ft'it11ffl �yltl�ffift �����R �mt: i
'@ �uf qftij),;tJ 'fll��'IN� <M: JAiMU V�
Sloka 42. When only one of the two Rasis with
a common lord i1 occupied by a planet and has a smalJer
number of benef ic dote than the unoccupied Rasi, the
figure in the latter is to be made equal to the former.
The T1ikona reduction is to be made first of all; the
net figures are then to be subjected to �he 1"'firArnr
(Ekadhipatya) reduction.

TIR\q(ifAit!,A !I'ft�y�· �'llijguT� ft llliU1l I

t1.«nf<1n<a gfiim: �·f.R'ff
!Rturi ��II V� II
Sloka 43. The net figures after the two reductions
in the several signs are to be multiplied each into. it,
TIRl'q'l'il
(Rasimana), ,.c. Rasi factor; ,md the products
rnade into a total is called Uffl!J"lili (Rasigunaka) i.e. the
eum of the Rasi•products. The net figures associated
with th.? Su� and other planets in the several sign■ are
to be multiplied each into its appropriate planetary
factnr or :R'FJTil (Grahamana.). The total of the1e pro,
ducts is called 11� (Grahagunaka}. i-t. total of Graha

nmjijllRlliR�: h,f(.nmlffi­
products.

fuJ�� urogdif'fl�qr.tf � I
ffll 'fstiITTI�: �\'llf:���U·
� olll��if 16!l'1l�t!ift�1�a: II VV II
SL 44-45

�ftli;mutffi'fM1f.t �

���ifl��:itl�clin �t I

��lfif•{m· td( uf\1�-

..
upf ��q'l·��I!: II \l� ll
Slokas -i4 & 45, Asc.::rtain the sum-total of .the
Rasi products obtain!!d by multiplying th� figures in
the several signs from Mesha onwatds by their appro•
pdate Rasi•multipliers. These for the 12 signs from
Mesha onwards are 7, 10, 8, 4, 10, 5, 7, 81 9, 5, 11 and
121 Ascertain also the sum•total of the Graha prod_ucts
obtained by multiplying the figures in the signs occu"
pied by the several planets into their appropriate Graha
multipliers. These for the 7 Grahas fro,n the Sup
onwards are 5, 6, 8, 5, 10, 7 and 5. Adel the aggregate
af Raei products to the aggregate of Graha products.
Divide the grand total by 30. If the quotiell.t should
exceed 12 years, divide it by 12 and what iB left eithibih
the AY\lt or period of life givea by the planet.

cf. m�
�r;ftq ffPflCtf {T�� ci��cl l
��sfil "�J�t �� �"
ll� ���fo@t cfijPffit�ill�fff I
�foirittlr i';! �f.tM: �qifjJJf'�T �t II
ffil: �srt�t uftirRT � � u
�<Tl{i:f.�j ���'I.ft�\: itirfl!IJJiiT: I
�� \1f_a'U Vltlllli ���IJNcl_ � 'M"l �qi: u
��lUt!�� ij Ufwt� � �cl I
87
690 Adh. X.

�TRyf.k � �l \J �-�: II
(.c11�'f�Till: cfilfl�vllf!��ifT: I

I) 16
_2 ___...._2_..:--_o
I _J � ---· ·····- - ----
-1-----·
Sun's A,
i Sun's A V.
2 V. I 2 i 22 After Rasi­ 8
After i
Gunakara
Ekadhipatya _-
reduction I
(Sl. 44-45.)
0 :Slokas 39-42: 3 0 Rasi Gunaka
=162.
-------- --
18 16 14 0
i--2 : , I 2f;

Similarly the Graha Gunaka will be 90, [composed of 10.+ 14

for Mercury and Venus in Mithuna, 10 for the Sun in Kataka,
20 for Jupiter in Tula, 16 for Ma.rs in Vrischika, 10 for Saturn
in Kumbha and IO for the Moon in Meeua.]
The sum of Rasi Gunaka and Graha Gunaka is 162 + 90 or 252.
The Ayus contributed by the Sun is 9
s5l- or 8\ years. Simi­
larly for the other planets.
But both -r11n:,i;: {Balabh:ldra) and ii-��JIJ{ (Manthreswara) pres•
cribe a method difTerent from thii; for calculating the f���
(Bhinnashtaka vargayurdaya).
� �fuiffi �;,=ii ijAfiltl111� 9:t: I
���;r1��1ti0"1t� �9�<"f :a 11
il��l�O'J�;r11nm�
,!)
�fliil: 'jfi1flq__ I
mJAufilqqrfuI 'I�� ��IJ:.f: II
Multiply tbe sum total of the two produc-ts (viz,. those for
Rasi and Gm.ha) by 7 and di;idc the product by 27. The quotient
will be in years, months, etc. \Vhen the number of years thus
obtained exceeds 27, suhtract from it 27 or multiples of 27. The
result will be the Ayus given bv the planet when not liable to the
reductions to bP, mentioned .at the foct•note to the next sloka.
SI. 48 691

ri 1ffl� � �rq � mmrtat� � J

3fa)s� �ffHl1'11{R� tl't ftguftiti � 11 v, II
Sfoka 46. 1f a planet be in ita ex:altation, double
the number o( years obtained for it by the Ashtakavarga
process. If it b:! depressed or eclipsed, the number of
years in its case is to be: halved. Obtain by proportion
the Ayu9 when the planet occupies an intermediate
position In the case of Mars when retrograde, the
Ayus obtained is to be doubled.
NoTBS.
Corr.pare what ir��.\l{ & ,i-�.:i� say on the subject :

�R�� �� g ili�iti I
ffl�lf�its�i��OJ lfil�cl II a-�
����f5rlfr1Tt� ?�T� o�r 1
��,JJ 5qm-wi�t= qp,���1r11efti 11
..,i=� �� sn� eti,m�'ffl{il_ 1
q�ffif.I_ ff�ffl;i., �1T EIU�-1 ��ftiill. II
lfldlfe..� ���q� "' im�: I
��:ilffffl� �� � ��r ll�n.
II
� �!11lT mlft ��rt �q_ qq� qqii I
C'. 1.!'. t. .....

·11�imtrlfFI: ij�qJ��•u1)wJ: 11
The Ayus obtained is to be halved when the planet yielding
the Ayurdll.ya has another planet associated with it in the same
bhava. The same reduction is to be made when a planet is dep­
ressed or obscured by the Sun's rays. If the planet occupy an
inimical house or be in the visible hemisphere, the reduction is by
¼. When the Sun and the Moon being in the nodes suffer eclipse,
the reduction is also ':iy t Where severn.1 reductions crop up, it
will be enough if the greatest of them be made. The net yean,
mouths, &c. thus obtained is to be multiplied by 3:tt and dividecl
691 Adb. X.

by 365. The 11fe-�tlod will be obtained in yea.rs (of 36S days)

rnonths, etc, In this way, ascertain severally the t>asa periojs Qf
all the planet�. The Ashtakavarga process Is the besf of all.
���fq��qqfilf
illlmltUijqf1Tlil�fflii111 I
�nm1fur�nr1q�
q1q1fttt•f«fc'1-« A1rRI�: II \l\9 II
Sloka 47. In the case of planeta that have att:1.ined
their '{i!lntlltai, �ir.t (Moolatrikon1, Swakshetra) or a
friendly house or occupy such benefic vargas as their
exaltation, and are in conjunction with benefk planets
or art: aspected by them 1 the Ayus is to be calculated in
the manner prescribed above. When a planet i& in the
varga of a malefic or inimical planet the Ayus arrived
at must undergo reduction.
uq��"11w1in��m,: wns: 11tiAlil'"{ 1
�lrnlll ��ll�Tq_ mfa �'"I: II \l� II
�f(�

Slolla 48. The number of yeara representing the

maximum period of life in the case of men ia obtained
by putting together the figures denoting the years given
by the Sun and other planeta. These latter, some say
upon the authority of qreat teachers (like quUl-Paraaara)
should be supplemented by the number of years for the
Lagna ( deduced ti-om the Lagna. �shtakavarga) in order
to get the Ayus conformably with the conditiooa of
any horoscope that may be under examination.
NoT11:s.
The following slokas from im�t: (Parasara) give the details
of the ("llflllfil'i �Lag nashtakavarga).
� PU� Jl�J� �If� flffftl' I
SI. 48

an�ifi!tilm= m�,."'..,Im= 11
� �� �ffl: �,��ifT: I
.ft;� !I� �if \if. �T ffit ll
<TIil
�cf ��qr � 'lfil ITT�,� cNT I
�q �mm-
m � �ft ijsti�t II
�4� � �:1'i � �� �r,11_ l
U�lclR�II
LAGNAREKHA CHAKRAM.

�r�
-------·-- I , • lI __ �-- ,; I �- I V I � I I �,h,:
--· ----· -- Q
---- -----··---

l I I I I I I
2 I ! I I l
3
4 I ! I
I
I
I
I
I 6
5
5 i I I 2
6 I I I i 7

ffJ
7 I 1
8 I I 2
9 I I I 2
I I I ?
' I

lO I I
11 I I I 1 I I I 7

I� I I 2
\

ln the Lagna A:shtakavarga, the benefic places of the Lagna

are the 3rd, 4th, 6th J 0th, 11th and 12th houses from the Sun
the 3'.·d, 6th, 10th, 11th and l 2th houses from the Moon; the 1st,
3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th houses from Mars; the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 6th,
694 Wid¥Q1R«1d Adh. X.
+ a! • ...... ,., II!_.

8th, 10th and 11th Jhouses from Mercury; the 1st, :?nd, 4th, 5th,
6th, 7th, 9th, lOth'and llthhousesfro:njupitcr; the lst,2nd, 3rd,
4th, 5th, 8th and 9th places from Venus; the 1st, 3rd. 4th, 6th,
10th and 11th placec; from Saturn: and lastly, the 3rd, 6th, 10th
and 11th places from itself.

��qt@ vi � ��311( I
an�· .fll ;�n;t �ffl�S'-Ji:(T II \l\ "
SlokJ 49. When the Moon occupies any bhava
other than a Kendra and is in conjunction with another
planet, it is the Ashtakavargayurdaya that should be
calcu1.ated. The same Ayurdaya is appropriate when
the 10th bhava is occupied by benefic and m�lefic
planets ..
�R�a��lftrnm: �'fi�"rrl'ffl'N;:�if�r: 1
��l(3'¥ffl!r.i0 �� � t�1.JT� II � II 0

Sluka 50. The figures indicating benefic dots that

appear in the aigns occupied by the Sun and other pJaneta
iD any flfffre�'!flt (Bhinnashtakavarga) when put together
represent the number of years of Ayurdaya arising from
that Bhinnaehtskavarga subject to the reductions men·
tioned already.
NoTES•
The total of tlrn net Ayur<layas in the 7 Bhianashtakavargas
is the length of life, according to the viev expounder! in this sloka.

II �;:nfu�� II
<1��l1Tqf.l;�iu@ m�qm"ff �
���urafll� fell� (j�•MH1�-n •
fflij{ij�-ii-vfl qiJ�� ;r..�: ijd: (Wi �q
��qi � !ftiTT� ��W� tfT II � t II
..;,
SI. 51-6i
_..,._.._____ ..,...__.....,...,,""",rll :Pr - • ,., ., ••

Sloka 51. In the Ashtakavarga of any planet, make

the two reductions and multiply the total of the temain�
ing benefic dots into the number of benefic dots (before
red uction) in the particular bhava whereof the planet is
� (Karaka,) reckoned from the place occupied by the
planet. Divide the product by Z7 and ascertlin the
al!lterism corre&pondin� to the remainder. When Saturn
passes through this aeterism, death will take place of the
person indicated by the bhava and its i51'15 (Karaka).
If the Sun be the �riff'Ttili (bhavakara.ka), it is the father
that will die; if the Moon, the mother; if Mars, a bro­
ther; if Mercury, a relation; if Jupiter, a son: if
Venus, a wife; if Saturn, it is the owner of the hor01•
cope that will die; if at the time mentioned, the penone
named do not die, some others on a par with them will
die or much wealth and prosperity will be l01t.
NOTES.
Thus, in the example in p. 657, the 9th house counted from
the Sun is Meena, The figure there in the Sun's Ashta.kavarp la
5 (vide chart in p. 686). The sum total of the benefic dots ra­
maining after the two reductions is 19 (see p. 690}, Multiplyins
5 by 19 and dividing by 27 we get 14. The 14th star counted
from Aswini is� (Chithra). When Saturn passes through thi1
asterism, we have to say that the father of the native or some
others on a par with him may die or much wealth a.nd prosperity
may be lost,

n aN ��F-IT!clit: u
ffit: ��' 1"TI�� ��;s;flq��IAN.18'{ I
�,nf��'�tutf Nr{'ft�� � U �� 11
Sfoka 52. Draw up a diagram of the zodiac exhi 1

biting in it& several houses the aggregate benefic dota

606 Adb. X.

give11 by the Sun and other planet& .ind arranged eppro-·

priately in Mesha and the other R.aaie. I 11hall now
proceed to treat of the effect upon each bhava of the
benefic dots grou_ped in 'it.
Non:s.
The fotlowing 2 mnemotiic slokas from (��) Manthres·
wata's �$f ( Phaiadeepika) give the aggregate of the benefic
dots appearing in the 12 places with reference to the seven planets
and the lagna in the several Ashtakavargas, The order of the
planets is from the Sun onwards, and Lagoa aripears as the 8th.
The figures ate indicah-.d by the convention commonly called
ilil1Pm�� (Katapayndhi,:;ankhya} given below.: (I) qil'K-fif (Ka­
dina\·a), (2) ll�if:f (Tadinava), (3) � (Padipancha), (4) !ilVV
(Yadyashto-w)
3S 3 31 3t53t.7t Y 3 5111 5 11 !3311
at lfitait A11[f1Rfi"git trrft ijUO ��ll'AI I

� � l!l!llr'fitf!Jir rn� iJ �� n
t 5 3 5 II Sf 4 4 G 1 2 J I 5i G 6 1156 7 !I

ZI 12 3U4H7 3 i3 33 44il 34:i63

q: 'ft '1l(�t� U1ft � \lTlinzth:mf'QT: I

fi'lu flrlll'�ll'l!lrrit"'�' 'l,qfr � st'fffftr.t � ti

ai 4 �, as, 44nl o s 5;; '.I 61!11! 1111

The figures in the 12 places from the Sun are sespective1y 3,

J, 3, 3, 2, 3, 4, 5, 3, 5, 7, 2; from the Moon, 2, J, 5, 2, Z, S, 2, 2,
2, 3, 7, I; frorn Mars/ 4, 5, 3, 5, Z, 3, 4, 4, 4, 6, i, 2; from Mer·
cury 3, I, 5, 2, 6, 6, I, 2, 5. 5, 7, 3; from Jupiter§ 2, 2, I, 2, 3, 4,
2, 4, 2, 4, 7, 3; from Veous, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 2, 3, 4, 3, 6, 3; from
Saturn 3, 2, 4, 4, 4, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 6, I ; from Legna, 5, 3, 5, 5, 2,
6, I, 2, 2,6, 7, 1,
The statement in the next paee shows in a tabula} form the
figures of benefic dots for the mf!ifiif'T (Sarvashtaka Narga) accord-

• The figures from Mars ought to be 4, 5, 3, 4, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4,

6, ?; 2. · But iiee foot-nate to �ifil'l!-M'rr.(SukrashtakavargaJ p. 652,
§ The figures from Jupiter ought to be 2, 1, I, 2, 3, 4, 2, 4, 2 ,
4, 7, 4. But see foot·note to �f!m (Chandrashtakavarga) p.
6S0.
iug to the above slokas for the sample horoscope referred to iu
page 657, It enables one to find out from a glance bow lllllllY
benefic dots have been co:itributed by tht: severc1l planets in each
of the 12 Rasis.

-�·::�:········ ·1
I
s. 1···•si·---I 3 · I1 d.7 ...r-2··!r·, 6� 1 ·•4·i ·�•T·· 7.i· r,· a�·;,
§ , ;,;
1 �
:;::: I ;;
1 � r ...:::i

-;;;�:�-��;�, r·:;-· T- -�5 1 ··-·4 I ·:{: I ":1 l i.l. 4. l. .1 ..T . .i ;

-'· . •.•:; � . �': . :-""

-���·:��·· •. ., .II i2i ° II 2; ·TI · -1 'lI ·:i, ·1, -•J� I,-·2;;·· Ir·a4 -r·l 5i·"Ir. 242�3
llitbu,,_.

·;:��:- ·-. I I 5 I 6 I 1 1 I 3 I s ·1 ·s 1 -a·1

1

I r- I :j I :; I ·1 1 4-· r·;;· · r-·. ·'ia

:·!

r�
!)

· ;:��·--·· -· 1 : 1 6 ·1 2 · 1· 4�1- •;·•r· -� 1 ·�·6

2 -1 .3 ·
K•uJ� :�
➔ .. '.J -"!
· · ·
�-; ;::�;� .:- 1 2 "! ·· 2 I ·1. f a· · r : \ .4 .i.
T · - ; · T I i1
·
I
- ��:=-��- . . 1 -�·- 1 ; 1 ..· 1
2 1
·�m
-1 -·;-- 1-· ····r··j ..
22
(J

I ·-1 I l - ;; 1· -�; I.� I ;· ·1 · 1 I ·� l- 2�

·-;:�;: �:;-�-· - ·- . rf·:i3.� r·2 ·- ?, f. ! r·;··T·1 ·0 . 17
7
:;

-
-�:,k�:-

-·�y-���·�· 1 11 1 5 4 1 fj i :·3 1 2 I
--, !5 I 1 ·1 ;· ..I 2 I .. ;;·

· 1--6 149 I r-�w I �2 1-1·;•·r3i1

4� ; :J;

31AiiWtijftf!fi�;:�'li�Ti� �­
'll����fflimf;{ � 11��1ITi;t I
ft�ttuior,..,ijlc1��1��01t
.....
ij�f.f11i11idd;11.f � 'ffQl¼.N II '4.� II
�

Sllll;:,1 5 3. In the �,��<1� (Sarvashtakavar�a), the

88
 Adh. X.

number of benefic dots up to 25 appearing in any bbava

are void of effect. From 2 5 to 30 benefic dots in a
bbava produce medium effect. More than 30 benefic
dots in any bhava produce happiness, wealth and fame
while serving to advance the bhava wherein they appear.

StatemeDt showing the several ni«�iiifll (Bhinnashtaka Var­

NOTES.

ga) figures for the same horoscope.

I
(/] I -..,,�--� .,.,
------...-=--
; \, � I � �1-�
� 1
1�
1

.:. 0
g- 1 ..�
...., 1 ..,. en
ashta•
g :I tii� ISakarvVarga
Mesha 4 i 4 6 37
1
31
5
7
s I
7 6 6

Vrishahha 1 3 3 3
I + 3l

Mithuna 2 2 2 6 4 6 2 24 4

Kataka 2 3 3 1 s 2 1 23 4

Simha 7 6 6 6 3 4 5 37 5

Kanya 3 6 + 5 5 4 3 30 4

Tu]a 3 3 5 6 2 25 3

Vrischika 6 6 29 5
1
5
DbaDus 4 6 3 +5 I 3 22 3

Makara 2 5 .·! 3 ; 4 24 5

Kumbha 5 2 1! +· 5 6 3! 27 4

Meena 3
_s 1_3 ,_-i _
[ !

Total 48 49 I 39 i s+ j 56 j-s2 j 39 I 337 49

_..:_/_:_I�,_+ 1
�-

cf. �l[if.T
f.tffl��l ft � �l�li� �: I
-��( q� if.I! ci��: � II
SI. G4-ti8 699

Also�·
�ill tfS��T�T anq ffl!ifaffl lm tf ttt"TI:
imT IJ'e,QT� ciit!T: if.If� tftt 11m �ITT �ult: 1
ffl��ij �ilij 'ti lflf� 1fiT1l! 1il!lil_
fW� .ffqimffi@ ��iJ.Olf �lJfifreiiTaJi ll
� ijwuRflilffl�r it ����ffl?II
C:
I
� ffllqifflt�11Jlqtm1T{a ;mr� ffi�•![ffitlffl_ ll�VII
Sloka 5-1-. Planets occupying, it may b�, their
exaltat1on1 their own i a friend's house, a fnkona, a
Kendra, or an 3"q'il1.f (Upachaya) place or po!sessed of
such strength as is derived from being in beneffc: varga.s,
may do evil if associated with insufficient beridic dot•
(in the �ifrl!m-Sarvashtak.ivarga).
� �lq(1t-1R���11Ttttt
� .fi=if'ITffl�sil<ifq�: I
Tf �T «t ffi�5f
� �l�tf'fi��l\-�-it��� II � � II
Slolui 55. Planets which as occupying portions of
the 12th, the 6th, the 8th or the 7th bhavas are consi­
dered m.1lefic ; secondly, those that are in the vargas of
their depression signs or of malefic or inimical planets;
.3rdly and lastly, those that conspire in conjunction with
the lord of the sign occupied by a::rr� (Mandhi) to
work evil-these three classes of planets, if only assocL
ated with a higher number of benefic dots, produce all
important be-neficial regults to th� person concerned.
1'1��tllllt il'i� �llt§�� � ft:�rffl I
ft:lfiiqlffil�I � �«: � 1"q.'1:q€$�. 111\; II
 ....,,
7�1)
•• pl;. ••
Adh. X.

Slokrz 56. If in the {ffl2-f:;m (Sarvaehtaka:Varga)

the number of benefic dots in the llth bhava be greater
than that in the 10th, but the figure in the 12th lower
than that in the 1. lth and if the figure in the Lagna
exceed the figure in the hth bhava, the person born
will be happy with abundance of wealth, fame and
strength.
c/. 'fi6"•{1fq-if,r
�qF'fi�f'fli i?-"Tll i?,"T�?ffl!Jffit �� I
i:4� ;;�pnf'ij*�n iit11�F1G1t� l{�� 11
tci�� �i��d
��f!1ll!�'ffl�;:�it I
311Q� �'b4li{'4ijjifflf@ !(��
rtRll'llT�1ill{{ !R�f.:« �t
ti �\9 ll
Slo/w 57. Three divisions ma.:Je of th� E signs,
the first commencing with Mcena, the second with
Karkataka and the third with Vrischika and exhibiting
each its own benefic dots in its r<:!spectiv(! 1 houses are
made to indicate th<;.> first, th� middle and the concluding
portion of the life under examination. Some opine
that the three grand divisfons are ma.de from the i'A�
(Vyayabhava) to begin with.
cf, 'iffcl'i��
lfM'.:�T��1f:snS14lfrtcfi ��� ��-
��S�lN�T�Jt Q ���f5Q� H���l�J{_ I
it"t:it° 'fl;!i'=!��QtF<r'Ji:p:w:;q�rs;:�{.cfo� � �T
�-lT�fij <f�iflll �� 1.ff?T �1��:ffl��: 11
f.tri tqiftql «���1.f@ fmi wri �� � I
«-9�(q�Nfltitr(SW.qtlf fif� ii� ��i wfuurP( ��
SL 58-60 701

Sloka 58. Some re-commend the omission o f the

benefic dots in the l2th as well as in the 8th bhava.
fro'.11 their lieveral divisions; the aggregate b::nefic dot&
in any on� division shou 1 d be compared w ith the same
in the other two If the figures in the three division&
b� equal, the life of the person concerned would be a
mix:ed o:1e with its joys and sorrows evenly distributed;
if unc-qual, the lower figure implies diminution of com.
fort, i.e. misery; the higher one betokt>ns increased
comforts, i.e.. prosperit y.
ffllqt'fil� q� {J{fi{ fil,q� TTl�(if
�at 'lllftf�r(d W�U,;fi{- ffl� I
"' ..::,
�;:�ilJT � �ir.mJq� 'INffi.'t
�rITm'q- qqm i%��G?irJ: ��mn II �Q.. 11
Slvlui 59. If bmefic planets occupy the signs of
any division. the port ion of life corresponding to this
� (khanda) will be happy. If the signs of a �11� (khan­
da) have both malefic and benefic planets in them, the
effec.t on the portion of the lifo typified by th� �
(khanda) w ill be mi:-ced; if any division contains malefic
planets exdusively, the period of lifo represcnt�d will
abound in accl!ssions of affliction. If the numb:r of
bmefic dots in any division be sm11l, the person born
will suffer from disease an(l ment;1l pain and will be
speaking evil things. If there he a preponderance of
benefic dots in a � (Kha.nda), the person concerned
will enjoy ext ensive prosperity in th� p:!riod of life
thus distinguished.
,.... <' n • n"\ "'
�f.ll���ijifm�PH{'?'.ffiml � U:ij1.fr;J'{ I
� i, �[ffll'(qHJli� �t �qt(Jif�n�r if{� II I\ 0 II
702 Adh. X�
Sloka 60. If a �raon have hia birth under a yog'.\
betokenine great prosperity, he will, upon the expiry of
a number of years indicated by the �ilh!•il'11 (Sarvaahtakl
Varga) :·igures in the Lagn_a, b? in a fair way to get a
royal vehicle (such as a palanquin), riches1 sons and
knowledge surpassingly great.
ft:�r� ir�it��� irtR•�rfir-it p� =iJI' 1
� lfl�f4(;:!�'IT�<i-itT �@�TWf«RH «iqqJ� II�' II
S/Jk,a 61. When the lord of the 12th bhava occu•
pies the 1st represented by a Rasi b?lunging to Saturn,
and when the lords nf the Lagna and the 8th bhav,1 are
weak. th� pc�rson born will livl! as many years as there
are benefic dots in the Lagna in the {=(iffff:itlt(Slfvashu,ka
Varg a).
�fill"lf� �it �,,.m �m� " �m�rw:
I
ffr5R�trr�-=a:;r: �;rqif� �t mr�.rr ;r'hm � �
Sloka 62.- When the lord of the 4th bhav.i i, in
the Lagn.1 and the lord thereof is in the 4th, and wh�n
the numb�r of b.rnefic dots in each of the R1sis occupied
by these planets 1s C:3, the persons horn will •bxome
lords of men and centres ol kingly glory.
ltUiT;:� ffi�! fiti;:11fi{TRfcJ�if1 I
�Rmill:�� � U� �f�f�fl:�f:Rt� II�� II
Sloka 63. When the 1st, 4th and the 11th bhavas
are each assuciated with benef ic dots exceeding 30, the
person born w�ll, after his ,10th year, attain to power
and prosperity in abundance culminating in kingehip.
�tq���@��·�{ffl�
VF�r wfq��� I
SI. 64-67 '108

�R-r ut ft,ftA�t-
� it� i:ft .f{q-ll-1·�: II ,w II
Sloka 64. If the number of benefic dotd ir the 4th
and in the 9th Rasi from the Ligna lie between 25 and
30, the person born will be rich aa Kubera at the e nd
of 28 years or in some- year subsequent thereto.
�AN i:ftl.m' • =wn�.:F\��,«�� I
imam: � i:ilffi iillffl' U�T �tl�tfl�tt: Ill\ '-\II
Sloka 65. When Jupiter occupying the 4Lh bbava
in exaltation is associated with 40 benefic dote and the
Sun is in Mesha identical with the L1gnaJ the person
born will become a king and be in command of a l00,000
horse.
��� � � � lll� lfiilfflTI
� 1"1r i� ¥1Tsi� iimTZ Utt�: «1ttia,n 11 ,, 11
Sioka 66. With 40 benefic dots in the Lagoa,
with Jupiter in Dhanus, with Venus in Meena, with
Mars in exaltation an d with Sat9rn in Kumbha, the
person born should become an emperor bleal! ed with
every kind of good fortune.
lNR '{cf�lf I
�= "'""
n
� l��,��NlrR
� lfft:('q
ffiJI�� �tit «1�1'6
Sloka 67. The four quarters beginning with the
East have been assigned to the fou r triads of Rasia
whereof the first are Mesha, Vrishabha, Mithuna and
Kataka (V,de Adhyaya I sl. 13). With reference to a
horoscope that m ay be under examination, ascertain the
quarter in which there is an abundance of benefic dota ;
 Adh. X.

it is there that the owner of the horoscope will get an

. ·-�·--
accession to his wealth, etc.
�
'1!11111T\'l�lf� �;
� ..
�!JO',Rll(i((i\JS•�'q'ffl I
{oq� qJq' �� cffturit � fun�cn�[ f?f�, -1'(1Uflll 0
Sl,;ka 68. Find the aggregatl of bi!nefic dots from
the La�na to Saturn (both inclusiveJ Multiply it by 7
and divide the product by 27. When, in the asteris�
in dicat ed by th� remaind.!r (uckoned fr om Aswini) or
its Trikona, the Sun and other mJlignant planets pr1�s,
the person concerned will suffer from diseases and other
ills on a large scale.
���«�� � ��llH�-� i�� I
1�ffl�1ltflijijm-fllf �ll!{( ffl�� �f;ij II�� ll
Sloka 69. Deal in the abovl! Wi-J.Y with the aggri::­
gate of benefic dots counted from Saturn to Lagoa, and
with those from Ma.rs to Lagna, as w-·H as from L gna
to Mars, severally. Find the aggregate of benefic dots
i n the Rasia occupied by benefic planets and the star
indicat ed thereby. When a benefic planet passes
through this asterigm, g ood things, they say, may be
expected.
NOTES•
r,f. �<Iii
6Rlfsril@ 11'�Tr<li\'f.t�� �IR l I
fl!Jflf��rt�Tffi8��ffl�'l II
offi1TT�1Jij i:l'f ii:� <IT Utl'liR'iTq_ I
� IF�T��Rl� 1t1'1U�; 'fi� ti
Also ,,mr-.fiT��
iWl'itl� i1.Tt�q�•Iollcf�1�1�i'1ir� !if""MT
i� rfffll'l.. ij�J8 fl<l�ffi ���� Ufl�T'lil: I
SI. '10

�I� ��ff¥1Tffl�- �T­

�in=\@�ffi �q��iR�� ii
The followin!J additioaal information. based on the �Im
(Sarvashtakavarga) figures are extracted f,om �,tir.

���lfiffilit'il{lllt_�RU:� �)11if•
�'ft.T ��� �� ir-l�T!ITT I
���ai<t_r-rf.Rfttqr;;q�m��
�'Sf m�� a� zr-1:�r 'Ill t1nfct6l. 11
�IH'l��t!f��IJ"flfer,i iil�ilf� �El1i
\1�il� I
HlrWH "'fTcffiliqqlfM�
� � q\tf� �� ���-IT OOifcl:
� � fflt�fiff -lill�Hf� ii�� II
ifi�fq$ 't'Jl�flq'J'U@rffltl � !ffllfit i"2
ij1Jtq����q1f't ��:�rn�p1 �'I. n
qy fflb: lfi'filill��\, � �
-JUij � ����q-s� I
i
i1'f �If���� � ��-
li�r�1fwtil: WJR<1� f1i u11mffl't: II
�,rt.q� «{ilta1qil: m\itf ���lf �,ic,�: ,
"ICl'9�f .. ��� � q�mffi �ti. II \9o II
Sl k.11 70. Make the Trikvna anJ Ek.adhipatya
reductions in regard to the"�� (Sarvaahtak:avargal
figureL Out of the figures left after the two reductions
in the 1everal Rasia, go on subtra::ting I� at often al
poasibk If the reduced figure happens to be 1? itself,
it :, not to bt taken away. The figure. contained in
Mei.ha and
other Raia a.re to be thua treated.
89
706 Adh. X•

� �� �f O�lf�
sn��oj a�� 'llll��Mqtl@J� II
�$Rlf.l �<!JTT\1� �Nit�iro�� I
sl��� Q 3Zptl�� �� llroi II
'l.�O"f::J;�f« ��?N 'lq�.... qq�
� .... I
�� <tcf: �� �RM�fi.J: 11
m1�mt��� ani:��: �lla I
ilT�J�q,01101"\1 lfTijl ��flilfil�o: II
�cf� g �i�� �)� c,1{ I
�� « �l�►.1ig'WIR�tfi II
cfij:-1 �� �I cRI� M�J{ I
im,��z;,i�!lflffif� R�a II

"sq uft.r�mva\., �,Q(��

(fell ��l'l� ��II�� � I
111.0N� Fffl�lffl� �l(+fill«IW•
RT � ��?-lmtiji: li'ill: II \9, II
Sfoka 71. Multiply the net figures in the («<1�}
Sarvashtakava rga (after the reductions mentioned in
the previous sloka have. been made) by the zodiacal and
planetary factors and make an aggregat� of the products.
Multiply this by 7 and divide the product by 27. The
quotient consisting of years, months, d.1ye, etc., if in
exceea of the standard Ayue, i.e. 100 years, should be
diminished by tOO years; if short of 100 ia to be kept
unaltered. This will represent the ;J� (Nakahatra
Ayus) which when multiplied by Jl4 and divided by
865 will give the period of life correctly in solar years.
 Sl. 'l�-78 '107
____..._.._.,....,,_,.___
,. ____...._.........,_______.._,w........,

m: �tm:���
�·q1qqirr-rfflffl +NJI.W�'lfi*-'tiqat: I
f!��1eaq-q� ':ii
II �� II
Sloka 72. The years making up the life whether
abort, middle or long of a person (obtained by the pro•
cesa above mentioned) will aquare with the period
otherwise obtained, by the diminution or addition aa
the case m.ly be of a multiple of 27 aaceruined upon a.n
examination of the aspect, if any, upon the Lagna, by
benefic planets.
�ll-tl�P�rmi'1ftaml
q,u�(l���H{l�Qiqtn" I
�R�6i��l.:�:
uilftffiij� ij�M't�SMI� II �� II
':ii

n �� ���n 11
Sloka 7'!1. In the work 6f Jatakaparijata. compiled
by Vaidyanatha and containing the essence of treatieea
on pla.netary effects such as Parasara·s, the chapter on
benefic dots, app�ring in the Aahtakavargas designated
smrt (Prasthara), � (Bhinna) and �5� (Samudaya)
has been treated by the grace of the entire body of
planets.
NOTES•

The following from 1'<:'l"� (Balabhadra) for ascertaining the

month and the asterism of the death of a person will be found
useful:-

II aN � ifl�(tl.:t'I II
�y..�y�qq;:ti q: ��q: I
«-1 fflf1144'11r-reir�f.t ' 11
,oe Adh. X.

ilJ�f�t� ��ftpfw ffl I

ri � ���u,qiclfit � t1
� ���"Rffll� f
8"�'tlfltfit WPlctfa_,qH_if cf. H

�m: f'tlC1.IT uit: ���m: 1

�Tl<'I� q)sP:l'irtm � n

� 11W-ii{ ��-l. �--llffl '!fc\ � I

ij�Vflffl- q1� Fl\1-t � f.tfijm_ 11
�� 'Ill� �milR 1\1 1
(!!lrJr[q R6�� cr-:lflit 11 {di �t<t 11
� FN-t"I�� I
itM:rr tsrm� :q;:� :q f.N;:i m. 1
llrll���ffll�t� rfl 11
ui\ �:qfafira Fl'«lil "1 �ffl. I
•IRJmeit Uffl �imll�� � 11
\fll.fiitl�" rff(q �'Ii ��� �: II
End of the 10th Adhyaya.

-�-